TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 16, 2021
Registration No. 333-   333-256405
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
BETTER CHOICE COMPANY INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE
5961
83-4284557
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
(PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL
CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)
(I.R.S. EMPLOYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
164 Douglas12400 Race Track Road E
Oldsmar,Tampa, FL 3467733626
(813) 659-5921
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Werner von PeinScott Lerner
Chief Executive Officer
164 Douglas12400 Race Track Road E
Oldsmar,Tampa, FL 3467733626
(813) 659-5921
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copy to:
Louis Lombardo, Esq.
Denis Dufresne, Esq.
Agatha Rysinski, Esq.
Meister Seelig & Fein LLP
125 Park Avenue, 7th Floor
New York, New York 10017
Tel: (212) 655-3500
Fax: (212) 655-3535
Nolan Taylor, Esq.
David Marx, Esq.
Dorsey & Whitney, LLP
111 South Main Street, Suite 2100
Salt Lake City, Utah 84111
Tel: (801) 933-7360
Fax: (801) 933-7373
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to timeAs soon as practicable on or after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 ☐
Accelerated filer
 ☐
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
 
 
Emerging growth company
 ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
Amount
to be
Registered(1)
Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
Amount of
Registration Fee(4)
Common Stock, $0.001 par value share, issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock held by selling stockholders
43,603,130
$0.97(2)
$42,295,036.10
$4,614.38
Common Stock, $0.001 par value share, held by selling stockholders
25,641
$0.97(2)
$24,871.77
$2.71
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, underlying warrants held by selling stockholders
43,833,902
$0.97(3)
$42,518,884.90
$4,638.81
Total:
87,462,673
 
$84,838,792.80
$9,255.91
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
Amount of
Registration Fee(2)
Common Stock, $0.001 par value share
$40,500,000
$4,418.55
(1)
InEstimated solely for the eventpurpose of a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction involving our common stock,computing the numberamount of shares registered shall automatically be increased to cover the additional shares of common stock issuableregistration fee pursuant to Rule 416457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”).amended.
(2)
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration feeCalculated pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act. Shares457(o) based on an estimate of the registrant’s common stock are eligible for trading on the over-the-counter market.proposed maximum offering price. The maximum price per share is based on the averageregistrant previously paid a total of the $0.98 (high) and $0.95 (low) sale price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the over-the-counter market on December 7, 2020.
(3)
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. The maximum price per share is based on the average of the $0.98 (high) and $0.95 (low) sale price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the over-the-counter market on December 7, 2020.
(4)
To be paid$5,545 in connection with the initial publicprevious filing of the registration statement.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholdersWe may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission isdeclares our registration statement effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completioncompletion, Dated December 9, 2020June 16, 2021
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS4,500,000 Shares
BETTER CHOICE COMPANY INC.
87,462,673 Shares of
Common Stock
This prospectus relates solely to the resale of up to an aggregate of 87,462,673
We are offering 4,500,000 shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, (“common stock”), by the selling stockholders identified inpursuant to this prospectus.prospectus, based upon an assumed offering price equal to $9.00 per share. The selling stockholders acquired the sharespublic offering price per share of common stock offeredwill be determined by this prospectus from us in private placement transactions in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) as more fully described herein. We are registering the resale of these shares of common stock by the selling stockholders to satisfy registration rights we have granted to the selling stockholders.
The selling stockholders may offer to sell the shares of common stock being offered in this prospectus at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale,pricing, may be at varying prices, at negotiated prices or through other means described ina discount to the section entitled “Plancurrent market price, and the assumed offering price used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of Distribution.” We do not know when or in what amount the selling stockholders may offer these shares of common stock for sale. The selling stockholders may sell some, all or nonefinal offering price. All of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus.
The selling stockholders will receive all proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock hereunder, and we will not receive any of the proceeds from their sale of the shares of common stock hereunder. We have agreed to pay all expenses relating to registering the shares of common stock being offeredincluded in this prospectus. The selling stockholders will pay any brokerage commissions and/or similar charges incurred by them for the sale of the shares of common stock being offered in this prospectus.
There is currently a limited public trading market for our common stock. Because all of the shares of common stock being offered in this prospectusoffering are being offeredsold by the selling stockholders, we cannot currently determine the price or prices at which these shares may be sold.us.
Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQBOTCQX tier of the electronic over-the-counter marketplace operated by OTC Markets Group Inc., where it is listed under the symbol “BTTR.” On November 17, 2020,As of June 14, 2021, the last reported salessale price forof our common stock as reported on OTCQX was $0.88$1.50 per share.share ($9.00 per share assuming a reverse stock split of 1-for-6).
We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE American LLC or NYSE American, under the symbol “BTTR”. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our common stock on the NYSE American.
We are a “smaller reporting company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) rules and will be eligible forare subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Summary—We arerequirements for this prospectus and future filings.
Unless otherwise noted and other than in our financial statements and the notes thereto, the share and per share information in this prospectus reflects a Smaller Reporting Company.”reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock and treasury stock at a 1-for-6 ratio to occur following the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part but prior to the closing of this offering.
Investing in our common stock involves significant risks. Youa high degree of risk. Before buying any common stock, you should read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 for a discussion of certain risk factors that you should consider beforematerial risks of investing in our common stock.stock in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

Per Share
Total
Public offering price
$    
$    
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
$
$
Proceeds to us (before expenses)
$
$
(1)
See section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.
We may amend or supplementhave granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus from time to time by filing amendments or supplements as required. You should readpurchase up to 675,000 shares of common stock at the entire prospectuspublic offering price, less the underwriting discounts and any amendments or supplements carefully before you make your investment decision.commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any.
Neither the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory bodystate securities commission has passed upon the adequacyapproved or accuracydisapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus.prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The shares of common stock will be ready for delivery on or about [    ], 2021.

Sole Book Running Manager
D.A. Davidson & Co.
Lead-Manager
Roth Capital Partners
The date of this prospectus is [], 20202021

TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this public offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
The information in this prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including statements regarding our expectations and projections regarding future developments, operations and financial conditions, and the anticipated impact of our acquisitions, business strategy, and strategic priorities. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions and are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we believe the expectations reflected in any of our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and inherent risks and uncertainties.
These forward-looking statements present our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the dates on which they are made. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those summarized below:
the impact of COVID-19 on the U.S. and global economies, our employees, suppliers, customers and end consumers, which could adversely and materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations
our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy;
failure to achieve growth or manage anticipated growth;
our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;
our significant indebtedness;
the loss of key members of our senior management team;
our ability to generate sufficient cash flow or raise capital on acceptable terms to run our operations, service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures;
our ability to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;
our limited operating history;
our ability to successfully integrate Halo’s and TruPet’s businesses and realize anticipated benefits with these acquisitions and with other acquisitions or investments we may make;
our dependence on our subsidiaries for payments, advances and transfers of funds due to our holding company status;
our ability to successfully develop additional products and services or successfully market and commercialize such products and services;
competition in our market;
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our ability to attract new and retain existing customers, suppliers, distributors or retail partners;
allegations that our products cause injury or illness or fail to comply with government regulations;
our ability to manage our supply chain effectively;
our or our third-party contract manufacturers’ and suppliers’ ability to comply with legal and regulatory requirements;
the effect of potential price increases and shortages on the inputs, commodities and ingredients that we require;
our ability to develop and maintain our brand and brand reputation;
compliance with data privacy rules;
our compliance with applicable regulations issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), and other federal, state and local regulatory authorities, including those regarding marketing pet food, products and supplements;
risk of our products being recalled for a variety of reasons, including product defects, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labeling disclosure;
risk of shifting customer demand in relation to raw pet foods, premium kibble and canned pet food products, and failure to respond to such changes in customer taste quickly and effectively; and
the other risks identified in this prospectus including, without limitation, those under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as such factors may updated from time to time in our other filings with the SEC.
Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward looking statements. These forward looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this prospectus. We qualify all of our forward looking statements by these cautionary statements.
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.prospectus, or contained in any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. We have not, and the selling stockholdersunderwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We areThis prospectus does not and the selling stockholders are not, makingconstitute an offer to sell, theseor a solicitation of an offer to purchase, the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where theit is unlawful to make such offer or sale is not permitted.solicitation. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus, or any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus, or in any free writing prospectus that we have authorized for use in connection with the offering, is accurate only as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus.the applicable document. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made in connection withdistribution of securities pursuant to this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the information set forth or incorporated by reference into this prospectus or in our affairs since the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
Before purchasing any securities, you should carefully read both this prospectus, or thattogether with the additional information containeddescribed under the headings “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference in this prospectus is correct as of any time after its date. Information contained on our website, or any other website operated by us, is not part of this prospectus.
For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the selling stockholders have not, done anything that would permit possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Trademarks
We own or have rights to use the trademarks and trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. Each trademark or trade name of any other company appearing in this prospectus is, to our knowledge, owned by such other company. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.
Presentation of Financial and Other Information
On May 6, 2019, Better Choice Company Inc. (“Better Choice Company” or the “Company”) acquired TruPet LLC (“TruPet”) and Bona Vida, Inc. (“Bona Vida”) in a pair of all-stock transactions (the “May Acquisitions”), discussed in more detail in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on May 1, 2020. The acquisition of TruPet is treated as a reverse merger with TruPet determined to be the accounting acquirer of the Company. As such, the historical financial statements of the registrant prior to the May Acquisitions are those of TruPet and TruPet’s equity has been re-cast to reflect shares of Better Choice Company common stock received in the acquisitions. The acquisition of Better Choice Company and Bona Vida were treated as asset acquisitions. On December 19, 2019, Better Choice Company acquired (the “Halo Acquisition”, and together with the May Acquisitions, the “Acquisitions”) 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. (“Halo”). Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, the historical business information described in this prospectus prior to consummation of the May Acquisitions is that of TruPet and, following consummation of the May Acquisitions through December 19, 2019, reflects business information of the Company, TruPet, and Bona Vida. From December 19, 2019 onward, the results of operations reflects business information of Better Choice Company, and Halo as a combined business.
References to the “Company”, “we”, “us” and “our” in this prospectus, refer to TruPet and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to May 6, 2019, to Better Choice Company, TruPet and Bona Vida and their consolidated subsidiaries after May 6, 2019 but before December 19, 2019 and to Better Choice Company, TruPet, Bona Vida and Halo and their consolidated subsidiaries after December 19, 2019.
Reverse Stock Split
We will effect a reverse stock split of our common stock at a ratio of 1-for-6 following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and prior to the closing of this offering. No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the reverse stock split and all such fractional interests will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares of common stock. The conversion or exercise prices of our issued and outstanding convertible notes, stock options and warrants will be adjusted accordingly. All information presented in this prospectus other than in our financial statements and the notes thereto assumes a 1-for-6 reverse stock split of our outstanding shares of common stock and treasury stock, and unless otherwise indicated, all such amounts and corresponding conversion price or exercise price data set forth in this prospectus have been adjusted to give effect to such reverse stock split.
Trademarks
We own or have rights to use the trademarks and trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. Each trademark or trade name of any other company appearing in this prospectus is, to our knowledge, owned by such other company. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus
iiiv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.
Industry and Market Data
This prospectus, and the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus include industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys, public filings and internal company sources. Statements as to our ranking, market position and market estimates are based on independent industry publications, government publications, third-party forecasts and management’s good faith estimates and assumptions about our markets and our internal research. Although industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, we have not, and the underwriters have not, independently verified such third-party information. Although we believe our internal company research and estimates are reliable, such research and estimates have not been verified by any independent source. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our market, industry or similar data presented herein, this data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward Looking Statements” in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein.
v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selectedcertain information containedpresented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus, but itprospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you mayshould consider important in making youran investment decision. Therefore, youYou should carefully read the entire prospectus carefully, including in particular, the information under “Risk Factors” section beginning on page [7]Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of this prospectusFinancial Condition and theResults of Operations” and our condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before investing. This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.”
Our Mission
Our mission is to become the most innovative premium pet food company in the world, and we are motivated by our commitment to making an investment decision.
In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, to the “Company”, “we”, “us”products with integrity and “our” refer to TruPet and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to May 6, 2019 and to Better Choice Company, TruPet and Bona Vidatreating pets and their consolidated subsidiaries post May 6, 2019 but before December 19, 2019 and to Better Choiceparents with respect.
Our Company TruPet, Bona Vida and Halo and their consolidated subsidiaries after December 19, 2019.
Overview
Better Choice Company isWe are a growing animal health and wellness company committed to leading the industry shift towardfocused on providing pet products and services that help dogs and cats live heathier,healthier, happier and longer lives. We take an alternative, nutrition-based approach to animal health relative to conventional dog and cat food offerings, and positionbelieve our portfolio of brands are well-positioned to benefit from the mainstream trends of growing pet humanization and an increased consumer focus on health and wellness. Wewellness, and we have adopted a demonstrated, multi-decade track recordlaser focused, channel-specific approach to growth that is driven by new product innovation. Our executive team has a proven history of success selling trusted animal healthin both pet and wellnessconsumer-packaged goods, and has over 50 years of combined experience in the pet industry and over 100 years of combined experience in the consumer-packaged goods industry.
We sell our premium products and leverage our established digital footprint to provide pet parentssuper-premium products (which we believe generally includes products with the knowledge to make informed decision about their pet’s health. We sell the majority of our dog food, cat food and treatsa retail price greater than $0.20 per ounce) under the Halo and TruDog brands, both of which are focused, respectively, onhave a long history of providing sustainably sourced kibble and canned food derived from real whole meat, and minimally processed raw-diet dog food and treats.
high quality products to pet parents. Our diverse product offeringand established customer base has enabled us to penetrate multiple channels of trade, which we believe providesenables us with broad demographic exposureto deliver on core consumer needs and appeal.serve pet parents wherever they shop. We believe this omni-channel approach has also helped us respond more quickly to changing channel dynamics that have accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, such as the increasing percentage of pet food that is sold online. We group these channels of trade into twofour distinct categories: retail-partner based (“Retail”),E-Commerce, which includes the sale of product to e-commerceonline retailers such as Amazon and Chewy; Brick & Mortar, which includes the sale of product to pet specialty chains such as Petco, PetSmart, select grocery masschains and distributors, and directneighborhood pet stores; Direct to consumer,Consumer (“DTC”), which is focused on driving consumers to directly purchaseincludes the sale of product through our online web platform. With regard to our channels of trade, the online purchase of pet food continues to take market share from brick and mortar retail, with Packaged Facts reporting internet shopping growing from 7% of U.S. pet product sales in 2015 to 22% in 2019. We believe that the trend toward online shopping will continue, and we will continue to reach a growing base of diverse customers through our DTC and e-commerce partner channels. Because our DTC strategy leverages one-on-one customer relationships and utilizes a targeted, data-driven approach to reach customers, we can gather valuable market and consumer behavior data that will allow our brands to be more competitive in the Retail channel. Conversely, we believe Halo’s long-established relationships with key Retail customers will enable usplatform to more effectively launch additional brands inthan 20,000 unique customers and access to more than 500,000 active customer emails; and International, which includes the rapidly evolving retail environment. In addition, Halo has successfully launched into highsale of product to foreign distribution partners and to select international retailers.
New product innovation represents the cornerstone of our growth markets in Asia. We intend to build on that success by expandingplan, and our products consumer reach through online marketplaces in these markets based on the DTC team experience.
Our established supply and distribution infrastructure allows us to develop, manufacture and commercializebring new products to market in generally in under 12 weeks.nine months. We believe that both of these brands are well positioned to take advantage of pet parents’ increasing desire to feed only the highest quality ingredients to their pets, and that there will continue to deliver innovation to expand our product offerings and improve the health and well-being of pets. We leverage our proprietary behavioral database, customer feedback and analytics capabilities to derive valuable insights and launch new products. We recently launched a line extension of our Halobe innovative opportunities for brand to offer vegan alternatives for our customers. In addition to our domestic capabilities, we have partnered with a leading Israeli research and development center, Cannasoul, to create a portfolio of indication-specific intellectual property focused on hemp-derived cannabidiol (“CBD”) formulations.
Our experienced management and board members have an established track record across the retail, consumer packaged goods, pet health and wellness industries, and they share a common vision to build the premier provider of health and wellness pet products.consolidation over time.
The AcquisitionsGlobal Pet Food and Treat Market
The United States represents the May Private Placement
TruPet Acquisition
On December 17, 2018, Better Choice Company madelargest and most developed market for pet food globally, with food and treats accounting for approximately $39 billion of consumer sales in 2019, or 36% of the total US pet care market, according to AlphaWise and Morgan Stanley Research. According to the American Pet Product Association, between 66% and 70% of all households in the United States own a $2,200,000 investment in TruPet,pet, equating to a total pet population of more than 130 million companion animals and an online selleraverage of 1.7 pets per household. Pet spending represents a significant portion of household spend on consumer products, as this translates to an average annual spend on pet foods,care of more than $1,500 per pet nutritional productsowning household, per Alphawise and relatedMorgan Stanley Research, with $460 of this spend attributed to pet supplies. On February 2, 2019 Better Choice Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the remainder of TruPet. In connection with the acquisition, 15,027,533 shares offood and treats, per Packaged Facts.
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company common stock were issued
Historically, consumer spending on pets grew at an approximately 3% CAGR in the decade leading up to TruPet’s members for the remaining 93.3%COVID-19 pandemic, driven by steady annual increases in household pet ownership of approximately 1%, the continued premiumization of the issuedcategory and outstanding membership intereststhe humanization of TruPet. We closed the acquisition on May 6, 2019. The shares of common stock includedpets. These industry tailwinds have been magnified in the registration statementpost-COVID landscape, as stay-at-home orders have driven a more than tripling of which this prospectus isannual pet ownership growth alongside fundamental changes in consumer purchasing behavior. This surge in pet acquisition has led to a part includes the shares of common stock issued to TruPet’s membersdramatic increase in the May Acquisitions.
Bona Vida Acquisition
On February 28, 2019, Better Choice Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire allforecasted growth of the outstanding sharespet care industry over the next ten years, with Morgan Stanley Research estimating an 8% CAGR and a total market size of Bona Vida,approximately $275 billion by 2030. Comparatively, Packaged Facts recently increased their projected 2021 growth rate for U.S. retail sales of pet food and supplies from 5% to 8%, suggesting that this shift is well underway.
According to the American Pet Product Association’s COVID-19 Pulse Studies, approximately 10% of respondents got a new pet during the pandemic, resulting in the housing of more than 11 million pets. Beyond the estimated $3.2 billion permanent increase to annual spend on pet food and treats, this “Pet Boom” was driven by the acceleration of pet ownership by millennial and Gen-Z households. From a demographic perspective, younger pet owners are more likely to spend a higher percentage of their income on pets, treat their pet as an emerging hemp-based CBD platformimportant member of the family and to purchase products from pet specialty and online retailers rather than from grocery stores. Along these lines, women are 3.2 times more interested in purchasing pet food than men, and are 2.4 times more likely to engage with search ads than men, per an internally commissioned study conducted by RPA Advertising. Taken holistically, these traits suggest a preference to purchase more premium and super-premium pet food and treats from brands like Halo and Trudog, with a tendency to purchase products in the channels where we compete. This is also supported quantitatively, with 79% of our target demographic willing to pay more for high quality pet food per Mintel Group Ltd.

Globally, Asia is the second largest market for pet products, with China representing the largest market opportunity for growth. Like the United States, growth in the Asian pet care industry has been driven by dramatic increases in household pet ownership. We believe that growth in Asia is fueled by increasing levels of economic financial status and demand for premium, western manufactured products as a result of product quality concerns. This demand has been supported by a rapidly growing middle class in China, where a recent McKinsey report estimated that in 2018 roughly 730 million people in urban areas fell into the income categories of “aspirants” and “affluents,” with the
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Brookings group estimating that ~60 million people are added to these income categories each year. We believe that this growth drove the increase in the number of dog-owning Chinese households as measured by Euromontior, which increased from 12% in 2015 to 20% in 2020. Although significantly lower than the nearly 50% of households that own a dog in the United States, there are already more companion animals in China due to sheer population size. According to Euromonitor, the Chinese market for premium dry dog and cat food is anticipated to grow at a 20% CAGR and 28% CAGR, respectively, from 2015 through 2025, suggesting that the Chinese pet market has significant room for growth in the foreseeable future. We are focused on developingtargeting Chinese pet owners with the highest willingness to pay, which tend to be urban dwelling millennial and Gen-Z women. In 2020, 80% of our products were purchased online, and approximately 50% of our end-consumers were born after 1990.


Our Products and Brands
We have a broad portfolio of brandover 100 active premium and product verticals within thesuper-premium animal health and wellness space.products for dogs and cats sold under our Halo and TruDog brands across multiple forms, including foods, treats, toppers, dental products, chews, grooming products and supplements. Our products consist of naturally formulated premium kibble and canned dog and cat food, freeze-dried raw dog food and treats, vegan dog food and treats, oral care products, supplements and grooming aids.
Our core products sold under the Halo brand are sustainably sourced, derived from real whole meat and no rendered meat meal and include non-genetically modified fruits and vegetables. In connectionaddition to our whole meat offering, we also offer a leading line of vegan kibble, canned food and treats for dogs.
Our core products sold under the TruDog brand are made according to our nutritional philosophy of fresh, meat-based nutrition and minimal processing.
Our products are manufactured by an established network of co-manufacturers in partnership with Better Choice. The Company has maintained each of its key co-manufacturing relationships for more than four years, with certain relationships in place for more than ten years. All Halo and TruDog products are co-manufactured in the United States and our third-party warehousing and logistics provider, Fidelitone, is located in Lebanon, TN.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Customers and Channels
In 2020, we generated $52.0 million of gross sales and $42.6 million of net sales. By channel in 2020, E-Commerce generated approximately $20 million of gross sales and $14 million of net sales, Direct-to-Consumer generated approximately $12 million of gross sales and $11 million of net sales, Brick & Mortar generated approximately $11 million of gross sales and $9 million of net sales and International generated approximately $9 million of gross sales and $9 million of net sales. The following chart provides a breakdown of our net sales by channel for the year ended December 31, 2020:

In 2020, 59% of our net sales were made online, through a combination of E-Commerce partner websites, such as Amazon, Chewy, Petflow, Thrive Market and Vitacost, and our Direct-to-Consumer website. A majority of our online sales are driven by repeat purchases from existing customers, and in the first quarter of 2021 63% of consumer purchases on Chewy, 39% of consumer purchases on Amazon and 48% of consumer purchases on our DTC website were made by monthly subscribers. Although industry-wide E-Commerce sales have retreated somewhat following the March 2020 pantry stocking, the sale of pet food and supplies online has increased 35% year-over-year according to Packaged Facts, with subscription sales nearly equal to the March 2020 peak. We anticipate our ability to reach a growing base of diverse customers online will continue to improve as consumers continue to shift to online purchases. At the same time, we believe that our long-established relationships with key Brick & Mortar customers will enable us to jointly launch new products in the future that are designed for in-store success.
In addition to our domestic sales channels, international sales, under the Halo Brand, grew 95% in 2020, representing 20% of total net sales. This growth was driven primarily by Halo’s ability to secure Product Import Registrations for 15 dog and cat food diets from the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of China (“MOA”) in June 2020. We believe that our growth in Asia is fueled by increasing levels of economic financial status and demand for premium and super-premium, western manufactured products, with China representing the largest market opportunity for growth and 48% of Better Choice’s international sales in 2020.
Our Competitive Strengths
We have a number of distinct competitive advantages that result from our deep industry expertise, channel specific approach, position in the market and broad portfolio of products.
Portfolio of Established Premium and Super-Premium Pet Brands With a History of Success. We believe that both the Halo and Trudog brands are well positioned to take advantage of pet parents’ increasing desire to feed only the highest quality ingredients to their pets, and that there will continue to be innovative opportunities for brand consolidation over time. Today, the Halo and TruDog brands are focused on serving consumers in the United States, Canada and select Asian markets including China.
Online Recurring Revenue Represents Significant Percentage of Total Sales. We believe that customers who purchase products on a monthly subscription tend to be high value, long-term customers. In order to increase the number of customers that subscribe to purchase our products, we offer incentives alongside our E-Commerce partners, which often take the form of a discounted initial subscription order and a small discount on each subsequent purchase. In the first quarter of 2021, 63% of end-consumer sales on Chewy were placed by subscribers, 39% of end-consumer sales on Amazon were placed by subscribers and 48% of DTC sales made on our website were placed by subscribers. In the aggregate, more than 30% of Better
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Choice’s total sales in the first quarter of 2021 can be attributed to end-customer subscription. According to Packaged Facts, roughly one third of pet food purchases made online were placed via subscription, indicating that this is a relative competitive strength.
Exposure to Fastest Growing Sub-Sectors of Premium Pet. Freeze-dried raw dog food is one of the fastest growing sub-categories of premium pet food, with Packaged Facts reporting 39% year-over-year growth in the sub-category in 2019. According to Packaged Facts’ March 2020 Consumer Survey, 4% of pet owners are using vegetarian formulations, with a growing percentage of consumers focused on ingredients that are sustainably sourced and utilized. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these growing sub-sectors through Halo’s successful line of freeze-dried treats for dogs and cats and a growing line of award-winning vegan products for dogs and TruDog’s ultra-premium, freeze-dried raw dog food, which represents a majority of its sales.
Asset Light Model with Established Long Term Co-Manufacturing Partners. Our products are manufactured by an established network of co-manufacturers in partnership with Better Choice. The Company has maintained each of its key co-packing relationships for more than four years, with certain relationships in place for more than 10 years. Four co-manufactures account for more than 95% of our food and treat related purchases and all of our products are co-manufactured in the United States. Our products meet stringent requirements to ensure compliance with required and voluntary regulatory groups, including AAFCO, the Marine Stewardship Council (MSC) and the Global Animal Partnership (GAP). In addition, we constantly evaluate the capabilities of our co-manufactures to ensure continuity of supply in addition to holding what we believe are sufficient safety stocks of product on hand in the event of supply chain disruptions.
Rapidly Growing International Presence. In 2020, the Halo brand achieved $8.6 million in sales, representing 95% growth year-over-year. We believe that growth in Asia is fueled by increasing levels of economic financial status and demand for premium and super-premium, western manufactured products, with our sales currently concentrated in the high growth markets of China, Korea, Japan and Taiwan.
Key Competitive Advantages in Chinese Market. In 2020, 48% of our international sales were made in China. We believe several factors give us an advantage in China relative to our competition, including that (1) we have secured approval from the Chinese Ministry of Agriculture to sell 15 dry diets in mainland China, which is typically a multi-year process for first-time applicants; (2) we have a multi-year distribution partner in Penefit, with a dedicated team of more than 20 individuals in-country that are focused solely on selling the Halo brand; and (3) we have established supply chain partners with whitelisted approval to import product.
Executive Team Purpose Built for Success in Pet Industry. Our executive team has over 50 years of combined experience in the Pet Industry, and has led multiple brands, such as Nutro, Merrick and Solid Gold, to successful exits.
Our Growth Strategy
Strong Innovation Pipeline. We have a robust and growing pipeline of new products, and believe our size is an advantage – we are nimble enough to quickly bring new products to market, but large enough to benefit from strong existing customer relationships and established economies of scale with our co-manufacturers. Most notably, in 2022 we plan to introduce a new Halo sub-brand for pet specialty stores, an update to our existing Halo Holistic sub-brand and an expansion of our vegan and freeze-dried lines.
Ability to Leverage Differentiated Omni-Channel Strategy for Growth. We believe that we can leverage our differentiated omni-channel strategy to design and sell products purpose-built for success in specific channels while maintaining our ability to leverage marketing and sales resources cross-channel. We believe that this strategy will allow us to deliver on core consumer needs, maximize gross margin and respond to changing channel dynamics that have accelerated because of the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, we can take learnings from the online environment, which represented 59% of our 2020 sales, to the offline environment, which we see as poised for growth at pet specialty stores in 2022. This approach will be under a single banner brand, Halo.
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Capitalize on continuing trends of pet humanization. We believe our combination of innovative products designed specifically for certain channels can assist our growth to become a leader in the premium and super-premium categories across dog and cat food. With an average of more than $500 spent annually on pet food per pet owning household and the number of pet owning households increasing, we believe that the super-premium sub-category is poised to be among the fastest growing segments of pet care spending.
Well Positioned to Capitalize On a Once-in-a-Generation Demographic Shift in China. We believe that China represents the largest macro-growth opportunity in the global pet food industry. In China, the number of households that own a pet has doubled in the last five years, with younger pet owners leading growth. Even though the absolute number of Chinese households that own a pet recently surpassed that same figure in the US, only 20% of Chinese households own a pet, compared to 67% in the United States. This has translated to a 28% annual growth rate in the premium dry cat food market, and a 20% annual growth rate in the dry dog food market. In 2020, more than 50% of Chinese consumers that purchased our products were born after 1990, and approximately 80% made those purchases online.
Ability to Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. In 2019, we successfully closed the Halo and TruPet acquisitions. We remain committed to locating the right assets that meet our investment criteria. Through our longstanding industry contacts we are able to source proprietary opportunities and transactions. Our preference is to maintain the asset light business model we currently operate and identify products and brands that are complementary to our existing portfolio. We have a wide scope of systems in place to ensure scalable success and reduce integration risk, including a world class enterprise resource planning or ERP system, NetSuite, a fully scaled and outsourced IT provider (Chelsea Technologies) and a platform to effectively meet public company reporting requirements (Workiva). Furthermore, our public company structure has historically enabled Better Choice to offer transaction consideration in the form of cash and stock. We have a robust pipeline of potential acquisitions which we expect to pursue in the form of pre-process and direct founder dialogue discussions.
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Our Management Team
Over the past six months, we have added several key members to our management team that have significant operating experience in the consumer sector.
Scott Lerner – CEO. Mr. Lerner was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of the Company in January 2021. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Lerner served as the Chief Executive Officer of Farmhouse Culture from October 2018 to January 2021 and as the Chief Executive Officer of Kernel Season’s from January 2015 to October 2018. Previously, Mr. Lerner held positions with PepsiCo, ConAgra Foods and Kimberly-Clark, where he managed brands such as Naked Juice, Quaker Oats, Scott Tissue and Parkay Margarine. In 2008, Scott created his own functional beverage brand called Solixir, exiting in 2014. Following the sale of Solixir, Scott partnered with the private equity group VMG partners to become the CEO of Kernel Season’s.
Sharla Cook – CFO. Sharla Cook was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in October 2020 after having served as Vice President, Finance and Accounting since May 2020. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Cook served as Vice President, Accounting, and Corporate Controller at InvestRes from May 2019 until April 2020. Prior to that, Ms. Cook was Corporate Controller at Checkers Drive-In Restaurants, Inc. from December 2015 until April 2019 and prior to that, Senior Director of SEC Reporting at Syniverse Technologies, Inc. Ms. Cook is a Certified Public Accountant in the state of Florida and holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Southeastern University.
Donald Young – Executive Vice President, Sales. Mr. Young joined Better Choice Company in January of 2021 with more than 29 years of experience leading the sales organizations of several pet specialty pet food brands including The Nutro Company (Natural Choice, MAX, and Greenies Brands) and Merrick Pet Care, Inc. (Merrick, Backcountry, Purrfect Bistro and Fresh Kisses Brands). Following his service at The Nutro Company, Mr. Young joined Merrick Pet Care’s Pet Specialty business from 2011 – 2020 as Vice President of Sales. Donald has also been recognized by his peers in the Pet Industry for his track record of success, including recognition as one of Pet Age Magazine’s 2019 ICON Winners.
Robert Sauermann – Executive Vice President, Strategy. Mr. Sauermann joined Better Choice Company in December 2019, concurrent with the acquisition 18,103,273 shares of Halo, and currently serves as the Executive Vice President of Strategy & Finance for Better Choice. Prior to joining the Halo team full-time in October 2019 as its Chief Strategy Officer, Mr. Sauermann served as an Investment Professional at Pegasus Capital Advisors from 2016 to 2019. In that role, he also served on the board of Halo from 2017 through 2019. Mr. Sauermann previously served on the boards of Organix Recycling, National Strategies, and currently serves on the board of SGV International. Mr. Sauermann began his career at Credit Suisse in New York. Mr. Sauermann is a graduate of Harvard College and holds a degree in Economics and Earth and Planetary Science.
Jennifer Condon – Executive Vice President, Digital Sales. Jennifer Condon joined Better Choice Company common stock were issuedfrom Mizkan America in 2021, where she was the head of E-Commerce and Shopper Marketing for brands including Ragu, Bertolli, Nakano and Holland House from 2020 to Bona Vida’s stockholders2021. From 2014 to 2019, Ms. Condon served as Vice President of E-Commerce at Merrick Pet Care. From 2014 to 2019, Jennifer had experience building her own direct-to-
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consumer business. From 2008 to 2013, Jennifer served as the Director of E-Commerce & Digital Merchandising at Lands’ End. Jennifer holds a Bachelor of Arts in Sociology and Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin – Eau Claire, and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin – Madison.
Alex Vournas – Vice President, Supply Chain & Logistics. Prior to joining the Company in February 2021, Alex Vournas served as the Director of Supply Chain at Solid Gold Pet LLC from November 2016 to February 2021, which role included responsibility for all shares of Bona Vida’s common stock outstanding immediately priormanaging the logistics related to the acquisition. We closedcompany’s significant expansion into Asia. In addition to his experience at Solid Gold, Mr. Vournas served as Supply Chain Director at Phusion Projects LLC from November 2012 to October 2016 and various other companies for over the acquisition on May 6, 2019. The sharesprevious 10 years, including Anheuser-Busch and Sara Lee. Mr. Vournas holds a Master of common stock includedBusiness Administration in Management from St. Louis University.
Ryan Wilson – Vice President, Marketing. Mr. Wilson joined Better Choice in 2021 as Vice President, Marketing. Mr. Wilson is a consumer products marketing leader with over 13 years of experience in the registration statementconsumer-packaged goods industry. Prior to joining Better Choice, Mr. Wilson held various positions at Merrick Pet Care including Director of which this prospectusMarketing from 2018 to 2021 and Brand Manager from 2016 to 2018. Mr. Wilson previously worked for Abbott Nutrition, Nestle Purina, and Kimberly-Clark. Ryan has been recognized for his success by industry peers and received the 2018 Pet Age Vanguard Series Award for Leaders in the Pet Industry. Ryan holds a Bachelor of Arts in Marketing and a Master of Business Administration in Brand and Product Management from The University of Wisconsin – Madison.
Corporate Matters
We were incorporated in the State of Nevada in 2001 under the name Cayenne Construction, Inc., and in 2009, changed our name to Sports Endurance, Inc. Effective March 11, 2019, we changed our name to Better Choice Company Inc. after reincorporating in Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 12400 Race Track Road, Tampa, FL 33626, and our telephone number is a part includes the shares of common stock issued to former stockholders of(813) 659-5921. We have three subsidiaries – Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., TruPet LLC and Bona Vida, inInc. Our website is available at https://www.betterchoicecompany.com. Our website and the May Acquisitions.information contained on or connected to that site are not, and should not be deemed to be part of or incorporated into, this prospectus.
May Private PlacementImplications of Being a Smaller Reporting Company
On May 6, 2019,We are a “smaller reporting company” and accordingly may provide less public disclosure than larger public companies, such as the inclusion of only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosures. As a result, the information that we completed a private placement (the “May Private Placement”),provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which we sold 5,744,991 shares of our common stock and 5,744,991 warrants to purchase our common stock at an exercise price of $4.25 per share at an offering price of $3.00 per share in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. The warrants are exercisable for 24 months from the closing of the May Private Placement. The net proceeds from the May Private Placement, after deducting offering expenses and the payment of the placement fee, were approximately $15.7 million which we used for general corporate purposes.you hold equity interests.
Halo Acquisition
On October 15, 2019, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Halo, Purely For Pets, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Halo”), Thriving Paws, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Thriving Paws”), HH-Halo LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“HH-Halo” and, together with Thriving Paws, the “Sellers”) and HH-Halo, in the capacity of the representative of the Sellers. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Agreement, among other things, we agreed to purchase from the Sellers one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Halo (the “Halo Acquisition”). The aggregate consideration payable by us under the Agreement was $38.2 million, subject to customary adjustments for Halo’s net working capital, cash, and indebtedness, and consisting of a combination of (a) cash, (b) shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share and (c) convertible subordinated notes and accompanying stock purchase warrants. The Halo Acquisition was consummated on December 19, 2019. The shares of common stock included in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part includes the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of convertible notes and upon the exercise of warrants issued to former stockholders of Halo in the Halo Acquisition.
Recent Developments
Revolving lineOn May 28, 2021, stockholders of creditthe Company holding a majority of the voting power of the Company entitled to vote (the “Consenting Stockholders”) as of the record date of May 28, 2021 approved by way of a written consent resolution the authorization of our board of directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, and without further action of the stockholders, to file an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to affect a reverse stock split of our common stock at a ratio in the range of 1-for-3 to 1-for-10 at any time prior to December 31, 2021. We anticipate effecting a 1-for-6 reverse stock split following the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but prior to the closing of this offering. On June 10, 2021 our board of directors set the reverse stock split ratio at 1-for-6 and approved the reverse stock split to be effectuated by the Company following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but before the closing of this offering.
On July 16,As of June 11, 2021, we had agreed to aggregate minimum purchases with our key Asian distribution partners totaling $29.7 million in sales from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2022, and $72.9 million in sales from January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2025. For context, in 2020 the Company received a revolving line of creditwas able to achieve $8.6 million in the aggregate amount of $7.5 million (the “ABL Facility”) from Citizens Business Bank, a California banking corporation, pursuant to a business loan agreement (the “ABL Agreement”). The proceeds of the ABL Facility will be used (i) to repay all principal, interest and fees outstandinginternational sales in 2020 under the Company’s existing revolving credit facilityHalo brand, all of which were made in Asia, representing 95% growth relative to 2019.
As of June 11, 2021, and (ii) for general corporate purposes.
Amendment to December 2018 Warrants
On September 18, 2020, the Company amended,in connection with the requisite approval of the holders thereof, all of the common stock purchase warrants originally issuedproposed sub-brand launch in December 2018 (the “December 2018 Warrants”). The amendment eliminates certain antidilution rights contained in the December 2018 Warrants, fixes the number of shares of common stock purchasable under each of the outstanding December 2018 Warrants2022, we had hired two Sales Directors formerly with Merrick and sets the exercise price thereof at $0.65 per share.
Issuance of Series F Preferred Stocktwo Brand Managers formerly with Mars Pet Care. In addition to these team member additions, we hired a New York based marketing agency, Little Big Brands, to assist with packaging development and Exchange of Series E Preferred Stock
We consummated a private placement of Series F units (“Series F Units”) in three closings on October 1, October 12 and October 23, 2020 (the “Series F Private Placement”) in which we raised approximately $21.7 million, including an investment by certain of our officers and directors of approximately $6.5 million and an exchange of all of ourdesign.
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

outstanding Series E preferred stock of approximately $3.5 million. Each Series F Unit was sold at a per unit price of $1,000 and consisted of (i) one share of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), which is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a value per share of common stock of $0.50 (subject to adjustment); and (ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year period such number of shares of common stock into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible at an exercise price per share of $0.75 (subject to adjustment) (the “Series F Warrants”). Pursuant to the Series F Private Placement, the Company raised approximately $18.2 million in gross cash proceeds, which proceeds were used to pay expenses related to the offering, repay a portion of our outstanding term loan and for general corporate purposes. In addition, the Company issued 100 Series F Units as compensation under a marketing agreement for the Company’s products. In the Series F Private Placement, we issued 21,801.565 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and 43,603,130 warrants to purchase common stock (subject to adjustment). In connection with the Series F Private Placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement (as amended, the “Series F Registration Rights Agreement”). See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—Series F Registration Rights Agreement” for more information.
Amendment to our Facilities Agreement.
In October, 2020, the Company entered into amendments to its Facilities Agreement to allow the Company to use a portion of the net proceeds of the Series F Private Placement to make partial repayments of the term loan outstanding under the Facilities Agreement. As a result of this amendments, the Company made partial repayments of our term loan in the aggregate amount of approximately $11.8 million.
On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into the fifth amendment (the “amendment”) to the Loan Facilities Letter Agreement dated December 19, 2019 (the “Facilities Agreement”), extending the maturity date of the term loan to January 15, 2021
Repricing of Stock Options Outstanding Under 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.
Effective October 1, 2020, outstanding stock option awards under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan held by current employees as of October 1, 2020 were repriced concurrent with the closing of the Series F Private Placement. In total, 6,077,731 stock options were repriced. The exercise price was set at a 20% premium to the Series F conversion price, or $0.60 per share.
Amendment to Advertising Agreement
On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into a radio advertising agreement with iHeart for future advertising to be provided to the Company from August 2019 to August 2021. The Company committed to using a certain portion of the media inventory by August 28, 2020, with the remainder of the advertising available through August 28, 2021. On August 28, 2020, the agreement was amended to extend the commitment dates by one year, whereby the inventory originally committed to be used by August 28, 2020 may now be used through August 28, 2021. The remainder of the advertising is now available through August 28, 2022.
Risks Associated with our BusinessSummary Risk Factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.numerous risks, including the risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider thethese risks described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If anyan investment. The following are some of these risks, actually occurs,any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects would likely be materially, adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Below is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:
We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all;
We may have difficulties managing our anticipated growth, or we may not grow at all;prospects:
We have a history of losses, we expect to incur losses in the future and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability;profitability which may affect our ability to continue as a going concern;
The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition;
We requiremay not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy or effectively manage our growth on a timely basis or at all;
Our level of indebtedness and related covenants could limit our operational and financial flexibility and significant amount of cash to operateadversely affect our business or increase our production to meet consumer demand for our products;
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The combined business may be unable to integrate Bona Vida, Haloif we breach such covenants and TruPet’s businesses successfully and realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions;default on such indebtedness;
If we do not successfully develop additional products and services, or if such products and services are developed but not successfully commercialized, our business will be adversely affected;
Our ability to compete on the basis of product and ingredient quality, product availability, palatability, brand awareness, loyalty and trust, product variety and innovation, product packaging and design, reputation, price and convenience and promotional efforts in our highly competitive industry and against other industry participants, some of whom have greater resources than we could lose revenue opportunities;
If we fail to attract new customers, or retain existing customers, or fail to do either in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to increase sales;do;
We are vulnerable to fluctuations in the price and supply of key inputs, including ingredients, packaging materials, and freight;
WeFood safety and food-borne illness incidents may be subject to product liability claims or regulatory action if our products are alleged to have caused significant loss or injury;
We may not be able to manage our manufacturing and supply chain effectively, which maymaterially adversely affect our results of operations;business by exposing us to lawsuits, product recalls or regulatory enforcement actions, increasing our operating costs and reducing demand for our product offerings;
Interruption in our sourcing operations could disrupt production, shipment or receipt of our merchandise, which would result in lost sales and could increase our costs;
If the ingredients used in our products are contaminated, alleged to be contaminated or are otherwise rumored to have adverse effects, our results of operations could be adversely affected;
If we are unable to achieve desired results from, or maintain our advertising and marketing arrangements with certain third-party advertising or marketing providers to generate customers, our ability to generate revenue and our business could be adversely affected;
Our intellectual property rights may be inadequate to protect our business;
We depend on the knowledge and skills of our senior management and other key employees, and if we are unable to retain and motivate them or recruit additional qualified personnel, our business may suffer;
We rely heavily on third-party commerce platforms to conduct our businesses and if one of those platforms is compromised, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed;
WeAdverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings relating to our business operations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;
International expansion of our business, particularly into China, could expose us to substantial business, regulatory, political, financial and economic risks;
Changes in existing laws or regulations, including how such existing laws or regulations are enforced by federal, state, and local authorities, or the adoption of new laws or regulations may increase our costs and otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;
There is currently a limited public market for our common stock, a trading market for our common stock may never develop, and our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers are subject to extensive governmental regulation andcommon stock prices may be subject to enforcement if we arevolatile and could decline substantially;
The reverse stock split may not in compliance with applicable requirements; and
Our recurring losses and significant accumulated deficit have raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.
General Corporate Information
We were incorporatedachieve the requisite increase in the State of Nevada in 2001 under the name Cayenne Construction, Inc., and in 2009, changedmarket price for our namecommon stock to Sports Endurance, Inc. Effective March 11, 2019, we changed our name to Better Choice Company Inc. after reincorporating in Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 164 Douglas Road E, Oldsmar, FL 34677, and our telephone number at that address is (813) 659-5921. Our website is available at https://www.betterchoicecompany.com. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
We are a Smaller Reporting Company
We are a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. As a smaller reporting company, we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not smaller reporting companies, including, but not limited to:
Reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements;
Not being requiredcontinue to comply with the auditor attestationlisting requirements of Section 404(b)the NYSE American and may decrease the liquidity of the Sarbanes-Oxley Actshares of 2002;our common stock;
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may discourage a takeover attempt even if a takeover might be beneficial to our stockholders; and
Reduced disclosure obligations forWe have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and our annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and registration statements.use of those proceeds may not yield a favorable return on your investment.
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will remain a smaller reporting company untilThe Offering
Common stock we are offering
4,500,000 shares to be offered by us.
Public offering price
$9.00
Common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering
24,185,116 shares (or 24,860,116 shares, assuming that the end of the fiscal yearunderwriters’ option is exercised in which (1) we have a public common equity float of more than $250 million, or (2) we have annual revenues for the most recently completed fiscal year of more than $100 million plus we have a public common equity float or public float of more than $700 million. We also would not be eligible for status as smaller reporting company if we become an investment company, an asset-backed issuer or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent company that is not a smaller reporting company.full).
Over-allotment option
We have electedgranted the underwriters a 30-day option to take advantagepurchase up to 675,000 additional shares of certainour common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the reduced disclosure obligationsnet proceeds to us from this offering of common stock, after deducting the underwriting discounts and the payment of estimated expenses related to this offering, will be approximately $36,865,000 (or approximately $42,514,750 if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), based upon an assumed offering price of $9.00 per share.
We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes. We may also use proceeds from this offering to acquire complimentary technologies, products or businesses, although we are not a party to any letters of intent or definitive agreement for any such acquisition. See additional information under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”
Proposed NYSE American symbol
Our common stock currently trades on the OTCQX under the symbol “BTTR.” In conjunction with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE American under the symbol “BTTR.” We anticipate being able to list on NYSE American upon the completion of this offering; however, we can provide no assurances that we will be approved for such a listing.
Reverse stock split
We will effect a 1-for-6 reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock and treasury stock following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus isforms a part but prior to the closing of this offering. Unless otherwise noted and may electother than in our financial statements and the notes thereto, the share and per share information in this prospectus reflects a reverse stock split of the outstanding common stock and treasury stock of the Company at a 1-for-6 ratio to take advantageoccur following the effective date but prior to the closing of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide tooffering.
Participation rights
The original purchasers of our stockholders may be different from what you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.
References herein to “smaller reporting company” shallSeries F Preferred Stock have the meaning associated with itright to participate in Item 10(f)(1)this offering pursuant to the terms of Regulation S-K.the securities purchase agreement between the Company and such purchasers. Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement, such purchasers are entitled to three days prior notice of the closing of this offering and the right to purchase up to 35% of the shares of common stock in this offering. We have received
510

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering
Common Stock Offered by the Selling Stockholders
A totalwritten waivers of up to 87,462,673 shares of our common stock. The selling stockholders maythese participation rights from time to time sell some, all or nonepurchasers holding approximately 99.9% of the shares of common stock pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Shares of Common Stock Outstanding
49,185,860 as of November 17, 2020.
Use of Proceeds
The selling stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
Dividend Policy
We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our results of operations and financial condition, capital requirements, business prospects, statutory and contractual restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends, if any, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.
Ouroutstanding Series F preferred stock (as defined herein) ranks pari passu with the shares of our common stock with respect to dividend rights and will participate in dividends on an as-converted basis.
See “Dividend Policy.”Preferred Stock.
Risk Factorsfactors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. For a discussion of factors youYou should carefully read and consider in making an investment, see “Risk Factors”the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors beginning on page 715. and all other information in this prospectus and in documents incorporated by referenced before making a decision to invest in our common stock.
Listing and Trading Symbol
“BTTR.”
Except as otherwise indicated, theThe number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 11,088,058 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 11, 2021, and assumes the numberissuance of 5,764,517 shares of our common stock outstanding as of November 17, 2020. This number does not include:
63,455,837 warrants to purchase our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.18 per share that we issued in the Series F Private Placement, the Acquisitions, the May Private Placement, the December Private Placement (as defined herein) and certain other compensation and financing transactions described herein;
7,453,480 shares of common stock underlying options to purchase common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.74 per share that we granted under the Company’s 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “2019 Plan” and the “2019 Amended Plan”) to our directors, executive officers key employees and third-party contractors (of which 4,946,658 options have vested as of November 17, 2020);
7,346,568 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible notes that we issued in connection with the December Private Placement, the Halo Acquisition and certain other financing transactions described herein.
43,603,130 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series F Preferred Stock issuedas of June 11, 2021 as well as 2,832,541 shares of common stock upon conversion of our outstanding convertible notes as of June 11, 2021 (assuming our common stock is approved for listing on the NYSE American). This number excludes:
10,062,363 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase our common stock as of June 11, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $7.14 per share; and
2,207,704 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 11, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.42 per share and 42,297 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan.
Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus, including the Series F Private Placement.number of shares that will be outstanding after this offering: (i) assumes a reverse stock split of our outstanding shares of common stock at a ratio of 1-for-6; (ii) assumes and reflects no exercise of warrants or options outstanding as of June 11, 2021; and (iii) assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase 675,000 additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.
Certain of our officers and directors have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $2 million of our common stock offered hereby at the assumed public offering price of $9.00 per share. Because this indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, such individuals may elect not to purchase any shares in this offering, or the underwriter may elect not to sell any shares in this offering to such individuals. Any shares sold to such officers or directors will be subject to the lock-up agreement described below.
611

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth our summary historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. The summary consolidated and combined balance sheet and statement of operations data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following unaudited condensed consolidated financial and other data as of March 31, 2021 and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and on the same basis as our audited consolidated and combined financial statements, and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, we consider necessary for a fair statement of the consolidated and combined financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period and results from our interim period may not necessarily be indicative of the results of the entire year.
The following summary consolidated and combined financial data should be read together with the information under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data in this section is not intended to replace our audited consolidated and combined financial statements or our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and, in each case, the related notes and is qualified in its entirety by such financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Statement of operations data (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts):
 
For the Three Months Ended
For the Year Ended
 
March 31,
2021
March 31,
2020
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Net sales
$10,830
$12,226
$42,590
$15,577
Cost of goods sold
$6,556
$8,069
$26,491
$9,717
Gross profit
$4,274
$4,157
$16,099
$5,860
Operating expenses
$9,412
$12,689
$43,421
$42,186
Loss from operations
$(5,138)
$(8,532)
$(27,322)
$(36,326)
Other expense, net
$7,712
$922
$32,013
$148,136
Net and comprehensive loss
$(12,850)
$(9,454)
$(59,335)
$(184,462)
Preferred dividends
$34
$103
$109
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(12,850)
$(9,488)
$(59,438)
$(184,571)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted
9,587,509
8,087,733
8,180,739
5,539,767
Loss per share, basic and diluted(1)
$(1.38)
$(1.17)
$(7.26)
$(33.32)
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)(2)
$(0.73)
 
$(3.55)
 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)
18,119,481
 
16,712,711
 
(1)
The calculation of loss per share and pro forma loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 includes certain adjustments to the net and comprehensive loss for items directly impacting accumulated deficit. See “Note 15 – Net loss per share” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2021 included in this prospectus and “Note 20 – Net loss per share” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information.
(2)
Pro forma net loss per share gives effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock into 5,768,517 shares of common stock as of March 31, 2021 as well as the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible notes into 2,763,455 shares of common stock as of March 31, 2021.
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):
 
March 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Total Current Assets
$19,876
$17,563
$17,579
Total Assets
$52,367
$51,253
$53,532
Total Current Liabilities
$55,065
$54,576
$33,026
Total Liabilities
$85,347
$79,355
$50,037
Redeemable Series E Preferred Stock
$10,566
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
$(32,980)
$(28,102)
$(7,071)
Non-GAAP Measures
Better Choice Company defines Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA further adjusted to eliminate the impact of certain items that we do not consider indicative of our core operations. Adjusted EBITDA is determined by adding the following items to net and comprehensive loss: depreciation and amortization, interest expense, share-based compensation, warrant expense and dividends, change in fair value of warrant derivative liability, loss on extinguishment of debt, loss on acquisitions, acquisition related expenses, purchase accounting adjustments, equity and debt offering expenses and COVID-19 expenses.
The Company presents Adjusted EBITDA as it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. We believe that the disclosure of Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors as this non-GAAP measure forms the basis of how our management team reviews and considers our operating results. By disclosing this non-GAAP measure, we believe that we create for investors a greater understanding of and an enhanced level of transparency into the means by which our management team operates our company. We also believe this measure can assist investors in comparing our performance to that of other companies on a consistent basis without regard to certain items that do not directly affect our ongoing operating performance or cash flows.
Adjusted EBITDA does not represent cash flows from operations as defined by GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as a financial measure and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss, gross margin, and our other GAAP results.
Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):
 
Three Months Ended
Year Ended
 
March 31,
2021
March 31,
2020
December 31,
2020
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(12,850)
$(9,488)
$(59,438)
Depreciation and amortization
411
457
1,748
Interest expense
835
2,301
9,247
EBITDA
$(11,604)
$(6,730)
$(48,443)
Non-cash share-based compensation, warrant expense and dividends(a)
$2,590
$5,113
$19,175
Non-cash change in fair value of warrant liability and warrant derivative liability
6,483
(1,379)
22,678
Loss on extinguishment of debt
394
$88
Acquisition related expenses/(income)(b)
677
(150)
Non-cash effect of purchase accounting and inventory write-off on cost of goods sold(c)
894
1,111
Offering related expenses(d)
196
315
1,221
Non-recurring expenses(e)
856
982
2,351
COVID-19 expenses(f)
$30
Adjusted EBITDA
$(1,085)
$(128)
$(1,939)
(a)
Reflects non-cash expenses related to equity compensation awards and stock purchase warrants. The periods in 2020 additionally include non-cash dividends and stock purchase warrants associated with a contract that was subsequently terminated. Share-based compensation is
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

an important part of the Company's compensation strategy and without our equity compensation plans, it is probable that salaries and other compensation related costs would be higher.
(b)
Reflects costs incurred related to acquisition and integration activities that will not recur and operating expenses that will not recur due to acquisition related synergies.
(c)
Reflects non-cash expense recognized in cost of goods sold related to the step-up of inventory required under the accounting rules for business combinations ($0.9 million); and non-cash write off of expired CBD inventory ($0.2 million).
(d)
Reflects administrative costs associated with the registration of previously issued common shares and other debt and equity financing transactions.
(e)
Reflects non-recurring severance costs ($0.7 million), non-cash third party share-based compensation ($0.3m), non-recurring consulting costs ($0.2 million) and director costs ($0.1 million), partially offset by a $0.5 million reduction to sales tax liability for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Reflects contract termination costs ($1.0 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2020; additionally includes write off of a prepaid asset related to the termination of a contract entered into during 2019 ($0.4 million), non-recurring consulting costs ($0.3 million), non-cash loss on disposal of assets ($0.2 million), and other non-recurring costs for the year ended December 31, 2020.
(f)
Reflects cleaning, sanitizing, protective equipment and hazard compensation related to COVID-19.
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, which address the material risks concerning our business and an investment in our common stock, together with the other information contained in this prospectus. If any of the risks discussed in this prospectus occur, our business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, in which case the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.”information under the heading “Forward Looking Statements” in this prospectus.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our recurring losses and significant accumulated deficit have raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.
We have experienced recurring operating losses over the last two years and have a significant accumulated deficit. We expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources for the foreseeable future. Without generating sufficient cash flow from operations or additional debt or equity financing, these conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, meaning that we may be unable to continue operations for the foreseeable future or realize assets and discharge liabilities in the ordinary course of operations. If we need to seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our consolidated financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a part of their investment.
The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. In January 2020, the World Health Organization declared theThe COVID-19 outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” This worldwide outbreak has resulted in the implementation of significant governmental measures, including lockdowns, closures, quarantines and travel bans intended to control the spread of the virus. Companies arehave also takingtaken precautions, such as requiring employees to work remotely, imposing travel restrictions and temporarily closing businesses and facilities. These restrictions, and future prevention and mitigation measures, have had and could have in the future an adverse impact on global economic conditions and are likely to have an adverse impact on consumer confidence and spending, which could materially adversely affect the supply of, as well as the demand for, our products. Uncertainties regarding the economic impact of COVID-19 is likely to result in sustained market turmoil, which could also negatively impact our business, financial condition and cash flows.
We sourceThe COVID-19 pandemic could disrupt our products from suppliersthird-party business partners' ability to meet their obligations to us, which may negatively affect our operations. These third parties include those who supply our ingredients, packaging, and other necessary operating materials, contract manufacturers, located in the United Statesdistributors, and New Zealand.logistics and transportation services providers. The impact of COVID-19 on these suppliers, or any of our other suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors or transportation or logistics providers,third party business partners, may negatively affect the price and availability of our ingredients and/or packaging materials and impact our supply chain. If the disruptions caused by COVID-19 continue for an extended period of time, our ability to meet the demands of our customers may be materially impacted. To date, we have not experienced any reduction in the available supply of our products. As of August 2020, the United States Department of Homeland Security has classified businesses that manufacture, produce and supply pet food as “Essential Critical Infrastructure Workers.”
We depend on a logistics partner and our warehouse facilities located in Tampa, Florida. If we are forced to scale back hours of operation or close these facilities in response to the pandemic, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. Additionally, many of our employees, including members of our management team, have been working remotely as a result of the closure of our offices in Florida, Ohio and New York in compliance with local and state regulations in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If our operations or productivity continue to be impacted throughout the duration of the COVID-19 outbreak and government-mandated closures, which may negatively impact our business, financial condition and cash flows. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will further impact our business will depend on future developments and, given the uncertainty around the extent and timing of the potential future spread or mitigation and around the imposition or relaxation of protective measures, we cannot reasonably estimate the impact to our business at this time.
The extent of COVID-19's effect on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the outbreak, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the overall impact of COVID-19 on our business. However, if the pandemic continues for a prolonged period it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and adversely impact the trading price of our common stock.
We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all.
Our future success depends on our ability to implement our growth strategy of introducing new products and expanding into new markets and new distribution channels and attracting new consumers to our brand and sub-brands. Our ability to implement this growth strategy depends, among other things, on our ability to: establish
establish
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our brands and reputation as a well-managed enterprise committed to delivering premium quality products to the pet health and wellness industry;
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

enter into distribution and other strategic arrangements partner with retailers and other potential distributors of our products;
continue to effectively compete in specialty channels and respond to competitive developments;
continue to market and sell our products through a multi-channel distribution strategy and achieve joint growth targets with our distribution partners;
expand and maintain brand loyalty;
develop new proprietary value-branded products and product line extensions that appeal to consumers;
maintain and, to the extent necessary, improve our high standards for product quality, safety and integrity;
maintain sources from suppliers that comply with all federal, state and local laws for the required supply of quality ingredients to meet our growing demand;
identify and successfully enter and market our products in new geographic markets and market segments;
execute value-focused pricing strategies that position our products as premium, great tasting, all natural products offered at a competitive price;
maintain compliance with all federal, statestrategies; and local laws related to our products; and
attract, integrate, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy and may need to change our strategy in order to maintain our growth. If we fail to implement our growth strategy or if we invest resources in a growth strategy that ultimately proves unsuccessful, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
We may have difficulties managing our anticipated growth, or we may not grow at all.
If we succeed in growing our business, such growth could strain our management team and capital resources. Our ability to manage operations and control growth will be dependent on our ability to raise and spend capital to successfully attract, train, motivate, retain and manage new members of senior management and other key personnel and continue to update and improve our management and operational systems, infrastructure and other resources, financial and management controls, and reporting systems and procedures. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause us to misallocate management or financial resources, and result in additional expenditures and inefficient use of existing human and capital resources or we otherwise may be forced to grow at a slower pace that could impair or eliminate our ability to achieve and sustain profitability.resources. Such slower than expected growth may require us to restrict or cease our operations and go out of business.
Additionally, our anticipated growth will increase the demands placed on our suppliers, resulting in an increased need for us to manage our suppliers and monitor for quality assurance and comply with all applicable laws. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could impair our ability to achieve our business objectives.
We have a history of losses, we expect to incur losses in the future and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability.
We have a history of losses. We incurred net losses of $29.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and had $230.9 million in accumulated deficit as of September 30, 2020. We incurred net losses of $184.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. Because we have a short operating history at scale, it is difficult for us to predict our future operating results. As a result,Thus, our losses may be larger than anticipated, and we may not achieve profitability when expected, or at all. Also, we expect our operating expenses to increase over the next several years as we further increase marketing spend, hire more employees, continue to develop new products and services, and expand internationally. These efforts may be more costly than we expect and may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. Any failure to increase our revenue sufficiently to keep pace with our investments and other expenses could prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability or positive cash flow on a consistent basis. Furthermore, if our future growth and operating performance fail to meet investor or analyst expectations, or if we have future negative cash flow or losses resulting from our investment in acquiring new customers or expanding our business, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our outstanding debtlevel of indebtedness and related covenants could reducelimit our strategicoperational and financial flexibility and liquiditysignificant adversely affect our business if we breach such covenants and may have other adverse effectsdefault on our resultssuch indebtedness.
As of operations.
During fiscal year 2019,March 31, 2021, we incurred significant debt under subordinated convertible promissory notes and the short term loan and a revolving linehad outstanding indebtedness of credit and term loan facility entered into in connection with the Halo Acquisition (the “Facilities Agreement”). On July 16, 2020, we entered into an ABL Facility with Citizens Business Bank (“Citizens ABL Facility”) and used the proceeds to repay all of the outstanding obligations under the revolving line of credit portion of the Facilities Agreement. The term loan potion of the Facility Agreement remains outstanding. The obligations under our Facilities Agreement and Citizens ABL Facility are secured by a general security interest on the assets of the Company and are personally guaranteed by certain members of the Company’s board of directors.$31,089,560. Our ability to meet our debt service obligations depends upon our operating and financial performance, which is subject to general economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to service our debt, we may need to sell inventory and other material assets, restructure or refinance our debt, or seek additional equity capital. If our inability to meet our debt service obligations results in an event of default as defined under theour subordinated convertible promissory notes the Facilities Agreement or the Citizens ABL Facility,our senior credit facility, the lenders thereunder may be able to take possession of substantially all of the assets of the Company. Prevailing economic conditions and global credit markets could adversely impact our ability to do so. Our
In addition, our debt agreements contain limits on our ability to, among other things, incur additional debt, grant liens, undergo certain fundamental changes, make investments, and dispose of inventory.
Our recurring losses and significant accumulated deficit have raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.
We have experienced recurring operating losses over the last two years and have a significant accumulated deficit. We expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources for the foreseeable future. Without additional financing, these conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, meaning that we These restrictions may be unable to continue operations for the foreseeable future or realize assets and discharge liabilities in the ordinary course of operations. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our consolidated financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a part of their investment.
We require a significant amount of cash to operate our business or increase our production to meet consumer demand for our products.
The continued development of our business will require additional funding, and there is no assurance that we will generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to run our operations, service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring our existing debt or obtaining additional equity capital. The evolving nature of the business in which we operate may also make it more challenging to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs.
We have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If these material weaknesses persist or if we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report its financial results could be adversely affected.
Prior to the closing of the May Acquisitions, TruPet, which was determined to be the accounting acquirer (see “Note—Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus), was a private company and had limited accounting and financial reporting personnel and other resources with which to address its internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the preparation of the financial statements for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer, Werner von Pein and our former Chief Financial Officer, Andreas Schulmeyer, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 and determined they were not effective. A materialprevent us
916

TABLE OF CONTENTS

weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies,from taking actions that we believe would be in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatementthe best interests of the Company’s annualbusiness and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
The Company has identified the following material weaknesses: (i) the Company has not designed or implemented a system of internal controls and, as result, the Company does not have (x) segregation of duties and evidence of fiduciary oversight related to the financial statement close process, cash disbursements process, contract approval process and time and expense reimbursement process; (y) formally documented accounting policies and procedureseffectively compete with companies that are effective and consistently appliednot similarly restricted. If we determine that we need to take any action that is restricted under our debt agreements, we will need to first obtain a waiver from the related lenders. Obtaining such waivers, if needed, may impose additional costs or we may be unable to obtain such waivers. Our ability to comply with these restrictive covenants in accordance with GAAP; (z) effective controls and resourcesfuture periods will largely depend on our ability to addresssuccessfully implement our overall business strategy. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default, which could result in the accounting requirements for new accounting pronouncements; (ii)acceleration of our outstanding debt. In the Company’s financial statement close process and disclosure controls and procedures, including the secondary review and approvalevent of financialan acceleration of such debt, we could be forced to apply all available cash flows to repay such debt, which could also force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.
For information generatedregarding our outstanding debt, refer to prepare the“Note 10 – Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus.
The London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and certain other interest “benchmarks” may be subject to regulatory guidance and/or reform that could cause interest rates under our current or future debt agreements to perform differently than in the past or cause other unanticipated consequences.
Borrowings drawn under our Wintrust Credit Facility bear interest at variable rates based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The LIBOR and certain other interest “benchmarks” may be subject to regulatory guidance and/or reform that could cause interest rates under our current or future debt agreements to perform differently than in the past or cause other unanticipated consequences. The United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates the LIBOR administrator, previously announced that it intends to stop encouraging or requiring banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. However, for US dollar LIBOR, it now appears that the relevant date may be deferred to June 30, 2023 for the most common tenors (overnight and one, three, six and 12 months). As to those tenors, the LIBOR administrator has published a consultation regarding its intention to cease publication of US dollar LIBOR as of June 30, 2023 (instead of December 31, 2021, as previously expected). Moreover, the LIBOR administrator’s consultation also relates to the LIBOR administrator’s intention to cease publication of non-US dollar LIBOR after 2021. Although the foregoing may provide some sense of timing, there is no assurance that LIBOR, of any particular currency or tenor, will continue to be published until any particular date. Additionally, the US Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large US financial institutions, announced the replacement of US dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by US Treasury securities, called the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). Whether or not SOFR attains market traction as a LIBOR replacement for US dollar-denominated instruments, and whether other benchmarks will attain traction in other markets, remains in question and the lackfuture of integration ofLIBOR at this time is uncertain. If LIBOR ceases to exist, interest rates on any debt obligations we incur under our Wintrust Credit Facility may be adversely affected and we may need to renegotiate the underlying IT systems used to consolidate the Company’s subsidiaries, are ineffective and, as a result, the Company has beenagreements governing such obligations or instruments. We may be unable to close its booksnegotiate an acceptable alternative to LIBOR, or fulfill its SEC reporting requirements in a timely manner; and (iii) the Company has ineffective controls for assessing its sales tax obligations, including timely payment and accrual recognition.
The primary cause of the material weaknesses was the small size of our accounting staff, which resulted in a lack of segregation of duties and insufficient review procedures. Althoughif we have begun building our in house finance team by hiring qualified leadership and staffdo agree to help review, revise and amend the internal processesfacility, the new “benchmark” may perform differently than LIBOR or cause other unanticipated consequences, which could adversely affect our interest expense and related debt obligations.
Due to develop effective controls,inherent limitations, there can be no assurance that these effortsour system of disclosure and internal controls and procedures will remediate thebe successful in preventing all errors and fraud, or in making all material weaknesses or avoid future weaknesses or deficiencies. Any failureinformation known in a timely manner to remediate the material weaknessmanagement.
Our management, including our CEO and any future weaknesses or deficiencies or any failure to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If we are unable to remediate the material weaknesses, our management mayCFO, does not be able to concludeexpect that our disclosure controls and internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.
The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations, misstatements due to error or internal control over financial reporting are effective, which could result in investors losing confidence in our reported financial informationfraud may occur and may lead to a decline in the stock price.
We have a limited operating history and, as a result, our past results may not be indicative of future operating performance.detected.
We have a limited operating history as a consolidated company to date and with the current scale of our business, which makes it difficult to forecast our future results, particularly with respect to sales made via our DTC platform and sales made in the Retail channel to e-commerce brick and mortar partners. You should not rely on our past annual or quarterly results of operations as indicators of future performance. Because we are in the early stages of operating our business, we are subject to many of the same risks inherent in the operation of a business with a limited operating history. You should consider and evaluate our prospects in light of the risks and uncertainty frequently encountered by companies like ours, including the potential inability to continue as a going concern. We will need to raise substantial additional capital, but adequate additional capital may not be available when we need it, on acceptable terms or at all.
17
We anticipate that we will need to raise additional capital to execute our business plan and maintain and expand our operations. Additional capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital, our business may be harmed and we may need to curtail or cease operations. We may sell equity securities or debt securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner as we may determine from time to time. If we sell any such securities in subsequent transactions, our current investors may be materially diluted. Any debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and could reduce our operational flexibility or profitability. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to grow our business or respond to competitive pressures.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The combined business may be unable to integrate Bona Vida, Halo and TruPet’s businesses successfully and realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions.
Within the last eighteen (18) months,In 2019, we completed three significant acquisitions that involved the combination of three businesses that historically have operated as independent companies. The success of thethese acquisitions will depend in large part on the success of the management of the combined business in integrating the operations, strategies, technologies and personnel of the companies. We may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions if the integration process takes longer than expected or is more costly than expected.
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our failure to meet the challenges involved in successfully integrating the operations of Bona Vida, Halo or TruPet or to otherwise realize any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions could impair our operations. The combined business will be required to devote management attention and resources to integrating Bona Vida's, Halo's and TruPet's business practices and operations.
Potential issues and difficulties the combined business may encounter in the integration process include the following:
the inability to integrate the respective businesses of Bona Vida, Halo and TruPet in a manner that permits the combined business to achieve the synergies anticipated to result from the acquisitions, which could result in the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions not being realized partly or wholly in the time frame currently anticipated or at all;
integrating personnel from the three companies while maintaining focus on safety and providing consistent, high quality products and customer service; and
performance shortfalls at one or all of the companies as a result of the diversion of management's attention caused by the acquisitions and integrating the companies' operations.
We may seek to grow our company and business through acquisitions, of or investments in new or complementary businesses, facilities, technologies or products, or through strategic alliances, as we have with the acquisitions of Bona Vida, Halo and theTruPet and our failure to identify and successfully integrate and manage acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business,these assets could have a material adverse effect on us.the anticipated benefits of the acquisition and our business, financial condition or results of operations.
From time to time we expect to consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in new or complementary businesses, facilities, technologies or products, or enter into strategic alliances, that may enhance our capabilities, expand our network, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets. In 2019, we completed three significant acquisitions that involved the combination of three businesses that historically have operated as independent companies. The success of these completed acquisitions and any future acquisitions will depend in large part on the success of our management team in integrating the operations, strategies, technologies and personnel.
Potential and completed acquisitions, and investments and other strategic alliances involve numerous risks, including:
problems integrating the purchased business, facilities, technologies or products;
issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;
assumed liabilities, including for compliance issues prior to the time we will enter into a transaction with such party;
liabilities; unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances;
diversion of management's attention from our existing business;
adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers, third-party contract manufacturers, and retail customers;
risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;
potential write-offs of acquired assets and/or an impairment of any goodwill recorded as a result of an acquisition;
potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and
increased legal and accounting compliance costs.
We may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions if the integration process takes longer than expected or is more costly than expected. Our failure to meet the challenges involved in successfully integrating acquisitions, including the operations of Halo or TruPet, or to otherwise realize any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions could impair our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we do not know if we will be able to identify additional acquisitions or strategic relationships we deem suitable or whether we will be able to successfully complete any such transactions on favorable terms or at all or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, facilities, technologies or products into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or customers.all. Our ability to successfully grow through strategic transactions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses, facilities, technologies and products and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming and may disrupt our ongoing business.
We may have material liabilities that have not been discovered since the closing of the acquisitions.
As a result of the May Acquisitions and the Halo Acquisition, the prior business plan and management relating to Better Choice Company was abandoned and replaced with the business and prevent management from focusing on our operations. If we are unable to integrate any acquiredteam of Bona Vida, Halo and TruPet. Our business is now comprised of the businesses facilities, technologiesof Bona Vida, Halo, and products effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.TruPet. We may have material
1118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

liabilities based on activities of such entities before the acquisitions that have not been discovered or asserted. We could experience losses as a result of any such undisclosed liabilities that are discovered in the future, which could materially harm our business and financial condition. Although the agreements entered into in connection with the acquisitions contains customary representations and warranties from Bona Vida, Halo and TruPet concerning their assets, liabilities, financial condition and affairs, there may be limited or no recourse against the pre-acquisition stockholders or principals in the event those representations prove to be untrue. As a result, our current and future stockholders will bear some, or all, of the risks relating to any such unknown or undisclosed liabilities.
We are a holding company and rely on payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations and pay any dividends.
We have limited direct operations and significant assets other than ownership of 100% of the capital stock of our subsidiaries. Because we primarily conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, and to pay any dividends with respect to our common stock. Legal and contractual restrictions in our subordinated convertible notes, short term loan, and revolving line of credit agreement and other agreements that may govern future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries might not be sufficient to make distributions or obtain loans to enable us to meet certain of our obligations. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See “Dividend Policy.”
If we do not successfully develop additional products and services, or if such products and services are developed but not successfully commercialized, we could lose revenue opportunities.our business will be adversely affected.
Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop and market new products and improvements to our existing products, including those that we may develop through partnerships, strategic relationships or licensing arrangements. We are always assessing and identifying new opportunities to provide additional products and related services to our customers. The process of identifying and commercializing new products is complex, uncertain and may involve considerable costs, and if we fail to accurately predict customers' changing needs and preferences, our business could be harmed.
The success of our innovation and product development efforts is affected by, among other things, the technical capability of our product development staff, thestaff; our ability to establish new supplier relationships and third-party consultants in developing and testing new products, includingand complying with governmental regulations,regulations; our attractiveness as a partner for outside research and development scientists and entrepreneursentrepreneurs; and the success of our management and sales team in introducing and marketing new products. We have already and may have to continue to commit significant resources to commercializing new products before knowing whether our investments will result in products the market will accept.
We may not always be able to respond quickly and effectively to changes in customer taste and demand due to the amount of time and financial resources that may be required to bring new products to market, which could result in our competitors taking advantage of changes in customer trends before we are able to and harm our brand and reputation. Implementation of theseour plans to develop and commercialize new products and services may also divert management's attention from other aspects of our business and place a strain on management, operational and financial resources, as well as our information systems. Launching new products or updating existing products may also leave us with obsolete inventory that we may not be able to sell or we may sell at significantly discounted prices. Furthermore, we may not execute successfully on commercializing those products because of errors in product planning or timing, technical hurdles that we fail to overcome in a timely fashion, or a lack of appropriate resources. This could result in competitors providing those solutionsproducts before we do and a reduction in net sales and earnings.
The success of new products will depend on several factors, including proper new product definition, timely completion and introduction of these products, differentiation of new products from those of our competitors, the possibility of increased competition with our current products, unrecovered costs associated with failed product introductions and market acceptance of these products. There can be no assurance that we will successfully identify additional new product opportunities, develop and bring new products to market in a timely manner, or achieve market acceptance of our products or that products and technologies developed by others will not render our products or technologies obsolete or non-competitive. Furthermore, the timing and cost of our research and development initiatives may increase as a result of additional government regulation or otherwise, making it more time-consuming and/or costly to research, test and develop new products. If we are unable to successfully develop or otherwise acquire new products, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
Because we are engaged in a highly competitive business, if we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
The pet health and wellness industry is highly competitive. We compete on the basis of product and ingredient quality, product availability, palatability, brand awareness, loyalty and trust, product variety and innovation, product packaging and design, reputation, price and convenience and promotional efforts. The pet products and services retail
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

industry has become increasingly competitive due to the expansion of pet-related product offerings by certain supermarkets, warehouse clubs, and other mass and general retail and online merchandisers and the entrance of other specialty retailers into the pet food and pet supply market. For example, General Mills, onemarket, which makes it more difficult for us to compete for brand recognition and differentiation of the largest mass market consumer goods companies, acquired Blue Buffalo in April 2018, signaling a shift toward the food, drug,our products and mass channel and away from specialty pet supply stores. In addition, in May 2018, Amazon launched its own pet products brand and announced its intention to continue to expand its online offering of pet supplies.services.
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We face direct competition from companies that sell various pet health and wellness products at a lower price point and distribute such products to traditional retailers, which are larger than we are and have greater financial resources. Price gaps between products may result in market share erosion and harm our business. Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative or strategic relationships amongst themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their resources and offerings. Further, it is possible that domestic or foreign companies, some with greater experience in the pet health and wellness industry or greater financial resources than we possess, will seek to provide products or services that compete directly or indirectly with ours in the future.
Many of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater net sales and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer preferences or habits. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far reachingfar-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing policies (including but not limited to predatory pricing policies and the provision of substantial discounts), which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate net sales from their customer bases more effectively than we do.
Our competitors may be able to identify and adapt to changes in consumer preferences more quickly than us due to their resources and scale. They may also be more successful in marketing and selling their products, better able to increase prices to reflect cost pressures and better able to increase their promotional activity, which may impact us and the entire pet health and wellness industry. Increased competition as to any of our products could result in price reduction, increased costs, reduced margins and loss of market share, which could negatively affect our profitability. While we believe we are better equipped to customize products for the pet health and wellness market generally and CBD products more specifically as compared to other companies in the industry, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully compete against these other companies. Expansion into markets served by our competitors and entry of new competitors or expansion of existing competitors into our markets could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we fail to attract new customers, or retain existing customers, or fail to do either in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to increase sales.
Our success depends,We are highly dependent on the effectiveness of our marketing messages and the efficiency of our advertising expenditures in part, ongenerating consumer awareness and sales of our ability to attract new, and retain existing, customers in a cost-effective manner.products. We have made, and we expect that we will continue to make, significant investments in attractingevolve our marketing strategies, adjusting our messages, the amount we spend on advertising and retaining customers. Marketing campaigns can be expensive andwhere we spend it. We may not resultalways be successful in the cost-effective acquisition, or retention, of customers. Further,developing effective messages and new marketing channels, as consumer preferences and competition change, and in achieving efficiency in our brand becomes more widely known, future marketing campaigns may not attract new or retain customers at the same rate as past campaigns.advertising expenditures.
We depend heavily on internet-based advertising to market our products through internet-based media and e-commerce platforms. If we are unable to attract new customers,continue utilizing such platforms, if those media and retain existing customers,platforms diminish in importance or size, or if we are unable to direct our advertising to our target consumer groups, our advertising efforts may be ineffective, and our business willcould be harmed.
Our estimateadversely affected. The costs of advertising through these platforms have increased significantly, which could in decreased efficiency in the sizeuse of our addressable marketadvertising expenditures, and we expect these costs may provecontinue to be inaccurate.increase in the future
DataConsumers are increasingly using digital tools as a part of their shopping experience. As a result, our future growth and profitability will depend in part on:
the effectiveness and efficiency of our online experience for retaildisparate worldwide audiences, including advertising and search optimization programs in generating consumer awareness and sales of pet products is collected for most, but not all channels, and as aour products;
our ability to prevent confusion among consumers that can result it is difficultfrom search engines that allow competitors to estimate the sizeuse or bid on our trademarks to direct consumers to competitors’ websites;
our ability to prevent Internet publication or television broadcast of the market and predict the rate at which the market forfalse or misleading information regarding our products will grow, if at all. Whileor our market size estimate was made in good faithcompetitors’ products;
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the nature and is basedtone of consumer sentiment published on assumptionsvarious social media sites; and estimates
the stability of our website and other e-commerce platforms we believesell our products on. In recent years, a number of DTC, Internet-based retailers have emerged and have driven up the cost of basic search terms, which has and may continue to be reasonable, this estimate may not be accurate. increase the cost of our Internet-based marketing programs.
If our estimates of the sizemarketing messages are ineffective or our advertising expenditures, geographic price-points, and other marketing programs, including digital programs, are inefficient in creating awareness and consideration of our addressable marketproducts and brand name and in driving consumer traffic to our website or to our other sales channels, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely impacted. In addition, if we are not accurate,effective in preventing the publication of confusing, false or misleading information regarding our potential for future growthbrand or our products, or if there arises significant negative consumer sentiment on social media regarding our brand or our products, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be less than we currently anticipate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.adversely impacted.
We are vulnerable to fluctuations in the price and supply of key inputs, including ingredients, packaging materials, and freight.
Our business is dependent on a number of key inputs and their related costs including raw materials and supplies related to product development and manufacturing operations. The prices of the ingredients, packaging materials and freight are subject to fluctuations in price attributable to, among other things, global competition for resources, weather conditions, changes in supply and demand of raw materials, or other commodities, fuel prices and government-sponsored agricultural programs. The sales prices to our DTC customers are a delivered price. Therefore, changesvolatility in the prices of raw materials and other supplies we purchase could increase our input costs could impactcost of sales and reduce our gross margins.profitability. Our ability to pass along higher costs through price increases to our customers is dependent upon competitive conditions and pricing methodologies employed in the various markets in which we compete.compete, and we may not be successful in implementing price increases. In addition, any price increases we do implement may result in lower sales volumes. To the extent competitors do not also increase their prices, customers and consumers may choose to purchase competing products or may shift purchases to lower-priced private label or other value offerings which may adversely affect our results of operations.
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We use significant quantities of food ingredients and other products as well as plastic packaging materials provided by third-party suppliers. We buySome of the ingredients, packaging materials, and other products we purchase may only be available from a varietysingle supplier or a limited group of producers and manufacturers, andsuppliers. While alternate sources of supply are generally available. However,available, the supply and price are subject to market conditions and are influenced by other factors beyond our control, including the continued impact of COVID-19. See “Risk Factors Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition”. We do not have long-term contracts with many of our suppliers, and, as a result, they could increase prices or fail to deliver.cease doing business with us. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could increase our costs, and disrupt our operations.operations, or could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
Food safety and food-borne illness incidents may materially adversely affect our business by exposing us to lawsuits, product recalls or regulatory enforcement actions, increasing our operating costs and reducing demand for our product offerings.
Selling food for consumption involves inherent legal and other risks, and there is increasing governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety. Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death related to allergens, food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents caused by products we sell, or involving our suppliers or co-manufacturers, could result in the discontinuance of sales of these products or our relationships with such suppliers or co-manufacturers, or otherwise result in increased operating costs, regulatory enforcement actions or harm to our reputation. Shipment of adulterated or misbranded products, even if inadvertent, can result in criminal or civil liability. Such incidents could also expose us to product liability, negligence or other lawsuits, including consumer class action lawsuits. Any claims brought against us may exceed or be outside the scope of our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is more than our policy limits or not covered by our policies or not subject to insurance would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which would reduce our capital resources.
The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, resulting in higher costs, disruptions in supply and a reduction in our sales. Furthermore, any instances of food contamination or regulatory noncompliance, whether or not caused by our actions, could compel us, our suppliers, our distributors or our customers, depending on the circumstances, to conduct
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a recall in accordance with FDA regulations, comparable state laws or foreign laws in jurisdictions in which we operate. Food recalls could result in significant losses due to their costs, the destruction of product inventory, lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time and potential loss of existing distributors or customers and a potential negative impact on our ability to attract new customers due to negative consumer experiences or because of an adverse impact on our brand and reputation. The costs of a recall could exceed or be outside the scope of our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits.
In addition, food companies have been subject to targeted, large-scale tampering as well as to opportunistic, individual product tampering, and we, like any food company, could be a target for product tampering. Forms of tampering could include the introduction of foreign material, chemical contaminants and pathological organisms into consumer products as well as product substitution. FDA regulations require companies like us to analyze, prepare and implement mitigation strategies specifically to address tampering (i.e., intentional adulteration) designed to inflict widespread public health harm. If we do not adequately address the possibility, or any actual instance, of intentional adulteration, we could face possible seizure or recall of our products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We may be subject to product liability claims or regulatory action if our products are alleged to have caused significant loss or injury.
We may be subject to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if our products are alleged to have caused loss or injury or failed to include adequate instructions for use or failed to include adequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from animal consumption of CBD products alone or in combination with other medications or substances could also occur. In addition, the sale of any ingested product involves a risk of injury due to tampering by unauthorized third parties or product contamination. Our products may also be subject to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or withdrawals, if they are alleged to pose a risk of injury or illness, or if they are alleged to have been mislabeled, misbranded or adulterated or to otherwise be in violation of governmental regulations. We have in the past recalled, and may again in the future have to recall, certain of our productsface difficulties as a result of potential contamination and quality assurance concerns. A product liability claim or regulatory action against us could result in increased costs and could adversely affect our reputation and goodwill with our patients and consumers generally. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain product liability insurance on acceptable terms or with adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Such insurance is expensive and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. The inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage on reasonable terms or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could result in us becoming subject to significant liabilities that are uninsured and also could adversely affect our commercial arrangements with third parties.
We plan to expand our business and operations into jurisdictions outside of the current jurisdictions wherein which we conduct business, and there are risks associated with doing so.have no prior operating experience.
We plan in the future to expand our operations and business into jurisdictions outside of the jurisdictions where we currently carry on business.business, including internationally. There can be no assurance that any market for our products will develop in any such foreign jurisdiction. We may face new or unexpected risks or significantly increase our exposure to one or more existing risk factors, including economic instability, new competition, changes in laws and regulations, including the possibility that we could be in violation of these laws and regulations as a result of such changes, and the effects of competition.
In addition, it may be difficult for us to understand and accurately predict taste preferences and purchasing habits of consumers in new markets. It is costly to establish, develop and maintain operations and develop and promote our brands in new jurisdictions. As we expand our business into other jurisdictions, we may encounter regulatory, legal, personnel, technological and other difficulties that increase our expenses and/or delay our ability to become profitable in such countries, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and brand. These factors may limit our capability to successfully expand our operations in, or export our products to, those other jurisdictions.
We may not be able to manage our manufacturing and supply chain effectively, which may adversely affect our results of operations.
We must accurately forecast demand for all of our products in order to ensure that we have enough products available to meet the needs of our customers. Our forecasts are based on multiple assumptions that may cause our estimates to be inaccurate and affect our ability to obtain adequate third-party contract manufacturing capacity in order to meet the demand for our products, which could prevent us from meeting increased customer demand and harm our brand and our business.products. If we do not accurately align our manufacturing capabilities with demand, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
In the past, we have relied on a single supplier, GenCanna, for all of our supply of CBD. However, in light of GenCanna's filing for bankruptcy in February 2020, we intend to utilize spot purchase contracts with other suppliers of CBD as necessary. We may encounter difficulties in finding substitute suppliers in a timely manner, if at all, given the strict licensing requirements in this industry and there are a limited number of suppliers that currently hold such licenses and comply with the 2014 Farm Bill or 2018 Farm Bill, as applicable in their respective states. If a sole source supplier were to be acquired by a competitor, the competitor may elect not to sell to us at all. If for any reason we were to change any one of our third-party contract manufacturers, we could face difficulties that might adversely
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

affect our ability to maintain an adequate supply of our products, and we would incur costs and expend resources in the course of making the change. Moreover, we might not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those received from our current third-party contract manufacturers, which in turn would increase our costs.
In addition, we must continuously monitor our inventory and product mix against forecasted demand. If we underestimate demand, we risk having inadequate supplies. We also face the risk of having too much inventory on hand that may reach its expiration date and become unsalable, and we may be forced to rely on markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess or slow-moving inventory. If we are unable to manage our supply chain effectively, our operating costs could increase and our profit margins could decrease.
Interruption in our sourcing operations could disrupt production, shipment or receipt of our merchandise, which would result in lost sales and could increase our costs.
We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities and therefore depend upon independent third-party contract manufacturers for the manufacture of all of our products. Our products are manufactured to our specifications by factories within the United States and New Zealand. We cannot control all of the various factors which include inclement weather; natural disasters, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and other adverse weather and climate conditions; political and financial instability; strikes; unforeseen public health crises, such as pandemics and epidemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic; acts of war or terrorism and other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the United States or internationally, that might affect a manufacturer's ability to ship orders of our products to customers from or to the impacted region in a timely manner or to meet our quality standards.
Such factors included, among others things, natural disasters, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and other adverse weather and climate conditions; political and financial instability; strikes; unforeseen public health crises, including pandemics and epidemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic; acts of war or terrorism and other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the United States or internationally. We also receive and warehouse a portion of our inventory in Tampa, Florida, a city that is particularly vulnerable to hurricanes, floods, tornadoes and sinkholes. If any such disaster were to impact this facility, our operations would be materially disrupted.
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Inadequate labor conditions, health or safety issues in the factories where goodsour products are producedmanufactured can negatively impact our brand reputation. Late delivery of products or delivery of products that do not meet our quality standards could cause us to miss the delivery date requirements of our customers or delay timely delivery of merchandise to our stores or our wholesale customers for those items. From time to time, a third-party contract manufacturer may experience financial difficulties, bankruptcy or other business disruptions, which could disrupt our supply of products or require that we incur additional expense by providing financial accommodations to the third-party contract manufacturer or taking other steps to seek to minimize or avoid supply disruption, such as establishing a new third-party contract manufacturing arrangement with another provider. These events could cause us to fail to meet customer expectations, cause our DTC or Retail customers to cancel orders or cause us to be unable to deliver merchandise in sufficient quantities or of sufficient quality to our DTC or Retail customers, which could result in lost sales and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Further, we may be unable to locate an additional or alternate third-party contract manufacturing arrangement in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Identifying a suitable manufacturer is an involved process that requires us to become satisfied with the prospective manufacturer's level of expertise, quality control, responsiveness and service, financial stability and labor practices. Any delay, interruption or increased cost in the proprietary value-branded products that might occur for any reason could affect our ability to meet customer demand, for our products, adversely affect our net sales, increase our cost of sales and hurt our results of operations. In addition, manufacturing disruption couldoperations, which in turn may injure our reputation and customer relationships, thereby harming our business.
We are reliant on key inputs and changes in their costs could negatively impact our profitability.
Our business is dependent on a number of key inputs and their related costs including raw materials and supplies related to product development and manufacturing operations. Any significant interruption or negative change in the availability or economics of the supply chain for key inputs could materially impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Some of these inputs may only be available from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers. If a sole source supplier was to go out of business, we might be unable to find a replacement for such source in a timely manner or at all. If a sole source supplier were to be acquired by a competitor, that competitor may elect not to sell to us in the future. Any inability to secure required supplies and services or to do so on appropriate terms could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If the ingredients used in our products are contaminated, alleged to be contaminated or are otherwise rumored to have adverse effects, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
We buy ingredients from a variety of third-party suppliers. If these materials are alleged or prove to include contaminants that affect the safety or quality of our products or are otherwise rumored to have adverse effects, for any reason, we may sustain the costs of and possible litigation resulting from a product recall and need to find alternate ingredients, delay production, or discard or otherwise dispose of products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if any of our competitors experience similar events, our reputation could be damaged, including as a result of a loss of consumer confidence in the types of products we sell.
Although we insure on an economically reasonable basis against product recalls and product contamination, our insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur in connection with product liability claims, including among others, that the products we sell caused injury or illness, include inadequate instructions for use or include inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances. For example, punitive damages are generally not covered by insurance. If we are subject to substantial product liability claims in the future, we may not be able to continue to maintain our existing insurance, obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all, or secure additional coverage. This could result in future product liability claims being uninsured. If there is a product liability judgment against us or a settlement agreement related to a product liability claim, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In addition, even if product liability claims against us are not successful or are not fully pursued, these claims could be costly and time-consuming and may require management to spend time defending claims rather than operating our business.
If any of our independent transportationshipping providers experience delays or disruptions, our business could be adversely affected.
We currently rely on independent transportationshipping service providers both to ship raw materials and products to our manufacturing and distribution warehouses from our third-party suppliers and third-party contract manufacturers and to ship products from our manufacturing and distribution warehouses to our customers. Our utilization of these delivery services, or those of any other shipping companies that we may elect to use, is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase our shipping costs, employee strikes, organized labor activities and inclement weather, which may impact the shipping company's ability to provide delivery services sufficient to meet our shipping needs. Furthermore, if we are not able to negotiate acceptable terms with these companies or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, it could negatively impact our operating results and customer experience. If any of the foregoing occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
Any damage to our reputation or our brands may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Maintaining, developing and expanding our reputation with our customers and our suppliers is critical to our success. Our brand may suffer if our marketing plans or product initiatives are not successful. The importance of our brand may decrease if competitors offer more products similar to the products that we manufacture. Further, our brands may be negatively impacted due to real or perceived quality issues or if consumers perceive us as being untruthful in our marketing and advertising, even if such perceptions are not accurate. Product contamination, the failure to maintain high standards for product quality, safety and integrity, including raw materials and ingredients obtained from suppliers, or allegations of product quality issues, mislabeling or contamination, even if untrue or caused by our third-party contract manufacturing partners or raw material suppliers, may reduce demand for our products or cause production and delivery disruptions. However, we may be unable to detect or prevent product and/or ingredient quality issues, mislabeling or contamination, particularly in instances of fraud or attempts to cover up or obscure deviations from our guidelines and procedures. If any of our products become unfit for consumption, cause injury or are mislabeled, we may have to engage in a product recall and/or be subject to liability. Damage to our reputation or our brands or loss of consumer confidence in our products for any of these or other reasons could result in decreased demand for our products and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In addition, if any of our competitors experience similar events, our reputation could be damaged, including as a result of a loss of consumer confidence in the types of products we sell.
Further, our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former employees, competitors, vendors, adversaries in legal proceedings and government regulators, as well as members
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the investment community and the media. There is a risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing Retail customers reluctant to select us for new engagements, resulting in a loss of business, and could adversely affect our recruitment and retention efforts.
Our business depends, in part, on the sufficiency and effectiveness of our marketing and trade promotion programs and incentives.
Due to the competitive nature of our industry, we must effectively and efficiently promote and market our products through advertisements as well as through trade promotions and incentives to sustain and improve our competitive position in our market. Marketing investments may be costly. In addition, we may, from time to time, change our marketing strategies and spending, including the timing or nature of our trade promotions and incentives. We may also change our marketing strategies and spending in response to actions by our customers, competitors and other companies that manufacture and/or distribute pet health and wellness products. The sufficiency and effectiveness of our marketing and trade promotions and incentives are important to our ability to retain and improve our market share and margins. If our marketing and trade promotions and incentives are not successful or if we fail to implement sufficient and effective marketing and trade promotions and incentives or adequately respond to changes in industry marketing strategies, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
If we are unable to achieve desired results from, or maintain our advertising and marketing arrangements with certain third-party advertising or marketing providers to generate customers, our ability to generate revenue and our business could be adversely affected.
We have entered into multiple advertising and marketing arrangements with certain advertising and marketing providers that are designed to increase traffic to our application on the Facebook platform. Our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers is based in part on our ability to generate increased traffic or better retention rates through these user acquisition campaigns. In addition, we may lack the ability to control the advertisements and actions that are taken by these providers on the Facebook platform.
If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms, are unable to achieve the desired results under these arrangements and programs, are unable to maintain these relationships, fail to generate sufficient traffic or generate sufficient revenue from purchases pursuant to these arrangements and programs, or properly manage the actions of these providers, our ability to generate revenue and our ability to attract and retain our customers may be impacted, negatively affecting our business and results of operations. In addition, if Facebook restricts our ability to use such arrangements and programs or takes limits or restricts access to its platform by us or our applications as a result of advertisements or actions taken by third-party advertising or marketing providers, it could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
Our intellectual property rights may be inadequate to protect our business.
We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights, both in the United States and in foreign countries, through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing agreements and third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. Because of the differences in foreign trademark, patent and other laws concerning proprietary rights, our intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, we could be materially adversely affected.
We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote significant additional resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.
If third parties claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could be expensive and time consuming to defend; could require us to cease selling the products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property,property; could require us to redesign, reengineer, or rebrand the product, if feasible,feasible; could divert management’s attention and resources,resources; or could require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property.
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of infringement against us could result in our being required to pay significant damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements, or stop the sale of certain products, any of which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our future prospects.
We depend on the knowledge and skills of our senior management and other key employees, and if we are unable to retain and motivate them or recruit additional qualified personnel, our business may suffer.
We have benefited substantially from the leadership and performance of our senior management, as well as other key employees. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current management and key employees, and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to retain our personnel or attract new, qualified personnel. In addition, we do not maintain any “key person” life insurance policies. The loss of the services of members of our senior management or key employees could prevent or delay the implementation and completion of our strategic objectives, or divert management’s attention to seeking qualified replacements.
Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, other applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, and applicable trade control laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.
We operate our business in part outside of the United States. Our operations are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), as well as the anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in the countries where we do business. The FCPA prohibits covered parties from offering, promising, authorizing or giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to a “foreign government official” with the intent of improperly influencing the official’s act or decision, inducing the official to act or refrain from acting in violation of lawful duty, or obtaining or retaining an improper business advantage. The FCPA also requires publicly traded companies to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions, and to have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. In addition, other applicable anti-corruption laws prohibit bribery of domestic government officials, and some laws that may apply to our operations prohibit commercial bribery, including giving or receiving improper payments to or from non-government parties, as well as so-called “facilitation” payments. In addition, we are subject to U.S. and other applicable trade control regulations that restrict with whom we may transact business, including the trade sanctions enforced by the U.S. Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). We also plan to expand our operations outside of the United States in the future and our risks related to the FCPA will increase as we grow our international presence.
We are in the process of implementing policies, internal controls and other measures reasonably designed to promote compliance with applicable anticorruption and anti-bribery laws and regulations, and certain safeguards designed to ensure compliance with U.S. trade control laws, our employees or agents may engage in improper conduct for which we might be held responsible. Any violations of these anti-corruption or trade controls laws, or even allegations of such violations, can lead to an investigation and/or enforcement action, which could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction, and lead to significant costs and expenses, including legal fees. If we, or our employees or agents acting on our behalf, are found to have engaged in practices that violate these laws and regulations, we could suffer severe fines and penalties, profit disgorgement, injunctions on future conduct, securities litigation, bans on transacting government business, delisting from securities exchanges and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our brand and reputation, our sales activities or our stock price could be adversely affected if we become the subject of
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any negative publicity related to actual or potential violations of anti-corruption, anti-bribery or trade control laws and regulations.
A failure of one or more key information technology systems, networks or processes may materially adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage our sales and marketing, accounting and financial and legal and compliance functions, engineering and product development tasks, research and development data, communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment and other business processes. We also rely on third parties and virtualized infrastructure to operate and support our information technology systems. The failure of our information technology systems, or those of our third-party service providers, to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies and the loss of sales and customers, causing our business and results of operations to suffer.
In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security breaches, cyber-attacks and computer viruses. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as a result of any of these factors or our failure to effectively restore our systems or implement new systems could disrupt our entire operation and could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages and a loss of important information.
Further, it is critically important for us to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of our information technology systems. To the extent that we have information in our databases that our customers consider confidential or sensitive, any unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, such information due to human error, breach of our systems through cybercrime, a leak of confidential information due to employee misconduct or similar events could result in a violation of applicable data privacy and security, data protection, and consumer protection laws and regulations, legal and financial exposure, damage to our reputation, a loss of confidence of our customers, suppliers and manufacturers and lost sales. Actual or suspected cyber-attacks may cause us to incur substantial costs, including costs to investigate, deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees and engage third-party experts and consultants. We have taken steps to protect the security of our systems. Despite the implementation of thesecertain security measures, our systems may still be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. If any of these risks materialize, our reputation and our ability to conduct our business may be materially adversely affected.
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We rely heavily on third-party commerce platforms to conduct our businesses. If one of those platforms is compromised, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.
We currently rely upon third-party commerce platforms, including Shopify. We also rely on e-mail service providers, bandwidth providers, Internet service providers and mobile networks to deliver e-mail and “push” communications to customers and to allow customers to access our website.
Any damage to, or failure of, our systems or the systems of our third-party commerce platform providers could result in interruptions to the availability or functionality of our website and mobile applications. As a result, we could lose customer data and miss order fulfillment deadlines, which could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages.
In the future, the loss of access to these third-party platforms, or any significant cost increases from operating on the marketplaces, could significantly reduce our revenues, and the success of our business depends partly on continued access to these third-party platforms. Our relationships with our third-party commerce platform providers could deteriorate as a result of a variety of factors, such as if they become concerned about our ability to deliver quality products on a timely basis or to protect a third-party’s intellectual property. In addition, third-party marketplace providers could prohibit our access to these marketplaces if we are not able to meet the applicable required terms of use. If for any reason our arrangements with our third-party commerce platform providers are terminated or interrupted, such termination or interruption could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We
In addition, we exercise little control over these providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they provide. We could experience additional expense in arranging for new facilities, technology, services and support. In addition, theThe failure of our third-party commerce platform providers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruption in the availability or functionality of our website and mobile applications.
Failure to comply with federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security, data protection and consumer protection, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new laws or regulations relating to data privacy and security, data protection and consumer protection,applications, which could adversely affect our business and our financial condition.
We receive, collect, store, process, transfer, and use personal information and other data relating to our customers, website visitors, employees, vendors’ and contractors’ employees, and other persons, and we rely in part on third
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

parties that are not directly under our control to manage certain of these operations and to collect, store, process and use payment information. Due to the volume and sensitivity of the personal information and other data that we and these third parties manage and expect to manage in the future, as well as the nature of our customer base, the security features of our information systems are critical. A variety of federal, state and foreign laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of this information. Laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security, data protection and consumer protection are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. Given the uncertainty and complexity of the regulatory framework for data privacy and security, data protection and consumer protection worldwide, there is the potential that these or other actual or alleged obligations may not be harmonized, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another, or may be interpreted and applied in such a way as to conflict with our other legal obligations or practices. In addition, we are also subject to certain contractual obligations to third parties related to data privacy and security and data protection. As a result, while we strive to comply with applicable laws and regulations, our applicable policies and contractual obligations, and all other applicable legal obligations relating to data privacy and security, data protection and consumer protection to the extent possible, our practices may not have complied or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations.
We expect that new industry standards, laws and regulations will continue to be proposed regarding data privacy and security, data protection and consumer protection in many jurisdictions. The California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), which went into effect in 2020, created new data privacy rights for California residents and new compliance obligations and risks for us. We cannot yet determine the impact such new and future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Complying with these evolving obligations is costly. For instance, expanding definitions and interpretations of what constitutes “personal information” (or the equivalent) within the United States and elsewhere may increase our compliance costs and legal liability. A significant data breach or any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any federal, state or foreign data privacy and security, data protection or consumer protection-related laws, regulations or other principles or orders to which we may be subject or other legal obligations relating to data privacy and security, data protection or consumer protection could adversely affect our reputation, brand and business, and may result in claims, investigations, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others or other penalties or liabilities, or require us to change our operations and/or cease using certain data sets. Depending on the nature of the information compromised, we may also have obligations to notify users, other individuals, law enforcement, consumer protection agencies, payment companies, or other third party companies about the incident and may need to provide some form of remedy, such as refunds or services like identity theft protection, for the individuals affected by the incident.
We are subject to risks related to online payment methods.
We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit cards and debit cards. As we offer new payment options to customers, we may be subject to additional regulations, compliance requirements and fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower profitability. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements, and security standards, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. As our business changes, we may also be subject to different rules under existing standards, which may require new assessments that involve costs above what we currently pay for compliance. If we or our third-party payment processors or commerce platforms fail to comply with the rules or requirements of any provider of a payment method we accept, if the volume of fraud in our transactions limits or terminates our rights to use payment methods we currently accept, or if a data breach occurs relating to our payment systems, we may, among other things, be subject to fines or higher transaction fees and may lose, or face restrictions placed upon, our ability to accept credit card and debit card payments from customers or facilitate other types of online payments. If any of these events were to occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected. We occasionally receive orders placed with fraudulent credit card data. We may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even if the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions. If we are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, our liability for these transactions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Significant merchandise returns or refunds could harm our business.
We allow our customers to return products or offerobtain refunds, subject to our return and refunds policy. If merchandise returns or refunds are significant or higher than anticipated and forecasted, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Further, we modify our policies relating to returns or refunds from time to time, and may do so in the future, which may result in customer dissatisfaction and harm to our reputation or brand, or an increase in the number of product returns or the amount of refunds we make.
Premiums for our insurance coverage may not continue to be commercially justifiable, and our insurance coverage may have limitations and other exclusions and may not be sufficient to cover our potential liabilities.
We have insurance to protect our assets, operations and employees. While we believe our insurance coverage addresses all material risks to which we are exposed and is adequate and customary in our current state of operations, such insurance is subject to coverage limits and exclusions and may not be available for the risks and hazards to which we are exposed. No assurance can be given that such insurance will be adequate to cover our liabilities or will be generally available in the future or, if available, that premiums will be commercially justifiable. In addition, insurance that is otherwise readily available, such as general liability, and directors and officer’s insurance, may become more difficult for us to find, and more expensive, due to our CBD products. There are no guarantees that we will be able to find such insurances in the future, or that the cost will be affordable to us. If we are unable to obtain such insurances or if we were to incur substantial liability and such damages were not covered by insurance or were in excess of policy limits, we may be prevented from entering into certain business sectors, our growth may be inhibited, and we may be exposed to additional risk and financial liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
To the extent our Retail customers purchase products in excess of consumer consumption in any period, our net sales in a subsequent period may be adversely affected as our Retail customers seek to reduce their inventory levels.
From time to time, our wholesale customers may purchase more products than they expect to sell to consumers during a particular time period. Our Retail customers may grow their inventory in anticipation of, or during, our promotional events, which typically provide for reduced prices during a specified time or other incentives. Our Retail customers may also increase inventory in anticipation of a price increase for our products, or otherwise over order our products as a result of overestimating demand for our products. If a Retail customer increases its inventory during a particular reporting period as a result of a promotional event, anticipated price increase or otherwise, then our net sales during the subsequent reporting period may be adversely impacted as our Retail customers seek to reduce their inventory to customary levels. This effect may be particularly pronounced when the promotional event, price increase or other event occurs near the end or beginning of a reporting period or when there are changes in the timing of a promotional event, price increase or similar event, as compared to the prior year. To the extent our Retail customers seek to reduce their usual or customary inventory levels or change their practices regarding purchases in excess of consumer consumption, our net sales and results of operations may be materially adversely affected in that or subsequent periods.
We may also voluntarily recall or withdraw products in order to protect our brand or reputation if we determine that they do not meet our standards, whether for quality, palatability, appearance or otherwise. If there is any future product recall or withdrawal, it could result in substantial and unexpected expenditures, destruction of product inventory, damage to our reputation and lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In addition, a product recall or withdrawal may require significant management attention and could result in enforcement action by regulatory authorities.
Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings relating to our business operations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
From time to time, we are subject to allegations, and may be party to legal claims and regulatory proceedings, relating to our business operations. Such allegations, claims and proceedings may be brought by third parties, including our customers, employees, governmental or regulatory bodies or competitors. Defending against such claims and proceedings, regardless of their merits or outcomes, is costly and time consuming and may divert management’s attention and personnel resources from our normal business operations, and the outcome of many of these claims and proceedings cannot be predicted. If any of these claims or proceedings were to be determined adversely to us, a
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

judgment, a fine or a settlement involving a payment of a material sum of money were to occur, or injunctive relief were issued against us, our reputation could be affected and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There may be decreased spending on pets in a challenging economic climate.
The United States and other countries have experienced and continue to experience challenging economic conditions. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by a challenging economic climate, including adverse changes in interest rates, volatile commodity markets and inflation, contraction in the availability of credit in the market and reductions in consumer spending. In addition, a slow-down in the general economy or a shift in consumer preferences to less expensive products may result in reduced demand for our products which may affect our profitability. The keeping of pets and the purchase of pet-related products may constitute discretionary spending for some of our consumers and any material decline in the amount of consumer discretionary spending may reduce overall levels of pet ownership or spending on pets. As a result, a challenging economic climate may cause a decline in demand for our products which could be disproportionate as compared to competing pet food brands since our products command a price premium. If economic conditions result in decreased spending on pets and have a negative impact on our suppliers or distributors, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited.
Our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss carryforwards and federal tax credit may be limited under Section 382 of the Code as amended by the Tax Cut and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) on December 22, 2017.. The limitations apply if we experience an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in the ownership of our equity by certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period). Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply. We have not assessed, including with respect to the December 19, 2019 acquisition of Halo, whether such an ownership change has previously occurred. If we have experienced an ownership change at any time since our formation, we may already be subject to limitations on our ability to utilize our existing net operating losses to offset taxable income. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an ownership change and, consequently, the limitations under Section 382. As a result, if or when we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset such taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could adversely affect our future cash flows.
Risks Related to the Regulation of Ourour Business and Products
We and our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers are subject to extensive governmental regulation and may be subject to enforcement if we are not in compliance with applicable requirements.
We and our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers are subject to a broad range of foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, the testing, development, manufacture, distribution, marketing and post-market reporting of animal foods, including those that contain CBD.foods. These include laws administered by the FDA, the FTC, the USDA, and other federal, state and local regulatory authorities.
Because we market food, supplements and other products that are regulated as food and cosmetic care products for animals, we and the companies that manufacture our products are subject to the requirements of the FDCA and regulations promulgated thereunder by the FDA. The statuteFDCA and related regulations govern, among other things, the manufacturing, composition, ingredients, packaging, labeling and safety of food for animals. The FDA requires that facilities that manufacture animal food products comply with a range of requirements, including hazard analysis and preventative controls regulations, cGMPs and supplier verification requirements. Processing facilities, including those of our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers, are subject to periodic inspection by federal, state and local authorities. If our third-party contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture products that conform to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA and applicable state and local laws, they may be subject to adverse inspectional findings or enforcement actions, which could materially impact our ability to market our products, could result in their inability to continue manufacturing for us or could result in a recall of our products that have already been distributed. If the FDA or other regulatory authority determines that we or they have not complied with the applicable regulatory requirements, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely impacted. If we do not comply with labeling requirements, including making unlawful claims about our products, we could be subject to public warning letters and possible further enforcement (which other companies distributing CBD products have faced).
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, we currently market and plan to market our products with claims regarding the functional benefits of our products for pets, including that our products are intended to support the immune system, promote healthy skin, support healthy heart function, promote calmness and relaxation, support joint function, promote healthy bones and other similar claims. While we believe that such claims are permissible claims for animal foods and supplements and that our packaging is in compliance with the FDA’s requirements, the FDA and other regulatory authorities may consider such claims to suggest that our products are intended to treat, cure, or prevent a disease, thereby potentially meeting the statutory definition of a “drug,” and the FDA has issued warning letters to companies for improper marketing of CBD products on this basis. In addition, the FTC has issued warning letters to companies for failing to properly substantiate their CBD product claims, which constitutes false advertising. For these and other reasons, the FDA, FTC and other regulatory authorities may consider our products to be new animal drugs without adequate substantiation or approval for our claims, which could lead to statutory and regulatory violations, enforcement actions and product recalls.
enforcement. Failure by us or our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers to comply with applicable laws and regulations or to obtain and maintain necessary permits, licenses and registrations relating to our or our partners’ operations could subject us to administrative and civil penalties, including fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, warning letters, restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, or refusals to permit the import or export of products, as well as potential criminal sanctions, which could result in increased operating costs resulting in a material effect on our operating results and business. See “Business—Government Regulation.”
The FDA has stated that it interpretsFor further detail, refer to the FDCA to prohibit the sale of food products, including animal foods and supplements, that contain CBD. The FDA is currently evaluating a potential regulatory pathway for CBD products pursuant to its current authorities, but unless and until such changes are promulgated, the FDA and other federal and state regulatory authorities could take enforcement action to prevent us from marketing pet food, products and supplements with CBD, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or cause us to halt product sales altogether.
Although hemp and CBD are no longer controlled substances subject to regulation by the DEA, the FDA has stated publicly that it is nonetheless unlawfulinformation under the FDCA to introduce animal food, which includes products intended for animals labeled as food, treats, or supplements, containing CBD into interstate commerce. The FDCA prohibits the introduction or delivery for introduction into interstate commerce of any food that contains an approved drug or a drug for which substantial clinical investigations have been instituted and made public, unless a statutory exemption applies. The FDA has publicly stated its conclusion that none of the statutory exceptions has been met for CBD. See “Business-Government Regulation-FDAheading “Business – Government Regulation of Animal Foods.
On May 31, 2019, the FDA held a public hearing to obtain scientific data and information about the safety, manufacturing, product quality, marketing, labeling and sale of products containing cannabis or cannabis-derived compounds (such as CBD) to provide the FDA with information as it considers policy options related to the regulation of these products, particularly in light of the changes to the legal status of hemp enacted in the 2018 Farm Bill. The FDA has also formed an internal working group to evaluate the potential pathways to market for CBD products, which could include seeking statutory changes from Congress or promulgating new regulations. If legislative action is necessary, such legislative changes could take years to finalize and may not include provisions that would enable us to produce, market and/or sell our CBD products, and FDA could similarly take years to promulgate new regulations. Additionally, while the agency’s enforcement focus to date has primarily been on CBD products that are associated with therapeutic claims, the agency has recently issued warning letters to companies marketing CBD products without such claims, and there is a risk that FDA could take enforcement action against us, our third-party contract manufacturers or suppliers, or those marketing similar products to us, which could limit or prevent us from marketing our products and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While the FDA announced on March 5, 2020 that it is currently evaluating a risk-based enforcement policy for CBD to provide more clarity to industry and the public while the agency takes potential steps to establish a clear regulatory pathway, it remains unclear whether or when FDA will ultimately issue such an enforcement policy.
Moreover, local, state, federal, and international CBD, hemp and cannabis laws and regulations are rapidly changing and subject to evolving interpretations, which could require us to incur substantial costs associated with compliance requirements or alteration of certain aspects of our business plan in the event that our CBD products become subject to new restrictions. In addition, violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our operations. It is also possible that regulations may be enacted in thethis prospectus.
2326

TABLE OF CONTENTS

future that will be directly applicableInternational expansion of our business could expose us to our products. substantial business, regulatory, political, financial and economic risks.
We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations, or applications, nor can we determine what effect additional governmental regulations or administrative policiescurrently conduct business and procedures, when and if promulgated, could have on our activitiesmarket products in the hempUnited States, Canada and CBD industry.select Asian markets, including China. The constant evolutionexpansion of our business outside of the United States could expose us to substantial risks associated with doing business outside of the United States, which may include, but are not limited to, the following:
political, social and economic instability;
higher levels of credit risk, corruption and payment fraud;
regulations that might add difficulties in repatriating cash earned outside the United States and otherwise prevent us from freely moving cash;
import and export controls and restrictions and changes in trade regulations;
compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and similar laws in other jurisdictions;
multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as privacy, security and data use regulations, tax laws, trade regulations, economic sanctions and embargoes, employment laws, anticorruption laws, regulatory requirements, reimbursement or payor regimes and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;
failure by us, our collaborators or our distributors to obtain regulatory clearance, authorization or approval for the use of our products in various countries;
additional potentially relevant third-party patent rights;
complexities and difficulties in obtaining intellectual property protection and enforcing our intellectual property;
logistics and regulations associated with shipping samples and customer orders, including infrastructure conditions and transportation delays;
the impact of local and regional financial crises;
natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism and political unrest, and outbreak of disease;
breakdowns in infrastructure, utilities and other services;
boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions; and
the other risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus.
Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our revenue and results of operations.
Changes in government regulations and trade policies may materially and adversely affect our sales and results of operations.
The U.S. or foreign governments may take administrative, legislative, or regulatory action that could materially interfere with our ability to sell products in certain countries and/or to certain customers, particularly in China. As part of the Company’s attempt to broaden its customer base, we have begun offering our products to Chinese consumers. The Company’s decision to export products to China requires us to comply with Chinese rules, laws, and regulations, as well as certain domestic and international laws relating to the import and export of goods to foreign countries. These laws are often changing, and the costs associated with complying with these laws and regulations may require usadversely affect the Company. Additionally, changes in the current laws may make importing products to incur substantial costs associatedChina more difficult, which may also negatively affect our business. Furthermore, changes in U.S. trade policy more generally could trigger retaliatory actions by affected countries, which could impose restrictions on our ability to do business in or with legal and compliance fees and ultimately require us to alter our business plan.
Certainaffected countries or prohibit, reduce or discourage purchases of our products contain CBD derived from hemp.by foreign customers. Changes in, and responses to, U.S. trade policy could reduce the competitiveness of our products, cause our sales to decline and adversely impact our ability to compete, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. There is significant uncertainty about the future relationship
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

between the United States and China with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs. An escalation of recent trade tensions between the U.S. and China has resulted in trade restrictions that could harm our ability to participate in Chinese markets and numerous additional such restrictions have been threatened by both countries. The 2018 Farm Bill enactedUnited States and China have imposed a number of changestariffs and other restrictions on items imported or exported between the United States and China. We cannot predict what actions may ultimately be taken with respect to tariffs or trade relations between the legal statusUnited States and China or other countries, what products may be subject to such actions, or what actions may be taken by the other countries in retaliation. The institution of hemptrade tariffs both globally and hemp products, including removal frombetween the statutory listUnited States and China specifically carries the risk of controlled substances. However, implementation of the 2018 Farm Bill is ongoing, and there is still significant uncertainty regarding the legal status of hemp and hemp-based products under U.S. law.
negatively impacting China’s overall economic condition, which could have negative repercussions for our business. Our products that contain CBD are subject to various state and federal laws regarding the production and sale of hemp-based products. Historically, the DEA has interpreted CBDmay continue to be subject to the CSA under the definition for “marihuana,” a Schedule I controlled substance. However, the 2018 Farm Bill removed “hemp,” from the definitionexport license requirements or restrictions, particularly in respect of “marihuana.” “Hemp” is defined as the plant Cannabis sativa L. and any part of that plant, including the seeds thereof and all derivatives, extracts, cannabinoids, isomers, acids, salts, and salts of isomers, whether growing or not, with a THC concentration of not more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis. As a result of the enactment of the 2018 Farm Bill, and since we believe that the CBD contained in our products and the hemp from which it is derived meet the definition of “hemp,” we believe that our CBD products and the hemp from which they are derived are not Schedule I controlled substances under the CSA. However, there is a risk that we could be subject to enforcement action, including prosecution, if any of our products are determined to not meet the definition of “hemp” and to constitute “marihuana” under the CSA based on THC levels or other violations, which would have a negative impact on our business and operations.
In addition, the 2018 Farm Bill contained provisions that require the USDA to, among other things, promulgate a new regulatory framework governing the growth and cultivation of hemp, where hemp grown in compliance with the framework would be permitted in interstate commerce throughout the United States. On October 31, 2019, the USDA issued an IFR establishing the regulations necessary for domestic hemp production, including provisions for the USDA to approve plans submitted by states and Indian tribes for the monitoring and regulation of hemp production at the state level. While the 2018 Farm Bill requires state and tribal plans to meet certain basic requirements as outlined in the IFR, nothing preempts or limits state or tribal laws that are more stringent than the 2018 Farm Bill, and the requirements for lawful hemp production will vary from state to state. We and our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers must expend resources monitoring the evolving federal and state legal landscape for hemp production, and any, violations of these laws, or alleged violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our operations.China.
Our products may be subject to recalls for a variety of reasons, which could require us to expend significant management and capital resources.
Manufacturers and distributors of products are sometimes subject to the recall or return of their products for a variety of reasons, including product defects, such as contamination, adulteration, unintended harmful side effects or interactions with other substances, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labeling disclosure. Although we have detailed procedures in place for testing finished products, there can be no assurance that any quality, potency or contamination problems will be detected in time to avoid unforeseen product recalls, regulatory action or lawsuits, whether frivolous or otherwise. If any of the animal food or care products produced by us are recalled due to an alleged product defect or for any other reason, we could be required to incur the unexpected expense of the recall and any legal proceedings that might arise in connection with the recall.
We had to issue a recall in 2018 for one of our products after a single retail sample collected by the Michigan Department of Agriculture tested positive for Salmonella. Although customers reported no incidents of injury or illness in association with this product, the recall negatively affected our results. As a result of any such recall, customers may be hesitant to purchase our products in the future and we may lose a significant amount of sales and may not be able to replace those sales at an acceptable margin or at all.
In addition, a product recall may require significant management attention or damage our reputation and goodwill or that of our products or brands.
Additionally, product recalls may lead to increased scrutiny of our operations by the FDA or other state or federal regulatory agencies, requiring further management attention, increased compliance costs and potential legal fees, fines, penalties and other expenses. Any product recall affecting the cannabis industry more broadly, whether or not involving us, could also lead consumers to lose confidence in the safety and security of the products sold by producers generally, including products sold by us.
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Within the United States, we and our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers face a variety of state and local restrictions on the cultivation of hemp, and if state or local regulatory authorities take enforcement action to prevent us from selling our products, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely impacted.
The growth and cultivation of hemp is subject to a complex regulatory framework that is implemented and affected by multiple federal agencies, as well as state and local authorities. In 2014, Congress enacted the 2014 Farm Bill to allow for the limited growth and cultivation of industrial hemp under federal law. This statute allowed institutions of higher education and state departments of agriculture to grow and cultivate industrial hemp for agricultural or other academic research purposes, or for hemp to be grown under the auspices of a state agricultural pilot program, in states where such growth and cultivation is legal under state law. While the 2018 Farm Bill created a pathway under which hemp and its derivatives, including CBD, would no longer be a Schedule I controlled substance under the CSA and would be protected from interference in interstate commerce, the USDA only recently issued its IFR containing the regulatory framework to govern the growth and cultivation of hemp, and several states continue to operate under the 2014 Farm Bill, which will be repealed after October 31, 2020. Alongside the current federal regulatory developments, state and local authorities have enacted their own restrictions on the cultivation or sale of hemp or hemp-derived CBD, including laws that ban the cultivation or possession of hemp or any other plant of the cannabis genus and derivatives thereof, such as CBD. Currently several states ban the cultivation and possession of hemp or CBD, while others have taken enforcement action against human and pet food products that contain CBD, and states may enact new laws or regulations that prohibit or limit the sale of such products at any time. In the event of a change in federal or state laws and regulations that are adverse to our CBD products, we may be restricted or limited with respect to sale or distribution of those products, which could adversely impact our intended business plan with respect to such products.
The USDA has only recently issued the IFR and started accepting state and tribal hemp production plans for review, and it remains to be seen which additional states will submit their own regulatory plans for the cultivation of hemp and which states become subject to the USDA framework. The timing and content of state regulatory plans may impact our ability to obtain sufficient quantities of CBD at an acceptable price and on a timely basis. If our current supplier were to face increased regulation or be unable to continue to supply our business, we may be unable to fulfill our customer\’s orders or find a suitable replacement supplier in a timely fashion or at comparable prices. If our current supplier or any future suppliers fail to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements, our business may suffer.
Changes in existing laws or regulations, including how such existing laws or regulations are enforced by federal, state, and local authorities, or the adoption of new laws or regulations may increase our costs and otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to the legal framework applicable to hemp and CBD, theThe manufacture and marketing of animal food products is highly regulated, and we and our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers are subject to a variety of federal and state laws and regulations applicable to pet food and treats. These laws and regulations apply to many aspects of our business, including the manufacture, packaging, labeling, distribution, advertising, sale, quality and safety of our products. We could incur costs, including fines, penalties, and third-party claims, in the event of any violations of, or liabilities under, such requirements, including any competitor or consumer challenges relating to compliance with such requirements. For example, in connection with the marketing and advertisement of our products, we could be the target of claims relating to false or deceptive advertising, including under the auspices of the FTC and state consumer protection statutes.
The regulatory environment in which we operate could change significantly and adversely in the future. The laws and regulations that apply to our products and business may change in the future and we may incur (directly or indirectly through our third-party contract manufacturers or suppliers)indirectly) material costs to comply with current or future laws and regulations or any required product recalls. Any change in manufacturing, labeling, or marketing requirements for our products may lead to an increase in costs or interruptions in manufacturing or raw material supply, either of which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition. For example, recent federal and state attention to the sale of CBD-containing products, specifically pet products that contain CBD, could result in standards or requirements that mandate changes to our current labeling, product ingredients or marketing. New or revised government laws and regulations could significantly limit our ability to run our business as it is currently conducted, result in additional compliance costs and, in the event of noncompliance, lead to administrative or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, withdrawals, recalls or seizures and confiscations, as well as potential criminal sanctions.
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any such changes or actions by the FDA or other regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on our third-party manufacturers, our suppliers or our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Government scrutiny, warnings and public perception could increase our costs of production and increase our legal and regulatory expenses, and if we are unable to comply with the applicable requirements for marketing pet foods, we could face substantial civil and criminal penalties.
Manufacturing, processing, labeling, packaging, storing and distributing pet products are activities subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation, as well as foreign regulation. In the United States, these operations are regulated by the FDA and various state and local public health and agricultural agencies. The FDA Food Safety Modernization Act of 2011 provides direct recall authority to the FDA for food products and includes a number of other provisions designed to enhance food safety, including increased inspections by the FDA of domestic and foreign food facilities and increased review of food products imported into the United States. In addition, many states have adopted the Association of American Feed Control Officials’ model pet food regulations or variations thereof, which generally regulate the information manufacturers provide about pet food. Compliance with government regulation can be costly or may otherwise adversely affect our business. Moreover, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject us to civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, as well as potential criminal sanctions, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We operate in a highly regulated environment with constantly evolving legal and regulatory frameworks. Consequently, we are subject to heightened risk of legal claims, government investigations or regulatory enforcement actions. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with existing laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that our employees, temporary workers, contractors or agents will not violate our policies and procedures. Moreover, a failure to maintain effective regulatory compliance policies and procedures could lead to violations, unintentional or otherwise, of laws and regulations. Legal claims, government investigations or regulatory enforcement actions arising out of our failure or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject us to civil and criminal penalties that could materially and adversely affect our product sales, reputation, financial condition and operating results. In addition, the costs and other effects of defending potential and pending litigation and administrative actions against us may be difficult to determine and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Because there has been limited study on the effects of CBD, including on animals, future nonclinical and clinical research studies and analysis of such studies by third parties, including government agencies, may lead to conclusions that dispute or conflict with our understandings and beliefs regarding the benefits, viability, safety, dosing and social acceptance of CBD.
Research in the United States and internationally regarding the benefits, viability, safety and dosing of isolated cannabinoids (such as CBD or THC) remains in relatively early stages. There have been few clinical trials on the benefits of CBD conducted on humans or animals, including studies focused on the consumption of CBD in foods.
Future research and clinical trials may draw opposing conclusions to statements contained in current articles, reports and studies regarding CBD or could reach different or negative conclusions regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, dosing or other facts and perceptions related to CBD, which could adversely affect acceptance of CBD in foods and the demand for such products. Future research may also cause regulatory authorities to change how they enforce regulatory restrictions applicable to hemp and CBD. We cannot predict any negative research and clinical trial findings in the future that may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operation.
The market for raw foods and CBD and hemp products for pets is a young market and may not achieve the growth potential we expect or may grow more slowly than expected.
Our success will depend in significant part on customer acceptance, our ability to change with customer tastes and to meet customer needs with new products. If customers do not accept our products, our sales and revenue will either fail to materialize or decline, resulting in a reduction in our operating income or possible increases in losses. Demand for CBD and hemp products is also influenced by the popularity of certain aesthetics, cultural and demographic trends, marketing and advertising expenditures, legality concerns, and general economic conditions. Because these factors can change rapidly, customer demand also can shift quickly. The success of new product introductions depends on various factors, including product selection and quality, sales and marketing efforts and timely
2628

TABLE OF CONTENTS

production. We may not always be ableRisks Related to respond quickly and effectively to changes in customer taste and demand due to the amount of time and financial resources thatOur Capital Structure
Our common stock may be requireddeemed to bring new products to market. The inability to respond quickly to market changes could have an impact on our expected growth potentialbe a “penny stock” and the growth potential of the market for raw foods and CBD and hemp products for pets. Even if this market develops, we may not succeed in our plan to become a category leader.
Negative publicity from being in the hemp and CBD space“penny stock” rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Hemp and marijuana are both varieties of the plant Cannabis sativa L., except that hemp, as defined by federal law for exemption from Schedule I of the CSA, has a delta-9 THC concentration of not more than 0.3% on a dry weight basis. The same plant with a higher THC content is considered marijuana, which is legal for medical and recreational use under certain state laws, but which is not legal under federal law. The similarities between these plants can cause confusion, and our activities with hemp may be incorrectly perceived as us being involved in federally illegal marijuana activities.
Also, despite growing support for the cannabis industry and legalization of marijuana in certain U.S. states, many individuals and businesses remain opposed to the cultivation and sale of cannabis and cannabis-derived products. Any negative publicity resulting from an incorrect perception that we operate in the marijuana space could result in a loss of current or future business. It could also adversely affect the public's perceptionmarket price of usour common stock.
The SEC has adopted Rule 3a51-1, which establishes the definition of a “penny stock” as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Our common stock may be deemed to be a penny stock. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, Rule 15g-9 requires that a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our common stock and lead to reluctance by new parties to do business with or investcause a decline in us. We cannot assure you that additional business partners, including but not limited to financial institutions and customers, will not attempt to end or curtail their relationships with us. Any such negative press or impacts to business relationships could have a material adverse effect onthe market value of our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our ability to deduct certain business expenses for income tax purposes is subject to uncertainty.
Section 280E of the Code prohibits the deduction of certain otherwise ordinary business expenses from carrying on any trade or business that consists of “trafficking” Schedule I or II controlled substances, as defined by the CSA. Under existing IRS guidance, the bulk of operating costs and general administrative costs of trades or businesses subject to Section 280E of the Code are not permitted to be deducted. Although the 2018 Farm Bill created a pathway under which hemp and its derivatives, including CBD, would no longer be a Schedule I controlled substance under the CSA, until the USDA implements regulations pursuant to the 2018 Farm Bill, we believe our ability to deduct certain ordinary business expenses requires compliance with the 2014 Farm Bill. We do not believe that Section 280E of the Code currently forbids our deduction of otherwise ordinary business expenses because we believe that we are in compliance with the 2014 Farm Bill and/or the products we sell are from participants that are compliant with the 2014 Farm Bill. However, until the USDA promulgates regulations under the 2018 Farm Bill, non-compliance with the 2014 Farm Bill by us or our suppliers may have a material adverse tax effect on us.
Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stockstock.
There is currently a limited public market for our common stock, a trading market for our common stock may never develop, and our common stock prices may be volatile and could decline substantially.
Although our common stock is currently quoted on OTC Markets, OTCQBOTCQX tier of OTC Markets Group Inc., an over-the-counter quotation system, under the symbol “BTTR,” there has been no material public market for our common stock. In these marketplaces, our stockholders may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of their shares of our common stock, and may find few buyers to purchase their stock and few market makers to support its price. As a result of these and other factors, investors may be unable to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price for which they purchased them, at or near quoted bid prices, or at all. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling additional equity in the future, and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using shares of our common stock as consideration.
Moreover,Failure to qualify to trade on NYSE American will make it more difficult to raise capital.
We have applied to list our common stock on NYSE American, a national securities exchange. NYSE has listing requirements for inclusion of securities for trading on the NYSE American, including minimum levels of stockholders equity, market value of publicly held shares, number of public stockholders and stock price. We may not be able to satisfy NYSE’s original listing requirements and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain our listing on NYSE American. If we do not obtain and maintain the listing of our common stock on NYSE American, it could make it harder for us to raise capital in both the immediate time frame and in the long-term. If we are unable to raise capital when needed in the future, we may have to cease or reduce operations. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in including our common stock for trading on NYSE American, maintain the listing or that a market will develop for our common stock.
Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of NYSE American could result in a de-listing of our common stock.
Even if we are able to meet the qualifications for initial listing on NYSE American, we may fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of NYSE American, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum stock price requirement, and the NYSE American may take steps to de-list our common stock. Such a de-listing or the announcement of such de-listing will have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a de-listing, we may attempt to take actions to restore our compliance with the NYSE American listing requirements, but we can provide no assurance that any such action taken by us would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the NYSE American minimum listing requirements or prevent future non-compliance with the NYSE American listing requirements.
Even if the reverse stock split achieves the requisite increase in the market price of our common stock, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to comply with the minimum bid price requirement of NYSE American.
Even if the reverse stock split achieves the requisite increase in the market price of our common stock to be in compliance with the minimum bid price of NYSE American, there can be no assurance that any selling stockholders will sell any or all of their shares of common stock and there may initially be a lack of supply of, or demand for, our common stock. In the case of a lack of supply for our common stock, the tradingmarket price of our common stock may rise to an unsustainablefollowing the reverse stock split will remain at the level particularly in instances where institutional investors may be discouraged from purchasing our common stock because they are unable to purchase a block of shares in the open market due to a potential unwillingness of our selling stockholders to sell therequired for continuing compliance with that
2729

TABLE OF CONTENTS

amount of shares atrequirement. It is not uncommon for the market price offered by such investors and the greater influence individual investors have in setting the trading price. In the case of a lack of demand for ourcompany’s common stock the trading price of our common stock couldto decline significantly and rapidly at any time.
We intend to list shares of our common stock on a national securities exchange in the future, but we do not now, and may not in the future, meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange, which is oftenperiod following a more widely-traded and liquid market. Some, but not all, of the factors which may delay or prevent the listing of our commonreverse stock on a more widely-traded and liquid market include the following: our stockholders’ equity may be insufficient; the market value of our outstanding securities may be too low; our net income from operations may be too low; our common stock may not be sufficiently widely held; we may not be able to secure market makers for our common stock; and we may fail to meet the rules and requirements mandated by the several exchanges and markets to have our common stock listed. Should we fail to satisfy the initial listing standards of the national exchanges, or our common stock is otherwise rejected for listing, and remains listed on the OTC Markets or is suspended from the OTC Markets, the trading price of our common stock could suffer and the trading market for our common stock may be less liquid and our common stock price may be subject to increased volatility.
Therefore, an active, liquid, and orderly trading market for our common stock may not initially develop or be sustained, which could significantly depress the public price of our common stock and/or result in significant volatility, which could affect your ability to sell your common stock. Even if an active trading market develops for our common stock,split. If the market price of our common stock declines following the effectuation of the reverse stock split, the percentage decline may be highly volatile and subjectgreater than would occur in the absence of a reverse stock split. In any event, other factors unrelated to wide fluctuations. Our financial performance, government regulatory action, tax laws, interest rates and market conditions in general could have a significant impact on the future market pricenumber of shares of our common stock.
We are not subject to the rules of a national securities exchange requiring the adoption of certain corporate governance measures and, as a result, our stockholders do not have the same protections.
We are quoted on the OTCQB marketplace and are not subject to the rules of a national securities exchange,stock outstanding, such as the New York Stock Exchangenegative financial or the Nasdaq Stock Market. National securities exchanges generally require more rigorous measures relating to corporate governance designed to enhance the integrity of corporate management. The requirements of the OTCQB afford our stockholders fewer corporate governance protections than those of a national securities exchange. Until we comply with such greater corporate governance measures, regardless of whether such compliance is required, our stockholders will have fewer protections such as those related to director independence, stockholder approval rights and governance measures designed to provide board oversight of management.
If our common stock becomes subject to the “penny stock” rules, itoperational results, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and increase your transaction costsjeopardize our ability to sell those shares.meet or maintain NYSE American’s minimum bid price requirement.
The SEC has adopted Rule 3a51-1, which establishesreverse stock split may decrease the definitionliquidity of a “penny stock” as any equity securitythe shares of our common stock.
The liquidity of the shares of our common stock may be affected adversely by the reverse stock split given the reduced number of shares that has awill be outstanding following the reverse stock split, especially if the market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. If the price if our common stock is lessdoes not increase as a result of the reverse stock split. In addition, the reverse stock split may increase the number of stockholders who own odd lots (less than $5.00,100 shares) of our common stock, creating the potential for such stockholders to experience an increase in the cost of selling their shares and greater difficulty effecting such sales.
Following the reverse stock split, the resulting market price of our common stock may not attract new investors, including institutional investors, and may not satisfy the investing requirements of those investors. Consequently, the trading liquidity of our common stock may not improve.
Although we believe that a higher market price of our common stock may help generate greater or broader investor interest, there can be no assurance that the reverse stock split will result in a share price that will attract new investors, including institutional investors. In addition, there can be no assurance that the market price of our common stock will be deemedsatisfy the investing requirements of those investors. As a penny stock. As ofresult, the date of this prospectus, our common stock is deemed to be a penny stock. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, Rule 15g-9 requires that a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement.
Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to disposetrading liquidity of our common stock and cause a decline in the market value of our stock.
We may have material liabilities that were not discovered before, and have not been discovered since, the closing of the acquisitions.
As a result of the May Acquisitions and the Halo Acquisition, the prior business plan and management relating to Better Choice Company was abandoned and replaced with the business and management team of Bona Vida, Halo and TruPet. As a result, we may have material liabilities based on activities before the acquisitions that have not been discovered or asserted. We could experience losses as a result of any such undisclosed liabilities that are discovered in the future, which could materially harm our business and financial condition. Although the agreements entered into in connection with the acquisitions contains customary representations and warranties from Bona Vida, Halo and TruPet concerning their assets, liabilities, financial condition and affairs, there may be limited or no recourse against
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the pre-acquisition stockholders or principals in the event those representations prove to be untrue. As a result, our current and future stockholders will bear some, or all, of the risks relating to any such unknown or undisclosed liabilities.necessarily improve.
Our common stock prices may be volatile which could cause the value of an investment in our common stock to decline.volatile.
The market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. Our financial performance, government regulatory action, tax laws, interest rates and market conditions in general could have a significant impact on the future market price of our common stock.
The public price of our common stock following the date of this prospectuscould also could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the risk factors described in this prospectus and others beyond our control, including:
the number of shares of our common stock publicly owned and available for trading;
actual or anticipated quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;
our actual or anticipated operating performance and the operating performance of similar companies in our industry;
our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding significant contracts, acquisitions, or strategic investments;
general economic conditions and their impact on the pet food markets;
the overall performance of the equity markets;
threatened or actual litigation;
changes in laws or regulations relating to our industry;
any major change in our board of directors or management;
publication of research reports about us or our industry or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; and
sales or expected sales of shares of our common stock by us, and our officers, directors, and significant stockholders. From time to time, our affiliates may sell stock for reasons due to their personal financial circumstances. These sales may be interpreted by other stockholders as an indication of our performance and result in subsequent sales of our stock that have the effect of creating downward pressure on the market price of our common stock.
The volatility of the market price of our common stock may adversely affect the ability of investors to purchase or sell shares of our common stock. Investors may also experience losses on their investments in our stock due to price fluctuations. In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Because weWe are a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to “smaller reporting company,companies,we will not be required to comply with certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies willthis could make our common stocksecurities less attractive to investors.investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.
We are a “smaller reporting company,”company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. As a smaller reporting company we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not smallerSmaller reporting companies including, but not limited to:
Reducedmay take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements;
Not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and
Reduced disclosure obligations for our annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and registration statements.
We will remain a smaller reporting company until the end of the fiscal year in which (1) we have a public common equity float of more than $250 million, or (2) we have annual revenues for the most recently completed fiscal year of more than $100 million plus we have any public common equity float or public float of more than $700 million. We also would not be eligible for status as smaller reporting company if we become an investment company, an asset-backed issuer or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent company that is not a smaller reporting company.including, among other things, providing only two
2930

TABLE OF CONTENTS

years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the last business day of the most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of the most recently completed second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.
Some investors find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions, which could result in a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.
We do not expect to pay any cash dividends to the holders of the common stock in the foreseeable future and the availability and timing of future cash dividends, if any, is uncertain.
We expect to use cash flow from future operations to repay debt and support the growth of our business and do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our Facilities Agreement, Citizens ABLWintrust Credit Facility, subordinated convertible notes, short term loan and revolving line of credit place certain restrictions on the ability of us and our subsidiaries to pay cash dividends. We may amend our current credit facilities or enter into new debt arrangements that also prohibit or restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock.
Subject to such restrictions, our board of directors will determine the amount and timing of stockholder dividends, if any, that we may pay in future periods. In making this determination, our directors will consider all relevant factors, including the amount of cash available for dividends, capital expenditures, covenants, prohibitions or limitations with respect to dividends, applicable law, general operational requirements and other variables. We cannot predict the amount or timing of any future dividends you may receive, and if we do commence the payment of dividends, we may be unable to pay, maintain or increase dividends over time. Therefore, you may not be able to realize any return on your investment in our common stock for an extended period of time, if at all.
Future sales of our common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, may depress our share price, and any additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.
We may in the future issue our previously authorized and unissued securities. We are authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 4,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, preferences and rights as determined by our board of directors. The potential issuance of such additional shares of common stock will result in the dilution of the ownership interests of the holders of our common stock and may create downward pressure on the trading price, if any, of our common stock. The registration rights of certain of our stockholders and the sales of substantial amounts of our common stock following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or otherpursuant to our effective registration statements, of the Company, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital. These shares also may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. We also may grant additional registration rights in connection with any future issuance of our capital stock.
In October 2018, we issued Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series E Preferred Stock”). On October 1, 2020, as part of the Series F Private Placement all of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock was exchanged for 3,500 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 3,500,000 shares of our common stock.
On May 6, 2019, in connection with the May Acquisitions, the Company acquired 712,823 warrants to purchase common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $3.90. The Company also issued 5,744,991 warrants with an exercise price of $4.25 on May 6, 2019 as part of the PIPE. Additionally, in connection with the PIPE transaction, the Company issued 220,539 warrants to brokers with an exercise price of $3.00. The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO.
On November 4, 2019, we issued (i) $2.8 million in aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible notes (the “Convertible Notes”) for total proceeds of $2.8 million to existing shareholders and (ii) 11,000 warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase shares of our common stock. The Convertible Notes are scheduled to mature on June 30, 2023 and are convertible into the Company’s common stock at any time from the date of issuance. The Convertible Notes carried an initial conversion price of $4.00 per share or the price at which the Common Stock was sold in an IPO. Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our common stock and are exercisable any time from the date of issuance for a period of up to 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future initial public offering (“IPO”) at an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which our common stock was sold in the IPO.
On December 19, 2019, in connection with the Halo Acquisition and as part of the consideration payable under the Halo Agreement, we issued to the Halo sellers and Werner von Pein (i) convertible subordinated notes in a total amount of $15,000,000 (the “Seller Notes”) and (ii) 937,500 stock purchase warrants (the “Seller Warrants”) to purchase shares of our common stock. The Seller Notes are scheduled to mature on June 30, 2023 and may be converted into shares of our common stock at any time prior to the last business day immediately preceding the maturity date and shall be automatically converted into shares of our common stock upon an IPO. The initial conversion price was equal to the lower of $4.00 per share or the price at which the Common Stock was sold in an
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IPO. The Seller Warrants are exercisable any time from the date of issuance for up to 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO at an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which our common stock was sold in the IPO.
On December 19, 2019, as consideration for the Shareholder Guaranty (as described below), we agreed to issue common stock purchase warrants. The warrants are exercisable any time from the date of issuance for up to 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO (as defined therein) at an exercise price $1.82 per share. We issued 4,875,000 Shareholder Guarantor Warrants to John M. Word III, 1,300,000 Shareholder Guarantor Warrants to Lori Taylor and 325,000 Shareholder Guarantor Warrants to Michael Young.
On January 20, 2020, in connection with the early termination of a licensing agreement, we issued Authentic Brands and Elvis Presley Enterprises (“ABG”) $0.6 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible notes (the “ABG Notes”) and a common stock purchase warrant equal to a fair value of $150,000 (the “ABG Warrants”). The ABG Notes are scheduled to mature on June 30, 2023 and are convertible into the Company’s common stock at any time from the date of issuance at an initial conversion price of $5.00 per share or the price at which the common stock was sold in an IPO. The ABG Warrants are exercisable for 24 months from the date of consummation of an IPO and carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of $5.00 or the price at which the common stock was sold in an IPO.
On March 17, 2020, 1,003,232 warrants were issued to holders of warrants issued on May 6, 2019 due to dilutive impact of subsequent issuances. The Company issued an additional 2,560,883 warrants to holders of these warrants due to further dilutive impact of subsequent issuances.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “June 2020 Notes”). The June 2020 Notes are convertible into the Company’s common stock at the election of the holders thereof at any time from the date of issuance. The June 2020 Notes are also convertible automatically upon the Company’s consummation of an initial public offering or change in control (each as defined in the June 2020 Notes). The June 2020 Notes are convertible at conversion price of $0.75 per share. The June 2020 Notes carry a 10% PIK interest rate which is payable in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the June 2020 Notes. The June 2020 Notes mature on June 30, 2023. The proceeds of the June 2020 Notes will be used for general working capital needs. The June 2020 Notes rank on par with the Seller Notes and the ABG Notes.
In connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants (the “June 2020 Incentive Warrants”) to purchase up to1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equal to $1.25 per share. Additionally, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to two non-employee directors at a price equal to $1.25 per share (the “June 2020 Director Warrants” and together with the June 2020 Incentive Warrants, the “June 2020 Warrants”). The June 2020 Warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other uplist transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
In addition, on June 24, 2020, in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes, (i) the November 2019 Notes, the Seller Notes and the ABG Notes were amended to lower the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share, (ii) the maturity date of the November 2019 Notes was extended from November 4, 2021 to June 30, 2023, and (iii) the common stock purchase warrants to purchase 1,009,724 shares of the Company’s common stock that were issued in connection with the November 2019 Notes, the Seller Notes and the ABG Notes were amended to lower the maximum exercise price applicable to these warrants from $5.00 per share to $4.25 per share.
On July 20, 2020, in consideration of the personal guaranty, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equal to $1.05 per share (the “July 2020 Guarantor Warrants”). Additionally, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to two nonemployee directors at a price equal to $1.05 per share (the “July 2020 Director Warrants,” and together with the July 2020 Guarantor Warrants, the “July 2020 Warrants”). The July 2020 Warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other uplist transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030. The exercise, conversion or exchange of convertible securities, including for other securities, will dilute the percentage ownership of our stockholders. The dilutive effect of the exercise or conversion of these securities may adversely affect our ability to obtain additional capital. The holders of these securities may be expected to exercise or convert
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such securities at a time when we would be able to obtain additional equity capital on terms more favorable than such securities or when our common stock is trading at a price higher than the exercise or conversion price of the securities. The exercise or conversion of outstanding securities will have a dilutive effect on the securities held by our shareholders. We have in the past, and may in the future, exchange outstanding securities for other securities on terms that are dilutive to the securities held by other shareholders not participating in such exchange.
In October 2020, we consummated the Series F Private Placement in which we raised approximately $21.7 million, including an investment by certain of our officers and directors of approximately $6.5 million and an exchange of all ofFor information regarding our outstanding Series E preferred stock of approximately $3.5 million. Each Series F Unit was soldstockholders’ equity and potentially dilutive securities, see the section entitled “Dilution in the Series F Private Placement at a per unit price of $1,000 and consisted of (i) one share of Series F Preferred Stock, which is convertible into shares of our common stock, at a value per share of common stock of $0.50 (subject to adjustment); and (ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year period such number of shares of common stock into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible at an exercise price per share of $0.75 (subject to adjustment). In the Series F Private Placement, we issued 21,792 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and 43,583,130 warrants to purchase common stock (subject to adjustment).
As of November 17, 2020, (i) 63,455,837 warrants to purchase our common stock at a weighted average price of $1.18 per share that we issued in, the Acquisitions, the private placement offerings in December 2018 and May 2019, the Series F Private Placement as well as other compensation and financing transactions disclosed elsewhere herein are outstanding, (ii) 38,462 share of common stock are issuable pursuant to outstanding options granted in 2018, (iii) 7,453,480 shares of common stock (of which 4,946,658 are vested) are issuable pursuant to outstanding options granted under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan” and the “2019 Amended Plan”) to our executive officers and directors, key employees and third-party contractors, (iv) 7,346,568 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible notes that we issued in connection with the December Private Placement, the Halo Acquisition and certain other financing transactions described herein, and (v) 43,603,130 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series F Preferred Stock issued in the Series F Private Placement. The issuance of any such shares would ultimately be dilutive to the holders of shares of common stock acquired.this prospectus.
We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events, or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might grant to holders of preferred stock could affect the value of the common stock. The issuance of such preferred stock could also be used as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.
We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, impose various requirements on public companies,
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly, particularly after we are no longer a smaller reporting company. For example, weWe expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.
Pursuant to Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, including an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a costly and challenging process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging.reporting. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources and potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work planor hire an internal audit resource to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm will be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.
We will continue to incur significant costs in staying current with reporting requirements. Our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives. Additionally, the lack of an internal audit group may result in material misstatements to our financial statements and ability to provide accurate financial information to our shareholders.
Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance initiatives to maintain reporting status. Moreover, these rules and regulations, which are necessary to remain as a public reporting company, will be costly because external third party consultant(s), attorneys, or other firms may have to assist us in following the applicable rules and regulations for each filing on behalf of the company.
We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we may eventually need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to have effective internal controls for financial reporting. Additionally, due to the fact that our officers and directors have limited experience as an officer or director of a reporting company, such lack of experience may impair our ability to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, which may result in material misstatements to our financial statements and an inability to provide accurate financial information to our stockholders.
Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements or regulations as a public reporting company in any regard, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.
Many of our officers and directors lack significant experience in, and with, the reporting and disclosure obligations of publicly-traded companies in the United States.
Many of our officers and directors lack significant experience in, and with the reporting and disclosure obligations of publicly-traded companies, and with serving as an officer and or director of a publicly-traded company. This lack of experience may impair our ability to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, which may result in material misstatements to our financial statements and an inability to provide accurate financial information to our stockholders. Consequently, our operations, future earnings and ultimate financial success could suffer irreparable harm due to our officer’s and director’s ultimate lack of experience in our industry and with publicly-traded companies and their reporting requirements in general.
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may discourage a takeover attempt even if a takeover might be beneficial to our stockholders.
Provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us after we have become a publicly traded company. Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of preferred stock without any vote or action by our stockholders. Thus, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power of holders of our other series of capital stock. These rights may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our company. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation and/or bylaws establish limitations on the removal of directors and on the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings and include advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.
Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), which prohibits an “interested stockholder” owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which such stockholder acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law.” These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
Our bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.
Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer (or affiliate of any of the foregoing) of us to us or the our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any other action asserting a claim arising under, in connection with, and governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that these exclusive forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our bylaws described in the preceding sentence. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our bylaws inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may discourage a takeover attempt even if a takeover might be beneficial to our stockholders.
Provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us after we have become a publicly traded company. Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of preferred stock without any vote or action by our stockholders. Thus, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power of holders of our other series of capital stock. These rights may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our company. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation and/or bylaws establish limitations on the removal of directors and on the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings and include advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.
Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), which prohibits an “interested stockholder” owning in
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which such stockholder acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
For further detail, refer to the information under the heading “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law” in this prospectus. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:
We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.
We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.
We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
We will not be obligated pursuant to the indemnification agreements entered into with our directors and executive officers to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings to enforce an indemnitees right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, proceedings authorized by our board of directors and if offered by us in our sole discretion.
The rights conferred in our certificate of incorporation are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.
We may not retroactively amend our certificate of incorporation or indemnification agreement provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.
As a result of these provisions, if an investor were able to enforce an action against our directors or officers, in all likelihood, we would be required to pay any expenses they incurred in defending the lawsuit and any judgment or settlement they otherwise would be required to pay. Accordingly, our indemnification obligations could divert needed financial resources and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and adversely affect the value of our business.
Risks Related to this Offering
Investors in this Offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of their investment.
If you purchase our common stock in this Offering, you will pay more for your shares of common stock than our as adjusted net tangible book value per share. Based upon an assumed public offering price of $9.00 per share (after giving effect to the reverse stock split of 1-for-6), you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $7.40 per share, representing the difference between our assumed public offering price and our as adjusted net tangible book value per share. That is because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution when those holding outstanding Series F Preferred Stock, stock options or common stock purchase warrants exercise their right to purchase common stock or when we otherwise issue additional shares
3433

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTSof capital stock. For information regarding our outstanding stockholders’ equity and potentially dilutive securities, refer to the information under the heading “Dilution” in this prospectus.
Investors may experience dilution of their ownership interests because of the future issuance of additional shares of our common.
In the future, we may issue additional authorized but previously unissued equity securities, resulting in the dilution of the ownership interests of our present stockholders. We may also issue additional shares of our common stock or other securities that are convertible into or exercisable for our common stock in connection with hiring or retaining employees, future acquisitions, future sales of our securities for capital raising purposes, or for other business purposes and some of these issuances may be at a price (or exercise prices) below the price at which shares of our common stock are currently trading. The future issuance of any such additional shares of common stock may create downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock.
Substantial amounts of our outstanding shares may be sold into the market when lock-up or market standoff periods end. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
The informationprice of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, or if there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale and the market perceives that sales will occur. After this offering, we will have 24,185,116 outstanding shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 11, 2021. All of the shares of common stock sold in this prospectus contains forward-looking statements withinoffering will be available for sale in the meaningpublic market. A substantial amount of our outstanding shares of common stock are currently restricted from resale as a result of “lock-up” agreements, as more fully described under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We intend such forward-looking statementsheading “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” in this prospectus. These shares will become available to be coveredsold 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Shares held by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in Section 27A ofdirectors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E(Securities Act).
We have broad discretion in the use of the Securities Exchange Actnet proceeds from this offering, and our use of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statementsthose proceeds may not yield a favorable return on your investment.
We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of historical facts containedthe shares in the offering, along with available cash, for general corporate purposes, which may include advancing new product development, maintaining existing and prosecuting new intellectual property protection, supporting the requirements of being a public company, including legal, audit, investor relations and board fees and providing competitive salaries and benefits to attract and retain highly qualified employees. We may also use proceeds from this prospectusoffering to acquire complimentary technologies, products or businesses, although we are “forward-looking statements”not a party to any letters of intent or definitive agreement for any such acquisition. We have not specifically allocated the amount of net proceeds that will be used for these purposes, and our management will have broad discretion over how these proceeds are used and could spend the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree. In addition, we may not allocate the proceeds of federalthis offering effectively or in a manner that increases our market value or enhances our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the proceeds, and state securities laws, including statements regardingwe cannot predict how long it will take to deploy the proceeds.
There can be no assurance that we will ever provide liquidity to our expectations and projections regarding future developments, operations and financial conditions, and the anticipated impactinvestors through a sale of our Company.
While acquisitions business strategy, and strategic priorities. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factorsof companies like ours are not uncommon, potential investors are cautioned that may causeno assurances can be given that any form of merger, combination, or sale of our actual results, performanceCompany will take place or achievements to be materially different fromthat any future results, performancemerger, combination, or achievements expressedsale, even if consummated, would provide liquidity or implied bya profit for our investors. You should not invest in our Company with the forward-looking statements.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions and are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trendsexpectation that we believe may affectwill be able to sell the business in order to provide liquidity or a profit for our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we believe the expectations reflected in any of our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and inherent risks and uncertainties.
These forward-looking statements present our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the dates on which they are made. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those summarized below:
adverse impacts from the pandemic involving the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19;
our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy;
failure to achieve growth or manage anticipated growth;
our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;
our significant indebtedness;
our ability to continue as a going concern;
our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to run our operations, service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures;
our ability to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;
our limited operating history;
our ability to successfully integrate Bona Vida’s, Halo’s and TruPet’s businesses and realize anticipated benefits with these acquisitions and with other acquisitions or investments we may make;
our dependence on our subsidiaries for payments, advances and transfers of funds due to our holding company status;
our ability to successfully develop additional products and services or successfully commercialize such products and services;
competition in our market;
our ability to attract new and retain existing customers;
our exposure to product liability claims;investors.
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

interruption in our sourcing operations;
our or our third-party contract manufacturers’ and suppliers’ ability to comply with legal and regulatory requirements;
our brand reputation;
compliance with data privacy rules;
our compliance with applicable regulations issued by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”), the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), and other federal, state and local regulatory authorities, including those regarding marketing pet food, products and supplements with CBD;
uncertainty regarding the status of hemp and hemp-based products under U.S. law;
risk of our products being recalled for a variety of reasons, including product defects, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labeling disclosure;
risk of shifting customer demand in relation to raw pet foods, premium kibble and canned pet food products, CBD and hemp products for pets and failure to respond to such changes in customer taste quickly and effectively; and
the other risks identified in this prospectus including, without limitation, those under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as such factors may updated from time to time in our other filings with the SEC.
Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward looking statements. These forward looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this prospectus. We qualify all of our forward looking statements by these cautionary statements.
3634

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS
We expect that the net proceeds from the sale of 4,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering will notbe approximately $36,865,000, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based upon an assumed public offering price of $9.00 per share. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive anynet proceeds of approximately $42,514,750, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $9.00 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering by $4.2 million, assuming that the selling stockholders pursuant tonumber of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The selling stockholders will pay anyprospectus, remains the same (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s overallotment option) and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses they incur for brokerage, accounting, taxpayable by us. Similarly, each increase or legal services or any other expenses they incurdecrease of 500,000 shares in disposingthe number of the shares. We will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the shares covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our accountants.
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
The selling stockholders will determine at what price they may sell the Securities offered by this prospectus, and such sales may be made at fixed prices, prevailing market prices atus would increase or decrease, as applicable, the time ofnet proceeds to us from the sale varying prices determined at the time of sale, or negotiated prices.
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MARKET FOR THE SECURITIES
Our common stock is listed on the OTCQB under the symbol “BTTR” and has been trading since June 2010. No established public trading market existed for our common stock prior to June 2010. The closing price of our common stock on the OTCQB on November 17, 2020 was $0.88 per share. As of November 17, 2020, we had 49,185,860 shares of our common stock outstanding. Asin this offering by approximately $4.2 million, assuming the assumed public offering price of November 17, 2020,$9.00 remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes. We may also elect to use proceeds from this offering to acquire complimentary technologies, products or businesses, although we had 143 record holdersare not a party to any letters of intent or definitive agreements for any such acquisition.
Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. However, the nature, amounts and timing of our common stock.actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management has and will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds from this offering for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of net proceeds from this offering. Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.
3935

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY
We do not currently anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our business.business and to pursue selective merger and acquisition opportunities. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our results of operations and financial condition, capital requirements, business prospects, statutory and contractual restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends, including restrictions contained in theour senior credit agreements governing our Facilities Agreement entered into in connection with the Halo Acquisitionfacility, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to an Investment in our Common Stock—We do not expect to pay any cash dividends to the holders of the common stock in the foreseeable future and the availability and timing of future cash dividends, if any, is uncertain.”
Our Series F Preferred Stock ranks pari passuon parity with the shares of our common stock with respect to dividend rights,rights.
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Market Group Inc.'s OTCQX market under the symbol “BTTR” after being upgraded from the OTCQB on December 28, 2020 where it had been quoted since June 2010. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated and as set forth inreported on the CertificateOTC Markets, the high and low bid prices for our common stock (assuming a reverse stock split of Designation Preferences1-for-6). Such over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-downs or commissions, and Rightsmay not necessarily represent actual transactions:
 
High
Low
2019
 
 
First Quarter(1)
$79.56
$7.98
Second Quarter(1)
$54.90
$20.40
Third Quarter(1)
$38.76
$18.72
Fourth Quarter(1)
$26.10
$7.86
2020
 
 
First Quarter(1)
$16.20
$3.00
Second Quarter(1)
$12.00
$3.60
Third Quarter(1)
$12.00
$1.44
Fourth Quarter(2)
$7.68
$2.70
2021
 
 
First Quarter(3)
$10.80
$6.84
(1)
The high and low bid prices for this quarter were reported by the OTCQB marketplace.
(2)
The high and low bid prices for this quarter were reported by the OTCQB & OTCQX marketplaces.
(3)
The high and low bid prices for this quarter were reported by the OTCQX marketplace.
Holders
As of June 11, 2021, there were 165 record holders of our common stock and 34 holders of our Series F Preferred Stock (“Series F CertificateStock. Certain shares are held in “street” name and accordingly, the number of Designation”). Any declared dividends are paidbeneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the respectforegoing number. This number of the Series F Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis.holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
4037

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION
The following table showssets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2020.March 31, 2021, on:
an actual basis (as adjusted for the reverse stock split of 1-for-6); and
on a pro forma basis (as adjusted for the reverse stock split of 1-for-6) to reflect, based on an assumed offering price of $9.00 per share of common stock, (i) the issuance of 5,768,517 shares of our common stock upon the conversion of all of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and (ii) the issuance of 2,763,455 shares of common stock upon conversion of our outstanding convertible notes, based upon the terms of the outstanding convertible notes as of March 31, 2021; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale and issuance of 4,500,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on the assumed public offering price of $9.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
You should refer to “Management’sthe information under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations” in this prospectus and the financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus in evaluating the material presented below.
In thousands (except shares)
September 30,
2020
(unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents
$563
Long-term debt, including current maturities:
Loan facilities, net
$24,417
Notes payable, net
18,240
PPP Loans
852
Total debt, net of debt issuance costs and discounts
43,509
Series E preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,900,000 shares authorized, 1,387,378 shares issued and outstanding(1)
10,566
Stockholders’ Deficit:
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 49,139,708 shares issued and outstanding
49
Additional paid-in capital
214,305
Accumulated deficit
(230,923)
Total stockholders’ deficit
(16,569)
Total capitalization
$26,940
 
As of March 31, 2021
In thousands (except shares)
Actual
Pro Forma
Pro
Forma As
Adjusted(1)
Cash and cash equivalents
$4,298
$4,298
$41,163
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt, including current maturities:
 
 
 
Loans and line of credit, net
$10,628
$10,628
$10,628
Notes payable, net
$19,609
$
$
PPP Loans
$852
$852
$852
Total debt, net of debt issuance costs and discounts
$31,089
$11,480
$11,480
Warrant Liability
$46,333
$
$
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ Deficit:
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized
$11
$20
$24
Series F Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000 shares authorized
$
$
$
Additional paid-in capital
$240,902
$308,305
$345,166
Accumulated deficit
$(273,893)
$(275,363)
$(275,363)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
$(32,980)
$32,962
$69,827
Total capitalization
$44,442
$44,442
$81,307
(1)
On October 1, 2020, all outstanding
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $9.00 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of Series E Preferred Stock were exchanged for 3,500 Series F Units, consistingour common stock in this offering by $4.2 million, assuming that the number of 3,500shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option) and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 500,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of Series F Preferred Stockour common stock in this offering by approximately $4.2 million, assuming the assumed public offering price of $9.00 remains the same and 7,000,000 Series F Warrants.after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding was 11,000,725 as of March 31, 2021 and on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis is based on 19,532,697, which assumes the issuance of 5,768,517 shares of our common stock upon the conversion of our outstanding Series F Preferred Stock as of March 31, 2021 as well as 2,763,455 shares of common stock upon conversion of our outstanding convertible notes as of March 31, 2021 (assuming our common stock is approved for listing on the NYSE American) and excludes as of that date:
2,191,812 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.36 per share;
4138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10,145,697 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.08 per share; and
58,188 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2019 Equity Incentive Plan as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our plan.
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATIONDILUTION
The sale of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus will have a dilutive impact on our stockholders.
Our net tangible book deficit as of March 31, 2021 was $(64,327,041), or $(5.85) per share. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021. Dilution with respect to net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.
After giving effect to (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock and convertible notes and (2) the sale of 4,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, at an assumed public offering price of $9.00 per share, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 would have been $38,480,083, or $1.60 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.52 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $7.40 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock.
The following unaudited pro forma combined financial informationtable illustrates this calculation on a per share basis.
Assumed public offering price per share
$9.00
Net tangible book deficit per share as of March 31, 2021
$
(5.85)
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2021 including the conversion of Series F Preferred Stock and notes payable before this offering
$0.08
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
$1.52
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering
$1.60
Dilution per share to new investors participating in the offering
$7.40
If the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full at the assumed public offering price of $9.00 per share, our as-adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 would be $44,129,833, or $1.79 per share, representing an increase in the net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $1.71 per share and immediate dilution of $7.21 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $9.00 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering by $4.2 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same (assuming no exercise of the Company has been preparedunderwriter’s overallotment option) and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 500,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to give effectus from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering by approximately $4.2 million, assuming the assumed public offering price of $9.00 remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding as shown above is based on 19,532,697 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and assumes the Halo Acquisitionissuance of 5,768,517 shares of our common stock upon the conversion of our outstanding Series F Preferred Stock as of March 31, 2021 as well as 2,763,455 shares of common stock upon conversion of our outstanding convertible notes as of March 31, 2021 (assuming our common stock is approved for listing on the NYSE American) and excludes as of that date:
2,191,812 shares of our common stock issuable upon the accompanying financing transactions more specifically described herein (the “Transactions”).exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.36 per share;
On December 19, 2019, (“10,145,697 shares of our common stock issuable upon the Acquisition Date”) the Company completed the acquisitionexercise of Halowarrants outstanding as of March 31, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.08 per share; and
58,188 shares of our common stock reserved for approximately $38.2 million pursuant to the terms of thefuture issuance under our Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated2019 Equity Incentive Plan as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our plan.
To the extent that options outstanding as of December 18, 2019 (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, Halo, Thriving Paws, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Thriving Paws”), HH-Halo LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“HH-Halo” and, together with Thriving Paws, the “Sellers”) and HH-Halo, in the capacity of the representatives of the Sellers. The Company paid (i) cash consideration of $20.5 million, (ii) 2,134,390March 31, 2021 have been or may be exercised or other shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), (iii) Seller Notes totaling $15.0 million (“the Seller Notes”), and (iv) 937,500 Seller Warrants in exchange for 100% of the outstanding common stock of Halo. The Company also incurred $0.9 million in transaction costs.
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2019. The historical financial information is adjusted to give pro forma effect to events that are (1) directly attributable to the Transactions, (2) factually supportable and (3) expected to have a continuing impact on the results of the combined entity. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss presented below is based on, and should be read together with, the historical financial statements and accompanying notes of Halo and the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company includedissued, investors purchasing our securities in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss do not reflect the realization of potential cost savings, or any related restructuring or integration costs thatoffering may result from the integration of the companies. Although the Company believes that certain cost savingsexperience further dilution. In addition, we may result from the Halo Acquisition, there can be no assurance that these cost savings will be achieved.
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss is based on estimates and assumptions, is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized if the Transactions had been completed as of January 1, 2019.choose to
4240

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statementraise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
Forequity or convertible debt securities, the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019
(Dollarsissuance of these securities could result in thousands)
 
Consolidated
Historical Halo
Adjustments
Ref.
Combined
Pro Forma
Net sales
$15,577
$32,576
$(3,657)
A
$44,496
Cost of goods sold
9,717
21,352
(1,418)
A
29,651
Gross profit
5,860
11,224
(2,239)
 
14,845
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative
19,782
7,521
(4,898)
A, B, C
22,405
Share-based compensation
10,280
309
D
10,589
Sales and marketing
10,138
6,711
 
16,849
Customer service and warehousing
1,097
 
1,097
Impairment of intangible asset
889
 
889
Loss on disposal of equipment
64
 
64
Total operating expenses
42,186
14,296
(4,589)
 
51,893
Loss from operations
(36,326)
(3,072)
2,350
 
(37,048)
Other (expense) income
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
(670)
(272)
(3,995)
E,F
(4,937)
Loss on acquisitions
(147,376)
 
(147,376)
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(90)
 
(90)
Total other (expense) income
(148,136)
(272)
(3,995)
 
(152,403)
Net and comprehensive loss
$(184,462)
$(3,344)
$(1,645)
 
$(189,451)
Preferred dividends
109
 
109
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(184,571)
$(3,344)
$(1,645)
 
$(189,560)
Earnings per Share, Basic & Diluted
$(5.55)
 
 
 
$(5.36)
Weighted average shares, basic and diluted
33,238,600
 
 
 
35,372,990
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial information.
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
1.
Basis of presentation
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss has been compiled from the underlying financial statements of the Company and Halo, each prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and reflects the pro forma effects of the Halo Acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting.
2.
Purchase price
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss reflect the impact of the purchase price of $38.2 million for the outstanding shares of Halo. The purchase price for Halo has been allocated based on a preliminary estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and those values have been used to calculate certain of the pro forma adjustments. The final purchase price allocation will be determined when the Company has completed the necessary calculations. The final allocation is not expected to differ materially from the preliminary purchase price allocation.
3.
Pro forma adjustments
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2019 include the adjustments summarized below:
A.
Adoption of ASC 606, Revenue Recognition. To reflect Halo’s adoption of ASC 606 as of the beginning of the fiscal year. The impact of the adoption of this standard on net sales, cost of goods sold, and general and administrative expense approximates $3.7 million, $1.4 million, and $2.3 million, respectively for the period from January 1, 2019 through the Acquisition Date.
B.
Amortization expense—purchase accounting intangibles. To reflect the amortization of trade name and customer base intangible assets recorded as of the Acquisition Date. The trade name is a finite-lived intangible asset and is being amortized over its estimated life of 15 years using the straight-line method, which reflects the pattern of economic benefits associated with this asset. Acquired customer relationships are finite-lived intangible assets and are amortized over their estimated life of 7 years using the straight-line method, which approximates the customer attrition rate, reflecting the pattern of economic benefits associated with these assets. Amortization expense relating to these intangible assets approximates $1.5 million for the period from January 1, 2019 through the Acquisition Date.
C.
Costs of Halo Acquisition. To remove the one-time legal and transaction related expenses incurred by both Halo and the Company on the acquisition date. The general and administrative expenses associated with the transaction is approximately $4.2 million for the period from January 1, 2019 through the Acquisition Date.
D.
Stock options granted. To reflect the share-based compensation expense associated with stock options granted to five Halo employees in connection with the closing of the Acquisition. The share-based compensation expense for the options granted approximates $0.3 million for the period from January 1, 2019 through the Acquisition Date.
E.
Interest expense reduction. To reflect the reduction in interest expense associated with the repayment of the Halo debt on the Acquisition Date offset by the write off of remaining deferred financing costs associated with the Halo debt. The interest expense reduction approximates $0.3 million for the period from January 1, 2019 through the Acquisition Date. Additionally, as a result of the Company settling its line of credit with Franklin Synergy Bank, interest expense is reduced by an additional $0.1 million for the period from May 6, 2019 (inception date of the Franklin Synergy line of credit) through the Acquisition Date.
F.
Interest expense—acquisition debt. To reflect the interest expense associated with the incurrence of acquisition related debt under (i) the Facilities Agreement that includes a $20.5 million term loan facility and $7.5 million revolving credit facility and (ii) the Seller Notes. The interest expense associated with such debt approximates $4.4 million for the period from January 1, 2019 through the Acquisition Date.
4441

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion includes forward-looking statements about our business, financial condition and results of operations, including discussions about management’s expectations for our business. The financial condition, results of operations and cash flows discussed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are those of Better Choice Company Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively, the “Company,” “Better Choice Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”. These statements represent projections, beliefs and expectations based on current circumstances and conditions and in light of recent events and trends, and you should not construe these statements either as assurances of performance or as promises of a given course of action. Instead, various known and unknown factors are likely to cause our actual performance and management’s actions to vary, and the results of these variances may be both material and adverse. Accordingly, readers are cautioned notA description of material factors known to place undue reliance on these forward-lookingus that may cause our results to vary or may cause management to deviate from its current plans and expectations, is set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.” Also refer to the information under the heading “Forward Looking Statements” in this prospectus. The following discussion should also be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements which reflect management’s analysis only as ofincluding the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this filing.
Overview and Outlook
We areBetter Choice is a growing animal health and wellness company committed to leading the industry shift towardfocused on providing pet products and services that help dogs and cats live healthier, happier and longer lives. Our mission is to become the most innovative premium pet food company in the world, and we are motivated by our commitment to making products with integrity and treating pets and their parents with respect. We take an alternative, nutrition-based approach to animal health relative to conventional dog and cat food offerings and positionbelieve our portfolio of brands are well-positioned to benefit from the mainstream trends of growing pet humanization and an increased consumer focus on health and wellness. Wewellness, and we have adopted a demonstrated, multi-decade track recordlaser focused, channel-specific approach to growth that is driven by new product innovation. Our executive team has a proven history of success selling trusted animal healthin both pet and wellness productsconsumer-packaged goods, and leverage our established digital footprint to providehas over 50 years of combined experience in the pet parents withindustry and over 100 years of combined experience in the knowledge to make informed decision about their pet’s health. We sell the majority of our dog food, cat food and treatsconsumer-packaged goods industry.
Better Choice’s product offering is sold today under the Halo and TruDog brands which are focused, respectively, on providing sustainably sourced kibble and canned food derived from real whole meat, and minimally processed raw-diet dog food and treats.
Our diverse product offering has enabled usthe Company to penetrate multiple channels of trade, which we believe providesenables us with broad demographic exposureto deliver on core consumer needs and appeal.respond to changing channel dynamics that have accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. We group these channels of trade into twofour distinct categories: retail- partner based (“Retail”),E-Commerce, which includes the sale of product to e-commerceonline retailers such as Amazon and Chewy; Brick & Mortar, which includes the sale of product to pet specialty chains such as Petco, PetSmart, select grocery masschains and distributors, and directneighborhood pet stores; Direct to consumerConsumer (“DTC”), which is focused on driving consumers to directly purchaseincludes the sale of product through our online web platform. With regardplatform; and International, which includes the sale of product to foreign distribution partners and to select international retailers. We believe our omni-channel approach is a significant competitive advantage, as it allows us to design and sell products purpose-built for success in specific channels of trade,while maintaining our ability to leverage marketing and sales resources cross-channel.
Although the online purchaseCOVID-19 pandemic has dramatically changed the U.S. retail landscape, the pet industry has proven to be resilient, with Packaged Facts recently increasing their projected 2021 growth rate for U.S. retail sales of pet food continuesand supplies from 5.3% to take market share from brick7.6%. While the industry-wide E-Commerce sales have retreated somewhat following the March 2020 pantry stocking, the sale of pet food and mortar retail, withsupplies online has increased 35% year-over-year according to Packaged Facts, reporting internet shopping growing from 7% of U.S. pet productwith subscription sales in 2015nearly equal to 22% in 2019.the March 2020 peak. We believe that the trend toward online shopping will continue, and we will continueanticipate our ability to reach a growing base of diverse customers throughonline will increase as approximately 59% of Better Choice’s sales in 2020 were made via our DTC and e- commerce partnerE-Commerce channels. Because our DTC strategy leverages one-on-one customer relationships and utilizes a targeted, data-driven approach to reach customers, we can gather valuable market and consumer behavior data that will allow our brands to be more competitive inAt the Retail channel. Conversely,same time, we believe Halo’sthat our long-established relationships with key RetailBrick & Mortar customers will enable us to more effectivelyjointly launch additional brandsnew products in the rapidly evolving retail environment. future that are designed for in-store success.
In addition to our domestic sales channels, the Halo brand’s international sales grew by 95% in 2020, driven primarily by Halo’s ability to secure Product Import Registrations for 15 dog and cat food diets from the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of China (“MOA”) in June 2020. We believe that our growth in Asia is fueled by increasing levels of economic financial status and demand for premium, western manufactured products, with China representing the largest market opportunity for growth and 48% of Better Choice’s international sales in 2020. According to Euromonitor, the Chinese market for premium dry dog and cat food is anticipated to grow at a 20% CAGR and 28% CAGR, respectively, from 2015 through 2025. This growth rate is driven by dramatic increases in pet ownership, which has successfully launched into highseen the number of dog-owning Chinese households increase from 12% in 2015 to 20% in 2020. On a relative basis, 67% of U.S. households owned a pet in 2020 according to the American Pet Products Association, suggesting that the Chinese pet market has significant room to grow in the foreseeable future.
New product innovation, through our own research and development activities as well as through acquisitions, represents the cornerstone of our growth marketsplan, and our established supply and distribution infrastructure allows us to
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

develop, manufacture and bring new products to market in Asia.generally under nine months. Our flexible and scalable outsourced manufacturing model also promotes innovation, as we are able to offer a wide variety of dog and cat food products under the Halo and TruDog brands that serve many different consumer needs. Founded in 1986, the Halo brand consists of a diversified, premium natural dog and cat portfolio, with products derived from real whole meat, no rendered meat meal and non-genetically modified (non-“GMO”) fruits and vegetables, unlike many other kibble and canned products currently in the marketplace. In addition to its dry kibble and canned wet food offering, Halo also has a successful line of freeze-dried treats for dogs and cats and a growing line of award-winning vegan products for dogs. Founded in 2013, the TruDog brand offers ultra-premium, freeze-dried raw dog food, toppers, treats and supplements sold predominantly on its DTC website. Freeze-dried raw dog food is one of the fastest growing sub-categories of premium pet food, with Packaged Facts reporting 39% YoY growth in the sub-category in 2019. We intendbelieve that both brands are positioned to build ontake advantage of pet parents’ increasing desire to feed only the highest quality ingredients to their pets, and that success by expanding our products consumer reach through online marketplaces in these markets based on the DTC team experience.there will continue to be innovative opportunities for brand consolidation over time.
Our marketing strategy isstrategies are designed to educateclearly communicate to consumers about the benefits of our portfolioproducts and to build awareness of our products.brands. We deploy a broad set of marketing tools across various forms of media mail and public relations to reach consumers through multiple touch points.points and engage with a number of marketing agencies to develop content and product packaging. Our marketing initiatives include the use of social marketing, social influence marketing, direct response marketing, inbound marketing, emailand digital marketing, Search Engine Optimization, Search Engine Marketing, radio,email and SMS marketing, and paid media (Facebook, Instagram & YouTube), affiliate marketing, and content marketing, among other proven strategies to generate and convert sales prospects into loyal, satisfied customers. In addition to directly targeting and educating consumers of our products, we partner with a number of onlineboth E-Commerce platforms and retailers such as Amazon, Chewy PetSmart and Petco to develop joint sales and marketing initiatives to increase sales and acquire new customers.
Our established supplyOn February 2, 2019 and distribution infrastructure allow usFebruary 28, 2019, respectively, Better Choice Company entered into definitive agreements to develop, manufactureacquire through stock exchange agreements, approximately 93% of the outstanding interest of TruPet LLC and commercialize new products generally in under 12 weeks. We will continue to deliver innovation to expand our product offerings and improveall of the health and well-beingoutstanding shares of pets. We leverage our proprietary behavioral database, customer feedback and analytics capabilities to derive valuable insights and launch new products. We recently launched a line extension of
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our Halo brand to offer vegan alternatives for our customers. In addition to our domestic capabilities, we have partnered with a leading Israeli research and development center, Cannasoul, to createBona Vida, Inc., an emerging hemp-based CBD platform focused on developing a portfolio of indication- specific intellectual property focused on hemp-derived CBD formulations.
Our experienced managementbrand and board members have an established track record acrossproduct verticals within the retail, consumer packaged goods, petanimal health and wellness industries,space. On May 6, 2019, Better Choice Company consummated the stock exchange transactions whereby TruPet LLC and they shareBona Vida, Inc. became wholly owned subsidiaries of Better Choice Company. For accounting and financial reporting purposes, the transaction was treated as a reverse acquisition whereby TruPet is considered the acquiror of Better Choice Company and Bona Vida, Inc. Thus, the historical financial information of the registrant is that of TruPet even though the legal registrant remains Better Choice Company.
On December 19, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., in exchange for a combination of cash consideration, shares of our common visionstock, and convertible subordinated notes and accompanying stock purchase warrants. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, the historical business information described in this report prior to buildconsummation of the premier providerMay Acquisitions is that of healthTruPet and, wellness pet products.following consummation of the May Acquisitions through December 19, 2019, reflects business information of the Company, TruPet, and Bona Vida. From December 19, 2019 onward, the results of operations reflects business information of the Company and Halo as a combined business. See “Note 2 - Acquisitions” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information.
Although Bona Vida remains a wholly owned subsidiary of the Better Choice Company, as of March 31, 2021, Better Choice does not currently sell or market any CBD products, does not currently own any CBD related inventory or raw materials and does not currently have plans to re-enter the CBD market at this time.
The impact that COVID-19 will have on our consolidated results of operations is uncertain. As of October 2020,Although we have not seenobserved a material declinereduction in sales. Wesales as of December 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we will continue to evaluate the nature and extent of COVID-19’s impact to our business, consolidated results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. Our results presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods in 20202021 or the full fiscal year.
Management cannot predict the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on ourthe Company’s sourcing, manufacturing and distribution of ourits products or to economic conditions generally, including the effects on consumer spending. The ultimate extent of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on usthe Company is highly uncertain and will depend on future developments, and such effects could exist for an extended period of time even after the pandemic might end.
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fiscal Year End
On May 21, 2019, our board of directors approved a change in fiscal year end from August 31 to December 31 to align with the TruPet fiscal year end. The fiscal year change became effective with our 2019 fiscal year, which beginsbegan January 1, 2019 and endsended December 31, 2019. Following its acquisition by us, Halo has adopted the same fiscal year end.
Components of Our Results of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
The following table sets forth our consolidated results for the periods presented (in thousands):
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
2021
2020
Change
%
Net sales
$10,830
$12,226
$(1,396)
(11)%
Cost of goods sold
6,556
8,069
(1,513)
(19)%
Gross profit
$4,274
$4,157
$117
3%
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
General and administrative
$4,551
$8,246
$(3,695)
(45)%
Share-based compensation
2,525
2,484
41
2%
Sales and marketing
2,336
1,959
377
19%
Total operating expenses
$9,412
$12,689
$(3,277)
(26)%
Loss from operations
$(5,138)
$(8,532)
$3,394
(40)%
Net salesSales
We sell pet food and related items, including private branded freeze dried and dehydrated raw foods, supplements, dental care products for dogs, and treats and accessories for dogs, cats, and pet parents. We sell our products through online retailers, pet specialty retailers, online retailers, our online portal directly to our consumers and internationally through domestic distributors. We have a deep portfolioto foreign distribution partners (transacted in U.S. dollars). During 2019, our net sales were primarily driven by our distribution of premium animal health and wellnessTruPet products for dogs and cats sold under the Halo, TruDog, TruGold, Rawgo! and Orapup brand names across multiple forms and classes, including foods, treats, toppers, dental products, chews, tinctures, grooming products and supplements.
Key factors that affect our future sales growth include: our continued expansion in Retail and other specialty channels, international expansion and our new product introduction. We recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods. We have two categories of revenue channels: Retail, which includes the sale of product to e-commerce retailers, pet specialty chains, grocery, mass and distributors, and DTC, which is focused on driving consumers to directly purchase product through our online web platform.DTC channel. However, with the acquisition of Halo, our sales became more diversified through the E-commerce, Brick & Mortar and International channels.
A significant portion of our revenue is derived from the DTC channel which represents 25% of consolidated revenue; the Retail channel represents 75% of consolidated revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The majority of theseFor many customers, sales transactions are single performance obligations that are recorded when control is transferred to the customer. DTC revenue is recognized at the time the order is shipped to the DTC customers. For the majority of Retail customers, we recognize revenue when the product is shipped from our distribution centers, when control transfers. For the remaining customers, we defer revenue based on average shipping times to those customers. We record a revenue reserve based on past return rates to account for customer returns.
DTC net sales include revenue derived from the sale of our products and related shipping fees offset by promotional discounts, refunds and loyalty points earned. We offer a variety of promotions and incentives to our customers including daily discounts, multi-bag purchase discounts and coupon codes for initial purchases. For our DTC loyalty program, a portion of revenue is deferred at the time of the sale as points are earned based on the relative stand-alone selling price, and not recognized until the redemption of the loyalty points, which do not expire. We have applied a redemption rate based on historical experience.
Information about the Company’s revenue channels is as follows (in thousands):
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2021
2020
E-commerce
$4,010
37%
$4,481
37%
Brick & Mortar
1,894
18%
2,897
23%
DTC
2,436
22%
2,804
23%
International
2,490
23%
2,044
17%
Net Sales
$10,830
100%
$12,226
100%
Net sales decreased $1.4 million, or 11%, to $10.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to $12.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The decrease was driven by lower E-Commerce sales due to higher than normal orders during the first quarter of 2020 due to increased warehouse stocking orders in March 2020 associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. The decrease was also driven by lower Brick & Mortar sales due to the discontinuation of products with one of our pet specialty customers and lower DTC sales driven by a decrease in marketing spend with low return on investment. These decreases were partially offset by continued growth in our international channel.
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key factors that affect our future sales growth include new product innovation and expansion in each of the sales channels.
Cost of goods soldGoods Sold and Gross profitProfit
Our products are manufactured to our specifications by contracted manufacturing plants using raw materials sourced by our contracted manufacturers. We design our packaging in-house for manufacture by third parties, and packaging is shipped directly to contracted manufacturing plants. We work with our co-manufacturers to secure a supply of raw materials that meet our specifications, such as USA farm-raised beef, GAP 2 certified cage-free whole chicken and
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

associated broths, GAP 2 certified cage-free whole turkey and associated broths, MSC certified wild-caught salmon and MSC certified wild-caught whitefish and associated broths, and select non-GMO fruits and vegetables, such as peas, sweet potatoes and lentils. In addition to procuring raw materials that meet our formulation requirements, our contract manufacturers manufacture, test and package our products. In addition, we intend to directly source the hemp derived CBD oils used in our products from select suppliers to ensure product quality and traceability of the ingredient. CBD oils are shipped to our warehouse and forwarded to our contracted manufacturing partners as needed for production.
Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the cost of product obtained from third-party contract manufacturing plants, packaging materials, CBD oils directly sourced by us, inventory freight for shipping product from third-party contract manufacturing plants to our warehouse and third partythird-party fulfillment and royalties. We review inventory on hand periodically to identify damages,damaged inventory, slow moving inventory, and/or aged inventory. Based on the analysis, we record inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with any reduction in value expensed as cost of goods sold.
We calculate gross profit as net sales, including any shipping revenue collected from our customers, less cost of goods sold. Our gross profit has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, primarily product sales mix, including the addition of Halo branded products, volumes sold, discounts offered to Retail customers and our TLC club members, discounts offered to newly acquired and recurring customers, the cost of our manufactured products, and the cost of freight from the manufacturer to ourthe warehouse. Changes in
Cost of goods sold decreased $1.5 million, or 19%, to $6.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to $8.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold decreased to 61% during the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to 66% for the three months ended March 31, 2020, respectively. The decrease was driven by $0.9 million of non-cash expense related to the amortization of a purchase accounting adjustment to inventory recorded in connection with the Halo Acquisition in the first quarter of 2020 and the decrease in net sales.
During the three months ended March 31, 2021, gross profit may be drivenincreased $0.1 million to $4.3 million from $4.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2020. Gross profit margin increased to 39% for the three months ended March 31, 2021 as compared to 34% for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The gross margin for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was negatively affected by the volume and price of our sales, includinginventory accounting adjustment discussed above relating to the extent of discounts offered, variationsHalo acquisition. In addition, in the costfirst quarter of raw materials and the price2021 we pay for our manufactured products and variations in our freightexperienced lower warehouse related costs, partially offset by higher product costs.
Operating Expenses
General and administrative expenses include management and office personnel compensation and bonuses, warrant expense, corporate levelcorporate-level information technology related costs, rent, travel, professional service fees, costs related to merchant credit card fees, insurance, product development costs, shipping DTC orders to customers, customer service and warehousing costs and general corporate expenses. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, general and administrative expenses decreased $3.7 million, or 45%, to $4.6 million compared to $8.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The decrease was driven by a reduction in warrant expense of $2.5 million, contract termination costs incurred during the first quarter of 2020 of $1.1 million, a non-cash reduction of our sales tax liability of $0.5 million and a decrease in professional fees of $0.2 million, all of which was partially offset by increased compensation expenses due to higher headcount.
Share-based compensation includes expenses related to stock options and certain warrants issued to employees and non-employee directors. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, share-based compensation remained flat, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2020, at $2.5 million.
Sales and marketing expenses include costs related to compensation for sales personnel, other costs related to the selling platform and marketing, including paid media and content creation expenses. Marketing expenses consist primarily of Facebook, Amazon and other media ads, as well as other advertising and marketing costs with partners like Little Big Brands and VaynerSports, all geared towards acquiring new customers and building brand awareness. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, sales and marketing expenses, including paid media, increased
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$0.3 million, or 19%, to $2.3 million from $2.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2020, driven primarily by increased promotional spend in our E-Commerce and International sales channels and higher advertising and market research costs, partially offset by a decrease in headcount related costs.
Interest expense
During the three months ended March 31, 2021, interest expense decreased $1.5 million to $0.8 million from $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Interest expense relates primarily to existing and prior indebtedness including term loans, lines of credit and subordinated convertible notes. The reduction in interest expense was driven by a decrease in outstanding debt balances as well as a more favorable interest rate on our new Wintrust Credit Facility.
Loss on extinguishment of debt
During the three months ended March 31, 2021, we incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million, while there was no corresponding expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Loss on extinguishment of debt relates to extinguishment accounting applied in connection with the termination of a term loan and ABL Facility. See “Note 7 – Debt” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2021 included in this prospectus for additional information.
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Common stock warrants classified as liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date subsequent to the initial issuance and changes in the fair value are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations as change in fair value of warrant liability. The change in fair value for the three months ended March 31, 2021 relates to the increase in the fair value of common stock warrants issued in connection with the Series F Private Placement. See “Note 11 - Warrants” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2021 included in this prospectus for additional information.
Income taxes
Our income tax provision consists of an estimate of federal and state income taxes based on enacted federal and state tax rates, as adjusted for any allowable credits, deductions and uncertain tax positions as the arise. No provision has been made for federal and state income taxes prior to the date of the May Acquisitions as the proportionate share of TruPet’s income or loss was included in the personal tax returns of its members as TruPet was a limited liability company. Subsequent to the acquisitions, the Company, as a corporation is required to provide for income taxes.
During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, we did not record income tax expense due to the continued losses incurred by the Company. The effective tax rate subsequent to the acquisitions is 0%, which differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 21% as our reported losses are offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainty as to the realization of those losses.
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
The following table sets forth our consolidated results for the periods presented (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
Change
 
2020
2019
$
%
Net sales
$42,590
$15,577
$27,013
173%
Cost of goods sold
26,491
9,717
16,774
173%
Gross profit
16,099
5,860
10,239
175%
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
General and administrative
26,589
20,879
5,710
27%
Share-based compensation
8,940
10,280
(1,340)
(13)%
Sales and marketing
7,892
10,138
(2,246)
(22)%
Impairment of intangible asset
889
(889)
(100)%
Total operating expenses
43,421
42,186
1,235
3%
Loss from operations
$(27,322)
$(36,326)
$9,004
(25)%
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net Sales
We sell our products through online retailers, pet specialty retailers, our online portal directly to our consumers and internationally through distributors in USD. During 2019, our net sales were primarily driven by our distribution of TruPet products through our DTC channel. However, with the acquisition of Halo, our sales became more diversified through the E-commerce, Brick & Mortar and International channels.
For many customers, sales transactions are single performance obligations that are recorded at the time the product is shipped from our distribution centers, when control transfers. We record a revenue reserve based on past return rates to account for customer returns. DTC net sales include revenue derived from the sale of our products and related shipping fees offset by promotional discounts, refunds and loyalty points earned. We offer a variety of promotions and incentives to our customers including daily discounts, multi-bag purchase discounts and coupon codes for initial purchases. For our DTC loyalty program, a portion of revenue is deferred at the time of the sale as points are earned based on the relative stand-alone selling price, and not recognized until the redemption of the loyalty points, which do not expire. We have applied a redemption rate based on historical experience.
Information about the Company’s revenue channels is as follows (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2020
2019
E-commerce
$14,218
34%
$1,952
13%
Brick & Mortar
8,982
21%
194
1%
DTC
10,778
25%
13,392
86%
International
8,612
20%
39
%
Net Sales
$42,590
100%
$15,577
100%
Net sales increased $27.0 million, or 173%, to $42.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Net sales include an increase of $29.6 million from Halo for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 following the closing of the Halo acquisition in December 2019 and an increase of $0.2 million in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2020 related to Bona Vida as compared to the comparable prior period. This was partially offset by a $2.8 million decrease for the year ended December 31, 2020 in net sales related to TruPet as compared to the comparable prior period.
Key factors that affect our future sales growth include new product innovation and expansion in each of the sales channels.
Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Profit
Our products are manufactured to our specifications by contracted manufacturing plants using raw materials sourced by our contracted manufacturers. We design our packaging in-house for manufacture by third parties, and packaging is shipped directly to contracted manufacturing plants. We work with our co-manufacturers to secure a supply of raw materials that meet our specifications, such as USA farm-raised beef, GAP 2 certified cage-free whole chicken and associated broths, GAP 2 certified cage-free whole turkey and associated broths, MSC certified wild-caught salmon and MSC certified wild-caught whitefish and associated broths, and select non-GMO fruits and vegetables, such as peas, sweet potatoes and lentils. In addition to procuring raw materials that meet our formulation requirements, our contract manufacturers manufacture, test and package our products.
Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the cost of product obtained from third-party contract manufacturing plants, packaging materials, inventory freight for shipping product from third-party contract manufacturing plants to our warehouse and third-party fulfillment and royalties. We review inventory on hand periodically to identify damages, slow moving inventory, and/or aged inventory. Based on the analysis, we record inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with any reduction in value expensed as cost of goods sold.
We calculate gross profit as net sales, including any shipping revenue collected from our customers, less cost of goods sold. Our gross profit has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, primarily product sales mix, volumes sold, discounts offered to newly acquired and recurring customers, the cost of our manufactured products, and the cost of freight from the manufacturer to the warehouse.
Cost of goods sold increased $16.8 million, or 173%, to $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

remained consistent at 62% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Cost of goods sold includes an additional $19.9 million of Halo product costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 following the closing of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019. In addition, cost of goods sold during the year ended December 31, 2020 included $0.9 million of non-cash expense related to the amortization of a purchase accounting adjustment to inventory recorded in connection with the Halo Acquisition. These increases were partially offset by a comparable decrease in cost of goods sold related to lower TruPet sales.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, gross profit increased $10.2 million, or 175%, to $16.1 million compared to $5.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. Gross profit margin remained consistent at 38% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The increase in gross profit resulted primarily from an additional $9.7 million from Halo for the year ended December 31, 2020 following the closing of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019. The Halo line of products for the current period carried a gross profit margin of 32% compared to TruPet’s gross margin of 53%. TruPet products have higher margins as compared to the Halo product line as Halo’s food and pet food topper products have higher costs than the TruPet products. During the year ended December 31, 2020, Halo incurred storage and fulfillment center costs of $0.7 million compared to $0.1 million for TruPet due to the outsourcing of the TruPet warehouse operations in November 2020. During 2020, Halo also incurred an inventory reserve of $0.2 million and product obsolescence costs of $0.2 million.
Operating Expenses
General and administrative expenses include management and office personnel compensation and bonuses, warrant expense, information technology costs, rent, travel, professional service fees, costs related to merchant credit card fees, insurance, product development costs, shipping DTC orders and general corporate expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2020, general and administrative expenses increased $6.2 million, or 31% to $26.0 million compared to $19.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase includes additional expenses of $4.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 following the closing of the Halo Acquisition, including non-cash amortization of $1.5 million related to the trade name and customer relationship intangible assets acquired, additional salaries and wages and related costs of $2.2 million, as well as other costs such as professional and consulting fees, charitable contributions, and other miscellaneous costs. The remaining increase was primarily driven by higher warrant expense of $7.2 million and higher salaries and wages and related costs of $0.4 million as we continued building the infrastructure to support our status as a public company and the expansion of our corporate staff. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $4.0 million as compared to the prior year period driven by reductions in TruPet compensation costs, professional fees, and outbound shipping costs and a decrease in consulting and other professional fees of $2.1 million mainly driven by the settlement of certain legal matters in the fourth quarter of 2020. Customer service and warehousing costs include the cost of our customer service department, including our in-house call center, and costs associated with warehouse operations. During the year ended December 31, 2020, Customer service and warehousing decreased $0.5 million, or 43%, to $0.6 million, as compared to $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 due to a reduction in staff and related operating costs, as well as the full outsourcing of TruPet warehouse operations in November 2020.
Share-based compensation includes expenses related to stock options and warrants issued to employees and non-employee directors. During the year ended December 31, 2020, share-based compensation decreased $1.3 million, or 13%, to $8.9 million, as compared to share-based compensation of $10.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in equity-based compensation is primarily driven by terminations during 2020 and the acceleration of vesting of option awards in connection with the May Acquisitions in the prior year period, partially offset by $1.0 million related to a catch up of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, $1.0 million of add-on warrant expense issued to two non-employee directors, and $0.5 million related to restricted shares issued to three non-employee directors during 2020.
Sales and marketing expenses include costs related to compensation for sales personnel, other costs related to the selling platform, as well as marketing, including paid media and content creation expenses. Marketing expenses consist primarily of Facebook, Amazon and other media ads, and other advertising and marketing costs, all geared towards acquiring new customers and building brand awareness.
Customer service During the year ended December 31, 2020, Sales and warehousing costs include the cost of our customer service department,marketing expenses, including our in-house call center, and costs associated with warehouse operations, including but not limitedpaid media, decreased approximately $2.2 million or 22%, to payroll, rent, and warehouse management systems.
Interest expense, net
On November 4, 2019 and December 19, 2019, we issued $2.8 million and $15.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible notes. These notes accrue interest payable in kind until maturity or conversion to equity.
On December 19, 2019, we entered into a loan facilities agreement with a private debt lender (the “Facilities Agreement”) that provided for a short term loan facility of $20.5 million and a revolving line of credit not to exceed $7.5 million. The short term loan is scheduled to mature on December 19, 2019 or such earlier date on which a demand is made by the agent or any lender. The revolving line of credit was paid in full with a portion of the proceeds of the ABL facility, discussed below.
On January 13, 2020, we issued $0.6 million in senior subordinated convertible notes to ABG. These notes accrue interest payable in kind until maturity or conversion to equity.
On June 24, 2020, we issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes. These notes accrue interest payable in kind until maturity or conversion to equity.
On July 16, 2020, we received a revolving line of credit in the aggregate amount of $7.5$7.9 million from Citizens Business Bank. The proceeds$10.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. Marketing expenses include additional expenses of this ABL Facility were used (i)$3.6 million related to repay all principal, interest and fees outstanding under our existing revolving credit facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. The ABL Facility matures on
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

July 5, 2022 and bears interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 0.025 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum. Accrued interest onHalo products during the ABL Facility is payable monthly commencing on August 5, 2020.
Income Taxes
Our income tax provision consists of an estimate of federal and state income taxes based on enacted federal and state tax rates, as adjusted for any allowable credits, deductions and uncertain tax positions as they arise. We did not record income tax expense for the three and nine monthsyear ended September 30, 2020 due to the continued losses incurred by us. Prior to the May Acquisitions, TruPet was a limited liability company.
Results of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
Dollars in thousands
2020
2019
Change
%
Net sales
$33,302
$11,567
$21,735
188%
Cost of goods sold
20,567
7,178
13,389
187%
Gross profit
12,735
4,389
8,346
190%
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
General and administrative
23,298
12,031
11,267
94%
Share-based compensation
7,047
6,708
339
5%
Sales and marketing
6,203
8,452
(2,249)
(27)%
Customer service and warehousing
500
854
(354)
(41)%
Total operating expenses
37,048
28,045
9,003
32%
Loss from operations
$(24,313)
$(23,656)
$(657)
3%
Net sales
Net sales increased $21.7 million, or 188%, to $33.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $11.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Net sales include $23.9 million from Halo for the nine months ended September 30,December 31, 2020 following the closing of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019. This was partially offset by a $2.2 million decrease for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 in net sales related to TruPet as compared to the comparable prior year period.
Cost of goods sold and Gross profit
Cost of goods sold increased $13.4 million, or 187%, to $20.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $7.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold remained consistent at 62% during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively. Cost of goods sold includes $16.3 million of Halo product costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 following the closing of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019. In addition, cost of goods sold during the first three quarters of 2020 included $0.9 million of non-cash expense related to the amortization of a purchase accounting adjustment to inventory recorded in connection with the Halo Acquisition. These increases were offset by a comparable decrease in cost of goods sold related to the decrease in TruPet sales.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, gross profit increased $8.3 million, or 190%, to $12.7 million compared to $4.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Gross profit margin remained flat at 38% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively. Gross profit includes $7.6 million from Halo for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, following the closing of the Halo Acquisition. The Halo line of products for the current period carried a gross profit margin of 32% compared to TruPet’s gross margin of 55%. TruPet products have higher margins as compared to the Halo product line as Halo’s food and pet food topper products have higher costs than the TruPet products. During the first three quarters of 2020, Halo also incurred storage and fulfillment center costs of $0.6 million, an inventory reserve of $0.2 million and product obsolescence costs of $0.2 million due to the nature of Halo’s products.
Operating Expenses
During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, general and administrative expenses increased $11.3 million, or 94%, to $23.3 million compared to $12.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase includes expenses of $3.8 million incurred by Halo for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, following the
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

closing of the Halo Acquisition. Halo general and administrative expenses include non-cash amortization of $1.2 million related to the trade name and customer relationship intangible assets acquired as part of the Halo acquisition, salaries and wages and related costs of $1.6 million, as well as other costs such as professional and consulting fees, charitable contributions, and other miscellaneous costs. Better Choice general and administrative expenses accounted for the remaining increase, primarily driven by higher warrant expense of $9.6 million, an increase in consulting and other professional fees of $0.5 million, and higher salaries and wages and related costs of $0.9 million as we continued building the infrastructure to support our status as a public company and the expansion of our corporate staff. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in TruPet general and administrative expenses of $3.5 million as compared to the prior year period driven by reductions in compensation costs, professional fees, and outbound shipping costs.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, share-based compensation increased $0.3 million, or 5%, to $7.0 million, as compared to share-based compensation of $6.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was driven by $1.0 million related to a catch up of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, $1.0 million of add-on warrant expense issued to two non-employee directors, and $0.5 million related to restricted shares issued to three non-employee directors, mostly offset by the acceleration of vesting of option awards in connection with the May Acquisitions in the prior year period.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, sales and marketing expenses, including paid media, decreased $2.3 million, or 27%, to $6.2 million from $8.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Marketing expenses include $3.1 million incurred by Halo for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, following the closing of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019 and $0.4 million incurred by Bona Vida for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 related to the write offwrite-off of a prepaid expense associated with a marketing contract that was terminated. TruPet’sterminated during 2020. This was partially offset by a decrease in sales and marketing expenses decreasedrelated to TruPet products from $8.5$9.9 million for the nine monthsyear ended September 30,December 31, 2019 to $2.7$3.6 million for the nine monthsyear ended September 30,December 31, 2020.
Impairment of intangible asset consists of amortization expense recognized for impairment of a license intangible in connection with a contract termination. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized an impairment loss of $0.9 million related to the Elvis Presley Houndog license agreement which was terminated on January 13, 2020. We did not record any impairment losses during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Interest Expense
During the nine monthsyear ended September 30, 2020, customer service and warehousing decreased $0.4 million, or 41%, to $0.5 million, as compared to $0.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 due to a reduction in staff and related operating costs.
Interest expense, net
During the nine months ended September 30,December 31, 2020, interest expense increased $7.1$8.6 million, or 1,280% to $7.3$9.2 million from $0.2$0.7 million for the nine monthsfiscal year ended September 30,December 31, 2019. Interest expense relates primarily to existing and prior indebtedness including shortis comprised of interest on our term loan, revolving credit facility, PPP loans, lines of credit andpayable in kind interest on our senior subordinated convertible notes.notes, and the amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discounts. See “Note 10 - Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information regarding our outstanding debt.
Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability
Common stock warrants classified as liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date subsequent to the initial issuance and changes in the fair value are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations as change in fair value of warrant liability. The change in fair value for the year ended December 31, 2020 relates to the increase in the fair value of common stock warrants issued in connection with the Series F Private Placement between the date of issuance and December 31, 2020.
Income Taxes
No provision has been made for federal and state income taxes prior to the date of the May Acquisitions as the proportionate share of TruPet’s income or loss was included in the personal tax returns of its members as TruPet was a limited liability company. Subsequent to the Acquisitions, we, as a corporation are required to provide for income taxes.
The effective tax rate subsequent to the Acquisitions is 0%. The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 21% as our reported losses are offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainty as to the realization of those losses.
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
Dollars in thousands
2020
2019
Change
%
Net sales
$11,135
$3,932
$7,203
183%
Cost of goods sold
6,681
3,096
3,585
116%
Gross profit
4,454
836
3,618
433%
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
General and administrative
3,648
4,856
(1,208)
(25)%
Share-based compensation
1,543
2,496
(953)
(38)%
Sales and marketing
2,396
2,856
(460)
(16)%
Customer service and warehousing
148
303
(155)
(51)%
Total operating expenses
7,735
10,511
(2,776)
(26)%
Loss from operations
$(3,281)
$(9,675)
$6,394
(66)%
Net sales
Net sales increased $7.2 million, or 183%, to $11.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $3.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019. Net sales include $8.0 million from Halo for the three months ended September 30, 2020 following the closing of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019. This was partially offset by a $0.8 million decrease for the three months ended September 30, 2020 in net sales related to TruPet as compared to the comparable prior year period.
Cost of goods sold and Gross profit
Cost of goods sold increased $3.6 million, or 116%, to $6.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $3.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold was 60% during the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared to 79% for the three months ended September 30, 2019. Cost of goods sold includes $5.3 million of Halo product costs for the three months ended September 30, 2020 following the closing of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019. These increases were offset by a comparable decrease in cost of goods sold related to the decrease in TruPet sales, a reduction in product costs, and lower inventory reserve charges.
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, gross profit increased $3.6 million, or 433%, to $4.5 million compared to $0.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019. Gross profit margin increased to 40% for the three months ended September 30, 2020 from 21% for the three months ended September 30, 2019. Gross profit includes $2.7 million from Halo for the three months ended September 30, 2020, following the closing of the Halo Acquisition. The Halo line of products for the current period carried a gross profit margin of 34% compared to TruPet’s margin of 54%. TruPet products have higher margins as compared to the Halo product line as Halo’s food and pet food topper products have higher costs than the TruPet products. Halo also incurred storage and fulfillment center costs of $0.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 due to the nature of Halo’s products.
Operating Expenses
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, general and administrative expenses decreased $1.3 million, or 25%, to $3.6 million compared to $4.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease is primarily driven by a reduction in TruPet general and administrative expenses of $1.1 million consisting primarily of decreases in sales tax expense, partially offset by an increase in professional fees. Better Choice general and administrative expenses accounted for the remaining decrease, driven by lower consulting and professional fees of $1.0 million and lower warrant compensation of $0.4 million. The decrease is offset by $1.2 million of general and administrative expenses incurred by Halo for the three months ended September 30, 2020, following the closing of the Halo Acquisition. Halo general and administrative expenses include non-cash amortization of $0.4 million related to the trade name and customer relationship intangible assets acquired as part of the Halo acquisition, salaries and wages and related costs of $0.5 million, as well as other costs such as professional and consulting fees, charitable contributions, and other miscellaneous costs.
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, share-based compensation decreased $1.0 million, or 38%, to $1.5 million, as compared to share-based compensation of $2.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was driven by the acceleration of vesting of option awards in connection with an executive termination in the prior year period.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

During the three months ended September 30, 2020, sales and marketing expenses, including paid media, decreased $0.5 million, or 16%, to $2.4 million from $2.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019. Sales and marketing expenses include $1.1 million incurred by Halo for the three months ended September 30, 2020, following the closing of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019 and $0.4 million incurred by Bona Vida for the three months ended September 30, 2020 related to the write off of a prepaid expense associated with a marketing contract that was terminated. TruPet’s sales and marketing expenses decreased from $2.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to $0.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, customer service and warehousing decreased $0.2 million, or 51%, to $0.1 million, as compared to $0.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019 due to a reduction in staff and related operating costs.
Interest expense, net
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, interest expense increased $2.5 million to $2.5 million from less than $0.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019. Interest expense relates primarily to existing and prior indebtedness including short term loans, lines of credit and subordinated convertible notes.
Income Taxes
Our income tax provision consists of an estimate of federal and state income taxes based on enacted federal and state tax rates, as adjusted for any allowable credits, deductions and uncertain tax positions as the arise. No provision has been made for federal and state income taxes prior to the date of the May Acquisitions as the proportionate share of TruPet’s income or loss was included in the personal tax returns of its members as TruPet was a limited liability company. Subsequent to the Acquisitions, we,acquisitions, the Company, as a corporation areis required to provide for income taxes.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, we did not record income tax expense due to the continued losses incurred by the Company. The effective tax rate subsequent to the Acquisitionsacquisitions is 0%. The effective tax rate, which differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 21% as our reported losses are offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainty as to the realization of those losses.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since our founding, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of member units while a limited liability company, and, since becoming a corporation, through the sales of shares of our common stock, warrants, and preferred stock, and through loans. On September 30,March 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of $2.1$4.6 million, $4.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
We are subject to risks common in the pet wellness consumer market including, but not limited to, dependence on key personnel, competitive forces, successful marketing and sale of its products, the successful protection of its proprietary technologies, ability to grow into new markets, and compliance with government regulations. In late 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) began to spread globally. As of NovemberMarch 31, 2020, we have not experienced a significant adverse impact to our business, financial condition or cash flows resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. However, uncertainties regarding the continued economic impact of COVID-19 are likely to result in sustained market turmoil, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and cash flows in the future.
We have historically incurred losses over the last three years and have an accumulated deficit. We expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources for the foreseeable future. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, meaning that we may be unable to continue operations for the foreseeable future or realize assets and discharge liabilities in the ordinary course of operations. We have implemented and continue to implement plans to achieve cost savings and other strategic objectives to address these
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

conditions. We expecthave achieved cost savings from the consolidation of our third-party logistics operations and reduction of overhead costs and we expect to achieve further cost savings from the consolidation of third-party manufacturers optimizingand optimization of shipping and warehousing as well as overhead cost reductions.costs. The business is focused on growing the most profitable channels while reducing investments in areas that are expected to have lower long-term benefits. However, there can be no assurance that these efforts will enable us to successfully grow our business, or to continue operating at all.
If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to raise the necessary funds when needed or achieve planned cost savings, or other strategic objectives are not achieved, we may not be able to continue our operations, or we could be required to modify our operations that could slow future growth. The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements included in this Prospectus have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern,
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which contemplates the realization of assets and payments of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, the interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount of and classification of liabilities that may result should we be unable to continue as a going concern.
A summary of our cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:follows (in thousands):
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands
2020
2019
2021
2020
2020
2019
Cash flows (used in) provided by:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$(4,523)
$(13,224)
$(2,325)
$(1,159)
$(7,505)
$(20,969)
Investing activities
(42)
364
(8)
(151)
(20,207)
Financing activities
4,112
17,915
2,697
500
9,111
39,764
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
$(453)
$5,055
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
$372
$(667)
$1,455
$(1,412)
Cash flows from Operating Activities
Cash used in operating activities consisted of netincreased $1.2 million, or 101%, during the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2020. Net loss from operations adjusted for non-cash items suchexpenses was $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to $2.9 million for the comparable prior year period. The increase in cash used in operating activities was driven by higher accounts receivable of $1.7 million due to the timing of sales and collections and higher inventory spend of $1.5 million to maintain a steady level of inventory as warrant issuances, share-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization as well as changescompared to the first quarter of 2020, where a large reduction in working capitalinventory occurred due to the March 2020 pantry stocking related to the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and other activities.accrued expenses of $1.7 million.
Cash used in operating activities decreased $8.7$13.5 million, or 66%64%, during the nine monthsyear ended September 30,December 31, 2020 compared to the nine monthsyear ended September 30,December 31, 2019. Net loss from operations adjusted for non-cash expenses was $7.0$7.7 million for the nine monthsyear ended September 30,December 31, 2020 compared to $17.5$22.2 million for the comparable prior year period. The improvement was driven by an increase in revenue from the Halo Acquisitionacquisition and a reduction in sales and marketing and customer servicesservice and warehousewarehousing expenses. While general and administrative costsexpenses increased $11.3$6.2 million for the nine monthsyear ended September 30,December 31, 2020 compared to the comparable prior year period, a majority of the increase was related to non-cash expenses. As a percentage of revenue, cash expenses from general and administrative activity decreased year over year, reflecting continued optimization and leverage of operating costs as a combined company.
Cash flows from Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $0.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and less than $0.1 million during the ninethree months ended September 30,March 31, 2020. Cash provided by investing activities was $0.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.TheThe cash used in investing activities for the ninethree months ended September 30,March 31, 2020 was related to the purchase of property and equipment.
Cash used in investing activities decreased to $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 from $20.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 is related to the purchase of property and equipment. The cash flow fromused in investing activities for the nine monthsyear ended September 30,December 31, 2019 is primarily duerelated to cash acquired in the merger, partially offset by cash used to purchase property and equipment.Halo Acquisition.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash flows from Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities was $4.1$2.7 million for the ninethree months ended September 30, 2020March 31, 2021 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $17.9$0.5 million during the ninethree months ended September 30, 2019.March 31, 2020. The cash provided by financing activities for the ninethree months ended September 30, 2020March 31, 2021 was related to proceeds from the January Private Placement of $4.0 million and cash received from warrant exercises of $1.3 million, partially offset by net payments on the term loans of $2.1 million, net payments on the revolving line of credit of $0.3$0.4 million proceeds from the PPP loans of $0.9 million, proceeds of $1.5 million from the June 2020 Notes and $1.5 million related to investor prepayments associated with the issuance of preferred stock, slightly offset by less than $0.1 million in debt issuance costs. Net cash provided by financing activities during the ninethree months ended September 30, 2019March 31, 2020 was related to proceeds from the revolving line of credit.
Cash provided by financing activities decreased by $30.7 million, to $9.1 million, during the year ended December 31, 2020 from $39.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 included proceeds of $18.1 million associated with the Series F Private Placement, proceeds of $1.5 million from the June 2020 Notes, proceeds from warrant exercises of $1.0 million, proceeds from the PPP loans of $0.9 million and net proceeds from the revolving line of credit of $0.3 million, partially offset by a $12.5 million pay down on the term loan and debt issuance costs of $0.1 million. Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 included proceeds from short term loan of $20.5 million, net proceeds from shares issued pursuant to private placement of $15.8 million, and a PIPE warrantnet proceeds from the exercise of warrants of $4.0 million, proceeds from November 2019 notes of $2.8 million, proceeds from an investor prepayment of $0.5 million and net proceeds from lines of credit of $0.4 million, partially offset by payments to eliminate the balance due undera $1.9 million payment of a cash advance, agreementpayment of $1.9 million. We refinanced debt acquired in the merger ofa related party note for $1.6 million and $0.7 million of debt issuance costs.
Indebtedness
Our indebtedness includes a term loan, a revolving credit facility, various convertible notes payable, and PPP loans. See “Note 10 - Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus and “Note 7 - Debt” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2021 included in this prospectus for more information.
Term loans and lines of credit
Facilities Agreement
On December 19, 2019, the Company entered into a Loan Facilities Agreement (the “Facilities Agreement”) by and among the Company, as the borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”) and a private debt lender, as agent (the “Agent”). The Facilities Agreement provided for (i) a term loan facility of $20.5 million and (ii) a revolving loan facility not to exceed $7.5 million. The term loan was scheduled to mature on December 19, 2020 or such earlier date on which a demand was made by the Agent or any Lender, and was extended as discussed below. The remaining revolving credit facility balance of $5.1 million was repaid in full with a portion of the proceeds from the issuanceABL Facility, discussed below, and resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of new debt$0.1 million.
Certain directors and shareholders of $6.2 million. For details about the terms, covenants and restrictions contained inCompany (“Shareholder Guarantors”) agreed to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Facilities Agreement up to an aggregate amount of $20.0 million pursuant to a Continuing Guarantee between the Shareholder Guarantors and the lender under the Facilities Agreement (the “Shareholder Guaranties”). As consideration for the Shareholder Guaranties, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants to the Shareholder Guarantors in an amount equal to 0.054 warrants for each dollar of debt guaranteed by such Shareholder Guarantors (the “Guarantor Warrants”).
On October 5, 2020, the Company paid down the term loan by $11.0 million using proceeds from the Series F Private Placement. On October 29, 2020, the Company made an additional pay down on the term loan of $1.0 million using additional proceeds from the Series F Private Placement.
On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into the fifth amendment to the Facilities Agreement, extending the maturity date of the term loan to January 15, 2021.
ABL Facility
On July 16, 2020, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit with Citizens Business Bank in the aggregate amount of $7.5 million (the “ABL Facility”). The proceeds of the ABL Facility were used (i) to repay all principal,
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

interest and fees outstanding under the Company’s previous revolving credit facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. Debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million were incurred related to the Company entering into this revolving line of credit.
The ABL Facility was scheduled to mature on July 5, 2022 and bore interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum. Accrued interest on the ABL Facility was payable monthly commencing on August 5, 2020. The ABL Agreement provided for customary financial covenants, such as maintaining a specified adjusted EBITDA and a maximum senior debt leverage ratio, that commenced on December 31, 2020 and customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to failure to make payment, bankruptcy, breaches of representations and material adverse effects.
The ABL Facility was secured by a general security interest on the assets of the Company and was personally guaranteed by a member of the Company’s board of directors. As described below, in January 2021, the Company prepaid all of the outstanding principal and interest under the ABL Facility in full and did not incur any prepayment charges.
Wintrust Credit Facility
On January 6, 2021, Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc. (“Halo”) entered into a credit facility with Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wintrust Bank, N.A. (“Wintrust”) consisting of a $6.0 million term loan and a $6.0 million revolving line of credit, each scheduled to mature on January 6, 2024 and each bearing interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 2.50% per annum (the “Wintrust Credit Facility”). Accrued interest on the Wintrust Facility is payable monthly commencing on February 1, 2021. Principal payments are required to be made monthly on the term loan commencing February 2021 with a balloon payment upon maturity. The proceeds from the Wintrust Credit Facility were used (i) to repay the principal, interest and fees outstanding under the ABL Facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. We applied extinguishment accounting to the outstanding balances of the ABL Facility and term loan and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021. Debt issuance costs of $0.1 million were incurred related to the Wintrust Credit Facility.
The Wintrust Credit Facility subjects the Company to certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.25 to 1.00, tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The numerator in the fixed charge coverage ratio is the operating cash flow of Halo, defined as Halo EBITDA less cash paid for unfinanced Halo capital expenditures, income taxes and dividends. The denominator is fixed charges such as interest expense and principal payments paid or payable on other indebtedness attributable to Halo.
The Wintrust Credit Facility is secured by a general guaranty and security interest on the assets, including the intellectual property, of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company has also pledged all of the capital stock of Halo held by the Company as additional collateral. Furthermore, the Wintrust Credit Facility is supported by a collateral pledge by a member of the Company’s board of directors.
As of March 31, 2021, the term loan and line of credit outstanding under the Wintrust Credit Facility were $5.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the previous term loan and line of credit outstanding were $7.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs and discounts of less than $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The debt issuance costs and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.
Notes Payable
Our subordinated convertible notes see "Note 10—Debt"were all issued with customary affirmative and negative covenants relating to the incurrence of debt, prohibitions on liens and restricted payments and events of default such as failure to pay, default on senior debt, and voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings. It is also an event of default if the Company’s common stock is suspended from trading or the failure of the common stock to be listed on the OTC markets, the pink sheets, NASDAQ, NYSE or other national securities exchange in the United States or Canada for a period of five (5) consecutive days or for more than ten (10) days in any 365-day period.
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all covenant requirements and there were no events of default. All notes payable are subordinated to the short term loan and line of credit. The notes payable will convert into shares of our common stock in connection with the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
PPP Loans
Pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) under Division A, Title I of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) we received two PPP loans in response to the economic impact of COVID-19. Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the loans may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act. While we believe we have used the entire loan amounts for qualifying expenses and expect the full loan amounts to be forgiven, there can be no guarantee that we will receive forgiveness of the PPP loans.
Contractual Commitments and Obligations
The Company is contractually obligated to make future cash payments for various items, including debt arrangements, lease arrangements, as well as certain purchase obligations. See “Note 10 – Debt” to our interimaudited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus and “Note 7 - Debt” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2021 included in this Quarterly Reportprospectus for more information about our debt obligations. See “Note 8 – Operating leases” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information about our lease obligations. Our purchase obligations include certain software subscriptions as well as in-transit or in-production purchase orders with our suppliers, for which amounts vary depending on Form 10-Q.the purchasing cycle. The majority of our software subscriptions are not under long-term contracts, and we do not have long-term contracts or commitments with any of our suppliers beyond active purchase orders. These purchase obligations were not material as of the date of this Annual Report.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by applicable regulations of the SEC, that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Critical Accounting PoliciesEstimates
We have identified significant accounting policies that, as a resultOur discussion and analysis of the judgments, uncertainties, uniqueness and complexities of the underlying accounting standards and operations involved could result in material changes to itsour financial condition orand results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements and, therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different conditions or using different assumptions. Our most criticalassumptions and conditions. See “Note 1 – Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies are relatedpolicies” to revenue recognition, valuation of long-lived and intangible assets, share-based compensation, and the accounting for convertible notes, warrants and business combinations. Details regarding our use of these policies and the related estimates are described in our Annual Report on Form 10-Kaudited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with2020 included in this prospectus for a description of our significant accounting policies.
Accounting for Warrants
The fair value of warrants is estimated using a Monte Carlo and/or Black-Scholes valuation model. The assumptions used in these models included the Securitiessimulation of future stock prices based on future financing events, likelihood of mandatory exercise of the warrants, and Exchange Commissiontiming and likelihood of fundamental transactions, such as a change in control. Both valuation methodologies use key inputs, including expected stock volatility, the risk-free interest rate, the expected life of the option and the expected dividend yield. Expected volatility is calculated based on May 4, 2020.the analysis of other public companies within the pet wellness and internet commerce (e-commerce) sectors. Risk-free interest rates are calculated based on risk-free rates for the appropriate term. The expected life is estimated based on contractual terms as well expected exercise dates. The dividend yield is based on the historical dividends issued by the Company. The valuation of the warrants is subject to uncertainty as a result of the unobservable inputs. If the volatility rate or risk-free interest rate were to change, the value of the warrants would be impacted.
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS
Better ChoiceWarrants that are classified as liabilities due to the terms of the warrant obligation are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at the end of each reporting period. The warrants accounted for as a derivative included a reset function which is triggered if the Company issues or sells shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a price per share that is a growing animal health and wellness company committedless than the exercise price of the warrants. Subsequent to leading the industry shift toward pet products and services that help dogs and cats live heathier, happier and longer lives. We take an alternative, nutrition-based approach to animal health relative to conventional dog and cat food offerings, and position our portfolioissuance of brands to benefit from the mainstream trends of growing pet humanization and consumer focus on health and wellness. We have a demonstrated, multi-decade track record of success selling trusted animal health and wellness products, and leverage our established digital footprint to provide pet parents withwarrants, additional common stock equivalents were awarded, triggering the knowledge to make informed decision about their pet’s health. We sell the majority of our dog food, cat food and treatsreset clause under the Halo and TruDog brands, whichterms of the warrants. Accordingly, the fair value analysis performed during the period ended December 31, 2019 included the impact of the trigger. As a result, we recorded an adjustment to the derivative liability to reflect its fair value as of December 31, 2019. Warrants that are focused, respectively,classified as equity or considered compensation are measured at fair value on providing sustainably sourced kibble and canned food derived from real whole meat, and minimally processed raw-diet dog food and treats.
Our diverse product offering has enabled us to penetrate multiple channelsa non-recurring basis on the date of trade, which we believe provides us with broad demographic exposure and appeal. We group these channels of trade into two distinct categories: retail-partner based (“Retail”), which includes the sale of product to e-commerce retailers, pet specialty chains, grocery, mass and distributors, and direct to consumer, (“DTC”), which is focused on driving consumers to directly purchase product through our online web platform. With regardissuance. See “Note 11 – Warrants” to our channels of trade,audited consolidated financial statements for the online purchase of pet food continuesyear ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus and “Note 11 – Warrants” to take market share from brick and mortar retail, with Packaged Facts reporting internet shopping growing from 7% of U.S. pet product salesour unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2021 included in 2015 to 22% in 2019. We believe that the trend toward online shopping will continue, and we will continue to reach a growing base of diverse customers through our DTC and e-commerce partner channels. Because our DTC strategy leverages one-on-one customer relationships and utilizes a targeted, data-driven approach to reach customers, we can gather valuable market and consumer behavior data that will allow our brands to bethis prospectus for more competitive in the Retail channel. Conversely, we believe Halo’s long-established relationships with key Retail customers will enable us to more effectively launch additional brands in the rapidly evolving retail environment. In addition, Halo has successfully launched into high growth markets in Asia. We intend to build on that success by expanding our products consumer reach through online marketplaces in these marketsinformation.
Share-Based Compensation
Share-based compensation expense is measured based on the DTC team experience.estimated fair value of awards granted to employees, directors, officers and consultants on the grant date. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur, therefore there are no forfeiture related estimates required.
Our established supply and distribution infrastructure allows us to develop, manufacture and commercialize new products generallyThe fair value of an option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which requires the development of input assumptions, as described in under 12 weeks. We will continue to deliver innovation to expand our product offerings and improve the health and well-being of pets. We leverage our proprietary behavioral database, customer feedback and analytics capabilities to derive valuable insights and launch new products. We recently launched a line extension of our Halo brand to offer vegan alternatives for our customers. In addition“Note 15 – Share-based compensation” to our domestic capabilities, we have partneredaudited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards requires the input of the subjective assumptions described in “Note 15 – Share-based compensation” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. See “Note 15 – Share-based compensation” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information.
Accounting for Convertible Notes
Notes payable consist of the November 2019 Notes, the Seller Notes, ABG Notes and June 2020 Notes. These subordinated convertible notes were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. In connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes, the Company lowered the maximum conversion price of the November 2019 Notes, Seller Notes and ABG Notes from $4.00 to $3.75, and as such, the Company was required to re-value these notes. These notes were valued based on a risk-neutral Monte Carlo simulation-based approach. The stock price was simulated based on a Geometric Brownian Motion process, with a leading Israeli researchtrend equal to the risk-free rate. The fair value analysis included assumptions about the probability of the occurrence of future events such as a change of control and development center, Cannasoul, to create a portfolio of indication-specific intellectual property focused on hemp-derived cannabidiol (“CBD”) formulations.
Our experienced management and board members have an established track record across the retail, consumer packaged goods, pet health and wellness industries, and they share a common vision to build the premier provider of health and wellness pet products.
Product Lines
We have a deep portfolio of premium animal health and wellness products for dogs and cats sold under the Halo, TruDog, TruGold, Rawgo! and Orapup brand names across multiple forms and classes, including foods, treats, toppers, dental products, chews, tinctures, grooming products and supplements. Our products consist of raw-diet dog food and treats, naturally formulated premium kibble and canned dog and cat food, hemp-based CBD soft chews and flavor-infused tinctures, oral care products, supplements and grooming aids. Our core products sold under the TruDog brand are made accordinginitial public offering. See “Note 10 – Debt” to our nutritional philosophyaudited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information.
Goodwill Impairment
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually. The Company monitors the existence of fresh, meat-based nutritionpotential impairment indicators throughout the year and minimal processing. Our core products sold underwill evaluate for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the Halo brandfair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value. Impairment testing is based on the Company's current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions, as well as future expectations.
When performing a quantitative assessment, the fair value units is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including the discounted cash flow, guideline transaction and guideline company methods. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make significant assumptions and judgments including: (1) an appropriate rate to discount the expected future cash flows; (2) the inherent risk in achieving forecasted operating results; (3) long-term growth rates; (4) expectations for future economic cycles; (5) market comparable companies and appropriate adjustments thereto; and (6) market multiples. When performing a qualitative assessment, qualitative factors are sustainably sourced, derived from real whole meat and no rendered meat meal and include non-GMO fruits and vegetables.
We offer our customers over 100 active stock keeping units (“SKUs”), and allassessed to determine whether the existence of our products are sold underevents or circumstances indicated that it was more likely than not that the Halo, TruDog, Rawgo!, or Orapup brand name, with ingredients, packaging and labeling customized by SKU.
Supply, Manufacturing and Logistics
Our products sold underfair value of the TruDog brand are manufactured and sourced from a variety of third-party and suppliers in both the United States and New Zealand and use healthy, natural ingredients, with all purchases transacted in U.S. dollars. Many products are preserved using either freeze drying or gentle air dehydration to eliminate the needreporting unit was less than its carrying amount. Fair value
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

measurements used in the impairment review of goodwill are Level 3 measurements. See “Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements for artificial preservativesthe year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for further information about our policy for fair value measurements. See “Note 9 – Intangible assets, royalties, and added chemicals. goodwill” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information.
Revenue
The Company applies judgment in the determination of the amount of consideration the Company receives from its customers. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring goods. Revenue the Company recognizes varies with changes in trade incentives the Company offers to its customers and their consumers, which is net of trade incentives and allowances. Trade incentives consist primarily of customer pricing allowances and merchandising funds. Estimates of trade promotion expense and coupon redemption costs are based upon programs offered, timing of those offers, estimated redemption/usage rates from historical performance, management’s experience and current economic trends.
The TLC loyalty program is a membership club where members enjoy certain benefits including auto-shipments, free shipping, VIP access to TruDog’s Happiness Concierge and invitations to secret sales only for TLC members as well as earning reward points with every TLC order, which can be used to purchase TruDog products. For this program, a portion of revenue is deferred at the time of the sale as points are earned based on the relative stand-alone selling price, and not recognized until the redemption of the loyalty points. The Company has applied a redemption rate based on historical experience. See “Note 3 – Revenue” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information.
Accounting for Business Combinations
We allocate the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets and liabilities acquired based upon their estimated fair values at the business combination date. We also identify and estimate the fair values of intangible assets that should be recognized as assets apart from goodwill. A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies heavily on estimates and assumptions. The estimated fair values related to intangible assets primarily consist of customer relationships and trademarks which are determined primarily using discounted cash flow models. Estimates in the discounted cash flow models include, but are not limited to, certain assumptions that form the basis of the forecasted results (e.g. revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates, and royalty rates). These significant assumptions are forward looking and could be affected by future economic and market conditions. The carrying values of acquired receivables and trade accounts payable have historically approximated their fair values at the business combination date. With respect to other acquired assets and liabilities, we use all available information to make our best estimates of their fair values at the business combination date.
Our purchase price allocation methodology contains uncertainties because it requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities. Management estimates the fair value of assets and liabilities based upon quoted market prices, the carrying value of the acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies.
In May 2019, the Company completed a reverse acquisition, resulting in the combined operations of TruPet and Bona Vida. In December 2019, the Company acquired Halo. See “Note 2 – Acquisitions” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information.
Income Taxes
Deferred taxes are recorded using an asset and liability approach. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for loss and credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence and management's estimates and judgments, it is more likely than not that some or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. See “Note 18 – Income taxes” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information.
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS
Our History
On December 17, 2018, Better Choice Company made a $2.2 million investment in TruPet, an online seller of pet foods, pet nutritional products and related pet supplies. On February 2, 2019, Better Choice Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the remainder of TruPet. In connection with the acquisition, 2,504,589 shares of Better Choice Company common stock were issued to TruPet’s members for the remaining 93% of the issued and outstanding membership interests of TruPet. We closed the acquisition on May 6, 2019.
On February 28, 2019, Better Choice Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Bona Vida, an emerging hemp-based CBD platform focused on developing a portfolio of brand and product verticals within the animal health and wellness space. In connection with the acquisition, 3,017,213 shares of Better Choice Company common stock were issued to Bona Vida’s stockholders for all shares of Bona Vida’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the acquisition. We closed the acquisition on May 6, 2019.
On October 15, 2019, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (as amended, the “Halo Agreement”) with Halo, Thriving Paws, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Thriving Paws”), HH-Halo LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“HH-Halo” and, together with Thriving Paws, the “Sellers”) and HH-Halo, in the capacity of the representative of the Sellers. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Halo Agreement, among other things, we agreed to purchase from the Sellers one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Halo. The aggregate consideration payable by us under the Halo Agreement was $38.2 million, subject to customary adjustments for Halo’s net working capital, cash, and indebtedness, and consisted of a combination of (i) cash, (ii) shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (iii) convertible subordinated notes and accompanying stock purchase warrants. We closed this acquisition, which we refer to as the Halo Acquisition, on December 19, 2019.
Overview of Our Business
Better Choice is a growing animal health and wellness company focused on providing pet products and services that help dogs and cats live healthier, happier and longer lives. Our mission is to become the most innovative premium pet food company in the world, and we are motivated by our commitment to making products with integrity and treating pets and their parents with respect. We believe that our portfolio of brands are well positioned to benefit from the trends of growing pet humanization and an increased consumer focus on health and wellness, and have adopted a laser focused, channel specific approach to growth that is driven by new product innovation. Our executive team has a proven history of success in both pet and consumer-packaged goods, and has over 50 years of combined experience in the pet industry and over 100 years of combined experience in the consumer-packaged goods industry.
We sell our premium products and super-premium products (which we believe generally includes products with a retail price greater than $0.20 per ounce) under the Halo and TruDog brands, both of which have a long history of providing high quality products to pet parents. Our diverse and established customer base has enabled us to penetrate multiple channels of trade, which we believe enables us to deliver on core consumer needs and serve pet parents wherever they shop. We believe this omni-channel approach has also helped us respond more quickly to changing channel dynamics that have accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, such as the increasing percentage of pet food that is sold online. We group these channels of trade into four distinct categories: E-Commerce, which includes the sale of product to online retailers such as Amazon and Chewy; Brick & Mortar, which includes the sale of product to pet specialty chains such as Petco, PetSmart, select grocery chains and neighborhood pet stores; Direct to Consumer (“DTC”) which includes the sale of product through our online web platform to more than 20,000 unique customers and access to more than 500,000 active customer emails; and International, which includes the sale of product to foreign distribution partners and to select international retailers.
New product innovation, through our own research and development activities as well as through acquisitions, represents the cornerstone of our growth plan, and our established supply and distribution infrastructure allows us to bring new products to market in generally nine months. Our flexible and scalable outsourced manufacturing model also promotes innovation, as we are able to offer a wide variety of dog and cat food products under the Halo and TruDog brands that serve many different consumer needs. Founded in 1986, the Halo brand consists of a diversified, premium natural dog and cat portfolio, with products derived from real whole meat, no rendered meat meal and non-genetically modified (non-“GMO”) fruits and vegetables, unlike many other kibble and canned products currently in the marketplace. In addition to its dry kibble and canned wet food offering, Halo also has a successful
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

line of freeze-dried treats for dogs and cats and a growing line of award-winning vegan products for dogs. Founded in 2013, the TruDog brand offers ultra-premium, freeze-dried raw dog food, toppers, treats and chews are oven-baked, using natural ingredients for maximum nutrition. TruDogsupplements sold predominantly on its DTC website. Freeze-dried raw dog foods meet The Associationfood is one of American Feed Control Officials (“AAFCO”) guidelinesthe fastest growing sub-categories of premium pet food, with Packaged Facts reporting 39% year-over-year growth in the sub-category in 2019. We believe that both brands are positioned to take advantage of pet parents’ increasing desire to feed only the highest quality ingredients to their pets, and are small-batch testedthat there will continue to be innovative opportunities for common contaminants prior to leaving the manufacturer. The proprietary blends of our TruDog line of supplements for dogs are formulated with a focus on using natural ingredients that meet a dog’s unique biological needs.brand consolidation over time.
Supply, Manufacturing and Logistics
Our products sold under the Halo brand are made strictly from naturally raised animals on sustainable farms and are manufactured in the United States. By sourcing cage-free poultry, pasture-raised beef, and wild-caught fish from certified sustainable fisheries and not including meat meals or other animal byproducts in its formulations, Halo is able to provide pets and pet parents with a nutritious and highly digestible suite of food and treats. Halo partners with a number of co-manufacturing partners to produce its products. Like TruDog, Halo’s dog and cat foods meet The Association of American Feed Control Officials (“AAFCO”) guidelines and are small-batch tested for common contaminants prior to leaving the manufacturer.
Our products sold under the TruDog brand are manufactured and sourced from a variety of third-party suppliers in both the United States and New Zealand and use healthy, natural ingredients, with all purchases transacted in U.S. dollars. Many products are preserved using either freeze drying or gentle air dehydration to eliminate the need for artificial preservatives and added chemicals. Our treats and chews are oven-baked, using natural ingredients for maximum nutrition and protein content. Like Halo, TruDog raw dog foods meet AAFCO guidelines and are small-batch tested for common contaminants prior to leaving the manufacturer.
We utilize logistics service providers as a part of our supply chain, primarily for shipping and logistics support. Fulfillment of orders for our DTC customers is managed by a third-party logistics partner,both the Halo and shipped from our warehouse location in Tampa, Florida. The fulfillment of orders from our Retail customersTrudog brands is managed by a third-party warehousing and logistics partner based in Lebanon, Tennessee. Our DTC ecosystem allows us to efficiently manage and customize the online shopping experience for customers, including a customer dashboard where shoppers can manage and track orders and order history. Our products are shipped by trusted carriers for expeditious and reliable delivery. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related
The Global Pet Food and Treat Market
The United States represents the largest and most developed market for pet food globally, with food and treats accounting for approximately $39 billion of consumer sales in 2019, or 36% of the total US pet care market, according to Our BusinessAlphaWise and Industry—TheMorgan Stanley Research. According to the American Pet Product Association, between 66% and 70% of all households in the United States own a pet, equating to a total pet population of more than 130 million companion animals and an average of 1.7 pets per household. Pet spending represents a significant portion of household spend on consumer products, as this translates to an average annual spend on pet care of more than $1,500 per pet owning household, per Alphawise and Morgan Stanley Research, with $460 of this spend attributed to pet food and treats, per Packaged Facts.


Historically, consumer spending on pets grew at an approximately 3% CAGR in the decade leading up to the COVID-19 pandemic, coulddriven by steady annual increases in household pet ownership of approximately 1%, the continued premiumization of the category and the humanization of pets. These industry tailwinds have been magnified in the post-COVID landscape, as stay-at-home orders have driven a more than tripling of annual pet ownership growth alongside fundamental changes in consumer purchasing behavior. This surge in pet acquisition has
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

led to a dramatic increase in the forecasted growth of the pet care industry over the next ten years, with Morgan Stanley Research estimating an 8% CAGR and a total market size of approximately $275 billion by 2030. Comparatively, Packaged Facts recently increased their projected 2021 growth rate for U.S. retail sales of pet food and supplies from 5% to 8%, suggesting that this shift is well underway.
According to the American Pet Product Association’s COVID-19 Pulse Studies, approximately 10% of respondents got a new pet during the pandemic, resulting in the housing of more than 11 million pets. Beyond the estimated $3.2 billion permanent increase to annual spend on pet food and treats, this “Pet Boom” was driven by the acceleration of pet ownership by millennial and Gen-Z households. From a demographic perspective, younger pet owners are more likely to spend a higher percentage of their income on pets, treat their pet as an important member of the family and to purchase products from pet specialty and online retailers rather than from grocery stores. Along these lines, women are 3.2 times more interested in purchasing pet food than men, and are 2.4 times more likely to engage with search ads than men, per an internally commissioned study conducted by RPA Advertising. Taken holistically, these traits suggest a preference to purchase more premium and super-premium pet food and treats from brands like Halo and Trudog, with a tendency to purchase products in the channels where we compete. This is also supported quantitatively, with 79% of our target demographic willing to pay more for high quality pet food per Mintel Group Ltd.

Globally, Asia is the second largest market for pet products, with China representing the largest market opportunity for growth. Like the United States, growth in the Asian pet care industry has been driven by dramatic increases in household pet ownership. We believe that growth in Asia is fueled by increasing levels of economic financial status and demand for premium, western manufactured products as a result of product quality concerns. This demand has been supported by a rapidly growing middle class in China, where a recent McKinsey report estimated that in 2018 roughly 730 million people in urban areas fell into the income categories of “aspirants” and “affluents,” with the Brookings group estimating that ~60 million people are added to these income categories each year. We believe that this growth drove the increase in the number of dog-owning Chinese households as measured by Euromontior, which increased from 12% in 2015 to 20% in 2020, according to Euromonitor. Although significantly lower than the nearly 50% of households that own a dog in the United States, there are already more companion animals in China due to sheer population size. According to Euromonitor, the Chinese market for premium dry dog and cat food is anticipated to grow at a 20% CAGR and 28% CAGR, respectively, from 2015 through 2025, suggesting that the Chinese pet market has significant room for growth in the foreseeable future. We are focused on targeting Chinese pet owners with the highest willingness to pay, which tend to be urban dwelling millennial and Gen-Z women. In 2020, 80% of our products were purchased online, and approximately 50% of our end-consumers were born after 1990.
Our Products and Brands
We have a material adverse impact onbroad portfolio of over 100 active premium and super premium animal health and wellness products for dogs and cats includes products sold under the Halo and TruDog brand across multiple forms, including foods, treats, toppers, dental products, chews, grooming products and supplements. Our products consist of naturally formulated premium kibble and canned dog and cat food, freeze-dried raw dog food and treats, vegan dog food and treats, oral
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

care products, supplements and grooming aids. Our products sold under the Halo brand are sustainably sourced, derived from real whole meat and no rendered meat meal and include non-GMO fruits and vegetables. Our products sold under the TruDog brand are made according to our business, resultsnutritional philosophy of operationsfresh, meat-based nutrition and financial condition.”minimal processing.
CustomersWe offer our customers over 100 active stock keeping units (“SKUs”), and all of our products are sold under the Halo, TruDog, or Rawgo! brand name, with ingredients, packaging and labeling customized by SKU.
Approximately 58%Our products are manufactured by an established network of co-manufacturers in partnership with Better Choice. The Company has maintained each of its key co-manufacturing relationships for more than four years, with certain relationships in place for more than ten years. All Halo and 90%, respectively,TruDog products are co-manufactured in the United States and our third-party warehousing and logistics provider, Fidelitone, is located in Lebanon, TN.
Although Bona Vida remains a wholly owned subsidiary of totalthe Better Choice Company, as of March 31, 2021 Better Choice does not currently sell or market any CBD products, does not currently own any CBD related inventory or raw materials and does not currently have plans to re-enter the CBD market at this time.
Our Customers and Channels
In 2020, we generated $52.0 million of gross sales and $42.6 million of net sales. By channel in 2020, E-Commerce generated approximately $20 million of gross sales and $14 million of net sales, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020Direct-to-Consumer generated approximately $12 million of gross sales and 2019 were generated from e-commerce and direct to consumer sales with roughly 22% and 45%, respectively,$11 million of the e-commerce and direct to consumer sales coming from recurring orders. Approximately 89% and 94%, respectively, of total net sales, during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019Brick & Mortar generated approximately $11 million of gross sales and 2018 were$9 million of net sales and International generated from e-commerceapproximately $9 million of gross sales and direct to consumer$9 million of net sales. The following chart provides a breakdown of our net sales with roughly 46% and 49%, respectively, of the e-commerce and direct to consumer salesby channel for the fiscal year ended December 31, 20192020:

In 2020, 59% of our net sales were made online, through a combination of E-Commerce partner websites, such as Amazon, Chewy, Petflow, Thrive Market and 2018 comingVitacost, and our Direct-to-Consumer website, hosted on Shopify. A majority of our online sales are driven by repeat purchases from recurring orders. We currently sell our direct-to-consumer, or DTC, productsexisting customers, and in the first quarter of 2021 63% of consumer purchases on Chewy, 39% of consumer purchases on Amazon and 48% of consumer purchases on our ownDTC website were made by monthly subscribers. Although industry-wide E-Commerce sales have retreated somewhat following the March 2020 pantry stocking, the sale of pet food and supplies online has increased 35% year-over-year according to Packaged Facts, with subscription sales nearly equal to the e-commerce websitesMarch 2020 peak. We anticipate our ability to reach a growing base of Amazon, Chewy and Healthy Pets. diverse customers online will continue to improve as E-Commerce penetration increases as consumers continue to shift to online purchases. At the same time, we believe that our long-established relationships with key Brick & Mortar customers will enable us to jointly launch new products in the future that are designed for in-store success.
In addition to our direct-to-consumer customers, we partnerdomestic sales channels, international sales, under the Halo Brand, grew 95% in 2020, representing 20% of total net sales. This growth was driven primarily by Halo’s ability to secure Product Import Registrations for 15 dog and cat food diets from the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of China (“MOA”) in June 2020. We believe that our growth in Asia is fueled by increasing levels of economic financial status and demand for premium and super-premium, western manufactured products, with a numberChina representing the largest market opportunity for growth and 48% of Retail customers, most notably Amazon, Chewy, PetSmart and Petco that purchase our products and sell them to the consumer. In addition, we maintain a number of distribution partners who sell our products internationally, with a current focus on the Asian market.Better Choice’s international sales in 2020.
We also have a loyalty program called the TruDog Love Club (“TLC”). TLC is a membership club where members enjoy certain benefits including auto-shipments, free shipping, VIP access to TruDog’s Happiness Concierge and invitations to secret sales only for TLC members. TLC members also earn reward points with every TLC order, which can be used to purchase TruDog products. Our TLC program generated revenue of $0.4 million and $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and approximately $0.5 million and less than $0.1 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Recurring revenue related to subscriptions generated approximately $4.2 million and $4.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Recurring revenue related to subscriptions generated approximately $7.0 million and $6.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sales and Marketing
Our marketing strategy isstrategies are designed to educateclearly communicate to consumers about the benefits of our portfolioproducts and to build awareness of our products.brands. We deploy a broad set of marketing tools across various forms of media mail and public relations to reach consumers through multiple touch points.points and engage with a number of marketing agencies to develop content and product packaging. Our marketing initiatives include the use of social marketing, social influence marketing, direct response marketing, inbound marketing, emailand digital marketing, Search Engine Optimization, Search Engine Marketing, radio,email and SMS marketing, and paid media (Facebook, Instagram & YouTube), affiliate marketing, and content marketing, among other proven strategies to generate and convert sales prospects into loyal, satisfied customers. In addition to directly targeting and educating consumers of our products, we partner with a number of e-commerce retail partnersretailers such as Amazon, Chewy PetSmart and Petco to develop joint sales and marketing initiatives to increase sales and acquire new customers. Over the last two years, Halo has continued to grow with e-commerce retail partners such as Chewy and Amazon, and has been able to achieve significant online sales growth with
As a focus on increasing monthly recurring consumer revenue. In early 2018, and concurrent with a refreshresult of the Halo brand, Halo also launched its products nationally with PetSmart.
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Although our products are currently sold in retail locationsCOVID-19 pandemic and related stay at home orders, consumer purchasing behaviors have shifted dramatically in the United States, CanadaU.S. According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, E-Commerce penetration increased from 13% in 2019 to 34% at the end of Q1 2020. Although approximately 59% of Better Choice’s sales are made online today, we remain committed to partnering with select Brick & Mortar retailers in pet specialty and Asia, weneighborhood pet, as in-store recommendation and trial represent a significant opportunity for new customer acquisition. We believe that the traditional retail environment is currently undergoing notable economic change due largelythese in-store partnerships are complementary to the global shift in consumer purchasing behaviors—with online shopping/e-commerce sites experiencing rapid growth relative to brick and mortar stores. Given this trend in brick and mortar retail, we have partnered with key e-commerce retailers inincentives that our Retail channel and adopted a robust DTC sales model that is anchored by an e-commerce website whereby we educate, sell and ship our various products directly to consumers. Our DTC model has allowed us to drive new consumers directly to our brands and develop a recurring revenue model. In addition, our e-commerce retailE-Commerce partners offer incentives to drive monthly subscriptions, further building onand build upon the recurring revenue that we generate from the DTC business.online.
Competition
The pet health and wellness industry is highly competitive. Competitive factors include product quality, ingredients, brand awareness and loyalty, product variety, product packaging and design, reputation, price, advertising, promotion, and nutritional claims. We believe that we compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.
We compete with manufacturers of conventional pet food such as Mars, Nestlé and Big Heart Pet Brands (part of the J.M. Smucker Company), and manufacturers of specialty and natural pet food such as Blue Buffalo (part of General Mills), Wellness, Fromm, Orijen, Merrick (part of Nestlé), Stella and Chewy, I and Love and You, and Freshpet. In addition, we compete with many regional niche brands in individual geographic markets.
WithinOur Competitive Strengths
We have a number of distinct competitive advantages that result from our hemp-derived CBD business,deep industry expertise, channel specific approach, position in the market and broad portfolio of products.
Portfolio of Established Premium and Super-Premium Pet Brands With a History of Success. We believe that both the Halo and Trudog brands are well positioned to take advantage of pet parents’ increasing desire to feed only the highest quality ingredients to their pets, and that there will continue to be innovative opportunities for brand consolidation over time. Today, the Halo and TruDog brands are focused on serving consumers in the United States, Canada and select Asian markets including China.
Online Recurring Revenue Represents Significant Percentage of Total Sales. We believe that customers who purchase products on a monthly subscription tend to be high value, long-term customers. In order to increase the number of customers that subscribe to purchase our products, we face fragmented competition dueoffer incentives alongside our E-Commerce partners, which often take the form of a discounted initial subscription order and a small discount on each subsequent purchase. In the first quarter of 2021, 63% of end-consumer sales on Chewy were placed by subscribers, 39% of end-consumer sales on Amazon were placed by subscribers and 48% of DTC sales made on our website were placed by subscribers. In the aggregate, more than 30% of Better Choice’s total sales in the first quarter of 2021 can be attributed to the infancyend-customer subscription. According to Packaged Facts, roughly one third of pet food purchases made online were placed via subscription, indicating that this is a relative competitive strength.
Exposure to Fastest Growing Sub-Sectors of Premium Pet. Freeze-dried raw dog food is one of the pet-related CBD market. Givenfastest growing sub-categories of premium pet food, with Packaged Facts reporting 39% year-over-year growth in the rapid growthsub-category in 2019. According to Packaged Facts’ March 2020 Consumer Survey, 4% of pet owners are using vegetarian formulations, with a growing percentage of consumers focused on ingredients that are sustainably sourced and utilized. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these growing sub-sectors through Halo’s successful line of freeze-dried treats for dogs and cats and a growing line of award-winning vegan products for dogs and TruDog’s ultra-premium, freeze-dried raw dog food, which represents a majority of its sales.
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Asset Light Model with Established Long Term Co-Manufacturing Partners. Our products are manufactured by an established network of co-manufacturers in partnership with Better Choice. The Company has maintained each of its key co-packing relationships for more than four years, with certain relationships in place for more than 10 years. Four co-manufactures account for more than 95% of our food and treat related purchases and all of our core products are co-manufactured in the U.S. CBD industry, hundredsUnited States. Our products meet stringent requirements to ensure compliance with required and voluntary regulatory groups, including AAFCO, the Marine Stewardship Council (MSC) and the Global Animal Partnership (GAP). In addition, we constantly evaluate the capabilities of companies have entered the market; however, most CBD companies focus on the human CBD market. Our competitors within the pet CBD market include: Therabis, Honest Paws, Charlotte’s Web, Pet Releaf, and Canna-Pet. We anticipate the pet CBD marketour co-manufactures to continue growing at a rapid rate and believe retaining market share will require increased marketingensure continuity of supply in addition to maintaining a high level of quality and integrityholding what we believe are sufficient safety stocks of product offerings.on hand in the event of supply chain disruptions.
Rapidly Growing International Presence. In 2020, the Halo brand achieved $8.6 million in sales, representing 95% growth year-over-year. We believe that growth in Asia is fueled by increasing levels of economic financial status and demand for premium and super-premium, western manufactured products, with our sales currently concentrated in the high growth markets of China, Korea, Japan and Taiwan.
Key Competitive Advantages in Chinese Market. In 2020, 48% of our international sales were made in China. We believe several factors give us an advantage in China relative to our competition, including that (1) we have secured approval from the Chinese Ministry of Agriculture to sell 15 dry diets in mainland China, which is typically a multi-year process for first time applicants; (2) we have a multi-year distribution partner in Penefit, with a dedicated team of more than 20 individuals in-country that are focused solely on selling the Halo brand; and (3) we have established supply chain partners with whitelisted approval to import product.
Executive Team Purpose Built for Success in Pet Industry. Our executive team has over 50 years of combined experience in the Pet Industry, and has led multiple brands, such as Nutro, Merrick and Solid Gold, to successful exits.
Our Growth Strategy
Strong Innovation Pipeline. We have a robust and growing pipeline of new products, and believe our size is an advantage – we are nimble enough to quickly bring new products to market, but large enough to benefit from strong existing customer relationships and established economies of scale with our co-manufacturers. Most notably, in 2022 we plan to introduce a new Halo sub-brand for pet specialty stores, an update to our existing Halo Holistic sub-brand and an expansion of our vegan and freeze-dried lines.
Ability to Leverage Differentiated Omni-Channel Strategy for Growth. We believe that we can leverage our differentiated omni-channel strategy to design and sell products purpose-built for success in specific channels while maintaining our ability to leverage marketing and sales resources cross-channel. We believe that this strategy will allow us to deliver on core consumer needs, maximize gross margin and respond to changing channel dynamics that have accelerated because of the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, we can take learnings from the online environment, which represented 59% of our 2020 sales, to the offline environment, which we see as poised for growth at pet specialty stores in 2022. This approach will be under a single banner brand, Halo.
Capitalize on continuing trends of pet humanization. We believe our combination of innovative products designed specifically for certain channels can assist our growth to become a leader in the premium and super-premium categories across dog and cat food. With an average of more than $500 spent annually on pet food per pet owning household and the number of pet owning households increasing, we believe that the super-premium sub-category is poised to be among the fastest growing segments of pet care spending.
Well Positioned to Capitalize On a Once-in-a-Generation Demographic Shift in China. We believe that China represents the largest macro-growth opportunity in the global pet food industry. In China, the number of households that own a pet has doubled in the last five years, with younger pet owners leading growth. Even though the absolute number of Chinese households that own a pet recently surpassed that same figure in the US, only 20% of Chinese households own a pet, compared to 67% in the United States. This has translated to a 28% annual growth rate in the premium dry cat food market, and a 20% annual growth rate in the dry dog food market. In 2020, more than 50% of Chinese consumers that purchased our products were born after 1990, and approximately 80% made those purchases online.
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ability to Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. In 2019, we successfully closed the Halo and TruPet acquisitions. We remain committed to locating the right assets that meet our investment criteria. Through our longstanding industry contacts we are able to source proprietary opportunities and transactions. Our preference is to maintain the asset light business model we currently operate and identify products and brands that are complementary to our existing portfolio. We have a wide scope of systems in place to ensure scalable success and reduce integration risk, including a world class enterprise resource planning or ERP system, NetSuite, a fully scaled and outsourced IT provider (Chelsea Technologies) and a platform to effectively meet public company reporting requirements (Workiva). Furthermore, our public company structure has historically enabled Better Choice to offer transaction consideration in the form of cash and stock. We have a robust pipeline of potential acquisitions which we expect to pursue in the form of pre-process and direct founder dialogue discussions.

Raw Materials and Principal Suppliers
We rely upon the supply of raw materials that meet our specifications, such as USA farm-raised beef, Global Animal Partnership Certified Step 2 (“GAP 2 certified2”) cage-free whole chicken and associated broths, GAP 2 certified cage-free whole turkey and associated broths, MSCMarine Stewardship Council (“MSC”) certified wild-caught salmon and MSC certified wild-caught whitefish and associated broths, and select non-GMO fruits and vegetables, such as peas, sweet potatoes and lentils. If any raw material is adulterated and does not meet our specifications, it could significantly impact our ability to source manufactured products and could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations
In addition, if we are no longer able to obtain the resources, raw materials or components we need from one or more of our suppliers on terms reasonable to us or at all, including as a result of the increased demand that may be placed on our suppliers as a result of public health epidemics such as COVID-19, our customer relationships could be materially and adversely affected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.”operations.
We rely on C.J. Foods,Alphia, Inc. (“CJAlphia” f/k/a “C.J. Foods”) for the supply and co-manufacturing of dry kibble sold under the Halo brand, Simmons Pet Food, Inc. (“Simmons”) for the supply and co-manufacturing of the majority of canned wet food sold under the Halo brand, BrightPet Nutrition Group, LLC (“BrightPet”) for the supply and co-manufacturing of vegan kibble and freeze dried treats sold under the Halo Brand and Carnivore Meat Company, LLC (“Carnivore”) for the supply and co-manufacturing of freeze-dried food and treats sold under the TruDog brand. Together, CJ Foods, Simmons, and Carnivore represent more than 75% of product volume sold across the Better Choice platform. In the past, we have relied on a single supplier, GenCanna Global USA Inc. (“GenCanna”), for all of our supply of CBD. However, in light of GenCanna’s filing for bankruptcy in February 2020, we intend to utilize spot purchase contracts with other suppliers of CBD as necessary. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We may not be able to manage our manufacturing and supply chain effectively, which may adversely affect our results of operations.” In addition, we sourced approximately 74%76% of inventory purchases from three vendors for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 70% of our inventory purchasesapproximately 74% from one vendor for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.2019.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
As of September 30, 2020,June 11, 2021, we had 5544 employees, all of whichwhom are full-time employees and in the United States.full-time. Our employees are not represented by any labor union or any collective bargaining arrangement with respect to their employment with us. We have never experienced any work stoppages or strikes as a result of labor disputes. We believe that our employee relations are good.
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and additional employees. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards.
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Many of our employees, including members of our management team, have been reporting to work remotely due to the COVID-19 outbreak, which has resulted in the closure of our offices in Florida, Ohio and New York. Our operations or productivity may continue to be impacted throughout the duration of the COVID-19 outbreak and government-mandated closures.
Properties
Our principal place of business is located at 164 East Douglas Road, Oldsmar, FL 34677, which consists of approximately 12,000 square feet of office and warehousing space. We also have a lease at 172 East Douglas Road, Oldsmar, FL 34677, which consists of approximately 6,000 square feet of additional warehouse space. The relevant leases at both locations are scheduled to expire on April 30, 2022. In addition, we have a lease at 4025 Tampa Road, Oldsmar, FL 34677, which consists of approximately 9,200 square feet and houses our customer care center. The relevant lease is scheduled to expire on October 31, 2022.
Before and after the Halo Acquisition, Halo’s principal place of business is located at 12400 Race Track Road, Tampa, FL 33626, which consists of approximately 5,000 square feet of office space. The relevant lease is scheduled to expire on January 31, 2023.
On August 30, 2019, we entered into a membership agreement with WeWork, pursuant to which we lease offices located at 575 Lexington Ave New York, NY 10022 effective as of September 1, 2019. The term of the agreement is for twelve months which shall automatically be renewed for successive one month terms unless terminated by either party. As of March 4, 2020, the membership agreement with WeWork was relocated to 142 West 57th St New York, NY 10019. The Company terminated the agreement with WeWork on December 1, 2020.
On October 1, 2019, we entered into a temporary lease agreement for a 300 square feet office space located at 4555 Lake Forest Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45242.
We do not own any properties or land.
We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs and that, should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available.
Government Regulation
The regulation of animal food products in the United States including animal foods, chews, oils, and other products containing CBD, is complex, multi-faceted, and currently undergoing significant change. The FDA,U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the FTC,U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the USDAU.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and other regulatory authorities at the federal, state and local levels, as well as authorities in foreign countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, composition, manufacture, import, export, labeling, storage, distribution, promotion, marketing, and post-market reporting of animal foods, including those that contain CBD.foods. We, along with our third-party contractors, are required to navigate a complex regulatory framework in the countries in which we wish to manufacture, test, import, export, or sell our products.
TheWe are also subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise. Our operations, and those of our distributors and suppliers, are subject to various federal, statelaws and local regulations regarding animal foods containing CBD are evolving, and we continue to monitor those developments. However, we cannot predict the timing, scope or terms of any new or revised state, federal or local regulations relating to animal foods containing CBD.environmental protection and worker health and safety matters. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.
See additional information under the heading “Risks Related to the Regulation of Hempour Business and CBD
Historically, the DEA regulated CBD pursuantProducts” in this prospectus for a discussion of risks relating to the Controlled Substances Act (“CSA”), which establishes a frameworkfederal, state, local and international regulation of controls over certain substances depending on whether they are classified in one of five risk-based schedules. Schedule I substances are the most stringently controlled, as they have been determined to have a high potential for abuse, there are no currently accepted medical uses in the U.S., and there is a lack of accepted safety for use of the substance under medical supervision. The CSA classifies “marihuana” as a Schedule I controlled substance and previously defined “marihuana” to include all parts of the cannabis plant, whether growing or not; the seeds of the plant; the resin extracted from any part of the plant; and every compound mixture, salt, derivative,
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

mixture, or preparation of the plant, its seeds, or its resin (with a few exceptions, such as mature stalks of the plant and seeds incapable of germination). Pursuant to this definition, the DEA interpreted CBD to fall within the statutory definition of “marihuana” as a compound or derivative of the cannabis plant.
In February 2014, Congress enacted the Agricultural Act of 2014 (“2014 Farm Bill”) to allow for the limited growth and cultivation of industrial hemp, which was defined as including all parts of the cannabis plant, whether growing or not, with a delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”) concentration of not more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis. This statute also allowed, as permitted by state law, growing and cultivating industrial hemp under the auspices of a state agricultural pilot program and by institutions of higher education and state departments of agriculture.
In December 2018, Congress enacted the Agriculture Improvement Act of 2018 (“2018 Farm Bill”) to more broadly allow for the production of hemp pursuant to state and tribal plans overseen by the USDA. The 2018 Farm Bill amended the statutory definition of “marihuana” under the CSA to specifically exclude “hemp,” which is defined as any part of the cannabis plant, including the seeds thereof and all derivatives, extracts, cannabinoids, isomers, acids, salts, and salts of isomers, whether growing or not, with a delta-9 THC concentration of not more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis. Under this definition, as long as CBD meets the statutory definition of “hemp,” then it is no longer a Schedule I controlled substance under the CSA. However, the 2018 Farm Bill did not modify the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and specifically preserved the FDA’s authority to regulate products containing cannabis or cannabis-derived compounds, such as CBD, pursuant to the FDCA.
Under the 2018 Farm Bill framework, states and Indian tribes may submit to the USDA through the state department of agriculture a plan under which the state or Indian tribe will monitor and regulate the production of industrial hemp. For those states that do not have an approved state plan, the production of hemp will be subject to a USDA-established plan, although states retain the ability to prohibit hemp production within their borders. On October 31, 2019, the USDA issued an interim final rule (the “IFR”) to implement the 2018 Farm Bill, which established the required regulatory framework governing commercial hemp production in the United States. The USDA has begun reviewing hemp production plans submitted by state and tribal governments, although several states have informed the USDA that they will continue to operate under their 2014 Farm Bill pilot programs for the time being. Pursuant to the 2018 Farm Bill, the 2014 Farm Bill was to remain effective until one year after the date of publication of the IFR, or October 31, 2020. In October 2020, the USDA extended the 2014 Farm Bill industrial hemp pilot program until September 30, 2021. In addition, no state or Indian tribe may prohibit the transportation or shipment of hemp or hemp products produced in accordance with the 2018 Farm Bill through the state or territory, as applicable. The USDA has interpreted this provision to also apply to interstate transportation of hemp that complies with the 2014 Farm Bill until its repeal.our business.
FDA Regulation of Animal Foods
The FDA regulates foods, including foods intended for animals, under the FDCAFederal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and its implementing regulations. The FDCA defines “food” as articles used for food or drink for man or other animals, which includes products that are intended primarily for nutritional use, taste, or aroma and the components of such products. For animal foods in particular, this definition applies based on their intended use regardless of labelling as animal food, treats, or supplements. The FDA also imposes certain requirements on animal foods relating to their composition, manufacturing, labeling, and marketing. Among other things, the facilities in which our products and ingredients are manufactured must register with the FDA, comply with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMPs”) and comply with a range of food safety requirements.
Although pet foods are not required to obtain premarket approval from the FDA, any substance that is added to or is expected to become a component of a pet food must be used in accordance with a food additive regulation, unless it is generally recognized as safe (“GRAS”) under the conditions of its intended use or if it appears on an FDA-recognized list of acceptable animal food ingredients in the Official Publication of AAFCO.the Association of American Feed Control Officials (“AAFCO”). A food may be adulterated if it uses an ingredient that is neither GRAS nor an approved food additive, and that food may not be legally marketed in the United States. FDA has confirmed that the use of cannabis or cannabis-derived compounds in animal food products is subject to these food additive requirements. At this time, there are no approved food additive petitions or regulations for any cannabis-derived food additive, and while the FDA has issued a “no questions” response to certain GRAS notifications for hemp seed products, these GRAS determinations do not encompass hemp and CBD products more generally.
Additionally, the FDCA prohibits the introduction or delivery for introduction into interstate commerce of any food that contains an approved drug for which substantial clinical investigations have been instituted and made public
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(unless certain exceptions apply). Under this prohibition, the FDA has stated that animal foods containing CBD are adulterated because CBD is an active ingredient in an FDA-approved drug that was the subject of substantial clinical investigations before it was marketed as a food, and that none of the exceptions apply.
Although the FDA has stated that it interprets the FDCA to prohibit the introduction or delivery for introduction into interstate commerce of any animal food to which CBD has been added and has taken enforcement action against marketers of certain CBD products (some in collaboration with the FTC), the FDA is in the process of evaluating its regulatory approach to products containing cannabis and cannabis-derived compounds. The FDA has formed an internal working group to evaluate the issue and on May 31, 2019 held a public hearing to obtain scientific data and information about the safety, manufacturing, product quality, marketing, labeling, and sale of products containing cannabis or cannabis-derived compounds. The hearing featured extensive discussion from a variety of stakeholders regarding the use of hemp and CBD in FDA-regulated products, including pet foods. At the hearing, FDA stated that while it does not have a policy of enforcement discretion with respect to any CBD products, the agency’s biggest concern is the marketing of products that put the health and safety of consumers at risk, such as those claiming to prevent, diagnose, mitigate, treat, or cure serious diseases in the absence of requisite drug approvals.
Further, on March 5, 2020, the FDA issued a report to Congress required under the 2018 Farm Bill in which the agency announced that it is currently evaluating a risk-based enforcement policy for CBD to provide more clarity to industry and the public while the agency takes potential steps to establish a clear regulatory pathway. Although it is unclear whether or when the FDA will ultimately issue such an enforcement policy, the agency reemphasized that it will continue to take action against unlawful CBD products that pose a risk of harm to the public, including products with therapeutic claims; products that include contaminants such as heavy metals, THC, and other harmful substances; products associated with false statements, such as omitted ingredients and incorrect statements about the about of CBD; and products marketed to vulnerable populations, such as infants and children.
The labeling of pet foods is regulated by both the FDA and state regulatory authorities. FDA regulations require proper identification of the product, a net quantity statement, a statement of the name and place of business of the manufacturer or distributor and proper listing of all the ingredients in order of predominance by weight. The FDA also considers certain specific claims on pet food labels to be medical claims and therefore subject to prior review and approval by the FDA. For example, pet food products that are labeled or marketed with claims that may suggest that they are intended to treat or prevent a specific disease in pets would potentially meet the statutory definitions of both a food and a drug.
The FDA recently issued guidance containing a list of specific factors it will consider in determining whether to initiate enforcement action against such products if they do not comply with the regulatory requirements applicable to drugs, including, among other things, whether the product is only made available through or under the direction of a veterinarian and does not present a known safety risk when used as labeled. The FDA may classify some of our products differently than we do and may impose more stringent regulations which could lead to possible enforcement action.
Under the FDCA, the FDA may require the recall of an animal food product if there is a reasonable probability that the product is adulterated or misbranded, and the use of or exposure to the product will cause serious adverse health consequences or death. In addition, pet food manufacturers may voluntarily recall or withdraw their products from
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the market. If the FDA believes that our products are adulterated, misbranded or otherwise marketed in violation of the FDCA, the agency make take further enforcement action, including:
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of a product;
required modification of promotional materials or issuance of corrective marketing information;
issuance of safety alerts, press releases, or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about a product;
warning or untitled letters;
product seizure or detention;
refusal to permit the import or export of products;
fines, injunctions, or consent decrees; and
imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
Chinese Regulations
59
General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine of the People’s Republic of China (“AQSIQ”) is responsible for the unified inspection and quarantine of imported pet food (also referred to in the regulations as “Feed”). Only registered pet food manufacturers from AQSIQ approved countries (which includes the United States as an approved county) can import pet food to China, and such registered manufacturers may do so only if they have first received an import registration certificate from the Ministry of Agriculture. In order to obtain an import registration certificate, a manufacturer must submit standardized application materials (in both English and Chinese) along with product samples to the Ministry of Agriculture for approval, and if approved, such import registration certificate shall be valid for five years. Overseas companies are also prohibited from engaging in the direct sale of imported pet food within the territory of China and should establish a sales organization or appoint a sales agent within the territory of China and file a record with the Ministry of Agriculture within six months from the date the manufacturer obtains its import registration certificate. All imported pet food must be packaged, and the packaging must comply with China's safety and hygiene regulation and must have Chinese labels that are in conformity with the relevant regulations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Our trademarks are valuable assets that reinforce our brand, our sub-brands and our consumers’ perception of our products. The current registrations of these trademarks in the U.S. and foreign countries are effective for varying periods of time and may be renewed periodically, provided that we, as the registered owner, or our licensees where applicable, comply with all applicable renewal requirements including, where necessary, the continued use of the trademarks in connection with the goods or services identified in the applicable registrations. In addition to trademark protection, we have registered more than 100 domain names, including www.trupet.com, www.trudog.com, www.rawgo.com, www.halopets.com, www.orapup.com and www.bonavida.com, that are important to the successful implementation of our marketing and advertising strategy. We rely on and carefully protect unpatented proprietary expertise, recipes and formulations, continuing innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position.
In April 2019, we entered into an intellectual property license with Elvis Presley Enterprises, LLC, pursuant to which we licensed the image, likeness, and persona of Elvis Presley and an associated trademark (“Houndog”) for use in the United States and Canada (subject to a territorial restriction in the geographical area surrounding Memphis, Tennessee) in connection with the advertisement, promotion and sale, via approved distribution channels, of certain of our CBD-infused animal health and wellness products. In January 2020, we terminated the agreement with no further obligations under the agreement.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in the State of Nevada in 2001 under the name Cayenne Construction, Inc., and in 2009, changed our name to Sports Endurance, Inc. Effective March 11, 2019, we changed our name to Better Choice Company Inc. after reincorporating in Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 12400 Race Track Road, Tampa, FL 33626, and our telephone number is (813) 659-5921.
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have three subsidiaries – Halo, Purely for Pets, inc., TruPet LLC and Bona Vida, Inc. Our website is available at https://www.betterchoicecompany.com.
Our website and the information contained on or connected to that site are not, and should not be deemed to be part of or incorporated into, this prospectus.
Properties
Our principal place of business is located at 12400 Race Track Road, Tampa, FL 33626, which consists of approximately 5,000 square feet of office space which we lease. Our lease for this location is scheduled to expire on January 31, 2023. We have a lease at 4025 Tampa Road, Oldsmar, FL 34677, which consists of approximately 9,200 square feet and formerly housed our customer care center. Our lease for this location is scheduled to expire on October 31, 2022. We do not own any properties or land.
We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available if the need arises in the future.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuitsare subject to litigation and legalother proceedings whichthat arise in the ordinary course of our business. However, litigation is subjectSubject to the inherent uncertainties of litigation and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to timealthough no assurances are possible, we believe that may harm our business. Wethere are currently not aware of any such legal proceedingsno pending lawsuits or claims that, we believeindividually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.our yearly results of operations.
6065

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT
Board of Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth as of September 30, 2020, the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors serving as of such date.directors. Directors will be elected at our annual meeting of stockholders and serve for one year or until their successors are elected and qualify. Officers are elected by the Board and their terms of office are, except to the extent governed by employment contract, at the discretion of the Board.
Name
Age
Position
Director
Since
Werner von Pein
80
Chief Executive Officer
n/a
Sharla Cook
40
Chief Financial Officer
n/a
Donna Bowden
49
Executive Vice President
n/a
Anthony Santarsiero
37
Executive Vice President
n/a
Robert Sauermann
28
Executive Vice President
n/a
Michael Young
41
Chairman of the Board of Directors
2019
Michael Close
60
Director
2020
Damian Dalla-Longa
36
Director and Executive Vice President
2019
Jeff D. Davis
59
Director
2019
Clinton Gee
56
Director
2020
Lori Taylor
51
Director
2019
John M. Word III
71
Director
2020
Name
Age
Position
Scott Lerner
49
Chief Executive Officer
Sharla Cook
40
Chief Financial Officer
Donald Young
57
Executive Vice President, Sales
Robert Sauermann
29
Executive Vice President, Strategy
Michael Young
42
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Jeff D. Davis
60
Director
Gil Fronzaglia
59
Director
Lori Taylor
51
Director
John M. Word III
71
Director
Werner von Pein.Scott Lerner. Mr. von Pein has servedLerner was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer since February 2020. Prior to that, Mr. von Pein was President and Chief Executive Officer of Halo, which became a subsidiary of the Company following its acquisition in December 2019.January 2021. Prior to Halo,joining the Company, Mr. von Pein was the Chief Executive Officer of Three Dog Bakery, a U.S. based pet treats and toys/accessories business. In addition to his experience at Halo and Three Dog Bakery, Mr. von Pein alsoLerner served as the Executive Vice President of Global Operations and New Ventures at Beefeaters, a manufacturer and seller of dog treats and wellness products. Beyond his significant experience in the pet industry, Mr. von Pein has held various leadership positions at a number of consumer branded businesses, most notably as the Chief Executive Officer of Lavazza-North America.Farmhouse Culture from October 2018 to January 2021 and as the Chief Executive Officer of Kernel Season’s from January 2015 to October 2018. Previously, Mr. von Pein also has significant foundational experience from his time at Rexall Sundown, KraftLerner held positions with PepsiCo, ConAgra Foods and Procter and Gamble,Kimberly-Clark, where he worked onmanaged brands such as Nabisco Brands, Hebrew National, Gain, Cheer, Life SaversNaked Juice, Quaker Oats, Scott Tissue and Planters. Mr. von Pein holds a MasterParkay Margarine. In 2008, Scott created his own functional beverage brand called Solixir, exiting in 2014. Following the sale of Business Administration from Xavier University and a BachelorSolixir, Scott partnered with the private equity group VMG partners to become the CEO of Science in Chemical Engineering from the University of Rochester.Kernel Season’s.
Sharla CookCook. . Sharla Cook was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in October 2020 after having served as Vice President, Finance and Accounting since May 2020. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Cook served as Vice President, Accounting, and Corporate Controller at InvestRes from May 2019 until April 2020. Prior to that, Ms. Cook was Corporate Controller at Checkers Drive-In Restaurants, Inc. from December 2015 until April 2019 and prior to that, Senior Director of SEC Reporting at Syniverse Technologies, Inc. Ms. Cook is a Certified Public Accountant in the state of Florida and holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Southeastern University.
Donna Bowden.Donald Young. Ms. BowdenMr. Young joined Better Choice Company in December 2019, concurrentJanuary of 2021 with more than 29 years of experience leading the acquisitionsales organizations of Halo,several pet specialty pet food brands including The Nutro Company (Natural Choice, MAX, and currently servesGreenies Brands) and Merrick Pet Care, Inc. (Merrick, Backcountry, Purrfect Bistro and Fresh Kisses Brands). Following his service at The Nutro Company, Mr. Young joined Merrick Pet Care’s Pet Specialty business from 2010 – 2020 as the Executive Vice President of Operations for Better Choice. Ms. Bowden oversees operations for both the Halo and TruPet brands. Ms. Bowden joined the Halo team in 2010 and advanced to the position of Vice President of Operations prior to the acquisition. Ms. BowdenSales. Donald has extensive experience in operationsalso been recognized by his peers in the consumer products industry, beginning her careerPet Industry for his track record of success, including recognition as a packaging engineer with Colgate Palmolive, and moving into production planning and contract manufacturing coordination. Ms. Bowden is a graduateone of Michigan State University and holds a degree in Packaging Engineering.Pet Age Magazine’s 2019 ICON Winners.
Anthony Santarsiero. Mr. Santarsiero has served as Executive Vice President of Sales since October 2020. Prior, Mr. Santarserio served as President and Chief Operating Officer since May 2019. Mr. Santarsiero was formerly the President of TruPet, LLC, where he was responsible for overseeing the company’s financials and day-to-day operations since January 2014. Prior to his time at TruPet, LLC, Mr. Santarsiero founded RV Genie and RV Clear Price, online platforms designed to assist private parties, dealerships, manufacturers and suppliers navigate the RV industry and interact directly with consumers, where he served as President since January 2013. Mr. Santarsiero
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

has also served as Sales and Marketing Manager at GSI Inc. from May 2013 to March 2014, International Sales Manager and Director of E-Commerce Platform at BriteLyt Inc. from May 2013 to March 2014, Sales Manager and Business Manager at Dimmitt Automotive Group from June 2012 to August 2013 and was founder and Chief Executive Officer of Terra Paws from January 2010 and May 2012.
Robert SauermannSauermann. . Mr. Sauermann joined Better Choice Company in December 2019, concurrent with the acquisition of Halo, and currently serves as the Executive Vice President of Strategy & Finance for Better Choice. Prior to joining the Halo team full-time in October 2019 as its Chief Strategy Officer, Mr. Sauermann served as an Investment Professional at Pegasus Capital Advisors.Advisors from 2016 to 2019. In that role, he also served on the board of Halo from 2017 through 2019, and led the successful restructuring and sale of the company to Better Choice. While at Pegasus, he deployed approximately $100 million of growth equity capital across various sectors, with a particular focus on animal health and wellness focused investments.2019. Mr. Sauermann previously served on the boards of Organix Recycling, National Strategies, and currently serves on the board of SGV International. Mr. Sauermann began his career at Credit Suisse in New York. Mr. Sauermann is a graduate of Harvard College and holds a degree in Economics and Earth and Planetary Science.
Michael Young. Mr. Young has served as our Chairman since December 2019.2018. Mr. Young is a founding partner of Cottingham Capital, an investment company focused on real estate and technology investment, where he has served as Managing Partner since its inception in January 2017. Prior to January 2017, Mr. Young served as the Managing Director and Co-Head of Trading of GMP Securities, L.P., a Canadian investment bank.bank, beginning in May 2003. Mr. Young currently serves on the boards of Aerues Inc., an anti-microbial copper coating technology company, and XIB I Capital Corp., a capital pool company, and was previously on the boards of Nuuvera Corp. and ICC Labs.
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Young holds a diploma in Finance from George Brown College. We believe Mr. Young’s qualifications to serve as a director of our Company include his extensive senior level executive management and trading experience in the Canadian and U.S. capital markets and his experience on other public company boards of directors.
Michael Close. Mr. Close has served as a director of the Company since January 2020. Mr. Close is the Chief Executive Officer of CHOICE Administrators where he is responsible for two health insurance programs: A multi-carrier private health insurance exchange, CaliforniaChoice, and the nation’s first ancillary benefits exchange, ChoiceBuilder. Mr. Close previously served as the Chief Operating Officer for The Word & Brown Companies where he oversaw information technology, marketing, and strategic business development. He worked closely with the business units to ensure strategic alignment between corporate short-term and long-term strategic goals. Mr. Close was previously President of Quotit Corp and HealthCompare, two national health insurance distribution platforms, before their acquisition by National General Holdings Corp. in early 2017. He was also President of CONEXIS, a leading benefits administration company, before its acquisition by WageWorks in 2014. Mr. Close joined The Word & Brown Companies in 2003. His professional background makes him uniquely suited to lead CHOICE Administrators. He has an impressive career spanning more than 35 years in employee benefits and health care. Prior to joining The Word & Brown Companies, he held senior executive positions with Health Net of California and American Specialty Health. Mr. Close earned his Bachelor of Arts in Marketing from Ohio State University. We believe Mr. Close’s qualifications to serve as a director of our Company include a strong background in strategic planning, operational effectiveness, sales, distribution and organizational development.
Damian M. Dalla-Longa. Mr. Dalla-Longa joined Better Choice Company in May 2019, concurrent with the acquisition of Bona Vida, and currently serves as our Executive Vice President of Capital Markets & Corporate Development. Previously, Mr. Dalla-Longa served as our Chief Executive Officer and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Bona Vida, Inc. from October 2018 until its acquisition by the Company. Mr. Dalla-Longa is a Partner at Albaron Partners, a private equity fund focused on acquiring and operating medical practices and other healthcare businesses, where he has served since August 2017. Prior to August 2017, Mr. Dalla-Longa served as a Sector Head at Magnetar Capital, a privately owned hedge fund sponsor, and an Investment Analyst at King Street Capital Management, a global investment management company. Mr. Dalla-Longa holds a Bachelor of Science in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania and a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Dalla-Longa’s qualifications to serve as a director of our Company include his experience investing in, and operating, commodity-related and consumer-facing business and his institutional knowledge of the animal health and wellness space within the hemp-derived CBD industry.
Jeff D. Davis.Mr. Davis has served as a director of the Company since March 2019. Mr. Davis founded Molio Inc., a venture-backed, creative and media analytics agency, where he has served as Chief Executive Officer since February 2015. Prior to founding Molio Inc., Mr. Davis served as director and Chief Executive Officer of Orabrush
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Inc., a recognized Google e-commerce startup business focused on YouTube advertising for oral care products. Mr. Davis has also served in a variety of leadership positions at Procter & Gamble in 5 different countries over 20 years, where he spent time in numerous product sectors including consumer-packaged goods, pharmaceuticals and beauty. Mr. Davis holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing and a Bachelor of Arts in German from the University of Utah. We believe Mr. Davis’s qualifications to serve as a director of our Company include skills and expertise in sales, marketing and general management, innovation and brand-building, strategic planning, digital DTC and e-commerce advertising, organizational effectiveness, global “big company” and entrepreneurial “startup” businesses, as well as a global network of business relationships.
Clinton Gee.Gil Fronzaglia. Mr. GeeFronzaglia has served as a director of the Company since April 2021. Mr. Fronzaglia currently serves on the board of Quinn Snacks Inc. (where he also served as interim Chief Operating Officer from December 2018 through July 2019). He has also served on the boards of Grillo’s Pickles, Inc. (October 2016 – January 2020.2021), I and Love and You (May 2015 – April 2017), Little Secrets Candies (October 2014 – July 2018) and Spindrift Beverage Co., Inc. (January 2013 – February 2017). Previously, Mr. Gee has beenFronzaglia served as the Chief FinancialOperating Officer of Revelry Brands from May 2013 through September 2016. Prior to Revelry, he served in various operating roles for all of The Wordventure-backed companies which had successful exits to strategic investors, including: Food Should Taste Good (sold to General Mills), Izze Beverage Company (sold to Pepsi), Blue Buffalo Pet Food (sold to General Mills), and Brown Companies (the Word & Brown General Agency, CHOICE Administrators,SoBe Beverage Company (sold to Pepsi). Prior to that, Mr. Fronzaglia spent over 15 years with multiple Fortune 500 consumer packaged goods companies. Mr. Fronzaglia received his MBA from Barry University and California Rx Card Program) since June of 2006. In addition, Mr. Gee oversees Information Technology, Human Resources, Security & Compliance, Legal, Marketing, and Strategic Business Development. Mr. Gee also is a Certified Public Accountant and a Licensed Life and Health Agent in California. Before joining The Word and Brown Companies, he worked as Vice President of Finance and Vice President of Sales for Nationwide Insurance Companies; Vice President of Finance, Vice President of Operations, and Vice President and Controller at CalFarm Insurance Company; Vice President of Finance for Foundation Health Plans. In addition, he worked as an Audit Manager for KPMG where he managed audits of various manufacturing, retail and distribution customers. Mr. Gee holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting and Computer ScienceChemical Engineering from California State University, Chico.Northeastern University. We believe Mr. Gee’sFronzaglia’s qualifications to serve as a director of our Company include his financialextensive experience in operating roles and operational acumen andsuccessful exit strategies for consumer product goods businesses as well as his relationships with financial institutions.Board leadership experience.
Lori R. Taylor. Ms. Taylor has served as a director of the Company since September 2019 and was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Company from May 2019 until November 2019. Ms. Taylor founded TruPet, LLC, a direct to consumer dog food and supplement company, where she served as its Chief Executive Officer from August 2013September 2014 to April 2019. Ms. Taylor also founded RevMedia Marketing LLC, a full-service marketing consultation and product innovation firm, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since April 2009. From February 19221992 to March 2009, Ms. Taylor served as Senior Account Director at RR Donnelley, the largest direct marketer in the United States, during which time she managed direct marketing activity for Fortune 50 accounts, including Proctor and Gamble and was instrumental in the launch of national brands including Tide, Crest White Strips, Charmin, Puffs, and IAMS. Ms. Taylor’s accolades include being named a Forbes Top 50 Social Media Power Influencer in 2012 and a Forbes Top 20 Female Social Media Influencer in 2013. During her time at RR Donnelley, Ms. Taylor also won the Direct Marketing Association’s prestigious Gold, Silver, and Bronze Awards. Ms. Taylor holds a Bachelor of Arts in Marketing and a Bachelor of Science in Business Logistics from the University of Missouri. We believe Ms. Taylor’s qualifications to serve as a director of our Company include her marketing expertise, direct response acumen, and entrepreneurial experience. Ms. Taylor holds a Bachelor of Arts in Marketing and a Bachelor of Science in Business Logistics from the University of Missouri.
John M. Word III.III. Mr. Word has served as a director of the Company since January 2020.December 2019. Mr. Word founded the Word & Brown General Agency in 1984 to market and distribute health plans through California’s huge brokerage community; by 1986, the company was recognizedcommunity. Mr. Word also served as the largest independent small group health distributor in the nation. That same year, the company launched the nation’s first COBRA administration operation, sensing that employers needed assistancea director of Providence Speech and qualified support with federal COBRA laws. CaliforniaChoice®,Hearing, a groundbreaking enterprise empowering small business employees to selectnon-profit organization, from multiple health plans within one program, was launched in 1996.1979 until 2019. Mr. Word’s professional credentials include Chartered Life Underwriter (CLU), Registered Health Underwriter (RHU), and Registered Employee Benefits Consultant (REBC). He has served as President of the California Association of Health Underwriters (CAHU), President of the Orange County Association of Health Underwriters (OCAHU), and Chairman of the National Association of Health Underwriters (NAHU) Leading Producers Roundtable program. Mr. Word holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing and Finance from William Jewell College in Liberty, MO. We believe Mr. Word’s qualifications to serve as a director of our Company include his background in running successful organizations, understanding of consumer needs and marketing to those needs. Mr. Word holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing and Finance from William Jewel College in Liberty, MO.
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Board of Directors
The number of members of our board of directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. Currently, our board of directors consists of sevenfive persons. Our directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.
We did not have an annual meeting of shareholders in 2020 or 2019, and the Board does not currently have a policy regarding director attendance at annual meetings.
63
Director Independence

Each of Messrs. Young, Davis and Fronzaglia are “independent” members of our board of directors as “independence” is defined in Rule 803 of the NYSE American Company Guide.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Committees of the Board
We have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. Each such committee of the board of directors has or will have the composition and responsibilities described below.
Audit Committee
The audit committee assists the board in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee’s responsibilities include, among other matters: appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm; overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm; reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures; coordinating our board of directors’ oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures; discussing our risk management policies; meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, if any, registered public accounting firm and management; reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and preparing the audit committee report required by the SEC.
We have a separately-standing audit committee, whose members are Messrs. Young, GeeFronzaglia and Davis, with Mr. Young serving as chairperson of this committee. Our Board has determined that each of Messrs. Young, GeeFronzaglia and Davis is independent under the applicable independence standards of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act applicable to audit committee members. In addition, our Board has determined that Clinton Gee,Gil Fronzaglia, who was appointed to the Board in January 2020,April 2021, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee met eight times during 2020. The audit committee has adopted a charter, which is available for viewing on our website at www.betterchoicecompany.com.
Compensation Committee
The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, among other matters: reviewing and approving, or recommending for approval by the board of directors, the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers; overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans; reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation; reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” to the extent required; reviewing and discussing the voting recommendations of our stockholders on matters involving executive compensation, to the extent required; and preparing the annual compensation committee report required by SEC rules, to the extent required. No compensation consultant was engaged to provide advice or recommendations on our executive or director compensation for 2020.
The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Close,Fronzaglia, Young and Davis, and Mr. CloseFronzaglia serves as chairman of this committee. The compensation committee met 9 times during 2020. The compensation committee has adopted a charter, which is available for viewing on our website at www.betterchoicecompany.com.
Nominating and Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other matters: identifying individuals qualified to become board of directors members; recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each board committee; developing and recommending to our board of
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors corporate governance guidelines, and reviewing and recommending to our board of directors proposed changes to our corporate governance guidelines from time to time; and overseeing a periodic evaluation of our board of directors.
The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Gee,Fronzaglia, Young and Davis, and Mr. Davis serves as chairperson of this committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee did not met separately during 2020. The nominating and corporate governance committee has adopted a charter, which is available for viewing on our website at www.betterchoicecompany.com.
Family Relationships
Two of our directors have a family relationship; Ms. Taylor is the daughter of Mr. Word. Our board of directors has determined that this relationship would not interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. There are no other family relationships amongamongst any of our other executive officers or directors.
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings
On June 15, 2021, the Company received a background report related to a “Lori Taylor” that disclosed numerous driving under the influence charges and other criminal misdemeanors in the State of Ohio. The Company has undertaken a review of the background report and, based on its review, believes that these incidents are attributable to one or more other individuals bearing the same name. In its review, the Company verified its conclusions with Ms. Taylor's personal auto insurance agent, who provided an 18 year history of continuous auto insurance coverage with no evidence of any DUI or other substance abuse-related records, has discussed the matter with Ms. Taylor's personal attorney who has affirmed that he has no knowledge of any of the foregoing charges, reviewed the Ohio Bureau of Motor Vehicles online records and conducted an independent background search of other individual residents of Ohio named “Lori Taylor” which revealed similar charges to those identified in the background report. Ms. Taylor also delivered to the Company a sworn affidavit in which she certifies to the Company that none of the driving under the influence charges or other criminal misdemeanors identified in the background report are related to her.
Risk Oversight
Our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our risk management process. Our audit committee focuses on our general risk management policies and strategy, the most significant risks facing us, and oversees the implementation of risk mitigation strategies by management. Our board of directors is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters and significant transactions.
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that is applicable to all of our employees, executive officers, and directors of the Company (the “Code of Conduct”). The Code of Conduct
Our securities are is available on our website at www.betterchoice.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not listed on a national securities exchange,part of and we are, therefore,is not requiredincorporated by reference into this prospectus, and do not have a written codethe inclusion of business conductour website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. The nominating and ethics that applies togovernance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. Our management promotes honest and ethical conduct, full and fair disclosure in our reportsdirectors. We expect that any amendments to the SEC, and compliance with applicable governmental laws and regulations.Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.
6569

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
The following is a discussion and analysis of the compensation arrangements for our named executive officers, or NEOs. We are currently considered a “smaller reporting company” for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure rules. In accordance with such rules, we are providing a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table as well as narrative disclosures regarding our executive compensation program. For 2019,2020, our named executive officers were Damian Dalla-LongaWerner von Pein our former Chief Executive Officer, Andreas SchulmeyerSharla Cook our Chief Financial Officer, Damian Dalla-Longa our former Executive Vice President of Capital Markets and Corporate Development, Anthony Santarsiero our former Executive Vice President of Direct to Consumer, Robert Sauermann our Executive Vice President of Strategy and Chief Operating Officer, Lori TaylorFinance and Andreas Schulmeyer our former Co-Chief Executive Officer and David Lelong our former President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information with respect to compensation earned by our named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and 2018, as applicable.applicable:
Name and
Principal Position
Year(1)
Salary
($)
Bonus
($)
Stock
Awards
($)
Option
Awards
($)(2)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
All Other
Compensation
($)
Total
Damian Dalla-Longa(3)
Chief Executive Officer
2019
$192,857
$100,000
$600,000
$3,572,699
$0
$0
$4,465,556
Andreas Schulmeyer(4)
Chief Financial Officer
2019
$105,769
$0
$0
$1,877,285
$0
$37,011
$2,020,065
Anthony Santarsiero(5)
President and Chief
Operating Officer
2019
$166,047
25,000
$0
$3,077,101
$0
$5,740
$3,273,888
Lori Taylor(6)
Former Co-Chief
Executive Officer
2019
$139,615
155,000
$0
$3,424,828
$0
$414,237
$4,133,680
David Lelong(7)
Former President,
CEO and CFO
2019
$156,000
$0
$0
$0
$0
$29,982
$185,982
2018
$96,000
$0
$0
$154,983
$0
$0
$250,983
Name and Principal
Position
Year(1)
Salary ($)
Bonus ($)
Stock
Awards ($)
Option
Awards
($)(2)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
All Other
Compensation
($)
Total ($)
Werner von Pein(3)
Chief Executive Officer
2020
$316,712
$103,087
$0
$367,196
$0
$39,175
$826,170
Sharla Cook(4)
Chief Financial Officer
2020
$143,562
$45,313
$0
$79,721
$0
$3,385
$271,981
Damian Dalla-Longa(5)
Executive Vice President, Capital Markets and Corporate Development
2020
$291,644
$56,642
$0
$106,571
$0
$0
$454,857
2019
$192,857
$100,000
$600,000
$3,572,699
$0
$0
$4,465,556
Anthony Santarsiero(6)
Executive Vice President, Direct to Consumer
2020
$250,000
$56,642
$0
$74,013
$0
$8,414
$389,069
2019
$166,047
$25,000
$0
$3,077,101
$0
$5,740
$3,273,888
Robert Sauermann(7)
Executive Vice President, Strategy & Finance
2020
$216,712
$50,977
$0
$56,131
$0
$6,501
$330,321
Andreas Schulmeyer(8)
Former Chief Financial Officer
2020
$97,945
$0
$5,956
$174,327
$0
$3,556
$281,784
2019
$105,769
$0
$0
$1,877,285
$0
$37,011
$2,020,065
(1)
Messrs. Dalla-Longa and Santarsiero and Ms. Taylor eachCook commenced employment with us in May 2019. Mr. SchulmeyerApril 2020 and was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in June 2019 and commencedOctober 2020. Mr. Schulmeyer’s employment with us in July 2019.terminated on May 22, 2020 and Mr. von Pein’s employment terminated on December 31, 2020.
(2)
The valuevalues in this column reflectsreflect for 2019 awards the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock option awardawards and the incremental value due to the repricingrepricings on December 19, 2019 and October 1, 2020 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Information regarding the valuation assumptions usedThe value of stock options granted subsequent to October 1, 2020 are based on their aggregate grant date fair values in the calculations are included inaccordance with ASC Topic 718. See “Note 15 – Stockholders’ deficit”Share-based compensation” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus.prospectus for further information on the fair value of stock option awards.
(3)
Mr. von Pein received (i) $6,297 in car allowance payments, (ii) $2,752 in auto insurance payments (iii) $20,625 in housing allowance payments and (iv) $9,501 in matching 401(k) payments. On December 28, 2020, we entered into an agreement with Mr. von Pein pursuant to which he retired from his role as Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective on December 31, 2020.
(4)
Ms. Cook received $3,385 in matching 401(k) payments.
(5)
During 2019, Mr. Dalla-Longa received (i) a signing bonus of $100,000 as per his employment contract with Better Choice, and (ii) an award of 100,00016,667 shares in lieu of the change of control payment contained in his Bona Vida employment contract. On February 5, 2020, Mr. Dalla-Longa resigned as our Chief Executive Officer and was simultaneously appointed to Executive Vice President, Corporate Development. Mr. Dalla-Longa separated from the Company February 8, 2021.
(4)(6)
During 2020, Mr. Santarsiero received $8,414 in matching 401(k) payments. During 2019, Mr. Santarsiero received (i) a signing bonus of $25,000 as per his employment contract and (ii) $5,740 in matching 401(k) payments. Mr. Santarsiero separated from the Company on February 1, 2021.
(7)
During 2020, Mr. Sauermann received $6,501 in matching 401(k) payments.
(8)
During 2020, Mr. Schulmeyer received (i) $5,956 in restricted stock awards for services performed and (ii) $3,556 in matching 401(k) payments. During 2019, Mr. Schulmeyer received (i) $32,876 in compensation for work prior to joining the Company and (ii) $4,135 in matching 401(k) payments. On May 8, 2020, we entered into an agreement with Mr. Schulmeyer pursuant to which he resigned as our Chief Financial Officer effective on May 22, 2020.
(5)
Mr. Santarsiero received (i) a signing bonus of $25,000 as per his employment contract and (ii) $5,740 in matching 401(k) payments.
(6)
Ms. Taylor ceased serving as our co-Chief Executive Officer on September 13, 2019 and her employment with us terminated as of November 12, 2019. She received (i) a sign on bonus of $155,000 as per her employment contract, (ii) $14,000 in car allowance payments, (iii) $300,000 of severance pay, (iv) $70,567 of insurance payments, and (v)$29,670 as a consultant to TruPet.
(7)
Mr. Lelong ceased serving as our Chief Executive Officer on March 14, 2019 and as our President and Chief Financial Officer on May 28, 2019. Salary includes $124,000 in accrued compensation. Mr. Lelong received $5,982 in interest on accrued salary payments and $24,000 as a contractor.
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Employment Agreements
NEOs other than David Lelong
We entered into employment agreements with Mr. Dalla-Longa Ms. Taylor and Mr. Santarsiero effective as of May 6, 2019 and(each such employment agreements, the “May 2019 NEO Employment Agreements”). We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Schulmeyer effective as of July 29, 2019 (each such employment agreements, an “NEO(the “Schulmeyer Employment Agreement”). EachWe entered into employment agreements with Mr. von Pein and Mr. Sauermann effective as of December 19, 2019 (the “December 2019 NEO Employment Agreement hasAgreements” and together with the May 2019 NEO Employment Agreements and the Schulmeyer Employment agreement, the “2019 NEO Employment Agreements”). The 2019 NEO Employment Agreements had an initial two-year term
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

commencing on the applicable effective date and, unless earlier terminated by us or the executive, automatically renewsrenewed for successive two-year terms. Pursuant to each NEO Employment Agreement, the executive’s base salary iswas subject to review each year at the sole discretion of the compensation committee. Each executive iswas also eligible to earn an annual cash performance bonus as determined by the board, but in an amount no less than 25% of such executive’s base salary, prorated for any partial year of service.
We entered into new employment agreements with Mr. von Pein and Mr. Sauermann effective as of September 27, 2020 which terminated the December 2019 NEO Employment Agreements. We entered into new employment agreements with Mr. Santarsiero and Mr. Dalla-Longa effective as of October 7, 2020 and November 1, 2020, respectively, which terminated the May 2019 NEO Employment Agreements. We entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Cook effective as of October 8, 2020. The NEO employment agreements entered into during 2020 are collectively referred to as the 2020 NEO Employment Agreements.
Pursuant to the 2020 NEO Employment Agreements, each NEO is employed on an at-will basis. The executive’s base salary is subject to review each year at the sole discretion of the compensation committee. Each executive is also eligible to earn an annual cash performance bonus in an amount of at least 16%, but not greater than 40%, of such executive’s annual base salary, as determined by the board based on the achievement of performance goals and objectives established by the Company and such executive.
Pursuant to the 2020 NEO Employment Agreement, in the event the executiveexecutive’s employment is terminated due to death, disability (as defined in the 2020 NEO Employment Agreement), for any reason by the executive provided three months’ advance written notice is given by the executive to the Company, or for any reason by the Company without “cause” or resigns for “good reason” (each, as defined inprovided at least thirty days advance written notice is given from the NEO Employment Agreement),Company to the executive, the executive will be eligible to receive: (i) any accrued but unpaid base salary for services rendered to the date of termination and any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under such employment agreement, (ii) for all NEO’s excluding Mr. Dalla-Longa, severance equal to six months of executive’s base salary paid in the form of continuing installments on the Company’s ordinary payroll schedule and for Mr. Dalla-Longa severance equal to 12 months of executive’s base salary paid in the form of continuing installments on the Company’s ordinary payroll schedule; and (iii) a lump sum payment equal to the executive’s target bonus that remains unpaid for the year of termination, proratedprevious completed year. In addition, pursuant to the dateterms of such termination; (iv) three months from the date of termination to exercise all vested stock options held by the executive as of the date of such termination; (v) three months from the date of termination to exercise all vested stock options held by the executive as of the date of termination (but in no event beyond the original expiration date); (v) for all executives other than Mr. Schulmeyer, accelerated vesting of allDalla-Longa’s employment agreement, his unvested equity awards and for Mr. Schulmeyer, continued vesting of the equity awards during the 12 month period following the date of termination; and (vi) fringe benefits and perquisites consistent with the practices of the Company up to 12 months following the termination date. In the event the executive is terminated due to death or disability, he or she (or executive’s legally appointed guardian) will be eligible to receive: (i) any accrued but unpaid base salary for services rendered toshall become fully vested on the date of termination and any accrued but unpaid expenses required toexercise of options may, at his election, be reimbursed under such employment agreement; (ii)exercised with a lump sum payment equal to executive’s target bonus for the year of termination, prorated to the date of such termination; and (iii) 12 months from the date of termination to exercise all vested stock options held by the executive as of the date of termination (but in no event beyond the original expiration date).cashless exercise. The receipt of the foregoing described severance payment and benefits is subject to the executive’s continued compliance with all of his obligations to the Company, including under the executive’s confidential information and non-compete agreements with the Company, and the executive’s execution and delivery of a release of claims against the Company.
Pursuant to the 2020 NEO Employment Agreement, in the event of a “merger” (as defined in the 2020 NEO Employment Agreement), (i) if the executive’s employment is terminated for “cause” within twelve months following a merger (as defined in the 2020 NEO Employment Agreement), executive will be entitled to the severance the payments described above, or (ii) if the executive’s employment is terminated for “good reason” or “without cause” within twelve months following a merger, the executive will be entitled to the severance payments described above, plus a lump sum payment equal to one-half of such executive’s annual base salary. In addition, immediately preceding a merger, all of the executive’s unvested stock options shall vest and become exercisable in their entirety and may be exercised with a cashless exercise.
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For purposes of the 2020 NEO Employment Agreement:
“cause” means (i) any act of personal dishonesty taken by the Executive in connection with their responsibilities as an employee which is intended to result in personal enrichment of the Executive, (ii) the Executive’s conviction of a felony that the Board of Directors reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business, (iii) a willful act by the Executive that constitutes misconduct and is injurious to the Company, including without limitation any breach of Section 11 hereof, and (iv) continued willful violations by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been delivered to the Executive a written demand for performance from the Company which describes the basis for the Company’s belief that the Executive has not substantially performed their duties.
“good reason” shall exist if one or more of the following circumstances exists uncured for a period of thirty (30) days after the Executive has notified the Company of the existence of such circumstance(s) after a merger: (i) without the Executive’s express written consent, a significant reduction of the Executive’s duties, position or responsibilities relative to the Executive’s duties, position or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or the removal of the Executive from such position, duties, and responsibilities, unless the Executive is provided with comparable duties, position and responsibilities, it being understood that the Executive shall not be deemed to have been removed from such position if and as long as the Executive shall be offered or shall have an executive position within their area of experience or expertise; (ii) without the Executive’s express written consent, a substantial reduction, without good business reasons, of the facilities and tools (including office space and location) available to the Executive immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) a reduction by the Company of the Executive’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (iv) a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled immediately prior to such a reduction with the result that the Executive’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced; or (v) without the Executive’s express written consent, the relocation of the Executive to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from their then-current location.
The 2020 NEO Employment Agreements also contain standard confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.
For purposesOn May 8, 2020, we entered into a separation and release agreement with Mr. Schulmeyer effective as of May 22, 2020 (the “Termination Date”). The agreement provided for the accelerated vesting of 50% of unvested stock options held by Mr. Schulmeyer as of the NEO Employment Agreement:Termination Date, as well as continuation of his salary through the Termination Date. Mr. Schulmeyer’s remaining unvested stock options were forfeited on the Termination Date.
“cause” means (i) executive is convictedThe Company and Mr. von Pein entered into a separation and retirement agreement effective as of or pleads guilty or nolo contendere to,December 31, 2020 (“the Separation Date”). The agreement provides for continuation of payment by the Company of Mr. von Pein’s salary for a felonyperiod of six months; the payment of Mr. von Pein’s 2020 annual bonus in accordance with the Company’s Management Incentive Plan; the accelerated vesting of 75% of unvested stock options held by Mr. von Pein as of the Separation Date and the payment of unused paid time off as of the Separation Date. In addition, the Separation Agreement includes a general release by Mr. von Pein related to our business; (ii) executive, in carrying out his duties hereunder, has acted with gross negligence or intentional misconduct resulting, in any case, in material harm to us; (iii) executive misappropriates Company funds or otherwise defrauds us including a material amount of money or property; (iv) executive breaches his fiduciary duty to the Company resulting in material profit to him, directly or indirectly; (v) executive materially breaches any agreementMr. von Pein’s employment with the Company and fails to cure such breach within 10 days of receipt of notice, unless the act is incapable of being cured; (vi) executive breaches any non-compete or confidential information provision of the NEO Employment Agreement; (vii) executive becomes subject to a preliminary or permanent injunction issued by a United States District Court enjoining executive from violating any securities law administered or regulated by the SEC; (viii) executive becomes subject to a cease and desist order or other order issued by the SEC after an opportunity for a hearing; (ix) executive refuses to carry out a resolution adopted by the board of directors at a meeting in which executive was offered a reasonable opportunity to argue that the resolution should not be adopted; or (x) executive abuses alcohol or drugs in a manner that interferes with the successful performance of executive’s duties;
“good reason” means any one or more of the following: (i) a material diminution in executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities due to no fault of executive other than temporarily while executive is physically or mentally incapacitated or as required by applicable law; (ii) we require executive to change his principal business office to a location that is greater than 20 miles from executive’s current office, (iii) a change in the executive’s overall compensation or bonus structure such that the executive’s overall compensation is materially diminished; or (iv) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us under the NEO Employment Agreement.Company.
6772

TABLE OF CONTENTS

David Lelong
On February 2, 2019, the Company and Mr. Lelong entered into a six month employment agreement (the “Lelong Employment Agreement”). Under the terms of the Lelong Employment Agreement, Mr. Lelong received a salary of $8,000 per month for his services. Additionally, beginning on the effective date of the Lelong Employment Agreement and every 30 days thereafter, the Company paid Mr. Lelong the lesser of (i) $19,333, or (ii) the remaining balance of accrued salary owed to Mr. Lelong. Interest on any accrued salary amount remaining owed to Mr. Lelong accrued monthly at a rate of 18% per annum. As of December 31, 2018, we owed Mr. Lelong $124,000 in accrued salary. Such amount has since been paid to Mr. Lelong in installments with the last payment being remitted to Mr. Lelong on August 9, 2019. Mr. Lelong resigned from his position as CEO on March 4, 2019 and President and CFO on May 28, 2019.
The Lelong Employment Agreement provided for severance benefits for certain terminations that arise prior to and following a change of control of the Company (as such term is defined in the Lelong Employment Agreement). Upon a termination without cause, resignation for good reason, (as such terms are defined in the Lelong Employment Agreement), subject to his execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims, Mr. Lelong would have been entitled to (i) a payment equal to 12 months of his base salary (or 18 months if the termination occurs following a change of control) (ii) acceleration of the vesting of all outstanding equity awards granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan, and (iii) continued benefits, including health insurance for Mr. Lelong and his spouse for a period of six months (or 18 months if the termination occurs following a change of control) following the termination date. Additionally, in the event of a change of control, Mr. Lelong would have been entitled to receive 100% of his target bonus, if any, for such fiscal year.
For purposes of the Lelong Employment Agreement:
“cause” means (i) executive is convicted of, or pleads guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony related to our business; (ii) executive, in carrying out his duties hereunder, has acted with gross negligence or intentional misconduct resulting, in any case, in material harm to us; (iii) executive misappropriates Company funds or otherwise defrauds us including a material amount of money or property; (iv) executive breaches his fiduciary duty to the Company resulting in material profit to him, directly or indirectly; (v) executive materially breaches any agreement with the Company and fails to cure such breach within 10 days of receipt of notice, unless the act is incapable of being cured; (vi) executive breaches any non-compete or confidential information provision of the Lelong Employment Agreement; (vii) executive becomes subject to a preliminary or permanent injunction issued by a United States District Court enjoining executive from violating any securities law administered or regulated by the SEC; (viii) executive becomes subject to a cease and desist order or other order issued by the SEC after an opportunity for a hearing; (ix) executive refuses to carry out a resolution adopted by the board of directors at a meeting in which executive was offered a reasonable opportunity to argue that the resolution should not be adopted; or (x) executive abuses alcohol or drugs in a manner that interferes with the successful performance of his duties;
“change of control” has the same meaning given to such term in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5); and
“good reason” means any one or more of the following: (i) a material diminution in executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities due to no fault of executive other than temporarily while executive is physically or mentally incapacitated or as required by applicable law; (ii) we require executive to change his principal business office to a location other than the New York, New York metropolitan area, or (iii) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us under the Lelong Employment Agreement.
Mr. Lelong was not entitled to any severance benefits in connection with his resignation in 2019.
Resignation Agreement of Ms. Taylor
Ms. Taylor resigned as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective as of September 13, 2019 and her employment with us terminated as of November 12, 2019. Upon her resignation, the Company also entered into a separation agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) with Ms. Taylor. Following her resignation, Ms. Taylor continued to serve as a member of the board of directors of the Company.
Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Ms. Taylor received the following benefits, subject to her execution of a general release of claims and her continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in her NEO Employment Agreement, (i) continued payment of her base salary during the 12 month period following her
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

termination of employment, (ii) continued payment of healthcare benefits during the 24 month period following her termination of employment and (iii) full acceleration of her outstanding stock options and such stock options will not expire until May 2, 2029.
Executive Compensation Components
20192020 Salaries
The named executive officers receive a base salary to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. For 2019,2020, our board of directors established an annual base salary for each of our NEOs as follows:
Named Executive Officer
Annual
Base Salary
Werner von Pein
$325,000(1)
Sharla Cook
$200,000
Damian Dalla-Longa
$300,000
Andreas Schulmeyer
$250,000(2)
Anthony Santarsiero
$250,000
Lori TaylorRobert Sauermann
$300,000225,000(3)
David LelongAndreas Schulmeyer
$64,000250,000
2019 Bonuses
Mr. Dalla-Longa, Ms. Taylor and Mr. Santarsiero each received a signing bonus of $100,000, $155,000 and $25,000, respectively, payable in a cash lump sum upon the execution of their respective NEO Employment Agreement. No annual bonuses were paid to any named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.
(1)
Increased from $300,000 effective May 1, 2020.
(2)
Decreased from $300,000 effective November 1, 2020.
(3)
Increased from $200,000 effective May 1, 2020.
Equity Compensation
The goals of our long-term, equity-based incentive awards are to align the interests of our named executive officers and other employees, nonemployeenon-employee directors and consultants with the interests of our stockholders. Because vesting is based on continued employment, our equity-based incentives also encourage the retention of our named executive officers through the vesting period of the awards.
Prior to the completion of the May Acquisitions, execution of employment agreements and granting of awards under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, (the “2019 Plan”), we engaged Willis Towers Watson (“WTW”) to evaluate executive compensation packages for all of our senior employees. This included an evaluation of salary and equity award levels, among other items. The analysis completed by WTW was performed to benchmark our company alongside public-market industry peers in order to design an appropriate market-standard compensation plan for our use.
To reward and retain our named executive officers in a manner that best aligns employees’ interests with stockholders’ interests, we use stock options as the primary incentive vehicles for long-term compensation. We believe that stock options are an effective tool for meeting our compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value by tying the value of the stock options to our future performance. The exercise price of each stock option grant is the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date, as determined by our board of directors from time to time.
On December 31, 2018,April 13, 2020, Ms. Cook was granted 33,334 stock options. On October 8, 2020, Mr. Lelong received an equity award inSauermann and Mr. von Pein were each granted 16,667 options. On November 1, 2020, Mr. Dalla-Longa was granted 8,334 stock options. In each case, the form of 19,231 stock options that vest in quarterly installments over a one-year period beginning on January 1, 2019,of three years subject to Mr. Lelong’s continuous servicecontinued employment with the Company through the vesting date(s). These stock options fully vested as partfollows: one-third of the May Acquisitions.options will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining options will vest monthly in equal amounts over the remaining 24-month period. In the event of a change in control the options shall immediately vest and become exercisable in their entirety.
On May 2, 2019, Mr. Dalla-Longa Ms. Taylor and Mr. Santarsiero were granted 1,200,000, 1,150,000200,000 and 1,000,000166,667 stock options, respectively. Mr. Santarsiero was granted an additional 100,00016,667 options on December 19, 2019. Mr. Schulmeyer was granted 500,00083,334 options on June 29, 2019, 100,00016,667 options of August 30, 2019, 250,00041,667 options on December 11, 2019 and 20,3713,396 options on December 31, 2019. In each case, the stock options vest and become exercisable monthly over 2 years in equal installments of 1/24 each month, subject to the executive’s continuous service with the Company through the vesting date(s). The stock options will be accelerated upon a termination without cause or for good reason within two years following a change in control (as defined under our Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan).
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On May 6, 2019 Mr. Dalla-Longa waived the change of control payment provided for in his employment agreement with Bona Vida of $500,000 and received a grant of 100,00016,667 shares of Better Choice Common Stock instead.common stock.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Elements of Compensation
Retirement Plans. We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan that allows eligible employees to contribute a portion of their compensation, within limits prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the plan. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings through our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our named executive officers in accordance with our compensation policies. TheDuring 2020, the Company had a separate 401(k) plans for TruPet and Halo and provided an employer matching contribution under each plan. Beginning in 2021, the Company provides an employer matching contribution of 100%50% up to 3% of compensation and 50% matching of contributions above that level to a maximum of 5% of compensation under our 401(k) plan.
Employee Benefits and Perquisites. All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including medical, dental, and vision benefits, health spending accounts, short and long-term disability and life insurance, to the same extent as our other full-time employees, subject to the terms and eligibility requirements of those plans. During 2020, the term of Ms. Taylor’s NEO Employment Agreement, weCompany paid Ms. Taylor a monthly car allowance of $2,000 per month.certain auto and housing costs on Mr. von Pein’s behalf.
Termination and Change in Control Benefits
Benefits. Our named executive officers may become entitled to certain benefits or enhanced benefits in connection with certain qualifying terminations of employment and/or a change in control of our Company. Each of our named executive officers’ employment agreements entitles them to severance in the event of their termination without cause or their resignation for good reason (and, for our named executive officers other than Mr. Lelong,and upon termination by reason of death or disability). In addition, each named executive officer is entitled to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards upon his or her termination without cause or their resignation for good reason within two years following a change in control of our Company. For additional discussion, please see “Employment Agreements” above.disability.
Repricing of Stock Options
Effective as of December 19, 2019, the board of directors repriced all outstanding options to purchase Common Stockcommon stock issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “2019 Amended Plan”) including options held by our named executive officers. As a result, the exercise price of all 2019 Amended Plan options outstanding as of December 19, 2019 was lowered to $1.82$10.92 per share, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 19, 2019. No other terms of the stock options were changed.
Effective October 1, 2020, all outstanding stock option awards under the Amended and Restated 2019 Equity Incentive Plan held by current employees as of October 1, 2020 were repriced concurrent with the closing of the Company’s Series F Private Placement. In total, 6,077,7311,012,956 stock options were repriced. The exercise price was set at a 20% premium to the Series F conversion price, or $0.60$3.60 per share. No other terms of the stock options were changed.
The board of directors effectuated the repricing, in each case, to realign the value of the stock options with their intended purpose, which is to retain and motivate the holders of the stock options to continue to work in the best interests of the Company. Prior to the repricing, many of the stock options had exercise prices well above the then recent market prices of our common stock. The stock options were repriced unilaterally and the consent of holders was neither necessary nor obtained.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table provides information on our equity compensation plans as of June 11, 2021:
Plan category
Number of Securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights(2)
Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
 
(a)
(b)
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders(1)
2,201,293
$6.42
48,707
Total
2,201,293
$6.42
48,707
(1)
The Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan provides for an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2020 and ending on and including January 1, 2029, equal to the lesser of (A) 10% of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of common stock as determined by the Board.
7074

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth outstanding stock option awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2019.2020. None of our named executive officers hold stock awards.awards:
Option Awards
Option Awards
Name
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
Option
Expiration
Date
David Lelong
19,231
(a)
$6.76
12/21/23
Werner von Pein
95,834
(a)
$3.60
(a)
Sharla A. Cook
(b)
33,334
$3.60
4/13/2030
Damian Dalla-Longa
158,334
(c)
50,000
(c)
(c)
Robert Sauermann
22,223
(d)
61,112
$3.60
(d)
Anthony Santarsiero
333,333
(b)
766,667
1.82
various
140,278
(e)
43,056
$3.60
(e)
Andreas Schulmeyer
141,666
(c)
728,705
various
various
Damian Dalla-Longa
400,000
(d)
800,000
1.82
5/2/2029
Lori Taylor
1,150,000
(e)
1.82
5/2/2029
(a)
Options fully vested upon the consummationto vest as to 1/3rd of the May Acquisitions.shares on the first anniversary of the grant date and 1/36th of the shares to vest monthly thereafter. Mr. von Pein’s options were granted at various times as shown below:
100,000 options were issued on December 19, 2019 at $3.60 and expire on December 19, 2029.
16,667 options were issued on October 8, 2020 at $3.60 and expire on October 8, 2030.
Mr. von Pein retired from the Company on December 28, 2020 at which time 75% of Mr. von Pein’s unvested options became fully vested per the separation agreement by and between the Company and Mr. von Pein.
(b)
Options to vest as to 1/3rd of the shares on athe first anniversary of the grant date and 1/36th of the shares to vest monthly basis over a two year period (1/24 of award per month). Mr. Santarsiero’sthereafter. Ms. Cook’s options were issued at various times during the year.granted as shown below:
1,000,00033,334 options were issued on April 13, 2020 at $5.00 per share on May 2, 2019 and repriced to $1.82 per share on December 19, 2019;
100,000 options were issued at $1.82 per share on December 19, 2019.$3.60.
(c)
Options to vest on a monthly basis over a two year period (1/24 of award per month). Mr. Schulmeyer’s options were issued at various times during the year.as follows:
500,000200,000 options were issued on May 2, 2019 at $6.35$3.60 and expire on May 2, 2029. Options to vest on a monthly basis over a two year period (1/24th of award per share on June 29, 2019 and repriced to $1.82 per share on December 19, 2019;month).
100,0008,334 options were issued on November 1, 2020 at $3.90 per share$4.92 and expire on August 30, 2019November 1, 2030. Options to vest as to 1/3rd of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant date and repriced1/36th of the shares to $1.82 per share on December 19, 2019;
250,000 options were issued at $1.94 per share on December 11, 2019 and repriced to $1.82 per share on December 19, 2019; and
20,371 options were issued at $2.70 per share on December 31, 2019.vest monthly thereafter.
(d)
Options to vest as to 1/3rd of the shares on athe first anniversary of the grant date and 1/36th of the shares to vest monthly basis over a two year period (1/24 of award per month). Thethereafter. Mr. Sauermann’s options were issuedgranted at $5.00 per share on May 2, 2019 and repriced to $1.82 per share on December 19, 2019.various times as shown below:
66,667 options were issued on December 19, 2019 at $3.60 and expire on December 19, 2029.
16,667 options were issued on October 8, 2020 at $3.60 and expire October 8, 2030.
(e)
Options fully vested on November 12, 2019to vest as per the Separation Agreement by and between the Company and Ms. Taylor. The options were issued at $5.00 per share on May 2, 2019 and repriced to $1.82 per share on December 19, 2019.follows:
166,667 options were issued on May 2, 2019 at $3.60 and expire May 2, 2029. Options to vest on a monthly basis over a two year period (1/24th of award per month).
16,667 options were issued on December 19, 2019 at $3.60 and expire December 19, 2029. Options to vest on a monthly basis over a two year period (1/24th of award per month).
Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth compensation information for the fiscal year ended December 31, 20192020 for our nonemployeenon-employee directors (other than Ms. TaylorMr. Dalla-Longa whose compensation is shown above under “Summary Compensation Table”).:
Name
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
Stock
Awards
Option
Awards
Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
All Other
Compensation
Total
Compensation
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
Stock
Awards
Option
Awards(1)
Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
All Other
Compensation(2)
Total
Compensation
Michael Young
$32,534
$N/A
$1,488,624
$   
$   
$1,521,158
$—
$
$33,988
$—
$
$33,988
Jeff Davis
32,534
N/A
1,488,624
 
 
1,521,158
$—
$
$33,988
$—
$
$33,988
Michael Galego
32,534
N/A
1,488,624
 
15,534(a)
1,536,692
Michael Close
$—
$150,000
$
$—
$510,469
$660,469
Clinton Gee
$—
$150,000
$
$—
$510,469
$660,469
Lori Taylor
$—
$
$78,173
$—
$
$78,173
John Word
$—
$150,000
$
$—
$
$150,000
(a)(1)
CashThe values in this column reflect for 2019 awards the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock option awards and the incremental value due to the repricings on December 19, 2019 and October 1, 2020 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The value of stock options
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

granted subsequent to October 1, 2020 are based on their aggregate grant date fair values in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See “Note 15 – Share-based compensation” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for further information on the fair value of stock option awards.
(2)
Includes compensation as director of Bona Vida prorated from January 1, 2019expense related to May 5, 2019.warrants issued in connection with the June 2020 Notes and Citizens ABL Facility. See “Note 11 – Warrants” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus for more information.
The table below shows the aggregate numbers of option awards (exercisable and unexercisable) held as of December 31, 20192020 by each nonemployeenon-employee director who was serving as of December 31, 20192020 (other than Ms. TaylorMr. Dalla-Longa whose awards are shown above under “OutstandingOutstanding Equity Awards at Year End”End).:
Name
Options Outstanding at
at Fiscal Year End
Michael Galego
500,000
Michael Young
519,23186,539
Jeff Davis
500,00083,334
Michael Close
Clinton Gee
Lori Taylor
191,667
John Word
Non-executive directors received quarterly director fees of $12,500 in 2019. Director fees from May 5, 2019 through June 30, 2019 were prorated. Upon joining the Board, the directors were awarded 500,000 options, each with a strike price of $5.00 per share. These options were repriced on December 19, 2019 to reflect a strike price of $1.82 per share.
7176

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by (i) each of our current directors, (ii) each of our named executive officers (iii) all our current directors and executive officers as a group, and (iv) each person or group known by us to own more than 5% of our common stock. The percentages reflect beneficial ownership, as determined in accordance with the SEC’s rules, as of November 17, 2020,June 11, 2021, and are based on 49,185,86011,088,058 shares of common stock outstanding.outstanding (as adjusted for the reverse stock split of 1-for-6). Except as noted below, the address for all beneficial owners in the table below is 164 Douglas12400 Race Track Road, E, Oldsmar,Tampa, FL 34677.33626:
 
Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership(1)
% of Total
Voting Power
 
Common Stock
%
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
 
 
Holders of More than 5%
 
 
 
Navy Capital Green Fund LP(2)
575 Lexington Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10022
2,636,533
5.4%
 5.3%
Thriving Paws LLC(3)
750 E Main Street, Suite 600
Stamford, CT 06902
3,642,452
7.4%
7.2%
HH-Halo LP(4)
2200 Ross Avenue, 50th Floor
Dallas, TX 75201
3,801,158
7.7%
7.2%
Edward J. Brown Jr TTEE(5)
20 Boulder View
Irvine, CA 92603
22,666,907
46.1%
31.9%
Cavalry Fund LP(6)
61 Kinderkamack Rd.
Woodcliff Lake, NJ 07677
17,167,746
34.9%
26.1%
James Frank Allan(7)
127 S. Ocean Rd.
New Providence, Bahamas
8,977,890
18.3%
15.5%
Filipp Chebotarev(8)
1900 Main St, Suite 375
Irvine, CA 92614
6,402,896
13.0%
11.7%
Xuesong Wu(9)
610 Newport Center Drive, Suite 1260
Newport Beach, CA 92660
3,505,874
7.1%
6.7%
Directors and Executive Officers
 
 
 
Werner von Pein(10)
216,425
0.4%
0.4%
Anthony Santarserio(11)
1,880,542
3.8%
3.8%
Donna Bowden(12)
90,000
0.2%
0.2%
Robert Sauermann(13)
575,995
1.2%
1.2%
Sharla Cook(14)
40,000
0.1%
0.1%
Damian Dalla-Longa(15)
2,839,891
5.8%
5.7%
Michael Young(16)
6,033,013
12.3%
11.2%
John M. Word III(17)
32,048,732
65.2%
42.0%
Michael Close(18)
1,150,000
2.3%
2.3%
Clinton Gee(19)
1,150,000
2.3%
2.3%
Jeff Davis(20)
416,666
0.8%
0.8%
Lori Taylor(21)
8,082,027
16.4%
15.7%
All directors and executive officers as a group
(12 persons)(22)
54,523,290
111.0%
85.6%
 
Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership(1)
 
Common Stock
%
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
 
Holders of More than 5%
 
 
Thriving Paws LLC(2)
750 E Main Street, Suite 600
Stamford, CT 06902
568,148
5.1%
HH-Halo LP(3)
2200 Ross Avenue, 50th Floor
Dallas, TX 75201
554,493
5.0%
Edward J. Brown Jr TTEE(4)
20 Boulder View
Irvine, CA 92603
3,816,816
34.4%
Directors and Executive Officers
 
 
Scott Lerner(5)
8,000
*
Donald Young(6)
45,934
*
Robert Sauermann(7)
115,928
1.0%
Sharla Cook(8)
20,556
*
Michael Young(9)
632,632
5.7%
John M. Word III(10)
5,520,453
49.8%
Gil Fronzaglia(11)
0
*
Jeff Davis(12)
83,334
*
Lori Taylor(13)
1,347,005
12.1%
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)
7,773,842
70.1%
*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1)
Beneficial ownership of shares and percentage ownership are determined in accordance with the SEC’s rules. In calculating the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that individual or entity, shares underlying options, warrants or restricted stock units held by that individual or entity that are either currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof are deemed outstanding. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other individual or entity. Unless otherwise indicated and subject to community property laws where applicable, the individuals and entities named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
(2)
Includes (i) 2,482,687314,165 shares of common stock and (ii) 153,846 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020. Navy Capital Green Management, LLC (“Navy Management”) is the investment advisor of Navy Capital Green Fund LP (“Green Fund”) and consequently has voting control and investment discretion over securities held by Green Fund. Mr. Sean Stiefel, Chief Executive Officer of Navy Management has voting control over Green Fund. As a result of the foregoing, each of Mr. Sean Stiefel and Navy Management may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the shares of common stock beneficially owned by Green Fund.
(3)
Includes (i) 1,884,989 shares of common stock, (ii) 1,450,469253,984 shares of common stock underlying subordinated convertible notes exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, and (iii) 306,994June 11, 2021. The holder disclaims beneficial ownership of 51,166 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020.due to beneficial ownership limitations. Thriving Paws, LLC (“Thriving Paws”) is controlled by Pegasus Partners III, L.P. (“PP III”). PP III is managed by Pegasus Capital Advisors III, L.P. (“PCA III”), which is controlled, indirectly, by Craig Cogut. As a result of the foregoing, each of Mr. Cogut, PCA III and PP III may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the shares of common stock beneficially owned by Thriving Paws.
(4)(3)
Includes (i) 232,97638,830 shares of common stock and (ii) 2,944,891515,663 shares of common stock underlying subordinated convertible notes exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iii) 623,291June 11, 2021. The holder disclaims beneficial ownership of 103,882 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020.due to beneficial ownership limitations. Thomas O. Hicks is the managing member of HEP Partners LLC, which is the investment manager of HH-Halo LP (“HH-Halo”), and consequently has voting control and investment discretion over securities held by HH-Halo. Mack H. Hicks is the manager of HH-Halo GP LLC, which is the general partner of HH-Halo GP LP, the general partner of HH-Halo. As a result of the foregoing, each of Thomas O. Hicks and Mack H. Hicks may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the shares of common stock beneficially owned by HH-Halo. Each of Thomas O. Hicks and Mack H. Hicks disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(5)(4)
Includes (i) 699,999130,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 1,461,408255,899 shares of common stock underlying subordinated convertible notes exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020,June 11, 2021, (iii) 10,505,5001,764,250 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020June 11, 2021 and (iv) 10,000,0001,666,667 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.June 11, 2021. Edward Brown may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of such shares.
(6)(5)
Includes (i) 503,6414,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 8,664,1054,000 shares of our common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020June 11, 2021.
(6)
Includes (i) 35,934 shares of common stock and (ii) 10,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of June 11, 2021.
(7)
Includes (i) 3,334 shares of common stock, (ii) 37,870 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of June 11, 2021, (iii) 8,000,00033,334 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020. Thomas Walsh is the managing member of Cavalry Fund LP (“Cavalry”), and consequently has voting control and investment discretion over securities held by Cavalry. As a result of the foregoing, Thomas Walsh may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock beneficially owned by Cavalry.
(7)
Includes (i) 182,692 shares of common stock held by Roundtable Growth Fund, (ii) 264,744 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Roundtable Growth Fund, (iii) 25,000 shares of common stock held by Roundtable Growth Fund Ltd.,June 11, 2021, (iv) 25,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Roundtable Growth Fund Ltd., (v) 80,454 shares of common stock held by James Allan, (vi) 4,200,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by James Allan and (vii) 4,200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by James Allan. Roundtable Growth Fund and Roundtable Growth Fund Ltd. are managed by James Allan, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(8)
Includes (i) 483,011 shares of common stock held by CSPG TP Holdings LLC, (ii) 1,230,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by CSPG TP Holdings LLC, (iii) 1,230,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by CSPG TP Holdings LLC, (iv) 459,885 shares of common stock held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund, (v) 1,500,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund and (vi) 1,500,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund. CSPG TP Holdings LLC and Cambridge SPG IRA Fund are managed by Filipp Chebotarev, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(9)
Includes (i) 505,874 shares of common stock held by Everplus F&B Fund LLC, (ii) 800,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everplus F&B Fund LLC, (iii) 800,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everplus F&B Fund LLC, (iv) 700,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everplus Capital LLC and (v) 700,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everplus Capital LLC. Everplus F&B Fund LLC and Everplus Capital LLC are managed by Xuesong Yu, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(10)
Includes (i) 16,425 shares of common stock and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(11)
Includes (i) 957,209 shares of common stock, (ii) 883,333 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iv) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(12)
Includes (i) 50,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (ii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(13)
Includes (i) 133,334 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (ii) 35,4466,207 shares of common stock underlying subordinated convertible notes exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 207,215June 11, 2021 and (v) 35,186 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of June 11, 2021.
(8)
Includes (i) 3,334 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iv) 200,000June 11, 2021, (ii) 3,334 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(14)
Includes (i) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020June 11, 2021 and (ii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(15)
Includes (i) 1,759,891 shares of common stock, (ii) 1,000,00013,889 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 40,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iv) 40,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.June 11, 2021.
(16)(9)
Includes (i) 1,046,281526,927 shares of common stock, (ii) 435,89786,539 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020,June 11, 2021, (iii) 2,325,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iv) 2,000,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (v) 225,83519,167 shares of common stock held by Cottingham Capital Partners LLC, which is managed by Mr. Young. Mr. Young disclaims beneficial ownership of (i) 60,834 shares of common stock underlying warrants due to beneficial ownership limitations.
(17)(10)
Includes (i) 4,906,824901,138 shares of common stock, (ii) 1,461,408255,899 shares of common stock underlying subordinated convertible notes exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, andJune 11, 2021, (iii) 15,680,5002,696,750 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020June 11, 2021 and (iv) 10,000,0001,666,667 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.June 11, 2021.
(18)(11)
Includes (i) 150,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 800,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iii) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(19)
Includes (i) 150,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 800,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iii) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(20)
Includes 416,666Mr. Fronzaglia has 13,334 shares of common stock underlying options outstanding, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020.June 11, 2021
(21)(12)
Includes (i) 5,632,02783,334 shares of common stock underling options exercisable within 60 days of June 11, 2021.
(13)
Includes (i) 938,672 shares of common stock held directly by Blue Sky Holdings Trust which are beneficially owned by Lori Taylor, (ii) 1,150,000191,667 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020June 11, 2021 held directly by Ms. Taylor and (iii) 1,300,000216,667 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held directly by Ms. Taylor. Ms. Taylor is the trustee, compliance officer, and protector of Blue Sky Holdings Trust.
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
This prospectus covers shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series F Preferred Stock and warrants issued in the Series F Private Placement and certain other financing transactions consummated in 2019 and 2020 disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus.
When we refer to the selling stockholders in this prospectus, we mean those persons listed in the table below, as well as the permitted transferees, pledgees, donees, assignees, successors and others who later come to hold any of the selling stockholders’ interests other than through a public sale.
The selling stockholders may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this prospectus any or all of the shares of common stock set forth in the following table. There is no requirement for the selling stockholders to sell their shares, and we do not know when, or if, or in what amount the selling stockholders may offer the securities for sale pursuant to this prospectus.
The table below has been prepared based upon the information furnished to us by the selling stockholders as of November 17, 2020. The selling stockholders identified below may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of some or all of their shares since the date on which the information in the following table is presented in transactions exempt from or not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Information concerning the selling stockholders may change from time to time and, if necessary, we will supplement this prospectus accordingly. We cannot give an estimate as to whether the selling stockholders will in fact sell any or all of their shares of common stock.
To our knowledge and except as noted below or elsewhere in this prospectus, none of the selling stockholders has, or within the past three years has had, any material relationship with us or any of our affiliates.
 
Beneficial Ownership
Prior to Registration
Shares Registered Pursuant to
this Prospectus (Maximum
Number that May be Sold)
Beneficial Ownership after
Registration Assuming All
Shares are Sold
 
Shares
%
Shares
%
Selling Stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
Holders of More than 5%
 
 
 
 
 
Edward J Brown Jr. TTEE(1)
22,666,907
31.9%
20,000,000
Cavalry Fund LP(2)
17,167,746
26.1%
16,153,846
James Frank Allan(3)
8,977,890
15.5%
8,400,000
Filipp Chebotarev(4)
6,402,896
11.7%
5,460,000
Xuesong Wu(5)
3,505,874
6.7%
3,000,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
 
 
 
 
Anthony Santarsiero(6)
1,880,542
3.8%
40,000
883,333
1.8%
Donna Bowden(7)
90,000
*
40,000
50,000
*
Robert Sauermann(8)
575,995
1.2%
400,000
133,333
*
Sharla Cook(9)
40,000
*
40,000
Damian Dalla-Longa(10)
2,839,891
5.6%
80,000
1,000,000
2.0%
Michael Young(11)
6,033,013
11.1%
4,000,000
435,897
*
John M. Word III(12)
32,048,732
42.0%
20,000,000
150,000
*
Michael Close(13)
1,150,000
2.3%
400,000
150,000
*
Clinton Gee(14)
1,150,000
2.3%
400,000
150,000
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Selling Stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
Glen Gibbons(15)
1,941,097
3.8%
1,392,060
Richard Feldman(16)
188,000
*
48,000
Mark Photoglou(17)
1,200,000
2.4%
1,200,000
Daniel Crenshaw(18)
320,000
*
320,000
Kimberly Word(19)
52,000
*
52,000
Jessica Word(20)
58,200
*
58,200
Jarrod Word(21)
60,000
*
60,000
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Beneficial Ownership
Prior to Registration
Shares Registered Pursuant to
this Prospectus (Maximum
Number that May be Sold)
Beneficial Ownership after
Registration Assuming All
Shares are Sold
 
Shares
%
Shares
%
David Montalvo(22)
4,000
*
4,000
Richard Schefer(23)
1,000,000
2.0%
1,000,000
Brian Freifeld(24)
600,000
1.2%
600,000
Reuben Taub(25)
400,000
*
400,000
Matthew B. Silvers(26)
400,000
*
400,000
Jon Andrew Gordon(27)
200,000
*
200,000
Feivel Gottleib(28)
120,000
*
120,000
Everett A Sheslow(29)
192,000
*
192,000
Samuel Lobell(30)
40,000
*
40,000
Nicole J. Lopez(31)
600,000
1.2%
600,000
Mario de Tomasi(32)
400,000
*
400,000
Justin M. Turner(33)
760,000
1.5%
760,000
David Henry Miller(34)
400,000
*
400,000
Stuart Wollach(35)
200,000
*
200,000
Gregory Genske(36)
240,000
*
240,000
Jason DeAngelo(37)
80,000
*
80,000
Joseph Stanovich(38)
80,000
*
80,000
Irene Trujillo Garcia(39)
60,000
*
60,000
Michael Neligan(40)
40,000
*
40,000
Alan Uryniak(41)
102,567
*
102,567
*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%
(1)
Includes (i) 699,999 shares of common stock, (ii) 1,461,408 shares of common stock underlying subordinated convertible notes exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 10,505,500 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iv) 10,000,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020. Edward Brown may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of such shares.
(2)
Includes (i) 503,641 shares of common stock, (ii) 8,664,105 shares of our common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iii) 8,000,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020. Thomas Walsh is the managing member of Cavalry Fund LP (“Cavalry”), and consequently has voting control and investment discretion over securities held by Cavalry. As a result of the foregoing, Thomas Walsh may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock beneficially owned by Cavalry.
(3)
Includes (i) 182,692 shares of common stock held by Roundtable Growth Fund, (ii) 264,744 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Roundtable Growth Fund, (iii) 25,000 shares of common stock held by Roundtable Growth Fund Ltd., (iv) 25,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Roundtable Growth Fund Ltd., (v) 80,454 shares of common stock held by James Allan, (vi) 4,200,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by James Allan and (vii) 4,200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by James Allan. Roundtable Growth Fund and Roundtable Growth Fund Ltd. are managed by James Allan, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(4)
Includes (i) 483,011 shares of common stock held by CSPG TP Holdings LLC, (ii) 1,230,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by CSPG TP Holdings LLC, (iii) 1,230,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by CSPG TP Holdings LLC, (iv) 459,885 shares of common stock held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund, (v) 1,500,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund and (vi) 1,500,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund. CSPG TP Holdings LLC and Cambridge SPG IRA Fund are managed by Filipp Chebotarev, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(5)
Includes (i) 505,874 shares of common stock held by Everplus F&B Fund LLC, (ii) 800,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everplus F&B Fund LLC, (iii) 800,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everplus F&B Fund LLC, (iv) 700,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everplus Capital LLC and (v) 700,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everplus Capital LLC. Everplus F&B Fund LLC and Everplus Capital LLC are managed by Xuesong Yu, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(6)
Includes (i) 957,209 shares of common stock, (ii) 883,333 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iv) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(7)
Includes (i) 50,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (ii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(8)
Includes (i) 133,334 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (ii) 35,446 shares of common stock underlying subordinated convertible notes exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 207,215 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iv) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(9)
Includes (i) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(10)
Includes (i) 1,759,891 shares of common stock, (ii) 1,000,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 40,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iv) 40,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(11)
Includes (i) 1,046,281 shares of common stock, (ii) 435,897 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 2,325,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iv) 2,000,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (v) 225,835 shares of common stock held by Cottingham Capital Partners LLC, which is managed by Mr. Young.
(12)
Includes (i) 4,906,824 shares of common stock, (ii) 1,461,408 shares of common stock underlying subordinated convertible notes exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 15,680,500 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iv) 10,000,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(13)
Includes (i) 150,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 800,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iii) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(14)
Includes (i) 150,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 800,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iii) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(15)
Includes (i) 411,426 shares of common stock, (ii) 696,030 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, (iii) 696,030 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iv) 137,611 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Caravel CAD Fund Ltd. Caravel CAD Fund Ltd. is managed by Mr. Gibbons, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(16)
Includes (i) 70,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 94,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (iii) 24,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020, all held by Wilkins Heights Capital Management, LLC. Wilkins Heights Capital Management, LLC is managed by Richard Feldman, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(17)
Includes (i) 600,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 600,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(18)
Includes (i) 160,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 160,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(19)
Includes (i) 26,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 26,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(20)
Includes (i) 29,100 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 29,100 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(21)
Includes (i) 30,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 30,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(22)
Includes (i) 2,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 2,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(23)
Includes (i) 500,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 500,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(24)
Includes (i) 300,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 300,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020, held by Platinum Point Capital LLC. Platinum Point Capital LLC is managed by Brian Freifeld, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(25)
Includes (i) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(26)
Includes (i) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(27)
Includes (i) 100,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(28)
Includes (i) 60,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 60,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(29)
Includes (i) 50,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everett A. Sheslow (ii) 50,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everett A. Sheslow, (iii) 26,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everett A. Sheslow Trust (iv) 26,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by Everett A. Sheslow Trust, (v) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by EA Sheslow, Inc. and (vi) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020 held by EA Sheslow, Inc. Mr. Sheslow is the trustee of Everett A. Sheslow Trust. EA Sheslow, Inc. is managed by Mr. Sheslow, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(30)
Includes (i) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(31)
Includes (i) 300,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 300,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020, all held by Samwise Ventures LLC. Samwise Ventures LLC is managed by Nicole Lopez, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(32)
Includes (i) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020, all held by Simar Holdings Corp. Simar Holdings Corp. is managed by Mario De Tomasi, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(33)
Includes (i) 360,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 400,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(34)
Includes (i) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020, all held by Access Asia Limited. Access Asia Limited is managed by David Miller, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
(35)
Includes (i) 100,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(36)
Includes (i) 140,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(37)
Includes (i) 40,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 40,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(38)
Includes (i) 40,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 40,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(39)
Includes (i) 30,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 30,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(40)
Includes (i) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020 and (ii) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying preferred stock convertible within 60 days of November 17, 2020.
(41)
Includes (i) 25,641 shares of common stock and (ii) 76,926 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2020, all held by Red Diamond Partners LLC. Red Diamond Partners LLC is managed by Alan Uryniak, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership.
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During the period beginning on January 1, 2019 to the date of this prospectus, we have entered into or participated in the following transactions with related persons:
Loans from Former CEO
During the years ended August 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company received loans in the aggregate amount of $231,000 and $35,500, respectively, from David Lelong, our former President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Company recorded imputed interest in the amount of $2,011 during the year ended August 31, 2017 related to the advances from Mr. Lelong. During the year ended August 31, 2018, the Company received loans in the aggregate amount of $35,500 from Mr. Lelong, and accrued interest in the amount $2,291. The Company also repaid to Mr. Lelong principal and interest in the amounts of $266,500 and $4,302, respectively. As of the date of this prospectus, the loans have been fully repaid and there are no amounts due to Mr. Lelong under the loans.
During the year ended August 31, 2018, the Company paid salary to Mr. Lelong in the amount of $76,000, and accrued an additional $20,000 in salary payable. At August 31, 2018, the amount of accrued salary payable to Mr. Lelong was $140,000. During the four-month transition period ended December 31, 2018, the Company paid salary to Mr. Lelong in the amount of $32,000 and paid accrued salary in the amount of $16,000. As of the date of this prospectus, the accrued salary has been fully paid and there is no accrued salary due to Mr. Lelong.
Security Issuances
TruPet Acquisitionand Bona Vida Acquisitions
In connection with the TruPet acquisition, onOn May 6, 2019, we issued an aggregate of 15,027,5332,504,589 shares of common stock, including 149,472 shares to new investorsAnthony Santarsiero, a former officer of the Company and certain of our directors and executive officers633,488 shares to John M. Word III in exchange for all remaining outstanding membership interests of TruPet. See “Summary—Acquisitions—TruPet Acquisition.”
Bona Vida Acquisition
InPursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the Bona Vida acquisition onof TruPet, we registered for the benefit of the holders thereof all of the common stock issued in such transaction.
On May 6, 2019, we issued an aggregate of 18,103,2733,017,213 shares of common stock, including 276,649 shares to new investorsDamian Dalla-Longa, a former officer and certainmember of ourthe board of directors of the Company, 11,292 shares to Michael Galego, a former member of the board of directors, and executive officers59,847 shares to Michael Young in exchange for all outstanding shares of common stock of Bona Vida. See “Summary—May Acquisitions andPursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the May Private Placement—May Private Placement.”
May Private Placement
On May 6, 2019,acquisition of Bona Vida, we issued an aggregateregistered for the benefit of 5,744,991 sharesthe holders thereof all of the common stock and 5,744,991 warrants to purchase our common stock at an exercise price of $4.25 per share at an offering price of $3.00 per share to new investors and certain of our directors. See “Summary—May Private Placement.”
issued in such transaction.
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of securities acquired in the TruPet Acquisition, the Bona Vida Acquisition and the May Private Placement by the listed holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting shares or their affiliated entities and certain of our executive officers and directors.
Participants
TruPet
Acquisition
Bona Vida Acquisition
May Private Placement
 
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock
Warrants
5% or Greater Shareholders(1)
 
 
 
 
Lori R. Taylor
5,632,027
John M. Word III
4,056,824
 
333,333
333,333
 
 
 
 
 
Officers and Directors(2)
 
 
 
 
Damian M. Dalla-Longa
1,759,891
Andreas Schulmeyer
Anthony Santarsiero
957,209
Michael Galego
131,031
Michael Young
17,504
724,286
Jeff D. Davis
(1)
Additional details regarding these shareholders and their equity holdings are provided in the section titled “Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management.”
(2)
Additional details regarding these shareholders and their equity holdings are provided in the section titled “Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management.”
November 2019 Convertible Notes and Warrant Issuances
On November 4, 2019, we issued to a member of our board of directors:John M. Word III: (i) $1.4 million in aggregate principal amount of our Convertible Notes;subordinated convertible notes; and (ii) 5,500917 warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase shares of our common stock.
December 2019 Convertible Notes and Warrant Issuances
Certain directors and shareholders of the Company (“Shareholder Guaranties
Guarantors”) agreed to enter into a Continuing Guaranty (the “Shareholder Guaranties”) in the amount of $20.0 million and guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Facilities Agreement entered into on December 19, 2019. As consideration for the Shareholder Guaranties, (as described below), we agreed to issuethe Company issued common stock purchase warrants to purchase sharesthe Shareholder Guarantors in an amount equal to 0.054 warrants for each dollar of our common stockdebt under the agreement guaranteed by such Shareholder Guarantors (the “Shareholder Guarantor“Guarantor Warrants”). The Shareholder Guarantor Warrants are exercisable any time from the date of issuance for up to 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO (as defined therein) at an exercise price $1.82$10.92 per share. We issued 4,875,000812,500 Shareholder Guarantor Warrants to John M. Word III, 1,300,000216,667 Shareholder Guarantor Warrants to Lori Taylor and 325,00054,167 Shareholder Guarantor Warrants to Michael Young. Mr. Young and Ms. Taylor, each a Shareholder Guarantor, were directors of the Company as of the date of the Shareholder Guaranty. Mr. Word was elected to the Board in connection with the Shareholder Guaranty.
December Convertible Notes and Warrant Issuances
InUpon the close of the acquisition of Halo in December 2019, we issued $1.4 million of subordinated convertible notes to a member of the board of directors. The note remains outstanding as of September 30, 2020. Interest related to the subordinated convertible notes was $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
We also issued $0.1 million of subordinated convertible notes to an executiveWerner von Pein in satisfaction of a transaction bonus as per his prior employment agreement upon the closeagreement: (i) $0.1 million of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019. Thesesubordinated convertible notes are outstanding as of September 30, 2020. We also issued 7,215 stock purchasenotes; and (ii) 1,203 warrants to the same executive in December 2019.purchase shares of our common stock, which were subsequently purchased by Robert Sauermann.
June 2020 Convertible Notes and Warrant Issuances
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes and common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 2,000,000333,334 shares of the Company's common stock to oneJohn M. Word III, a member of the Company'sour board of directors and Edward J. Brown Jr, a shareholder of the Company. The June 2020 Convertible Notes are convertible at a conversion price of $0.75$4.50 per share and the warrants have an exercise price of $1.25$7.50 per share. Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the June 2020 Convertible Notes and Warrant Issuances, we registered for the benefit of the investors the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the subordinated convertible promissory notes and exercise of the common stock purchase warrants.
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

July 2020 Shareholder Guaranty Warrants
In connection with the Citizens ABL Facility, John M. Word, a director and shareholder agreed to enter into the $7.5 million ABL Facility Guaranty in favor of the Company and guaranteeing our obligations under the Citizens ABL Facility. In consideration of the ABL Facility Guaranty, the Company issued the July 2020 Warrants to purchase up to 500,00083,334 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equal to $1.05$6.30 per share. 300,00050,000 July 2020 Warrants were issued to Mr. Word, 100,00016,667 July 2020 Warrants were issued to Michael Close, and 100,00016,667 July 2020 Warrants were issued to Clinton Gee, each of whom iswas a member of the Company’s board of directors. The July 2020 Warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consummation of an underwritten public offering or other uplist transaction through which the Company lists its common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market, The Nasdaq Global Market or another national securities exchange in the United States or Canada or (ii) June 30, 2030.
Series F Private Placement
In October 2020, we consummated the Series F Private Placement in which we raised approximately $21.7$18.2 million, including an investmentinvestments by certain of our officersJohn M. Word III, Michael Young, Robert Sauermann, Clinton Gee, Michael Close, Damian Dalla-Longa, Sharla Cook, and directorsAnthony Santarsiero of approximately $6.5$6.3 million and an exchange of all of our then outstanding Series E preferred stock of approximately $3.5 million. Each Series F Unit was sold in the Series F Private Placement at a per unit price of $1,000 and consisted of (i) one share of Series F Preferred Stock, which is convertible into shares of our common stock, at a value per share of common stock of $0.50$3.00 (subject to adjustment)adjustment and certain beneficial ownership limitations); and (ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year period such number of shares of common stock into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible at an exercise price per share of $0.75$4.50 (subject to adjustment)adjustment and certain beneficial ownership limitations).
Registration Rights Agreements
TruPet Acquisition
In connection with the TruPet acquisition, we entered into Pursuant to a registration rights agreement for the benefit of the recipients of common stock issued as the acquisition consideration. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreements—TruPet Registration Rights Agreement.”
Bona Vida Acquisition
In connection with the TruPet acquisition, we entered into a registration rights agreement for the benefit of the recipients of common stock issued as the acquisition consideration. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreements—Bona Vida Registration Rights Agreement.”
May Private Placement
In connection with the May Private Placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement for the benefit of the investors in the May Private Placement. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreements—May Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement.”
June 2020 Convertible Notes and Warrant Issuances
In connection with the June 2020 Convertible Notes and Warrant Issuances, we entered into a registration rights agreement for the benefit of the investors in the June 2020 Convertible Notes and Warrant Issuances. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreements—June 2020 Registration Rights Agreement.”
Series F Private Placement
In connection with the Series F Private Placement, we entered into a registration rights agreementregistered for the benefit of the investors inthe shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock.
January 2021 Private Placement
In January 2021, we consummated the January 2021 Private Placement in which we raised approximately $4.1 million, including investments by John M. Word III, Donald Young, Anthony Santarsiero, Michael Young, Scott Lerner, Robert Sauermann, Clinton Gee and Michael Close of approximately $0.9 million. Each Unit was sold in the January 2021 Private Placement at a per unit price of $7.50 and consisted of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share; and (ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year period one share of common stock at an exercise price per share of $8.70 (subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations). Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the January 2021 Placement, we registered for the benefit of the investors the shares of common stock issued in the January 2021 Private Placement. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreements—Series F Registration Rights Agreement.”
Shareholder Guaranty
In connection with the Facilities Agreement in December 2019, certain of our directors and shareholders agreed to enter into a Continuing Guaranty (the “Shareholder Guaranty”) in favor of the Company and guaranteeing our obligations under the Facilities Agreement. Pursuant to the Shareholder Guaranty, John M. Word III agreed to personally guarantee our obligations in an amount not to exceed $15,000,000, Lori Taylor agreed to personally guarantee our obligations in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 and Michael Young agreed to personally guarantee our obligations in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000.
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shareholder Guaranties
In connection with the Citizens ABL Facility in July 2020, John M. Word a shareholder and a member of the Company’s board of directors,III agreed to enter into the ABL Facility Guaranty, dated as of July 16, 2020 in favor of the Company and guaranteeing our obligations under the Citizens ABL Facility.
Other Related Party Transactions
Marketing services
A company controlled by a member of the board of directors provides online traffic acquisition marketing services for the Company. The Company incurred immaterial amounts for their services during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The service contract has a 30-day termination clause. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had no outstanding balance and as of December 31, 2019 the outstanding balance was less than $0.1 million and was included in accounts payable in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
Director Compensation
Our non-executive received compensation for their service as members of board of directors. In 2019 our non-executive directors received quarterly fees of $12,500.
Employment Agreements
See “Executive and Director Compensation—Employment Agreements.”
2019 Plan
We granted new equity awards consisting of stock options to our board of directors and executive officers under the Amended 2019 Plan, with respect to 5,250,000 shares of common stock. These grants are subject to customary vesting or forfeiture restrictions.
Indemnification Agreements
Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except to the extent such exemption or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporate Law and applicable law. Delaware law provides that such a provision may not limit the liability of directors:
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided under Section 174 of the DGCL; or
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Any amendment, repeal or modification of these provisions will be prospective only and would not affect any limitation on liability of a director for acts or omissions that occurred prior to any such amendment, repeal or modification. Our certificate of incorporation also requires us to pay any expenses incurred by any director or officer in defending against any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such matter to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to the receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by our amended and restated bylaws or otherwise. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liability that may arise by reason of their service to us and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that the limitation of liability provision in our certificate of incorporation and the indemnification agreements facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Policies and Procedures for Review of Related Party Transactions
A “Related Party Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $50,000 in any one fiscal year, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:
any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers, one of our directors, or a nominee to become one of our directors;
any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of any class of our voting securities;
any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of any class of our voting securities, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of any class of our voting securities; and
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest in any class of the Company’s voting securities.
Our board of directors intends to adopt a related party transactions policy. Pursuant to this policy, our audit committee will review all material facts of all Related Party Transactions policy subjects these transactions to review and either approveapproval or disapprovedisapproval of entry into the Related Party Transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions.exceptions, by our nominating and governance committee. In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a Related Party Transaction, our auditnominating and governance committee shall take into account, among other factors, the following: (i) whether the Related Party Transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the Related Person’s interest in the transaction. Further, the policy will requirerequires that all Related Party Transactions required to be disclosed in our filings with the SEC be so disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
8381

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
AsThe following description is intended as a summary of November 17, 2020, our authorized capital stock consistsamended and restated certificate of incorporation (which we refer to as our “charter”) and our bylaws, each of which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our charter and bylaws.
Our current certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue:
200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which 49,185,860 shares are issuedshare; and outstanding; and
4,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which (i) 30,000 shares are designated as of Series F Preferred Stock preferred stock.
As of June 11, 2021 (as adjusted for the reverse stock split of 1-for-6), there were 11,088,058 shares of common stock issued and 21,792outstanding and 17,294 shares of Series F Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding and (ii) 2,900,000 shares are designated as Series E preferred stock, none of which are issued or outstanding.
The following summary of our capital stock and certificate of incorporation and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of applicable law and to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will be provided upon request and are available on our website, https://www.betterchoicecompany.com. The information on our website is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. At each election for directors every stockholder entitled to vote at such election shall have the right to vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by such stockholder for as many persons as there are directors to be elected at that time and for whose election such stockholder has a right to vote.
Dividend Rights
Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to ratably receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to, if applicable, any prior rights and preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock.
Liquidation Rights
Upon our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or other winding up, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any of our outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Other Matters
The shares of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights and are not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further stockholder approval, to establish and to issue from time to time one or more series of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, covering up to an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Each series of preferred stock will cover the number of shares and will have the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions determined by the board of directors, which may include, among others, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, voting rights, conversion rights, preemptive rights and redemption rights.
Series F Preferred Stock
Voting Rights
Holders of shares of our Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to the whole number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such holder’s Series F Preferred Stock would be convertible on the record date for the vote or consent of stockholders, and otherwise has voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

powers of the common stock. To the extent that under the DGCL the vote of the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class or series as applicable, is required to authorize a given action of ours, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting together in the aggregate and not in separate series unless required under the DGCL, represented at a duly held
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

meeting at which a quorum is presented or by written consent of required holders (except as otherwise may be required under the DGCL), voting together in the aggregate and not in separate series unless required under the DGCL, will constitute the approval of such action by both the class or the series, as applicable. To the extent that under the DGCL holders of the Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on a matter with holders of shares of common stock, voting together as one class, each share of Series F Preferred Stock will entitle holders to cast that number of votes per share as is equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is then convertible. These rights are subject to maximum beneficial ownership percentages specified in the Series F Certificate of Designation.
Dividend Rights
Holders of shares of our Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to participate in dividends on an as-converted basis alongside holders of our common stock.
Liquidation Rights
Upon our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of Series EF preferred stock are entitled to receive in cash out of our assets whether from capital or from earnings available for distribution to its stockholders, before any amount is paid to the holders of our common stock.stock or other capital stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series F Preferred Stock.
Conversion Rights
Subject to a maximum beneficial ownership percentage limitations contained in the Series F Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations, at any time, each holder of Series F Preferred Stock is entitled to convert any portion of such holder’s outstanding Series F Preferred Stock into validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock at a rate of $0.50$3.00 per share, subject to adjustment under certain conditions.
Participation Rights
The original purchasers of our Series F Preferred Stock have the right to participate in this offering pursuant to the terms of the securities purchase agreement between the Company and such purchasers. Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement, such purchasers are entitled to three days prior notice of the closing of this offering and the right to purchase up to 35% of the shares of common stock in this offering. We have received written waivers of these participation rights from purchasers holding approximately 99.9% of the outstanding Series F Preferred Stock.
Other Matters
Each share of Series F Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1,000. In the event that the Company does not have sufficient available shares of common stock available to issue to the holder of shares of Series F Preferred Stock upon conversion of such holder’s shares, the Company is then required to pay cash to redeem the shares of Series F Preferred Stock that could not be converted at a price based in part on the then recent closing sale prices of our common stock. All outstanding shares of our Series F Preferred Stock are fully paid and non-assessable.
Series E Preferred StockTransfer Agent and Registrar
Voting Rights
Holders of shares ofThe transfer agent and registrar for our Series E preferred stock are entitled to the whole number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such holder’s Series E preferred stock would be convertible on the record date for the vote or consent of stockholders, and otherwise has voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock. To the extent that under the DGCL the vote of the holders of the Series E preferred stock, voting separately as a class or series as applicable, is required to authorize a given action of ours, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of all of the shares of the Series E preferred stock, voting together in the aggregate and not in separate series unless required under the DGCL, represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is presented or by written consent of required holders (except as otherwise may be required under the DGCL), voting together in the aggregate and not in separate series unless required under the DGCL, will constitute the approval of such action by both the class or the series, as applicable. To the extent that under the DGCL holders of the Series E preferred stock are entitled to vote on a matter with holders of shares of common stock, voting together as one class, each share of Series E preferred stock will entitle holders to cast that number of votes per share as is equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is then convertible. These rights are subject to maximum beneficial ownership percentages specified in the Series E Certificate of Designation.
Dividend Rights
Holders of shares of our Series E preferred stock are entitled to ratably receive cumulative dividends on each share of Series E preferred stock, accruing on a quarterly basis in arrears, at the rate of 10.0% per annum on the stated value of $0.99 per share (as adjusted), as set forth in the Series E Certificate of Designation. All accrued dividends on each share of Series E preferred stock will be paid upon conversion of the share of Series E preferred stock for which the applicable dividend is due. At our option, dividends on the Series E preferred stock may be paid in cash or stock. We also must declare a dividend on the Series E preferred stock on a pro rata basis with our common stock.
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidation Rights
Upon our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of Series E preferred stock are entitled to receive in cash out of our assets whether from capital or from earnings available for distribution to its stockholders, before any amount is paid to the holders of our common stock.
Conversion Rights
Subject to a maximum ownership percentage, at any time, each holder of Series E preferred stock is entitled to convert any portion of such holder’s outstanding Series E preferred stock into validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock at a rate of $0.78 per share, subject to adjustment under certain conditions.
Other Matters
The Series E preferred stock has a stated value of $0.99 per share. Under certain default conditions, the Series E preferred stock is subject to mandatory redemption at 125%, and the conversion price resets to 75% of the market price of our common stock. All outstanding shares of our Series E preferred stock are fully paid and non-assessable.Equity Stock Transfer, LLC.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law
Some provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Undesignated Preferred StockTransfer Agent and Registrar
The abilitytransfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Equity Stock Transfer, LLC.
Anti-Takeover Effects of our boardProvisions of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 1,070,000 sharesOur Certificate of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. TheseIncorporation, Our Bylaws and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.Delaware Law
Stockholder Meetings
Our bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairperson of the board, chief executive officer or when requested in writing by the holders of not less than 10 percent of all the voting power entitled to vote at the meeting.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals
Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders.
Removal of Directors
Our bylaws provide that our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders with or without cause, but only at a meeting of the shareholders called expressly for that purpose, upon the approval of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting
Our certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute
We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or, in certain cases, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.
Choice of Forum
Our bylaws provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer (or affiliate of any of the foregoing) of us to us or the our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any other action asserting a claim arising under, in connection with, and governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that the exclusive forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our bylaws described in the preceding sentence.
Amendment of Bylaw Provisions
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors has the power to make, amend, alter or repeal our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that they may be repealed or amended, and new bylaws maybe adopted, by our board of directors or the stockholders in accordance with Section 109 of the DGCL.
Amendment of Charter Provisions
Our certificate of incorporation reserves our right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in our certificate of incorporation, in the manner prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders in our certificate of incorporation are granted subject to this reservation. Any amendments may be passed by a majority of the outstanding voting power and not by a majority of each class or series of outstanding capital stock.
TheSome provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws could havemake the effectfollowing transactions more difficult: an acquisition of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, asus by means of a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations intender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the market priceremoval of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our boardincumbent officers and management.directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise deemconsider to be in their best interests.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunitiesour best interests, including transactions that are presented toprovide for payment of a premium over the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our bylaws provides that no contract or other transaction between us and one or more ofmarket price for our directors or any other corporation, firm, association or entity in which one or more of our directors are directors or officers or are financially interested, will be either void or voidable because of such relationship or interest or because such director or directors are present at the meeting of the board of directors or one of its committees which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction or because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed or known to our board of directors or committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction by a vote or consent sufficient for the purpose without counting the votes or consents of such interestedshares.
8783

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors; (b) the factThese provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of such relationship or interest is disclosed or knownus to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorize, approve or ratify such contract or transaction by vote or written consent; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair and reasonable to us at the time it is authorized byfirst negotiate with our board of directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of our board of directors or a committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except to the extent such exemption or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL and applicable law. Delaware law provides that such a provision may not limit the liability of directors:
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided under Section 174 of the DGCL; or
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Any amendment, repeal or modification of these provisions will be prospective only and would not affect any limitation on liability of a director for acts or omissions that occurred prior to any such amendment, repeal or modification.
Our certificate of incorporation also require us to pay any expenses incurred by any director or officer in defending against any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such matter to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to the receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by our amended and restated bylaws or otherwise. We have entered or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liability that may arise by reason of their service to us and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.directors. We believe that the limitationbenefits of liability provision inthe increased protection of our certificate of incorporation and the indemnification agreements facilitate ourpotential ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.
Registration Rights Agreements
May Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement
Pursuant to the May Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement, as amended by that certain First Amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement dated June 10, 2019, we agreed to prepare and file a registration statementnegotiate with the SEC no later than August 16, 2019 for purposesproponent of registeringan unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the resaledisadvantages of the sharesdiscouraging these proposals because negotiation of common stock held by the selling stockholders purchasedthese proposals could result in the May Private Placement (including the common stock issuable upon exercisean improvement of the warrants issued in the May Private Placement). We agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to be declared effective by the SEC prior to the 162nd day after the closing date of the May Private Placement (or the 192nd day if the SEC reviews the registration statement).
We also agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, effective until the earlier of (a) a registration statement with respect to the sale all of registrable securities being declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act and such registrable securities having been disposed of or transferred by the holder thereof in accordance with such effective registration statement, (b) such registrable securities having been previously sold or transferred in accordance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act), (c) such securities becoming eligible for resale without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions and without current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144 and (d) the third anniversary of the closing of the May Private Placement.
In addition, we have a limited ability to suspend use of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, if we (a) determine that we would be required to make disclosure of material information in the registration statement
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of which this prospectus is a part that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential, (b) determine we must amend or supplement the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part so that it does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (c) have experienced or are experiencing some other material non-public event, including a pending transaction involving us, the disclosure of which at such time, in our good faith judgment, would adversely affect us. However, we may not suspend use for a period that exceeds 120 calendar days in any 360-day period.
We have also agreed, among other things, to indemnify the selling stockholders who purchased shares of common stock and warrants in the May Private Placement, their officers, directors, members, employees and agents, successors and assigns, and each person who controls such selling stockholders from certain liabilities incurred by us in connection with the registration of the common stock purchased in the May Private Placement (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued in therein) held by the selling stockholders.terms.
Bona Vida Registration Rights Agreement
Pursuant to the Bona Vida Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement to register the shares of common stock issued as part of the consideration for the Bona Vida acquisition as soon as practicable. The number of shares of common stock issued as part of the consideration for the Bona Vida acquisition to be included as part of any registration statement is determined as follows: (i) we first include with such registration statement all the shares of common stock sold in the May Private Placement (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued therein); and (ii) to the extent we may register a greater number of shares of our common stock than those comprising the shares of common stock sold in the May Private Placement (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued therein), the recipients of common stock issued as part of the consideration for the Bona Vida acquisition will be entitled to participate on a pro rata basis.
In addition, we have agreed, among other things, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the common stock received in the Bona Vida acquisition to be quoted on each trading market and/or in each quotation service on which our common stock is then quoted.
We have also agreed, among other things, to indemnify the selling stockholders who received shares of our common stock in the Bona Vida acquisition from certain liabilities and to pay all fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with the registration of shares of our common stock received in the Bona Vida acquisition.
TruPet Registration Rights Agreement
Pursuant to the TruPet Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement to register the shares of common stock issued as part of the consideration for the TruPet acquisition as soon as practicable. The number of shares of common stock issued as part of the consideration for the TruPet acquisition to be included as part of any registration statement is determined as follows: (i) we first include with such registration statement all the shares of common stock sold in the May Private Placement (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued therein); and (ii) to the extent we may register a greater number of shares of our common stock than those comprising the shares of common stock sold in the May Private Placement (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued therein), the recipients of common stock issued as part of the consideration for the TruPet acquisition will be entitled to participate on a pro rata basis.
In addition, we have agreed, among other things, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of our common stock received in the TruPet acquisition to be quoted on each trading market and/or in each quotation service on which our common stock is then quoted.
We have also agreed, among other things, to indemnify the selling stockholders who received shares of our common stock in the TruPet acquisition from certain liabilities and to pay all fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with the registration of shares of our common stock received in the TruPet acquisition.
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

December Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement
On December 12, 2018, we completed a private placement (the “December Private Placement”), in which we sold shares of our common stock and 1,425,641 warrants to purchase a half share of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.90 per share at an offering price of $1.95 per share in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. The warrants are exercisable for 24 months from the closing of the December Private Placement. The shares of common stock we sold in the December Private Placement were sold to certain of the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. The net proceeds from the December Private Placement, after deducting our offering expenses and the payment of the placement fee, were approximately $2.7 million which we used for general corporate purposes.
Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the December Private Placement, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement within 60 days of the closing of the December Private Placement. We also agreed, among other things, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the common stock (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued in the December Private Placement) held by the selling stockholders purchased in the December Private Placement to be quoted on each trading market and/or in each quotation service on which our common stock is then quoted.
We have also agreed, among other things, to indemnify the selling stockholders who purchased shares and warrants in the December Private Placement from certain liabilities and to pay all fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with the registration of the common stock purchased in the December Private Placement held by the selling stockholders.
Halo Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the Halo Acquisition, the Seller Notes and the Seller Warrants, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Halo Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Sellers. Pursuant to the Halo Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to take commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file a registration statement with the SEC for purposes of registering the resale of the common stock, including the shares of common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Seller Notes and the shares of common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Seller Warrants
In addition, we have agreed, among other things, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the common stock received in the Halo acquisition to be quoted on each trading market and/or in each quotation service on which our common stock is then quoted.
We have also agreed, among other things, to indemnify the Sellers from certain liabilities incurred by us in connection with the registration of the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Seller Notes and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Seller Warrants.
June 2020 Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the June Convertible Notes and Warrant Issuances on June 24, 2020, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement (the “June 2020 Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the June 2020 Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to take commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file a registration with the SEC for purposes of registering the resale of the common stock issuable upon the conversion of such convertible notes by December 31, 2020. The Company also agreed to use its best efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable and to file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective until there are no longer Registrable Securities (as defined in the June 2020 Registration Rights Agreement) held by the parties thereto.
In addition, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the common stock issuable upon the conversion of the subordinated convertible notes received in the June 2020 Convertible Notes Placement to be quoted on each trading market and/or in each quotation service on which our common stock is then quoted. We have also agreed, among other things, to indemnify such investors from certain liabilities and to pay all fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with the registration of shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the subordinated convertible notes received in the June 2020 Convertible Notes Placement.
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Series F Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the Series F Private Placement, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement (as amended the “Series F Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Series F Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to take commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file a registration with the SEC for purposes of registering the resale of the common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock and the exercise of the Series F Warrants by December 31, 2020. The Company also agreed to use its best efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable and to file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective until there are no longer Registrable Securities held by the parties thereto.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Equity Stock Transfer, LLC.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law
Some provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.
9183

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Undesignated Preferred Stock
The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 3,970,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.
Stockholder Meetings
Our bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairperson of the board, chief executive officer or when requested in writing by the holders of not less than 10 percent of all the voting power entitled to vote at the meeting.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals
Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders.
Removal of Directors
Our bylaws provide that our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders with or without cause, but only at a meeting of the shareholders called expressly for that purpose, upon the approval of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.
Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting
Our certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute
We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or, in certain cases, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.
Choice of Forum
Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer (or affiliate of any of the foregoing) of us to us or the our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any other action asserting a claim arising under, in connection with, and governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that the exclusive forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our bylaws described in the preceding sentence.
Amendment of Bylaw Provisions
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors has the power to make, amend, alter or repeal our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that they may be repealed or amended, and new bylaws maybe adopted, by our board of directors or the stockholders in accordance with Section 109 of the DGCL.
Amendment of Charter Provisions
Our certificate of incorporation reserves our right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in our certificate of incorporation, in the manner prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders in our certificate of incorporation are granted subject to this reservation. Any amendments may be passed by a majority of the outstanding voting power and not by a majority of each class or series of outstanding capital stock.
The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our bylaws provide that no contract or other transaction between us and one or more of our directors or any other corporation, firm, association or entity in which one or more of our directors are directors or officers or are financially interested, will be either void or voidable because of such relationship or interest or because such director or directors are present at the meeting of the board of directors or one of its committees which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction or because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed or known to our board of directors or committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction by a vote or consent sufficient for the purpose without counting the votes or consents of such interested directors; (b) the fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorize, approve or ratify such contract or transaction by vote or written consent; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair and reasonable to us at the time it is authorized by our board of directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of our board of directors or a committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except to the extent such exemption or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL and applicable law. Delaware law provides that such a provision may not limit the liability of directors:
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided under Section 174 of the DGCL; or
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Any amendment, repeal or modification of these provisions will be prospective only and would not affect any limitation on liability of a director for acts or omissions that occurred prior to any such amendment, repeal or modification.
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our certificate of incorporation also require us to pay any expenses incurred by any director or officer in defending against any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such matter to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to the receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by our amended and restated bylaws or otherwise. We have entered or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liability that may arise by reason of their service to us and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that the limitation of liability provision in our certificate of incorporation and the indemnification agreements facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
AsSales of November 17, 2020, we have 49,185,860substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market (including securities convertible into or redeemable, exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock) or the perception that such sales may occur or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock.
As of June 11, 2021 (as adjusted for the reverse stock outstanding. We have filed a registration statement,split of which this prospectus is a part, in respect of the 87,462,673 shares being offered by the selling stockholders named herein (which include1-for-6), we had 11,088,058 shares of our common stock to be issued uponoutstanding, assuming no exercise of certain stock purchase warrants and the conversion of our Series F Preferred Stock issued in the Series F Private Placement). These shares may not be sold pursuant to this prospectus until the registration statement is declared effective. outstanding options or warrants.
All of the shares of our common stock sold by the selling stockholders pursuant to the registration statement of whichin this prospectus is a partoffering will be freely tradabletransferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act subject to lock-up agreements described herein, unless such shares are purchased by “affiliates”persons other than “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whichexcept that any shares held by our directors and executive officers will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144.lock-up agreements described below.
The remaining 4,342,807 outstanding shares ofCommon stock purchased by our common stockaffiliates will be deemed to be “restricted securities” as that term is defined inunder Rule 144. Subject to certain contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreed to by certain of our stockholders, holders of restricted shares willRestricted securities may be entitled to sell those sharessold in the public market only if and when those sharesthey are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemptionRule 701 under the Securities Act.Act, which rules are summarized below.
PriorAs a result of the lock-up agreements described below and subject to the registration statementprovisions of which this prospectus is a part, there has been a limited established public market for our common stock. No assurance can be given as to the likelihood that an active trading market forRule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will develop,be available for sale in the liquidity of any suchpublic market the abilityas follows:
beginning on the date of this prospectus, all [] shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and
beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, approximately [] additional shares of common stock may become eligible for sale in the public market upon the satisfaction of certain conditions as set forth in the section titled “Lock-Up Agreements” and the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.
Lock-up Agreements
We and all of our stockholdersdirectors and executive officers have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, until 180 days after the Closing Date (as defined in the underwriting agreement), subject to certain exceptions as specified in such agreements, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of D.A. Davidson & Co., directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, their sharespledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or the prices that our stockholders may obtain forotherwise dispose of or hedge any of their shares. Further, we cannot predictour shares of common stock, any options, or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or that represent the effect, if any, that sales ofright to receive shares or availability of any shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such issuances or sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital through a future sale of securities.stock.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose common stock is required to be aggregated) who is an affiliate and who has beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after completion of this offering; or
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NYSE American during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such a sale.
Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, an issuer.
Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours and has not been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the restricted securitiesshares proposed to be sold for at least one year, includingsix months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, isaffiliate), would be entitled to sell his or her securities without registration and without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. In addition, under Rule 144, once we have beenthose shares subject only to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose securities are aggregated) who is not an affiliate of ours and has not been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, may sell his or her securities without registration, subject to the continued availability of current public information about us, and after only a six-month holding period. Any sales bybeneficially owning such shares for at least 12 months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. To the extent that our affiliates under Rule 144, even after the applicable holding periods, are subject to requirements and/or limitations with respect to volume, manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our stockholders who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement before we became subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is eligible to resell those shares in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirements of Rule 144, and a non-affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirements of Rule 144 and without regard to the volume of such sales or the availability of public information about the issuer.
Registration Rights
For the registration rights held by the selling stockholders listed in this prospectus see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreements.”
Outstanding Equity Awards
As of November 17, 2020, stock options to purchase a total of 7,453,480sell their shares of common stock, were outstanding.other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stock Plan
We intend to file a Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options issued under our 2019 Plan. The weighted average exerciseregistration statement on Form S-8 is expected to initially cover approximately 2,200,000 million shares of our common stock. Shares registered under the Form S-8 registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described above.
Conversion of our Series F Preferred Stock and our Convertible Promissory Notes
Upon the closing of this offering and pursuant to their respective terms, our outstanding convertible notes will convert into 2,763,455 share of common stock and our outstanding Series F Preferred Stock will convert into 5,768,517 shares of our common stock (in each case assuming a conversion as of March 31, 2021). The conversion of our Series F Preferred stock is subject to the applicability of certain beneficial ownership limitations contained in our certificate of designations pertaining to the Series F Preferred Stock to certain holders of the Series F Preferred Stock. All of these shares of common stock have been registered under the Securities Act. See the information under the heading entitled “Registration Rights” below.
Registration Rights
We have registered 26,948,096 shares of common stock for the benefit of the holders of such shares of common stock, warrants to purchase common stock or Series F Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the following registration rights agreements:
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 6, 2019, by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the May 2019 private placement, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 10, 2019, by and among the Company and the stockholders party thereto;
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and among Better Choice Company Inc. and the former stockholders of Bona Vida listed on the signature pages thereto;
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and among Better Choice Company Inc. and the former member of TruPet listed on the signature pages thereto;
Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the November 2019 private placement;
Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the June 2020 private placement;
Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement; and
Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the January 2021 Private Placement.
All of these shares of common stock are freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our directors and executive officers will be subject to the lock-up agreements described above.
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING
D.A. Davidson & Co. is acting as representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the aggregate number of shares of common stock shown opposite their respective names below:
Number of Shares
D.A. Davidson & Co.
Roth Capital Partners, LLC
Total
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to various conditions, including approval of legal matters by counsel. The nature of the underwriters’ obligations commits them to purchase and pay for all of the shares of common stock listed above if any are purchased. The underwriters have reserved the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Certain of our officers and directors have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $2 million of our common stock hereby at the assumed public offering price of such options is $1.74$9.00 per share. Because this indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, such individuals may elect not to purchase any shares in this offering, or the underwriter may elect not to sell any shares in this offering to such individuals. Any shares sold to such officers or directors will be subject to the lock-up agreement described below.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares of Common Stock
We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 675,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their option in whole or in part, each of the underwriters will be separately committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of our common stock in proportion to their respective commitments set forth in the table above.
Determination of Offering Price
The public offering price has been determined through negotiations between us and the representative. In addition to prevailing conditions in the equity securities markets, including market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company, the factors considered in determining the public offering price included:
our results of operations;
our current financial condition;
our future prospects;
our management;
recently quoted prices of our common stock on OTCQX;
the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete; and
other factors we and the representative deem relevant.
We cannot assure you that an active or orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will trade in the public markets subsequent to this offering at or above the initial public offering price.
Commissions and Discounts
The underwriters will offer the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and at this price less a concession not in excess of $[] per share of common stock to other dealers. After this offering, the offering price, concessions and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Our shares of common stock will be offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the underwriters and to the other conditions, including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid to the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, payable to us:
Total
Per Share
Without Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares
With Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares
Initial public offering price
Underwriting discounts and commissions
Proceeds, before estimated expenses, to us
We estimate that our total expenses in connection with this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $800,000. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters up to $150,000 for certain of their fees and expenses relating to the offering.
Indemnification of Underwriters
We will indemnify the underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities. We have also agreed to indemnify the underwriters for losses if the shares (other than those purchased pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) are not delivered to the underwriters’ accounts on the initial settlement date.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We and each of our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the representative prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not offer, sell, contract to sell (including any short sale), pledge, hypothecate, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, purchase any option or contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase or otherwise encumber, dispose of or transfer, grant any rights with respect to, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap hedge or other arrangement, subject to specified exceptions. These restrictions shall also apply to any common stock received upon exercise of options granted to or warrants owned by each of the persons or entities described in the immediately preceding sentence. These restrictions will not apply to us with respect to issuances of common stock or securities exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for common stock in connection with any acquisition, collaboration, merger, licensing or other joint venture or strategic transaction involving our company, subject to certain limitations.
The representative may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements which, in the case of officers and directors, shall be with notice.
Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE American under the symbol “BTTR”.
Short Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids
In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the shares during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules of the SEC.
Short Sales
Short sales involve the sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters may close out any covered
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of our common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase the shares through their option.
Naked short sales are any short sales in excess of such option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.
Stabilizing Transactions
The underwriters may make bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Penalty Bids
If the underwriters purchase shares of our common stock in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of this offering. Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also influence the price of the shares if it discourages resales of the shares.
The transactions above may occur on the NYSE American or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. If such transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.
Discretionary Sales
The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without obtaining the specific approval of the account holder.
Electronic Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.
Relationships
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided and may in the future from time to time provide, investment banking and other financing and banking services to us, for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and reimbursement for their expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments, including bank loans, for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments.
Notice to Non-U.S. Investors
European Economic Area and the United Kingdom
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Relevant State”), no shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus supplement have been offered or will be offered to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
a.
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;
b.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter for any such offer; or
c.
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of shares shall require the issuer or the underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
Each person in a Relevant State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the Managers that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.
In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriter has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
The Company, the underwriter and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.
In connection with the offering, the representative is not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom (“UK”), no shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered to the public in the UK prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in the UK in accordance with the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in the UK at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA:
a.
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;
b.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of underwriter for any such offer; or
c.
at any time in other circumstances falling within section 86 of the FSMA,
provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or Article 3 of the UK Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
Each person in the UK who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the Managers that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in the UK to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriter has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
The aggregate numberCompany, the underwriter and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in the UK means the communication in any form and by any means of our common stocksufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and the expression “FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.
In connection with the offering, the representative is not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.
This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.
Canada
The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are available for issuance under awards granted pursuantaccredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the 2019 Plan (as has been adjustedprospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus supplement (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the acquisitions) isremedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the sumpurchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of (i) 6,000,000the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Israel
In the State of Israel, this prospectus supplement shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of common stock plus (ii) an annual increase onunder the first dayIsraeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2020 and ending on and including January 1, 2029, equal to the lesser of (A) 10%Section 15 of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as-converted basis) onIsraeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968, including, inter alia, if: (i) the last dayoffer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions (the “Addressed Investors”); or (ii) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors. The shares may be authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. If an award under the 2019 Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2019 Plan. Of such outstanding awards, options to purchase 7,453,480 shares of common stock were granted in connection with the acquisitions pursuant to the 2019 Plan. The weighted average exercise price of such options is $1.74 per share.Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968,
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2019 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance:
Plan category
Number of securities
to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights(2)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
 
(a)
(b)
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders(1)
7,753,371
$1.82
1,246,629
Total
7,753,371
$1.82
1,246,629
(1)
On April 29, 2019, the Company adopted the 2019 Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated on December 19, 2019.
(2)
As of December 31, 2019, the weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options under Incentive Plan was $1.82 per share.
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation maycertain conditions (the “Qualified Investors”). The Qualified Investors shall not be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:
U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;
banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;
brokers, dealers or traders in securities;
“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);
tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;
persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement;
tax-qualified retirement plans; and
“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2)the count of the CodeAddressed Investors and entities all ofmay be offered to purchase securities in addition to the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.
If35 Addressed Investors. The company has not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus supplement or make, distribute or direct an entity treated as a partnershipoffer to subscribe for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock to any person within the tax treatmentState of a partnerIsrael, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.
Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner,First Addendum to the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequencesIsraeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968. In particular, we may request, as a condition to them.
THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

STOCK ARISING UNDER U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS, OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.
Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder
For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of ourbe offered common stock, that Qualified Investors will each represent, warrant and certify to us and/or to anyone acting on our behalf: (i) that it is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as anyinvestor falling within one of the following:
an individual who is a citizen or residentcategories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968; (ii) which of the United States;
a corporation created or organizedcategories listed in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
a trust that (1) is subjectFirst Addendum to the primary supervision of a U.S. courtIsraeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (iii) that it will abide by all provisions set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968 and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Distributions
As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not currently anticipate paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”
Subject to the discussions below on effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). If a Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other intermediary, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the intermediary, which then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.
If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates applicable to U.S. tax residents. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition
Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:
the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);
the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest (“USRPI”) by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.
With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not currently anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax pursuant to the third bullet point above if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.
Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRSregulations promulgated thereunder in connection with any dividends on ourthe offer to be issued common stock paid to a Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to knowstock; (iv) that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.
Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts
Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.
Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, recently proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on the proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
General
We are registering the shares of common stock covered by this prospectus to permit the selling stockholders to conduct public secondary trading of these shares from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds of the sale of the shares offered by this prospectus. The aggregate proceeds to the selling stockholders from the sale of the sharesthat it will be issued are, subject to exemptions available under the purchase price of the shares less any discounts and commissions. Each selling stockholder reserves the right to accept and, together with their respective agents, to reject, any proposed purchases of shares to be made directly or through agents.
The selling stockholders and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of common stock offered by this prospectus on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. The prices at which the selling stockholders may sell the shares of common stock may be determined by the prevailing market price for the shares at the time of sale, may be different than such prevailing market prices or may be determined through negotiated transactions with third parties. The selling stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus:
ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealerIsraeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968: (a) for its account;
an exchange distributionown account; (b) for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in accordance with the rulesprovisions of the applicable exchange;Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968; and (v) that it is willing to provide further evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia, the Addressed Investor’s name, address and passport number or Israeli identification number.
privately negotiated transactions;
settlementWe have not authorized and do not authorize the making of short sales entered into afterany offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the effective dateunderwriters and their respective affiliates, with a view to the final placement of the registration statement of whichsecurities as contemplated in this prospectus is a part;
broker-dealers may agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;
a combination of any such methods of sale;
through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;
any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law; or
under Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus.
There is currently a limited public trading market for our common stock. Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for thedocument. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, fromother than the purchaser) in amountsunderwriters, is authorized to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, inmake any further offer of shares on our behalf or on behalf of the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with FINRA Rule 2121; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with FINRA Rule 2121.underwriters.
Switzerland
The shares may not be sold directlypublicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or through broker-dealers acting as principalon any other stock exchange or agent, or pursuant toregulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a distribution by one or more underwriters on a firm commitment or best-efforts basis. In connection with the sale of our common stock or interests therein, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of our common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling stockholders may also sell shares of our common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge our common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). In connection with an underwritten offering, underwriters or agents may receive compensation in the
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling stockholders or from purchasers of the offered shares for whom they may act as agents. In addition, underwriters may sell the shares to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents.
The selling stockholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealersdisclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or agents and any profit on the resaleart. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares purchased by themor the offering may be deemedpublicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be underwriting commissionsfiled with or discounts. If a selling stockholder is deemed toapproved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be an underwriter,filed with, and the selling stockholder mayoffer of shares will not be subject to certain statutory liabilities including, butsupervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not limited to Sections 11, 12been and 17 of the Securities Act and Rule 10b-5will not be authorized under the Exchange Act. Selling stockholders who are deemed underwriters within the meaningSwiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of the Securities Act will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The SEC staff is of a view that selling stockholders who are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers may be underwritersinterests in collective investment schemes under the Securities Act. In compliance with FINRA guidelines, the maximum commission or discountCISA does not extend to be received by a memberacquirers of FINRA or an independent broker-dealer may not exceed 8% for the sale of any securities registered hereunder. We will not pay any compensation or give any discounts or commissions to any underwriter in connection with the securities being offered by this prospectus. The selling stockholders have advised us that they have not entered into any written or oral agreements, understandings or arrangements with any underwriter or broker-dealer regarding the sale of the resale shares. There is no underwriter or coordinating broker acting in connection with the proposed sale of the resale shares by the selling stockholders.
We are required to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by us incident to the registration of the shares. We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Each selling stockholder has in turn agreed to indemnify us for certain specified liabilities. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreements.”
In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, the shares of common stock may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the shares of common stock may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and in compliance.
Under applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, any person engaged in the distribution of the resale shares may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to the common stock for the applicable restricted period, as defined in Regulation M, prior to the commencement of the distribution. In addition, the selling stockholders will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of the common stock by the selling stockholders or any other person. The anti-manipulation rules under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of common stock in the market and to the activities of the selling stockholders and their affiliates. Regulation M may restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the common stock to engage in market-making activities with respect to the particular shares of common stock being distributed for a period of up to five business days before the distribution. These restrictions may affect the marketability of the common stock and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the common stock. We will make copies of this prospectus available to the selling stockholders and have informed them of the need to deliver a copy of this prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale.
In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), Canaccord Genuity LLC and any persons related to Canaccord Genuity LLC who purchased or otherwise acquired shares (i) in the May Private Placements (ii) subsequent to the initial filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and deemed to be underwriting compensation by FINRA, and/or (iii) that are excluded from underwriting compensation pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(d)(5), will agree not to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or subject to any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such shares, for the 180-day period prescribed by FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), except as otherwise provided in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2).
9994

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of our common stock and certain legal matters will beoffered in this prospectus is being passed upon for us by Meister Seelig & Fein LLP.LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Dorsey & Whitney LLP, Salt Lake City, Utah.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Better Choice Company Inc. (the Company) at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the yeartwo years in the period ended December 31, 2020, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, and at December 31, 2018 and for the year ended, by MNP LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their respective reportsreport thereon (which Ernst & Young LLP’s report contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. included in this prospectus, have been audited by Warren Averett, LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm as stated in their report appearing herein.
The financial statements of Bona Vida and TruPet included in this prospectus, have been audited by MNP LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein.
Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firms given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of that registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Where we make statements in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document, for the complete text of that document, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.
You can read our Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.
We file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SECSEC. These documents may be accessed through the SEC’s electronic data gathering, analysis and retrieval system, or EDGAR, via electronic means, including the SEC’s home page on the Internet (www.sec.gov).
Our website is located at https://www.betterchoicecompany.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, the following documents as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC: our Annual Reports on Form 10-K; our proxy statements for our annual and special stockholder meetings; our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q; our Current Reports on Form 8-K; Forms 3, 4 and 5 and Schedules 13G; and amendments to those documents. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.
10095

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCEBETTER CHOICE COMPANY INC.
The SEC’s rules allow usIndex to “incorporate by reference” information into this prospectus, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus, and subsequent information that we file with the SEC will automatically update and supersede that information. Any statement contained in a previously filed document incorporated by reference will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus modifies or replaces that statement.Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
We incorporate by reference any future filings made by us with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, between the date of this prospectus and the termination of the offering of the securities described in this prospectus. We are not, however, incorporating by reference any documents or portions thereof, whether specifically listed below or filed in the future, that are not deemed “filed” with the SEC, including any information furnished pursuant to Items 2.02 or 7.01 of Form 8-K or related exhibits furnished pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, unless the Form 8-K expressly states that it is to be incorporated by reference.
All reports and other documents we subsequently file pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act prior to the termination of this offering, but excluding any information furnished to, rather than filed with, the SEC, will also be incorporated by reference into this prospectus and deemed to be part of this prospectus from the date of the filing of such reports and documents.
You may request a free copy of any of the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus (other than exhibits, unless they are specifically incorporated by reference in the documents) by writing or telephoning us at the following address:
Better Choice Company Inc.
164 Douglas Road E
Oldsmar, FL 34677
Attn: VP Finance & Accounting
(813) 659-5921
Exhibits to the filings will not be sent, however, unless those exhibits have specifically been incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement.
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Page
Better Choice Company Inc.
Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Financial Statements
Page
TruPet LLC
Annual Financial Statements
Bona Vida, Inc.
Annual Financial Statements
Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
F-1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
As(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
March 31,
2021
Unaudited
December 31,
2020
Audited
Assets
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$4,298
$3,926
Restricted cash
63
63
Accounts receivable, net
6,675
4,631
Inventories, net
4,582
4,869
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
4,258
4,074
Total Current Assets
19,876
17,563
Property and equipment, net
205
252
Right-of-use assets, operating lease
305
345
Intangible assets, net
12,732
13,115
Goodwill
18,614
18,614
Other assets
635
1,364
Total Assets
$52,367
$51,253
Liabilities & Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
Term loans, net
$628
$7,826
PPP loans
315
190
Other liabilities
41
47
Accounts payable
5,221
3,137
Accrued liabilities
2,090
3,003
Deferred revenue
257
350
Operating lease liability
180
173
Warrant liabilities
46,333
39,850
Total Current Liabilities
55,065
54,576
Non-current Liabilities
 
 
Notes payable, net
19,609
18,910
Term loans, net
5,219
Lines of credit, net
4,781
5,023
PPP loans
537
662
Operating lease liability
136
184
Total Non-current Liabilities
30,282
24,779
Total Liabilities
85,347
79,355
Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 66,004,348 and 51,908,398 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively
66
52
Series F Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000 shares authorized, 17,306 and 21,754 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
240,847
232,487
Accumulated deficit
(273,893)
(260,641)
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
(32,980)
(28,102)
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit
$52,367
$51,253
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of September 30, 2020Operations and December 31, 2019Comprehensive Loss
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
September 30,
2020
Unaudited
December 31,
2019
Audited
Assets
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$563
$2,361
Restricted cash
1,518
173
Accounts receivable, net
5,629
5,824
Inventories, net
5,122
6,580
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
2,005
2,641
Total Current Assets
14,837
17,579
Property and equipment, net
305
417
Right-of-use assets, operating leases
718
951
Intangible assets, net
13,496
14,641
Goodwill
18,614
18,614
Other assets
1,876
1,330
Total Assets
$49,846
$53,532
Liabilities & Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
Short term loan, net
$19,369
$16,061
Line of credit, net
4,819
PPP loans
458
Other liabilities
1,727
500
Accounts payable
4,090
4,049
Accrued liabilities
5,371
4,721
Deferred revenue
305
311
Operating lease liability, current portion
395
345
Warrant derivative liability
102
2,220
Total Current Liabilities
31,817
33,026
Non-current Liabilities
 
 
Notes payable, net
18,240
16,370
Line of credit, net
5,048
PPP loans
394
Operating lease liability
350
641
Total Non-current Liabilities
24,032
17,011
Total Liabilities
55,849
50,037
Redeemable Series E Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
Redeemable Series E preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,900,000 shares authorized, 1,387,378 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively
10,566
10,566
Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 and 88,000,000 shares authorized as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, and 49,139,708 and 47,977,390 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively
49
48
Additional paid-in capital
214,305
194,150
Accumulated deficit
(230,923)
(201,269)
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
(16,569)
(7,071)
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock, and Stockholders’ Deficit
$49,846
$53,532
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2021
2020
Net sales
$10,830
$12,226
Cost of goods sold
6,556
8,069
Gross profit
4,274
4,157
Operating expenses:
 
 
General and administrative
4,551
8,245
Share-based compensation
2,525
2,485
Sales and marketing
2,336
1,959
Total operating expenses
9,412
12,689
Loss from operations
(5,138)
(8,532)
Other expense (income):
 
 
Interest expense
835
2,301
Loss on extinguishment of debt
394
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
6,483
(1,379)
Total other expense, net
7,712
922
Net and comprehensive loss
(12,850)
(9,454)
Preferred dividends
34
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(12,850)
$(9,488)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted
57,525,054
48,526,396
Loss per share, basic and diluted
$(0.23)
$(0.20)
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(unaudited)Stockholders’ Deficit
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)shares)
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
2020
2019
2020
2019
Net sales
$33,302
$11,567
$11,135
$3,932
Cost of goods sold
20,567
7,178
6,681
3,096
Gross profit
12,735
4,389
4,454
836
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
General and administrative
23,298
12,031
3,648
4,856
Share-based compensation
7,047
6,708
1,543
2,496
Sales and marketing
6,203
8,452
2,396
2,856
Customer service and warehousing
500
854
148
303
Total operating expenses
37,048
28,045
7,735
10,511
Loss from operations
(24,313)
(23,656)
(3,281)
(9,675)
Other expense (income):
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, net
7,268
165
2,537
41
Loss on extinguishment of debt
88
88
Loss on acquisitions
147,376
(2,612)
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(2,118)
(886)
(4,213)
(1,079)
Total other expense (income), net
5,238
146,655
(1,588)
(3,650)
Net and comprehensive loss
(29,551)
(170,311)
(1,693)
(6,025)
Preferred dividends
103
70
35
43
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(29,654)
$(170,381)
$(1,728)
$(6,068)
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted
48,809,740
28,624,230
48,961,447
43,575,010
Loss per share, basic and diluted
$(0.61)
$(5.95)
$(0.04)
$(0.14)
 
Common Stock
Series F Convertible Preferred
Stock
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2020
51,908,398
$52
21,754
$
$232,487
$(260,641)
$(28,102)
Shares and warrants issued pursuant to private placement
3,280,400
3
4,069
4,072
Share-based compensation
105,222
2,544
2,544
Warrant exercises
1,784,298
2
���
1,308
1,310
Shares issued to third-party for services
30,000
46
46
Warrant modifications
402
(402)
 
Conversion of Series F shares to common stock
8,896,030
9
(4,448)
(9)
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(12,850)
(12,850)
Balance as of March 31, 2021
66,004,348
$66
17,306
$
$240,847
$(273,893)
$(32,980)
 
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Redeemable Series E
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2019
47,977,390
$48
$194,150
$(201,269)
$(7,071)
1,387,378
$10,566
Shares issued pursuant to a private placement
308,642
500
500
Share-based compensation
455,956
1
2,484
2,485
Shares and warrants issued to third party for contract termination
72,720
198
198
Shares issued to third parties for services
125,000
125
125
Warrants issued to third parties for services
2,594
2,594
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(9,488)
(9,488)
Balance as of March 31, 2020
48,939,708
$49
$200,051
$(210,757)
$(10,657)
1,387,378
$10,566
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020
(unaudited)Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands except shares)thousands)
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
Redeemable Series E
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Shares
Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2019
47,977,390
$48
$194,150
$(201,269)
$(7,071)
1,387,378
$10,566
Shares issued pursuant to a private placement
308,642
500
500
Share-based compensation
455,956
1
2,484
2,485
Shares and warrants issued to third party for contract termination
72,720
198
198
Shares issued to third parties for services
125,000
125
125
Warrants issued to third parties for services
2,594
2,594
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(9,488)
(9,488)
Balance as of March 31, 2020
48,939,708
$49
$200,051
$(210,757)
$(10,657)
1,387,378
$10,566
Warrants issued to third parties for services
7,390
7,390
Share-based compensation
3,020
3,020
Warrants issued in connection with June 2020 Notes
337
337
Beneficial conversion feature of June 2020 Notes
1,163
1,163
Modification of conversion feature for November 2019 Notes, Seller Notes, and ABG Notes
528
528
Modification of warrants
43
43
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(18,438)
(18,438)
Balance as of June 30, 2020
48,939,708
$49
$212,532
$(229,195)
$(16,614)
1,387,378
$10,566
Shares issued pursuant to warrant exercise
200,000
Share-based compensation
1,543
1,543
Warrants issued in connection with ABL Facility
230
230
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(1,728)
(1,728)
Balance as of September 30, 2020
49,139,708
$49
$214,305
$(230,923)
$(16,569)
1,387,378
$10,566
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2021
2020
Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
 
 
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(12,850)
$(9,488)
Adjustments to reconcile net and comprehensive loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
Shares and warrants issued to third parties for services
46
2,792
Depreciation and amortization
411
457
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts
161
1,090
Share-based compensation
2,544
2,485
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
6,483
(1,379)
Payment In Kind (PIK) interest expense on notes payable
548
459
Other
(92)
644
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
Accounts receivable, net
(2,044)
(297)
Inventories, net
287
1,818
Prepaid expenses and other assets
545
5
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
1,735
26
Other
(99)
229
Cash Used in Operating Activities
$(2,325)
$(1,159)
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
 
 
Acquisition of property and equipment
$
$(8)
Cash Used in Investing Activities
$
$(8)
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
 
 
Proceeds from shares and warrants issued pursuant to private placement, net
$4,012
$
Proceeds from revolving lines of credit
5,155
500
Payments on revolving lines of credit
(5,584)
Proceeds from term loan
6,000
Payments on term loans
(8,080)
Cash received for warrant exercises
1,310
Debt issuance costs
(116)
Cash Provided by Financing Activities
$2,697
$500
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
$372
$(667)
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, Beginning of Period
3,989
2,534
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, End of Period
$4,361
$1,867
Supplemental cash flow information
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2021
2020
Cash paid during the period for:
 
 
Income taxes
$
$
Interest
$148
$613
Non-cash financing and investing transactions
 
 
Stock issued for services
$
$125
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019
(unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands except shares)
 
Common Stock
Series A
Preferred Units
 
 
 
Redeemable Series E
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Shares
Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2018
11,661,485
$12
2,391,403
$2
$13,642
$(16,698)
$(3,042)
$
Shares issued pursuant to a private placement – net proceeds
69,115
150
150
 
 
Share-based compensation
18,964
206
206
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(2,776)
(2,776)
Balance as of March 31, 2019
11,680,449
$12
2,460,518
$2
$13,998
$(19,474)
$(5,462)
$
Share-based compensation
1,199,822
2
4,006
4,008
Conversion of Series A shares to common stock
2,460,518
2
(2,460,518)
(2)
Acquisition of treasury shares
(1,011,748)
(1)
(2,199)
(2,200)
Acquisition of Better Choice
3,915,856
3
23,490
23,493
2,633,678
20,059
Acquisition of Bona Vida
18,003,273
18
108,002
108,020
Shares and warrants issued pursuant to private issuance of public equity (PIPE) – net proceeds
5,744,991
6
15,670
15,676
Conversion of Series E Preferred Stock
1,175,000
1
7,050
7,051
(925,758)
(7,052)
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(161,533)
(161,533)
Balance as of June 30, 2019
43,168,161
$43
$—
$170,017
$(181,007)
$(10,947)
1,707,920
$13,007
Share-based compensation
2,496
2,496
Stock issued to third parties for services
1,000,000
1
3,439
3,440
Acquisition of treasury shares
(3,870)
(3,870)
Acquisition of Better Choice
69
69
Acquisition of Bona Vida
600
600
Private issuance of public equity (“PIPE”) warrant exercise
1,259,498
1
4,006
4,007
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(6,068)
(6,068)
Balance as of Balance as of September 30, 2019
45,427,659
$45
$—
$176,757
$(187,075)
$(10,273)
1,707,920
$13,007
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
2020
2019
Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
 
 
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(29,654)
$(170,381)
Adjustments to reconcile net and comprehensive loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
Non-cash expenses:
 
 
Shares and warrants issued to third parties for services
10,182
Modification of warrants
43
Contract termination costs
649
Depreciation and amortization
1,298
76
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts
3,723
Share-based compensation
7,047
6,708
Lease expenses
(8)
39
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(2,118)
(886)
Payment In Kind (PIK) interest expense on notes payable
1,465
Loss on extinguishment of debt
88
Loss on acquisitions
146,980
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisition:
 
 
Accounts receivable, net
195
76
Inventories, net
1,458
(705)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
224
437
Other assets
(9)
31
Accounts payable
41
889
Accrued liabilities
650
3,357
Deferred revenue
(6)
172
Other
209
(17)
Cash Used in Operating Activities
$(4,523)
$(13,224)
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
 
 
Cash acquired in the May Acquisitions
$
$416
Acquisition of property and equipment
(42)
(52)
Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities
$(42)
$364
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
 
 
Proceeds from shares issued pursuant to private placement, net
$
$15,826
Payment of related party note payable
(1,600)
Proceeds from issuance of debt
6,200
Proceeds from revolving lines of credit
6,624
Payments on revolving lines of credit
(6,297)
(4,600)
Proceeds from PPP loans
852
Proceeds from June 2020 Notes
1,500
Cash advance, net
(1,898)
Proceeds from investor prepayment
1,518
PIPE warrant exercise
4,007
Debt issuance costs
(85)
(20)
Cash Provided by Financing Activities
$4,112
$17,915
 
 
 
Net (decrease) increase in Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash
$(453)
$5,055
Total Cash and cash equivalents, Beginning of Period
2,534
3,946
Total Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash, End of Period
$2,081
$9,001
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Supplemental cash flow information
The following represent noncash financing and investing activities and other supplemental disclosures related to the statement of cash flows:
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 842 which resulted in the acquisition of right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities as follows:
Right-of-use assets and operating lease liability acquired under operating leases
Right-of-use assets recorded upon adoption of ASC 842
$421
Operating lease liability recorded upon adoption of ASC 842
$(429)
Noncash acquisition of right-of-use assets for leases entered into during period
$607
Noncash acquisition of operating lease liability for leases entered into during the period
$(594)
The Company paid no income taxes during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.
The Company paid interest of $1.7 million and $0.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company issued warrants with a fair value of $0.2 million on July 20, 2020 in connection with a personal guarantee related to the ABL Facility (as defined herein).
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies
Nature of the Business
Better Choice Company Inc. is a growing animal health and wellness company committed to leading the industry shift towardfocused on providing pet products and services that help dogs and cats live healthier, happier and longer lives. The Company sells the majority of its dog food, cat food and treatsproduct offering under the Halo and TruDog brands, which have a long history of providing high quality products to pet parents. The Company believes its portfolio of brands are well-positioned to benefit from the trends of growing pet humanization and an increased consumer focus on health and wellness, and the Company has adopted a laser focused, respectively, on providing sustainably sourcedchannel-specific approach to growth that is driven by new product innovation. The Company has a broad portfolio of over 100 active premium and super-premium animal health and wellness products for dogs and cats sold under its Halo, and TruDog brands across multiple forms, including foods, treats, toppers, dental products, chews, grooming products and supplements. The products consist of naturally formulated premium kibble and canned dog and cat food, freeze-dried raw dog food and treats, vegan dog food and treats, oral care products, supplements and grooming aids. The core products sold under the Halo brand are sustainably sourced, derived from real whole meat and minimally processed raw-diet dog foodno rendered meat meal and treats.include non-genetically modified fruits and vegetables. The core products sold under the TruDog brand are made according to the Company's nutritional philosophy of fresh, meat-based nutrition and minimal processing.
On May 6, 2019, the Company completed the reverse acquisitionBasis of TruPet LLC (“TruPet”) and Bona Vida Inc. (“Bona Vida”) in a pair of all stock transactions (together referred to as the “May Acquisitions”) through the issuance of shares of common stock. Following the completion of the May Acquisitions, the business conducted by the Company became primarily the businesses conducted by TruPet and Bona Vida. As a result, the condensed consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 are comprised of the results of TruPet for the period between January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019 and the results of Bona Vida beginning May 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019. Presentation
The Company completed the acquisition of Halo on December 19, 2019 (see “Note 2 – Acquisitions”). Accordingly, Halo’s operations are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements beginning on December 19, 2019.
Basis of Presentation
The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments which,are prepared in management’s opinion, are necessary for a fair statementaccordance with the rules and regulations of the resultsU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim periods.financial reports and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Results of operations for interim periods may not be representative of results to be expected for the full year.
Certain reclassifications have been made to conform the prior period data to the current presentation. These reclassifications had no material effect on the reported results.
These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019,2020, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
Tables are presented in U.S. dollars (thousands) and percentage as rounded up or down. In the notes, the Company represents U.S. dollars (millions) and percentage as rounded up or down.SEC.
Consolidation
The Company’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The financial statements are presented on a condensed consolidated basis subsequent to acquisitions and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates these assumptions, judgments and estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
In the opinion of management, the condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations and comprehensive loss for the periods ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the financial position as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and the cash flows for the periods ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.
Going Concern Considerations
The Company is subject to risks common in the pet wellness consumer market including, but not limited to, dependence on key personnel, competitive forces, successful marketing and sale of its products, the successful protection of its proprietary technologies, ability to grow into new markets, and compliance with government
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. As of November 2020,March 31, 2021, the Company has not experienced a significant adverse impact to its business, financial condition or cash flows resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. However, uncertainties regarding the continued economic impact of COVID-19 the disease caused by the novel coronavirus, are likely to result in sustained market turmoil which could also negatively impact the Company’sCompany's business, financial condition, and cash flows in the future. The Company has continually incurred losses and has an accumulated deficit. The Company continues to rely on current investors and the public markets to finance these losses through debt and/or equity issuances. These operating losses, working capital deficit and the outstanding debt create substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from the date these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are issued.
The Company is implementing plans to achieve cost savings and other strategic objectives to address these conditions. The Company expects cost savings from consolidation of third-party manufacturers, optimizing shipping and warehousing as well as overhead cost reductions. The business is focused on successful completion of capital raises and growing the most profitable channels while reducing
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investments in areas that are not expected to have long-term benefits. The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and payments of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, the interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount of and classification of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Restricted cashSummary of Significant Accounting Policies
The Company was requiredFor additional information, please refer to maintain a restricted cash balanceour most recently filed Annual Report regarding the Company's summary of less than $0.1 million and $0.2 million as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, associated with a business credit card and credit card clearance operations.significant accounting policies.
During the third quarter of 2020, the Company received investor prepayment funds of $1.5 million related to the issuance of Series F Preferred Stock that was completed in October 2020 (see “Note 21—Subsequent events”).
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable consist of unpaid buyer invoices from the Company’s Retail customers and credit card payments receivable from third-party credit card processing companies. Accounts receivable is stated at the amount billed to customers, net of point of sale and cash discounts. The Company recorded a less than $0.1 million allowance for doubtful accounts as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
Goodwill
Goodwill of $18.6 million was recognized as of December 31, 2019 in connection with the Halo Acquisition (see “Note 2—Acquisitions”). No impairment was recognized as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
Intangible assets
The Company acquired an intangible asset related to the Houndog license with the acquisition of Bona Vida on May 6, 2019. The Company fully impaired the asset as of December 31, 2019 as the Company terminated the contract on January 13, 2020. The Company also acquired intangible assets consisting of customer relationships and trade name with the acquisition of Halo on December 19, 2019. There were no interim indicators or impairment of intangible assets as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
Leases
The Company’s leases relate to its corporate offices and warehouses. Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted the FASB guidance on leases (“Topic 842”), which requires leases with durations greater than twelve months to be recognized on the balance sheets. The Company adopted Topic 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach.
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
The Company’s Redeemable Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E”) contains redemption provisions that require it to be presented outside of stockholders’ deficit. Changes in the redemption value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, if any, are recorded immediately in the period occurred as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
Income taxes
The Company was incorporated on May 6, 2019. Prior to this date, the Company operated as a flow through entity for state and United States federal tax purposes. The Company files a U.S. federal and state income tax return including its wholly owned subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company does not have any uncertain income tax positions.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenue
The Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods in accordance with the provisions of ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”.
Fair value of financial instruments
The warrant derivative liability is remeasured at fair value each reporting period and represents a Level 3 financial instrument.
Reclassification of prior period presentation
Certain reclassifications have been made to conform the prior period data to the current presentation. These reclassifications had no material effect on the reported results.New Accounting Standards
Recently issued accounting pronouncementsadopted
The Company has reviewed theASU 2020-03 “Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments”
In March 2020, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU), accounting pronouncements(“ASU”) 2020-03, Codification Improvement to Financial Instruments. This ASU improves and interpretations thereofclarifies various financial instruments topics, including the current expected credit losses standard issued in 2016. The ASU includes seven different issues that describe the areas of improvement and the related amendments to GAAP, intended to make the standards easier to understand and apply by the FASB thateliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. The amendments have different effective dates, during the reporting period and in future periods.
Recently adopted:
ASU 2018-13 “Fair Value Measurement”
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This new guidance removes certain disclosure requirements related to the fair value hierarchy, modifies existing disclosure requirements related to measurement uncertainty and adds new disclosure requirements. The new disclosure requirements include disclosing the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the endsome of the reporting period and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. This new guidance waswhich were effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2020 and2021. The amendments adopted did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2018-15 “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)”
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)” to amend ASU 2015-5 in an effort to provide additional guidance on the accounting for costs implementation activities performed in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract. The amendments in this update align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal use software license). The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by the amendments in this update. The amendments in this update also require the entity to present the expense related to the capitalized implementation costs in the same line item in the statement of income as the fees associated with the hosting element (service) of the arrangement and classify payments for capitalizing implementation costs in the statement of cash flows in the same manner as payments made for fees associated with the hosting element. The entity is also required to present the capitalized implementation costs in the statement of financial position in the same line item that a prepayment for the fees of the associated hosting arrangement would be presented. The new standard was effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. The Company has no internal use software.
Issued but not Yet Adopted:
ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326)” Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326). Subsequent updates were released in November 2018 (ASU No. 2018-19), November 2019 (ASU No. 2019-10 and 2019-11) and February 2020 (ASU No. 2020-2) that provided additional guidance on this Topic. This ASU introduces the current expected credit loss (CECL) model,
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which will require an entity to measure credit losses for certain financial instruments and financial assets, including trade receivables. Under this update, on initial recognition and at each reporting period, an entity will be required to recognize an allowance that reflects the entity’s current estimate of credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the financial instrument. The standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2023, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the new standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
ASU 2019-12 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This new guidance was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2021 and did not have an impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.
Issued but not yet adopted
ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326)”
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326),” a new standard to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The standard is effective for the Company beginningon January 1, 2021 with2023, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of thisthe new standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.statements.
ASU 2020-04 “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting”
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides optional expedient and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. In response to the concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs) and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. The ASU provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential accounting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. The ASU can be adopted no later than December 1, 2022 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
ASU 2020-03 “Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments”
In March 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-03, Codification Improvement to Financial Instruments. This ASU improves and clarifies various financial instruments topics, including the current expected credit losses (CECL) standard issued in 2016. The ASU includes seven different issues that describe the areas of improvement and the related amendments to GAAP, intended to make the standards easier to understand and apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. The amendments have different effective dates. The Company is evaluating the impact the accounting guidance will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
ASU 2020-06 “Debt Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”Equity
In August 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt—Debt - Debt with Conversion and other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Hedging - Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity's Own Equity. This ASU reduces the number of accounting models for convertible instruments, amends diluted EPS calculations for convertible instruments, and amends the requirements for a contract (or embedded derivative) that is potentially settled in an entity’s own shares to be classified in equity. This standard is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2024 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
The Company has carefully considered other new pronouncements that alter previous generally accepted accounting principles and does not believe that any new or modified principles will have a material impact on the Company’s reported balance sheets or operations.
Note 2 – Acquisitions
Acquisition of Halo
On October 15, 2019, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) to acquire Halo and the acquisition (the “Halo Acquisition”) was completed on December 19, 2019 (“Halo Acquisition Date”) for
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$38.2 million. The consideration was subject to customary adjustments for Halo’s net working capital, cash, and indebtedness, and consisted of a combination of cash consideration ($20.5 million), shares of the Company’s common stock ($3.9 million), seller notes ($15.0 million), and seller warrants ($0.3 million).
The Halo Acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values at the Halo Acquisition Date. The determination of the preliminary purchase price allocation to specific assets acquired and liabilities assumed is incomplete for Halo. The preliminary purchase price allocation may change in future periods as the fair value estimates of assets and liabilities and the valuation of the related tax assets and liabilities are completed. The preliminary purchase price allocation is summarized as follows:
Dollars in thousands
Total purchase price
$38,244
Assets
Property and equipment
260
Accounts receivable
5,540
Inventories
5,160
Intangible assets
14,690
Other assets
329
Total assets
25,979
Liabilities
Accounts payable
4,628
Accrued liabilities
1,553
Long term liability
168
Total liabilities
6,349
Net assets acquired
19,630
Goodwill
$18,614
The intangible assets acquired relate to customer relationships and trade name. Acquired customer relationships are finite-lived intangible assets and are amortized over their estimated life of 7 years using the straight-line method, which approximates the customer attrition rate, reflecting the pattern of economic benefits associated with these assets. The trade name is a finite-lived intangible asset and is being amortized over its estimated life of 15 years using the straight-line method, which reflects the pattern of economic benefits associated with this asset.
The excess of purchase price over the fair value amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed represents goodwill from the acquisition. The Company believes the factors that contributed to goodwill include the acquisition of a talented workforce and administrative cost synergies. The Company does not expect any portion of this goodwill to be deductible for tax purposes. See “Note 9—Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill” for more information.
Reverse Acquisitions of Better Choice and Bona Vida by TruPet
On May 6, 2019, Better Choice Company completed the reverse acquisitions of TruPet and Bona Vida whereby TruPet is considered the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes. The acquisitions were accounted for as asset acquisitions.
The purchase price for Better Choice Company was $37.9 million and has been allocated based on an estimate of the fair value of Better Choice Company’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the remainder recorded as an expense. The loss on acquisition of Better Choice Company’s net liabilities is $39.6 million.
The purchase price for Bona Vida was $108.6 million and the estimated purchase price has been allocated based on an estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired has been recorded as an expense. The loss on acquisition of Bona Vida’s net assets is $107.8 million.
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On May 6, 2019, the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired was:
Dollars in thousands
Better
Choice
Company
Bona Vida
Total
Total purchase price
$37,949
$108,620
$146,569
Net Assets (Liabilities) Acquired:
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
7
384
391
Restricted cash
25
25
Accounts receivable
69
69
Inventories
95
95
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
32
348
380
Intangible assets
986
986
Other assets
74
74
Total assets
1,025
995
2,020
Liabilities
 
 
 
Warrant derivative liability
(2,130)
(2,130)
Accounts payable & accrued liabilities
(544)
(153)
(697)
Total liabilities
(2,674)
(153)
(2,827)
Net assets (liabilities) acquired
(1,649)
842
(807)
Loss on acquisitions
$(39,598)
$(107,778)
$(147,376)
In connection with the preparation of the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2019, the Company identified an error in the condensed consolidated financial statements for the six month period ended June 30, 2019 related to the overstatement of loss on acquisitions of $2.6 million in the condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. This was primarily due to a change in the estimated purchase price, which also resulted in errors in the statement of stockholders’ deficit and statement of cash flows. The errors were all corrected during the three-month period ended September 30, 2019. The Company believes the correction of these errors is not material to the condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended September 30, 2019.
Note 3 –- Revenue
The Company has two categories of revenue channels: retail-partner based (“Retail”), which includes the sale of product to e-commerce retailers, pet specialty chains, grocery, mass and distributors, and direct to consumer (“DTC”), which is focused on driving consumers to directly purchase product through its online web platform.
Retail-partner based channel
The Company’s Retail channel includes the sale of goods to customers for resale. The Company records revenue net of discounts. Discountsdiscounts, which primarily consist of early pay discounts, general percentage allowances and contractual trade promotions such as auto-ship subscriptions, and cooperative agreements with third party distributors.promotions.
The Company excludes sales taxes collected from revenues. Retail-partner based customers are not subject to sales tax. The Retail channel represents 76% and 75% of consolidated revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively, and 9% and 10% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Shipping costs associated with moving finished products to customers through third party carriers were less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively, and no shipping costs were recorded for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. Such shipping costs are recorded as part of general and administrative expenses.
Direct to consumer channel
The Company’s DTC products are offered through online stores where customers place orders directly for delivery across the United States. The DTC channel represents 24% and 25% of consolidated revenue of the Company for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively, and 91% and 90% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively.
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company excludes sales taxes collected from revenues. Revenue is deferred for orders that have been paid for, but not shipped. Based on historical experience, the Company records an estimated liability for returns. Product returns were $0.1 million and $0.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively, and $0.1 million and $0.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Shipping costs associated with moving finished products to customers were $0.3 million and $1.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively, and $0.6 million and $1.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. Such shipping costs are recorded as part of general and administrative expenses.
The Company’s DTCdirect-to-consumer (“DTC”) loyalty program enables customers to accumulate points based on their spending. A portion of revenue is deferred at the time of the sale when points are earned and recognized when the loyalty points are redeemed. As of September 30, 2020March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019,2020, customers held unredeemed loyalty program awards of $0.3 million and $0.2$0.4 million, respectively. The Company recognized revenue of $0.1 million and $0.4 million from the loyalty program for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively, and $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively.
The amount included in net sales relatedShipping Costs
Shipping costs associated with moving finished products to recoveries of shipping costs from customers for direct to consumer sales was $0.2were $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30,March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively,respectively. Such shipping costs are recorded as part of general and $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively.administrative expenses.
Note 4 – InventoryRevenue Channels
Inventories are summarized as follows:
Dollars in thousands
September 30,
2020
December 31,
2019
Food, treats and supplements
$5,054
$6,425
Inventory packaging and supplies
564
504
Other products and accessories
12
73
Total Inventories
5,630
7,002
Inventory reserve
(508)
(422)
Inventories, net
$5,122
$6,580
Note 5 – Prepaid expenses and other current assets
On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into a radio advertising agreement with iHeart and issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $3.4 million for future advertising to be provided to the Company from August 2019 to August 2021. The Company issued an additional 125,000 shares valued at $0.1 million on March 5, 2020 pursuantgroups its revenue channels into four distinct categories: E-Commerce, which includes the sale of product to online retailers such as Amazon and Chewy; Brick & Mortar, which includes the agreement. The agreement requiressale of product to pet specialty chains such as Petco, PetSmart, select grocery chains, and neighborhood pet stores; DTC which includes the Companysale of product through the Company's online web platform to spend a minimum amount for talentmore than 20,000 unique customers; and other direct iHeart costs. The Company committedInternational, which includes the sale of product to using $1.7 million offoreign distribution partners (transacted in U.S. dollars) and to select international retailers. Information about the media advertising inventoryCompany’s net sales by August 28, 2020, with the remainder of the advertising available through August 28, 2021. On August 28, 2020 the contract was amended to extend the commitment dates by one year, whereas $1.7 million of the advertising media inventory will now be used by August 28, 2021, with the remainder available through August 28, 2022. Prepaid advertising was $3.0 millionrevenue channel is as of September 30, 2020 and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2019. Of the total prepaid advertising amount, $1.3 million and $1.7 million is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and $1.7 million and $1.1 million in other non-current assets as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, $0.6 million of the $3.4 million of the prepaid advertising was incurred.follows (in thousands):
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2021
2020
E-commerce
$4,010
37%
$4,481
37%
Brick & Mortar
1,894
18%
2,897
23%
DTC
2,436
22%
2,804
23%
International
2,490
23%
2,044
17%
Net Sales
$10,830
100%
$12,226
100%
F-15F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 6 – Property3 - Inventories
Inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Food, treats and supplements
$4,439
$4,987
Inventory packaging and supplies
503
596
Total Inventories
4,942
5,583
Inventory reserve
(360)
(714)
Inventories, net
$4,582
$4,869
Note 4 - Prepaid expenses and equipmentother current assets
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Prepaid advertising contract with iHeart (1)
$2,500
$1,788
Other prepaid expenses and other current assets (2)
1,758
2,286
Total Prepaid expenses and other current assets
$4,258
$4,074
Property and equipment consist of the following:
Dollars in thousands
September 30,
2020
December 31,
2019
Equipment
$216
$222
Furniture and fixtures
199
138
Computer software
111
115
Computer equipment
2
4
Total property and equipment
528
479
Accumulated depreciation
(223)
(62)
Property and equipment, net
$305
$417
Depreciation expense was less than $0.1 million and less than $0.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively, and less than $0.1 million for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019. Depreciation expense is included as a component of general and administrative expenses.
(1)
On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into a radio advertising agreement with iHeart Media + Entertainment, Inc. and issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $3.4 million for future advertising services. The Company issued an additional 125,000 shares valued at $0.1 million on March 5, 2020 pursuant to the agreement. The current portion of the remaining value, reflected above, is the remaining value of services that are required to be utilized within the next twelve months, unless the term is extended. The long-term portion of the remaining value of $0.5 million and $1.2 million was recorded in other non-current assets as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
(2)
As of March 31, 2021, this amount includes various other prepaid contracts. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company entered into an agreement for access to an investment platform in exchange for 500,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.5 million and also entered into an agreement for marketing services in exchange for 500,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.5 million.
Note 7 –5 - Accrued liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:following (in thousands):
Dollars in thousands
September 30,
2020
December 31,
2019
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Accrued professional fees
$1,802
$1,695
$225
$704
Accrued sales tax
1,041
1,233
412
1,009
Accrued payroll and benefits
1,154
994
1,147
913
Accrued trade promotions
360
357
112
106
Accrued dividends
359
256
Accrued interest
359
109
24
86
Other
296
77
170
185
Total accrued liabilities
$5,371
$4,721
$2,090
$3,003
Accrued dividends related to the Series E are $0.4 millionNote 6 - Intangible assets, royalties, and $0.3 million as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. In connection with the issuance of Series F Preferred Stock in October 2020, all accrued dividends were settled through the terms of the exchange agreement related to the Series E preferred stock. See “Note 21—Subsequent events” for additional information.goodwill
Note 8 – Operating leasesIntangible assets
The table below presents certain informationCompany’s intangible assets (in thousands) and related to the lease costs for operating leases for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019:useful lives (in years) are as follows:
 
For the Nine Months Ended
For the Three Months Ended
Dollars in thousands
September 30,
2020
September 30,
2019
September 30,
2020
September 30,
2019
Operating lease costs
$331
$219
$110
$95
Variable lease costs
27
24
11
8
Total operating lease costs
$358
$243
$121
$103
 
Estimated
Useful Life
Gross
Carrying
Amount
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
 
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Customer relationships
7
$7,190
$(1,317)
$5,873
$(1,059)
$6,131
Trade name
15
7,500
(641)
6,859
(516)
6,984
Total intangible assets
 
$14,690
$(1,958)
$12,732
$(1,575)
$13,115
As of September 30, 2020, the weighted-average remaining operating lease term was 1.9 years and the incremental borrowing rate was 12.5% for operating leases recognized on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. Short term lease costs, excluding expenses relating to leases with a lease term of one month or less, were less than $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company recorded less than $0.1 million of short term lease costs, respectively.
RentAmortization expense was $0.2 and $0.4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30,March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively.
F-16F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Undiscounted cash flows
The table below reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for the remaining term of the operating lease liabilities recorded on the condensed consolidated balance sheets:
Dollars in thousands
Operating
Leases
Remainder of 2020
$114
2021
464
2022
246
2023
7
Total minimum lease payments
$831
Less: amount of lease payments representing interest
86
Present value of future minimum lease payments
$745
Less: current obligations under leases
���
395
Long-term lease obligations
$350
Note 9 – Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill
Intangible assets and royalties
The Company’s intangible assets as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 consist of customer relationships and trade name acquired in the Halo Acquisition. The customer relationships and trade name are amortized over their estimated useful lives of 7 and 15 years respectively, using the straight-line method.
In May 2019, the Company acquired a licensing agreement with Authentic Brands and Elvis Presley Enterprises (“ABG”) whereby Better Choice Company was to sell newly developed hemp-derived CBD products that were to be marketed under the Elvis Presley Houndog name. The license agreement required an upfront equity payment of $1.0 million worth of common stock and the license was recorded at its amortized cost which approximated fair value. The Company did not plan to use the license in the future and therefore terminated the agreement on January 13, 2020. The Company recognized an impairment charge for the net book value of the licensing agreement as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019.
As part of the termination, the Company: (1) paid ABG $0.1 million in cash upon the signing of the termination agreement on January 13, 2020, (2) issued ABG 72,720 shares of the Company’s common stock on January 13, 2020, (3) agreed to pay ABG $0.1 million in cash in four equal installments each month from July 31, 2020 through October 31, 2020, (4) issued ABG $0.6 million aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Promissory Notes (the “ABG Notes”) effective January 20, 2020, and (5) issued ABG a common stock purchase warrant (the “ABG Warrants”) equal to a fair value of $150,000 on January 20, 2020. The terms of the ABG Notes match those of the Seller Notes, including convertible features exercisable any time after the date of issuance, a 10% interest rate and maturity date of June 30, 2023. The ABG Warrants are exercisable for 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO (as defined in the ABG Warrants) and carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock was sold in the IPO. The fair values of the ABG Notes and ABG Warrants on their issuance dates were $0.6 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively. On June 24, 2020, the exercise price of the ABG Warrants was amended in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes (defined below) to lower the maximum exercise price from $5.00 to $4.25 per share.
The total cost of the contract termination noted above is measured at its fair value of $1.1 million and is included in general and administrative expense.
The Company’s intangible assets are as follows:
 
 
September 30, 2020
Dollars in thousands
Estimated
Useful Life
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Customer relationships
7
$7,500
$(848)
$6,652
Trade name
15
7,190
(346)
6,844
Total intangible assets
 
$14,690
$(1,194)
$13,496
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
December 31, 2019
Dollars in thousands
Estimated
Useful Life
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Customer relationships
7
$7,500
$(35)
$7,465
Trade name
15
7,190
(14)
7,176
Total intangible assets
 
$14,690
$(49)
$14,641
The Company did not have intangible assets or amortization expense during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019.
The estimated future amortization of intangible assets over the remaining weighted average remaining useful life of 10.310.0 years is as follows:follows (in thousands):
Dollars in thousands
 
Remainder of 2020
$357
2021
1,551
Remainder of 2021
$1,145
2022
1,551
1,527
2023
1,551
1,527
2024
1,551
1,527
2025
1,527
Thereafter
6,935
5,479
$13,496
$12,732
There were no indicators or impairment of the intangible assets as of March 31, 2021.
Goodwill
Goodwill was $18.6 million as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectfully. The Company performed a quantitative assessment for its annual impairment test as of October 1, 2020. Under the quantitative approach, the Company makes various estimates and assumptions to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and earnings multiples for guideline public companies. As of March 31, 2021, there was no accumulated impairment loss and no impairment expense related to goodwill.
Note 10 –7 - Debt
The components of the Company’s debt consist of the following:following (in thousands):
 
September 30, 2020
December 31, 2019
Dollars in thousands
Amount
Rate
Maturity
Date
Amount
Rate
Maturity
Date
Short term loan, net
$19,369
(1)
12/19/2020
$16,061
(1)
12/19/2020
Line of credit, net
5,048
(2)
7/5/2022
4,819
(1)
12/19/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
November 2019 notes payable, net (November 2019 Notes)
2,736
10%
6/30/2023
2,769
10%
11/4/2021
December 2019 senior notes payable, net (Seller Notes)
9,993
10%
6/30/2023
9,191
10%
6/30/2023
December 2019 junior notes payable, net (Seller Notes)
4,797
10%
6/30/2023
4,410
10%
6/30/2023
ABG Notes
674
10%
6/30/2023
June 2020 notes payable, net (June 2020 Notes)
40
10%
6/30/2023
Halo PPP Loan
431
1%
5/3/2022
 
TruPet PPP Loan
421
.98%
4/6/2022
Total debt
43,509
 
 
37,250
 
 
Less current portion
19,827
 
 
20,880
 
 
Total long term debt
$23,682
 
 
$16,370
 
 
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Dollars in thousands
Amount
Rate
Maturity Date
Amount
Rate
Maturity Date
Term loan, net
$5,847
(1)
1/6/2024
$7,826
(2)
1/15/2021
Line of credit, net
4,781
(1)
1/6/2024
5,023
(3)
7/5/2022
November 2019 notes payable, net
(November 2019 Notes)
2,927
10.00%
6/30/2023
2,830
10.00%
6/30/2023
December 2019 senior notes payable, net
(Senior Seller Notes)
10,679
10.00%
6/30/2023
10,332
10.00%
6/30/2023
December 2019 junior notes payable, net
(Junior Seller Notes)
5,153
10.00%
6/30/2023
4,973
10.00%
6/30/2023
ABG Notes
702
10.00%
6/30/2023
687
10.00%
6/30/2023
June 2020 notes payable, net
(June 2020 Notes)
148
10.00%
6/30/2023
88
10.00%
6/30/2023
Halo PPP Loan
431
1.00%
5/3/2022
431
1.00%
5/3/2022
TruPet PPP Loan
421
0.98%
4/6/2022
421
0.98%
4/6/2022
Total debt
31,089
 
 
32,611
 
 
Less current portion
943
 
 
8,016
 
 
Total long term debt
$30,146
 
 
$24,595
 
 
(1)
Interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points with an interest rate floor of 2.50% per annum
(2)
Interest at Bank of Montreal Prime plus 8.05%
(2)(3)
Interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum
Short term loanTerm loans and linelines of credit
On the Halo Acquisition date, December 19, 2019, the Company entered into a Loan Facilities Agreement (the “Facilities Agreement”) by and among the Company, as the borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”) and a private debt lender, as agent (the “Agent”). The Facilities Agreement
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provided for (i) a term loan facility of $20.5 million and (ii) a revolving demand loan facility not to exceed $7.5 million. The term loan iswas scheduled to mature on December 19, 2020 or such earlier date on which a demand iswas made by the Agent or any Lender.Lender, and was extended as discussed below. The remaining revolving credit facility balance of $5.1 million was repaid in full with a portion of the proceeds from the ABL Facility, discussed below, and resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.1 million.
As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the term loan outstanding was $19.4 million and $16.1 million, net of debt issuance costs and discounts of $1.1 million and $4.4 million, respectively, and the line of credit outstanding was $5.0 million and $4.8 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs and discounts of $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The debt issuance costs and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain directors and shareholders of the Company (“Shareholder Guarantors”) agreed to enter into a Continuing Guaranty (the “Shareholder Guaranties”) in the amount of $20.0 million and guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Facilities Agreement.Agreement up to an aggregate amount of $20.0 million pursuant to a Continuing Guarantee between the Shareholder Guarantors and the lender under the Facilities Agreement (the “Shareholder Guaranties”). As consideration for the Shareholder Guaranties, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants to the Shareholder Guarantors in an amount equal to 0.325 warrants for each dollar of debt under the agreement guaranteed by such Shareholder Guarantors (the “Guarantor Warrants”). The Guarantor Warrants are exercisable any time from the date of issuance for up to 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO (as defined therein) at an exercise price $1.82 per share. The Guarantor Warrants had a fair value of $4.2 million on the date of issuance.
On July 16, 2020, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit with Citizens Business Bank in the aggregate amount of $7.5 million (the “ABL Facility”). The proceeds of the ABL Facility were used (i) to repay all principal, interest and fees outstanding under the Company’s existingprevious revolving credit facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. Debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million were incurred related to the Company entering into this revolving line of credit.
The ABL Facility matureswas scheduled to mature on July 5, 2022 and bearsbore interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum. Accrued interest on the ABL Facility iswas payable monthly commencing on August 5, 2020. The ABL Agreement providesprovided for customary financial covenants, such as maintaining a specified adjusted EBITDA and a maximum senior debt leverage ratio, that commencecommenced on December 31, 2020 and customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to failure to make payment, bankruptcy, breaches of representations and material adverse effects. The Company may prepayprepaid all of the outstanding principal ofunder the ABL Facility at any time without incurringin full and did not incur any prepayment charges.
The ABL Facility iswas secured by a general security interest on the assets of the Company and iswas personally guaranteed by a member of the Company’s board of directors.
On October 5, 2020, the Company paid down the term loan by $11.0 million using proceeds from the Series F Private Placement. On October 29, 2020, the Company made an additional pay down on the term loan of $1.0 million using additional proceeds from the Series F Private Placement.
On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into the fifth amendment to the Facilities Agreement, extending the maturity date of the term loan to January 15, 2021.
On January 6, 2021, Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc. (“Halo”) entered into a credit facility with Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wintrust Bank, N.A. (“Wintrust”) consisting of a $6.0 million term loan and a $6.0 million revolving line of credit, each scheduled to mature on January 6, 2024 and each bear interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 2.50% per annum (the “Wintrust Credit Facility”). Accrued interest on the Wintrust Facility is payable monthly commencing on February 1, 2021. Principal payments are required to be made monthly on the term loan commencing February 2021 with a balloon payment upon maturity. The proceeds from the Wintrust Credit Facility were used (i) to repay the principal, interest and fees outstanding under the ABL Facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. We applied extinguishment accounting to the outstanding balances of the ABL Facility and term loan and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021. Debt issuance costs of $0.1 million were incurred related to the Wintrust Credit Facility.
The Wintrust Credit Facility subjects the Company to certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.25 to 1.00, tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The numerator in the fixed charge coverage ratio is the operating cash flow of Halo, defined as Halo EBITDA less cash paid for unfinanced Halo capital expenditures, income taxes and dividends. The denominator is fixed charges such as interest expense and principal payments paid or payable on other indebtedness attributable to Halo.
The Wintrust Credit Facility is secured by a general guaranty and security interest on the assets, including the intellectual property, of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company has also pledged all of the capital stock of Halo held by the Company as additional collateral. Furthermore, the Wintrust Credit Facility is supported by a collateral pledge by a member of the Company’s board of directors.
As of September 30,March 31, 2021, the term loan and line of credit outstanding under the Wintrust Credit Facility were $5.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the previous term loan and line of credit outstanding were $7.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs and discounts of less than $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The debt issuance costs and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method.
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019,2020, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.
Notes payable
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued $2.8 million of subordinated convertible notes (the “November 2019 Notes”) which carry a 10% interest rate and mature on November 4, 2021. The interest is payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. Payment in kind (“PIK”) interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the November 2019 Notes. The November 2019 Notes are exercisableconvertible any time from the date of issuance and carried an initial conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price. The IPO Price is(defined as the price at which the Company’s stock will be sold in a future IPO. The Company issued incremental warrants associated with the November 2019 Notes with a fair value of less than $0.1 million on the date of issuance.IPO).
The November 2019 Notes were amended on January 6, 2020. The amendment incorporates only the preferable terms of the Seller Notes as noted below, and all other terms and provisions of the November 2019 Notes remain in full force and effect. As amended, for so long as any event of default (as defined in the November 2019 Note)Notes) exists, interest shall accrue on the November 2019 NoteNotes principal at the default interest rate of 12.0% per annum, and such accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable.
The November 2019 Notes were amended for the second time on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share and extends the maturity date from November 4, 2021 to June 30, 2023.
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under the applicable accounting guidance, the Company accounted for the change in conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of $0.3 million as a reduction to the carrying amount of the debt instrument by increasing the associated debt discount with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of September 30, 2020March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019,2020, the aggregate amount of November 2019 Notes outstanding was $2.7were $2.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, net of discounts of less than $0.3$0.2 million and less than $0.1$0.3 million, respectively. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the November 2019 Notes using the effective interest method.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued $10.0 million and $5.0 million in senior subordinated convertible notes (the “Senior Seller Notes”) and junior subordinated convertible notes (the “Junior Seller Notes” and together with the Senior Seller Notes, the “Seller Notes”), respectively, to the sellers of Halo. The Seller Notes are exercisableconvertible any time from the date of issuance and carry a 10% interest rate and mature on June 30, 2023. Interest is payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the Seller Notes. The Seller Notes carried an initiala conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price.
The Seller Notes were amended on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share. The Company accounted for the change in the conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of less than of $0.3 million as a reduction to the carrying amounts of the debt instruments by increasing the associated debt discounts with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of September 30, 2020,March 31, 2021, the Senior Seller Notes outstanding were $10.0$10.7 million, net of discounts of less than $0.9$0.7 million, and the Junior Seller Notes outstanding were $4.8$5.2 million, net of discounts of less than $0.6$0.5 million. As of December 31, 2019,2020, the Senior Seller Notes outstanding were $9.2$10.3 million, net of discounts of $0.9$0.8 million, and the Junior Seller Notes outstanding were $4.4$5.0 million, net of discounts of $0.5 million. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the Seller Notes using the effective interest method.
On January 13, 2020, the Company issued $0.6 million in senior subordinated convertible notes to ABG.Authentic Brands and Elvis Presley Enterprises (“ABG”) in connection with the termination of a previous licensing agreement (the “ABG Notes”). The terms of the ABG Notes are exercisablematch those of the Seller Notes, including conversion features convertible any time fromafter the date of issuance, and carry a 10% interest rate and mature onmaturity date of June 30, 2023. The interest is payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the ABG Notes. The ABG Notes carried an initial conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price.
In addition to issuing the ABG Notes, as part of the ABG termination on January 13, 2020, the Company paid ABG $0.1 million in cash, issued ABG 72,720 shares of the Company’s common stock, agreed to pay ABG $0.1 million
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in cash in four equal installments each month from July 31, 2020 through October 31, 2020 and issued ABG common stock purchase warrants (the “ABG Warrants”) equal to a fair value of $0.2 million.
The ABG Notes were amended on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share. The Company accounted for the change in the conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of less than $0.1 million as a reduction to the carrying amount of the debt instrument by decreasing the associated debt premium with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of September 30,March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the ABG Notes outstanding waswere $0.7 million, including a debt premium of less than $0.1 million.million, respectively. The debt premium is being amortized over the life of the ABG Notes using the effective interest method.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “June 2020 Notes”) which carry a 10% interest rate and mature on June 30, 2023. The interest is payable quarterly in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the June 2020 Notes. The June 2020 Notes are convertible any time from the date of issuance and carry a conversion price $0.75 per share. The June 2020 Notes are also convertible automatically upon the Company’s consummation of an initial public offering or change in control (each as defined in the June 2020 Notes).
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the June 2020 Notes to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the note holders. The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) related to the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The BCF for the June 2020 Notes was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the beneficial conversion feature, based on relative fair value, and as a reduction to the
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

carrying amount of the convertible instrument equal to the intrinsic value of the conversion feature limited to the proceeds amount allocated to the instrument. The Company will accrete the discount recorded in connection with the BCF valuation is being accreted as interest expense over the term of the June 2020 Notes, using the effective interest rate method.
As of September 30,March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the amount outstanding on the June 2020 Notes was $0.0outstanding were $0.1 million, net of discounts of $1.5 million.million, respectively. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the June 2020 Notes using the effective interest method.
The exercise, conversion or exchange of convertible securities, including for other securities, will dilute the percentage ownership of the Company’s stockholders. The dilutive effect of the exercise or conversion of these securities may adversely affect the Company’s ability to obtain additional capital.
AsThe Company previously issued $0.1 million of September 30, 2020Seller Notes to an executive in satisfaction of a transaction bonus pursuant to his employment agreement. These convertible notes remained outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019,2020. Additionally, the Company previously issued $2.2 million of subordinated convertible notes to a member of the board of directors, which remain outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Interest expense related to the subordinated convertible notes was less than $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenant requirements and there were no events of default. All notes payable are subordinated to the short term loan and line of credit.
PPP loans
On April 10, 2020, TruPet, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc., was granted a loan from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP)(“PPP”) under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act (the “TruPet PPP Loan”). The loan matures on April 6, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 0.98% per annum, with interest and principal payable monthly, commencing on November 6, 2020. As of September 30,March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the TruPet PPP Loan outstanding was $0.4 million.
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On May 7, 2020, Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc., was granted a loan from JPMorgan ChaseWells Fargo Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the PPP (the “Halo PPP Loan”). The loan matures on May 3, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum, with interest and principal payable monthly, commencing on November 1, 2020. As of September 30,March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Halo PPP Loan outstanding was $0.4 million.
Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the loans may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act. The Company has used all of the entire loan amountsproceeds from the TruPet PPP Loan and the Halo PPP Loan for qualifying expenses.expenses and during April 2021, the Company applied for forgiveness for both of these loans.
The Company recorded interest expense related to its outstanding indebtedness of $2.6$0.8 million and $7.3$2.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 30,March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively, and less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively.
Fair Value
The fair value of the November 2019, Senior Seller Notes and Junior Seller Notes, ABG Notes and June 2020 Notes and PPP loans were approximately $2.9$2.6 million, $10.4$9.5 million, $5.1$4.7 million, $0.6 million $1.5 million, and $0.7$1.3 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2020.March 31, 2021. Fair value was determined by applying the income approach using a discounted cash flow model which primarily uses unobservable inputs (Level 3).
The carrying amountamounts of the Company’s short term loan approximatesCompany's PPP loans approximate fair value due to itsthe short term nature. The carrying amount for the Company’s term loan and line of credit approximatesapproximate fair value as the instrument has ainstruments have variable interest raterates that approximatesapproximate market rates.
Note 11 – Warrant derivative liability
On December 12, 2018, the Company closed a private placement offering (the “December Offering”) of 1,425,641 units (the “Units”), each unit consisting of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock and (ii) a warrant (the "December 2018 Warrants") to purchase one half of a share of common stock. The Units were offered at a fixed price of $1.95 per Unit for gross proceeds of $2.8 million. Costs associated with the December Offering were $0.1 million, and net proceeds were $2.7 million. The December Offering generated $2.6 million of net proceeds that were received by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2018 for the sale of 1,400,000 Units, and $0.1 million of the net proceeds were received on January 8 2019 for the sale of 25,641 Units. The warrants are exercisable anytime from the date of issuance over a two-year period and carried an initial exercise price of $3.90 per share.
The warrants include an option to settle in cash in the event of a change of control of the Company and a reset feature if the Company issues shares of common stock with a strike price below the exercise price of the warrants, which requires the Company to record the warrants as a derivative liability. The Company calculates the fair value of the derivative liability through a Monte Carlo Model that values the warrants based upon a probability weighted discounted cash flow model.
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

During January 2020, the Company issued shares below the exercise price of the warrants acquired on May 6, 2019. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the Company issued an additional 1,003,232 warrants on March 17, 2020 to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $1.62 and modified the exercise price of the existing warrants to $1.62.
During June 2020, the Company issued common stock equivalents below the exercise price of the warrants issued on March 17, 2020. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the Company issued an additional 1,990,624 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.75 and modified the exercise price of the existing warrants to $0.75.
During September 2020, the Company amended all of the common stock purchase warrants issued in connection with the December 2018 Warrants to eliminate certain anti-dilution rights, fix the number of shares of common stock purchasable under each of the outstanding December 2018 Warrants, and set the exercise price thereof at $0.65 per share. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the Company issued an additional 570,258 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.65.
The warrants are valued based on future assumptions and, as the reset triggers were known events on September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company included the triggers in the valuations performed as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
The following schedule shows the fair value of the warrant derivative liability as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, and the change in fair value during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020:
Dollars in thousands
Warrant
derivative
liability
Balance as of December 31, 2019
$2,220
Change in fair value of derivative liability
(1,379)
Balance as of March 31, 2020
$841
Change in fair value of derivative liability
3,474
Balance as of June 30, 2020
$4,315
Change in fair value of derivative liability
(4,213)
Balance as of September 30, 2020
$102
Warrant derivative liability
May 6,
2019
December 31,
2019
September 30,
2020
Stock price
$6.00
$2.70
$0.49
Exercise price
$3.90
$1.62
$0.65
Expected remaining term (in years)
1.60 - 1.68
0.95 - 1.02
0.22
Volatility
64%
69%
75%
Risk-free interest rate
2.39%
1.60%
0.09%
The valuation of the warrants is subject to uncertainty as a result of the unobservable inputs. If the volatility rate or risk-free interest rate were to change, the value of the warrants would be impacted.
As of September 30, 2020, the Company would be required to pay $0.2 million if all warrants were settled in cash or issue 4,276,937 shares if all warrants were settled in shares.
Note 12 – Other liabilities
As of September 30, 2020, other liabilities totaled $1.7 million consisting of $0.2 million related to a reserve for a potential customer dispute and $1.5 million of investor prepayment funds related to the issuance of Series F preferred stock. As of December 31, 2019, other liabilities consisted of a settlement of $0.5 million as a prepayment for the issuance of common stock.
Note 13 –- Commitments and contingencies
InThe Company had no material purchase obligations as of March 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020. The Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, or government inquiries and investigations that arise in the normalordinary course of business resulting in loss contingencies. We accrue for loss contingencies when losses become probable and are reasonably estimable. If the Company mayreasonable estimate of the loss is a range and no amount within the range is a better estimate, the minimum amount of the range is recorded as a liability. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to expense in the period incurred and are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We do not accrue for contingent losses that are considered to be subject to various legal claims andreasonably possible, but not probable; however, we disclose the range of such reasonably possible losses. Loss contingencies that arise, including claims related to commercial transactions, product liability, health and safety, taxes, environmental matters, employee matters and other matters. considered remote are generally not disclosed.
Litigation is subject to numerous uncertainties and the outcome of individual
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

claims and contingencies is not predictable. It is possible that some legal matters for which reserves have or have not been established could result in an unfavorable outcome for the Company and any such unfavorable outcome could be of a material nature or have a material adverse effect on the Company’sCompany's consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Management is not aware of any claims or lawsuits that may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.
TheNote 9 - Convertible preferred stock
During October, 2020, the Company had noconsummated an insider-led equity financing, including the transactions contemplated by a securities purchase obligations asagreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) between the Company and certain accredited and sophisticated investors (the “Purchasers”) and an exchange agreement (the “Series E Exchange Agreement”) between the Company and Cavalry Fund LP (“Cavalry”), the holder of September 30, 2020 or December 31, 2019.
Note 14 – Stockholders’ deficit
As a resultall of the reverse acquisition of Better Choice Company and Bona Vida by TruPet in May 2019, the historical TruPet members’ equity (units and incentive units) have been re-cast to reflect the equivalent Better Choice common stock for all periods presented after the transaction. PriorCompany’s previously outstanding Series E preferred stock.
Pursuant to the transaction in May 2019, TruPet was a limited liability company and as such,Securities Purchase Agreement, the concept of authorized shares was not relevant.
A summary of equity transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 is set forth below:
On February 12, 2019, the Company, issued 69,115 Series A Preferred Units in a private placement at $2.17 per unit. The proceeds were approximately $0.2 million, net of share issuance costs. On May 6, 2019, all Series A Preferred Shares were converted(the “Series F Private Placement”), issued and sold units (the “Series F Units”) to 2,460,518 shares of common stock.
On May 6, 2019, the Company acquired 1,011,748 shares of common stock valued at $6.1 million representing its initial 7% investment in TruPet. These shares are recorded as an acquisition of treasury shares.
On May 6, 2019, the Company issued 5,744,991 unitsPurchasers for gross proceeds of $3.00 per unit in a PIPE transaction. Each unit included one share of common stock of Better Choice Company stock and a warrant to purchase an additional share. The funds raised from the PIPE were used to fund the operations of the combined company. Net proceeds of $15.7 million were received in the private placement, allocable between shares of common stock and warrants.
On May 6, 2019, the Company acquired 2,633,678 outstanding shares of Series E, which represented an element of the purchase price and were recorded at fair value (on an as converted into common stock basis) based on the $6.00of $1,000 per Unit. Each Unit consists of: (i) one share closing price of Better Choice Company’s shares of common stock as they remained outstanding after the reverse acquisitions discussed in “Note 2—Acquisitions” above. The Series E has a stated value of $0.99 per share; is convertible to common stock at a price of $0.78 per share.
On May 10, 2019 and May 13, 2019, holders of the Company’s Series E converted 689,394 and 236,364F convertible preferred sharesstock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), which is convertible into 875,000 and 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively.
Pursuantpar value $0.001 per share, at a value per share of common stock of $0.50; and (ii) a warrant to the employment agreementpurchase for a six year period such number of an officer with Bona Vida dated October 29, 2018, the officer was entitled to a $500,000 change of control payment. The officer later agreed to receive 100,000 shares of Better Choice Company common stock. The 100,000 shares of common stock were valued(the “Series F Warrant Shares”) into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible at $6.00an exercise price per share, which wasWarrant Share of $0.75. Pursuant to the market value as of the date of the May Acquisitions.
On August 28, 2019,Series F Private Placement, the Company issued 1,000,000 sharesraised approximately $18.2 million in gross cash proceeds, approximately $6.5 million of Common Stock valued at $3.4 million to iHeartMedia for future advertising to be incurred from August 2019 to August 2021. Refer to “Note 5—Prepaid expenses and other current assets” for more information.
On January 2, 2020, the Company issued 308,642 shares of common stock to an investor for net proceeds of $0.5 million, net of issuance costs of less than $0.1 million.
On January 13, 2020, the Company issued 72,720 shares of common stock to ABG in connection with the termination of a licensing agreement discussed in “Note 9—Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill”.
On March 3, 2020, the Company issued 450,000 shares of restricted common stock to three non-employee directors in return for services provided in their capacity as directors.
On March 5, 2020, the Company issued 125,000 shares of common stock for advertising services.
On March 30, 2020, the Company issued 5,956 restricted shares of common stock to an officer of the Company.
On September 22, 2020, the Company issued 200,000 shares of Common Stock in connection with a warrant exercise.which was
F-23F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

invested by certain officers, directors, employees and associated related parties thereto of the Company. The Series F Shares were recorded at fair value on the date of issuance on an as converted basis.
Concurrently with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Purchasers entered into a registration rights agreement, (as amended by a certain first amendment dated October 29,2020, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company filed a registration statement which was declared effective by the SEC on February 16, 2021 to register the Warrant Shares and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock.
In connection with the consummation of the Series F Private Placement, on October 1, 2020, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware a Certificate of Designations which authorizes a total of 30,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and sets forth the designations, preferences, and rights of the Company's Series F Preferred Stock.
On October 1, 2020, the Company issued 14,264 Series F Units in conjunction with money received for the Series F Private Placement. In addition, pursuant to the Series E Exchange Agreement, on October 1, 2020, the Company issued 3,500 Series F Units to Cavalry in exchange for all of its outstanding Series E Preferred Stock. The exchange of Series E Preferred Shares resulted in a $5.4 million gain and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
On October 12, 2020 and October 23, 2020, the Company issued 1,106 and 2,832 Series F Units, respectively, in conjunction with the Series F Private Placement. In addition, on October 23, 2020, the Company issued an additional 100 shares of Series F Preferred Stock in conjunction with a marketing agreement.
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the Series F Preferred Stock on the dates of issuance to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the holders. The Company recorded a BCF related to the issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock. The BCF was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the beneficial conversion feature, based on fair value and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets limited to the proceeds amount allocated to the instrument.
The rights, preferences and privileges of Series F are as follows:
Ranking
Except to the extent the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock consent to the creation of a class of equity securities ranking senior to, or pari passu with, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock shall rank senior to all shares of capital stock of the Company with respect to preferences as to dividends, distributions and payments upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
Voting
As to matters submitted to the holders of the Common Stock, each holder of the Series F Preferred Stock will be entitled to such number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common stock issuable upon conversion of such holder’s Series F Preferred Stock and shall vote, or provide consent, together with the Common Stock as if they were a single class. The holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall vote as a separate class on matter affecting the terms of the Series F Preferred Stock, such as the authorization of a class of equity securities ranking senior to, or pari passu with, the Series F Preferred Stock.
Dividends
Holders of Series F Preferred Stock will not be entitled to receive dividends except to the extent that dividends are declared on the Series F Preferred Stock by the Company in its sole discretion or declared and made by the Company to holders of the Common Stock. In addition, if the Company grants, issues or sells any options, convertible securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to all or substantially all of the record holders of any class of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then each holder of Series F Preferred Stock will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could have acquired if such holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of all the Series F Preferred Stock (without taking into account any limitations or restrictions on the convertibility of the Series F Preferred Stock) held by such holder.
Liquidation
If the Company voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in cash out of the assets of the Company, whether from capital or from earnings available
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for distribution to its stockholders, before any amount shall be paid to the holders of any of shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series F Preferred Stock, an amount per share of Series F Preferred Stock equal to the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations, reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or other similar events occurring after the initial issuance date with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the “Stated Value”)) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends and late charges (such sum, the “Conversion Amount”). The rights of holders of Series F Preferred Stock to receive their liquidation preference also will be subject to the proportionate rights of capital stock, if any, ranking senior to or in parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to liquidation.
Optional Conversion
Subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations contained in the Certificate of Designations, holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert each share of outstanding Series F Preferred Stock held by such holder into such number of validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Amount of such share of Series F Preferred Stock divided by $0.50 (subject to adjustment, the “Conversion Price”).
Automatic Conversion
Each share of Series F Preferred Stock not previously converted into shares of Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the holders of such Series F Preferred Stock, be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Stated Value of such share of Series F Preferred Stock by the then applicable Conversion Price upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock which results in the Common Stock being traded on any of The New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or any successor market thereto. Any such conversion shall be subject to the beneficial ownership limitations set forth in the Certificate of Designations.
Anti-dilution
Holders of the Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to a “full rachet” anti-dilution adjustment to the Conversion Price in the event the Company issues, sells or grants any shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock) for no consideration or for consideration or purchase price per share (or, in the case of securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, with a conversion, exercise or exchange price) less than the Conversion Price then in effect.
Note 10 - Stockholders’ deficit
On January 22, 2021, the Company consummated a private placement of common stock units (the “January 2021 Private Placement”) in which the Company raised approximately $4.1 million, including an investment by certain officers, directors, employees and associated related parties thereto of approximately $1.6 million. Each common stock unit was sold at a per unit price of $1.25 and consisted of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share; and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of common stock. The proceeds were used to pay expenses related to the offering and for general corporate purposes. In connection with the January 2021 Private Placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement (the “January 2021 Registration Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company filed a registration statement that was declared effective by the SEC on February 16, 2021 to register the shares of common stock issued, and issuable upon the exercise of the warrants issued, in the January 2021 Private Placement.
The Company has reserved common stock for future issuance as follows:
 
September 30,
2020
December 31,
2019
Conversion of Series E
1,760,903
1,760,903
Exercise of options to purchase common stock
7,241,942
7,791,833
Warrants to purchase common stock
19,898,859
16,981,854
Notes payable
7,346,568
4,437,500
Total
36,248,272
30,972,090
Warrants
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Conversion of Series F Preferred Stock
34,611,100
43,507,130
Exercise of options to purchase common stock
13,150,872
7,815,442
Exercise of warrants to purchase common stock
60,874,177
59,501,978
Conversion of Notes payable
7,718,488
7,530,232
Total
116,354,637
118,354,782
On
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 11 - Warrants
The following summarizes the Company's outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock as of and for the periods ending March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
 
Warrants
Exercise Price
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2019
16,981,854
$3.23
Issued
49,928,469
$0.77
Exercised
(1,937,690)
$0.58
Terminated/Expired
(5,470,655)
$3.07
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2020
59,501,978
$1.22
Issued
3,288,400
$1.45
Exercised
(1,839,275)
$0.76
Terminated/Expired
(76,926)
$0.65
Warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2021
60,874,177
$1.18
The intrinsic value of outstanding warrants was $31.3 million and $23.8 million as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The following discussion provides details on the various types of outstanding warrants and the related relevant disclosures around each type.
Warrant Derivative Liability
During May 6, 2019, in connection with the May Acquisitions, the Company acquired 712,823 warrants to purchase common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $3.90.$3.90 (the “May Acquisitions Warrants”). These warrants included an option to settle in cash in the event of a change of control of the Company and a reset feature if the Company issues shares of common stock with a strike price below the exercise price of the warrants, which required the Company to record the warrants as a derivative liability. The Company alsocalculates the fair value of the derivative liability through a Monte Carlo Model that values the warrants based upon a probability weighted discounted cash flow model.
During January 2020, the Company issued shares below the exercise price of the May Acquisitions Warrants. As such, the Company issued an additional 1,003,232 warrants on March 17, 2020 to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $1.62 and modified the exercise price of the existing May Acquisitions Warrants to $1.62.
During June 2020, the Company issued common stock equivalents below the exercise price of the warrants issued on March 17, 2020. As such, the Company issued an additional 1,990,624 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.75 and modified the exercise price of the existing warrants to $0.75.
During September 2020, the Company amended all of these warrants to eliminate certain anti-dilution rights, fix the number of shares of common stock purchasable under each warrant, and set the exercise price thereof at $0.65 per share. As such, the Company issued an additional 570,258 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.65.
During the fourth quarter of 2020, holders exercised a total 1,687,690 warrants for which the Company issued shares of common stock. During December 2020, 2,512,321 of these warrants expired and an immaterial amount remained outstanding as of December 31, 2020, all of which expired during January 2021.
The following schedule shows the fair value of the warrant derivative liability as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and the change in fair value during the periods ended March 31, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 (in thousands):
Warrant Derivative Liability
Balance as of December 31, 2019
$2,220
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(2,220)
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability(1)
Balance as of March 31, 2021
$
(1)
All of the May Acquisition Warrants expired during January 2021.
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Series F Warrant Liability
During October 2020, the Company issued 43,403,130 warrants to purchase common stock in connection with the Series F Private Placement (defined below) with an exercise price of $0.75. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 72 months after the date of issuance. These warrants include a reset feature if the Company issues common stock, options, or convertible securities with a strike price below the exercise price of the warrants. These warrants did not meet the definition of a derivative or the requirements to be considered equity; as such, the Company recorded these as a liability. See “Note 9 - Convertible preferred stock” for more information on Series F.
The warrant liability is remeasured at fair value each reporting period and represents a Level 3 financial instrument. The Company calculates the fair value of the warrant liability through a Monte Carlo Model and a Black Scholes Option Model. The total value of the consideration received in connection with the Series F Private Placement was first allocated to the warrant liability at fair value, with the remainder allocated to the preferred stock, which led to a discount ascribed to the Series F Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the Company recorded a discount of $14.6 million on the Series F Preferred Stock by adjusting Series F Additional Paid-in Capital.
The following schedule shows the fair value of the warrant liability upon issuance, and the change in fair value during the periods ended March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 (in thousands):
Warrant liability
Issuance of Series F warrants
$14,952
Change in fair value of warrant liability
24,898
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$39,850
Change in fair value of warrant liability
6,483
Balance as of March 31, 2021
$46,333
The following schedule shows the inputs used to measure the fair value of the warrant liability:
Warrant Liability
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Stock Price
$1.44
$1.27
Exercise Price
$0.75
$0.75
Expected remaining term (in years)
5.50 - 5.56
5.75 - 5.81
Volatility
67.5%
67.5%
Risk-free interest rate
1.1%
0.5%
The valuation of the warrants is subject to uncertainty as a result of the unobservable inputs. If the volatility rate or risk-free interest rate were to change, the value of the warrants would be impacted.
Equity-Classified Warrants
On May 6, 2019, the Company issued 5,744,991 warrants to purchase common stock with an exercise price of $4.25 on May 6,(the “May 2019 as part of the PIPE.PIPE Warrants”). Additionally, in connection with the May 2019 PIPE transaction, the Company issued 220,539 warrants to brokers with an exercise price of $3.00. The warrants were exercisable commencing on the issuance date and expire 24 months after the date of issuance. In March 2021, the Company offered to a limited number of holders the opportunity to exercise, in full or in part, these warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock at a reduced exercise price of $1.25 per share. The Company received exercise notices for a total of 1,047,609 warrants, resulting in the Company’s receipt of approximately $1.3 million. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the modified warrants on the date of exercise of $0.2 million as a deemed dividend through accumulated deficit with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital. The remainder of the outstanding and unexercised May 2019 PIPE Warrants expired during May 2021.
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued 11,000 warrants in connection with the November 2019 Notes. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On December 19, 2019 the Company issued 6,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.82 in conjunction with the term loan (the “Guarantor Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The Guarantor Warrants had a fair value of $4.2 million on the date of issuance.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued 937,500 warrants in connection with the Seller Notes. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
On January 13, 2020, the Company issued the ABG Warrants, which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO (as defined in the ABG Warrants) and carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock was sold in the IPO.
On June 24, 2020, the warrants related to the November 2019 Notes, the Seller Notes and the ABG Notes were amended in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes to lower the maximum exercise price applicable to these warrants from $5.00 to $4.25 per share. The decrease in the exercise price resulted in an increase to the fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million which the Company recognized in general and administrative expense.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants to a member of the board of directors with an exercise price of $1.25 per share in connection with the June 2020 Notes (the “June 2020 Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
On July 20, 2020, the Company issued 300,000 warrants to a member of the board of directors with an exercise price of $1.05 per share in consideration for a personal guarantee by a member of the Company's board of directors on the ABL Facility (the “July 2020 Guarantor Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
On January 22, 2021, the Company issued 3,288,400 warrants in connection with the January 2021 PIPE transaction. The warrants are exercisable at an exercise price per share of $1.45 commencing on the date of issuance and expire after a six year period, subject to beneficial ownership limitations (the “January 2021 Warrants”). Due to the discounted warrant exercise associated with the May 2019 PIPE warrants as discussed above, the down round provision on the January 2021 Warrants was triggered such that these warrants could be exercised at a price of $1.25 per share. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the modified warrants of $0.2 million as a deemed dividend through accumulated deficit with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
Warrants Issued as Compensation
On September 17, 2019, a Company advisor was issued 2,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $0.10 per share and 1,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $10.00. The warrants were exercisable as follows:$10.00 per share; 1,250,000 of the warrants with the $0.10 exercise price warrants (the “Tranche 1 Warrants”) were exercisable on the earlier of the twelve-month anniversary of thetwelve-months after issuance date or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service to the Company; the remainingand 1,250,000 of the warrants with the $0.10 exercise price warrants (the “Tranche 2 Warrants”) and the 1,500,000 warrants with the $10.00 exercise price (the Tranche“Tranche 3 Warrants)Warrants”) were exercisable on the earlier of the eighteen-month anniversary of theeighteen-months after issuance date or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service to the Company.service.
On June 1, 2020, the Company entered into a termination agreement (the “Termination Agreement”) with the advisor. Pursuant to the terms of the Termination Agreement, the Tranche 1 Warrants were amended to reduce the number of shares of common stock purchasable thereunder to 1,041,666 shares, and the Tranche 2 Warrants and Tranche 3 Warrants were cancelled. The Tranche 1 Warrants (as amended pursuant to the Termination Agreement) were fully vested as of the date of the termination of the agreement and will remain exercisable until September 17, 2029. Furthermore, if the Company engages in any restricted business line as defined in the Termination Agreement, the Company will issue to the former advisor additional shares of common stock based on formulas intended to compensate the former advisor for the warrants that were reduced or terminated.
In connection with the Termination Agreement, the Company recorded expense of $5.7 million during the nine monthsyear ended September 30, 2020. This amount is includedDecember 31, 2020 in general and administrative expense.
On November 4, 2019, During the Company issued 11,000first quarter of 2021, the former advisor exercised 791,666 of his remaining warrants outstanding in connection with the November 2019 Notes. The warrants are exercisable on the datea cashless exercise resulting in 736,689 shares of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future initial public offering (“IPO”). The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued 937,500 warrants in connection with the Seller Notes. The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future initial public offering (“IPO”). The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
On June 24, 2020, the warrants related to the November 2019 Notes and Seller Notes were amended in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes to lower the maximum exercise price applicable to these warrants from $5.00 to $4.25 per share. The decrease in the exercise price resulted in an increase to the fair value of the warrants of less than $0.2 million which the Company recognized in general and administrative expense.
On December 19, 2019 the Company issued 6,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.82 in conjunction with the short term loan (the “Guarantor Warrants”). The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO.issued.
F-24F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On March 17, 2020, 1,003,232 warrants were issued to holders of warrants issued on May 6, 2019 due to the dilutive impact of subsequent issuances. The Company issued an additional 2,560,883 warrants to holders of these warrants due to the further dilutive impact of subsequent issuances.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued common stock purchase1,000,000 warrants (the “June 2020 Warrants”) to purchase up to 1,000,000 shareswith an exercise price of the Company’s common stock at $1.25 per share in connection with the June 2020 Notes. The June 2020 Warrantsto two non-employee directors, which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
On June 24,July 20, 2020, the Company issued 200,000 warrants to purchase up to 1,000,000 sharestwo non-employee directors at a price of the Company’s common stock at $1.25$1.05 per share to two non-employee directors. The warrants(the “July 2020 Director Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
On July 20, 2020, The warrants issued to non-employee directors were immediately vested and as such, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equal to $1.05 per share in consideration for a personal guarantee by a member of the Company's board of directors on the ABL Facility (the “July 2020 Guarantor Warrants”). Additionally, on July 20, 2020, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 200,000 shares of the Company's common stock to two non-employee directors at a price of $1.05 per share (the “July 2020 Director Warrants” and together with the July 2020 Guarantor Warrants, the “July 2020 Warrants”). The July 2020 Warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
 
Warrants
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2019
16,981,854
$3.23
Issued
6,125,339
0.91
Exercised
(250,000)
(0.10)
Terminated
(2,958,334)
(5.12)
Warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2020
19,898,859
$2.13
The intrinsic value of outstanding warrants was $0.3 million and $12.2 million as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
Note 15 - Share-based compensation
The Company recognizes compensation cost for stock option awards with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the service period for each separate vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized $1.5 million and $7.0recorded $1.0 million of share-based compensation expense respectively. upon issuance.
On November 30, 2020, the Company issued 400,000 warrants to a third-party for services with an exercise price of $1.00 and an expiration date 72 months after issuance. These warrants were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded $0.1 million in general and administrative expense.
Note 12 - Share-based compensation
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the Company recognized $2.5 million and $6.7$2.5 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense, respectively.expense.
TheOn November 11, 2019, the Company acquiredreceived shareholder approval for the Better Choice Company Inc.Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “2019“Amended 2019 Plan”) which became effective as of April 29, 2019.. The Amended 2019 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock or cash-based awards or a dividend equivalent award (each an “Award”). On November 11,award. The Amended 2019 Plan authorized the Company received shareholder approval forissuance 6,500,000 shares of common stock which was increased to 9,000,000 after the Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “Amended 2019 Plan”). UnderHalo acquisition; the Amended 2019 Plan also provides for an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2021 and ending on and including January 1, 2029, equal to the lesser of (A) 10% of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of common stock as determined by the Board. On January 1, 2021, the number of option awards availableshares authorized for issuance increased from 6,000,000 to 9,000,000 on December 19, 2019.13,500,000, as approved by the Board.
Stock Options
During the ninethree months ended September 30,March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the Company granted 300,000 stock options. During the three5,579,000 and nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company granted 160,000 and 5,993,000100,000 stock options, respectively.
Note 16 - Related party transactionsRestricted Stock
MarketingIn March 2020, the Company issued 450,000 shares of restricted common stock to three non-employee directors in return for services
A company controlled by a member provided in their capacity as directors and issued 5,956 restricted shares of the boardcommon stock to an officer of directors provided online traffic acquisition marketing services for the Company. The Company incurred immaterial amounts for their services during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. During the threerestricted shares were immediately vested and nine months ended September 30, 2019,as such, the Company incurred less than
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$0.1recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had no outstanding balance and as of December 31, 2019 the outstanding balance was less than $0.1 million and was included in accounts payable in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
Notes payable
The Company issued $1.4 million of subordinated convertible notes to a member of the board of directors during the year ended December 2019, and $0.8 million of subordinated convertible notes to the same director during June 2020. The notes remain outstanding as of September 30, 2020. Interest related to the subordinated convertible notes was less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively.
Halo transaction bonus and notes payable
The Company issued $0.1 million of subordinated convertible notes to an executive in satisfaction of a transaction bonus as per his employment agreement upon the close of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019. These convertible notes are outstanding as of September 30, 2020.issuance.
Note 17 –13- Income taxes
For the periodsthree months ended September 30,March 31, 2021, and March 31, 2020, and 2019, the Company recorded no current or deferred income tax expense.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the Company’s effective tax rate was 0%. The Company’s effective tax rate of 0% differs from the United States federal statutory rate of 21% primarily because the Company’s losses have been fully offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainty of realizing the tax benefit of net operating losses (“NOLs”) for the periodsthree months ended September 30, 2020March 31, 2021, and year ended December 31, 2019.2020.
The Company’s deferred tax assets attributed to net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2027.
On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The Company continues to examine the impact that the CARES Act may have on its business but does not expect the impact to be material.
The ultimate realization of deferred taxes is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. On the basis of management’s assessment, a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax assets was recorded since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company has no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions. The Company doesWe do not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months. As of September 30, 2020March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019,2020, the Company doesdid not have any significant uncertain tax positions. If incurred, the Company would classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.
The Company’s income tax returns generally remain open for examination for three years from the date filed with each taxing jurisdiction.
For the period ended May 6, 2019, the Company was a limited liability company, taxed as a partnership. Thus, all of the Company’s income and losses flowed through to the owners. The company converted to a C-corporation, subject to income tax on May 6, 2019, the date of the May Acquisitions.
Note 18 – Major suppliers
The Company sourced approximately 78% of its inventory purchases from three vendors for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The Company sourced approximately 85% of its inventory purchases from one vendor for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Note 19 – Concentration of credit risk and off-balance sheet risk
Cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited in
F-26F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 14 - Concentrations
Major Suppliers
The Company sourced approximately 71% of its inventory purchases from three vendors for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The Company sourced approximately 48% of its inventory purchases from two vendors for the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Major Customers
Accounts receivable from two customers represented 63% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2021. Accounts receivable from two customers represented 72% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020. Two customers represented 42% of gross sales for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Four customers represented 70% of gross sales for the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Credit Risk
At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited in accounts at several financial institutions.institutions and may maintain some balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with high-quality, accredited financial institutions and, accordingly, such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. The Company may maintain balances with financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits.
The Company has not experienced any losses historically in these accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk in its cash and cash equivalents. The Company has no significant off-balance sheet concentrations of credit risk, such as foreign currency exchange contracts, option contracts, or other hedging arrangements. Accounts receivable from three customers represented 70% of accounts receivable as of September 30, 2020. Accounts receivable from one customer represented 44% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2019.
Two customers represented 35% of gross sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. None of the Company’s customers represented greater than 10% of gross sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Note 20 –15 - Net loss per share
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options and the amount of compensation cost for future service that has not yet been recognized are collectively assumed to be used to repurchase shares.
Basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing net and comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period. For the three and nine months ended September 30,March 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019, the Company’s basic and diluted net and comprehensive loss per share attributable to common stockholders are the same because the Company has generated a net loss to common stockholders and common stock equivalents are excluded from diluted net loss per share as they have an antidilutive impact.
The following table sets forth basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the three and nine months ended September 30,March 31, 2021 and 2020 and 2019:
Dollars in thousands
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Common stockholders
2020
2019
2020
2019
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
Net and comprehensive loss
$(29,551)
$(170,311)
$(1,693)
$(6,025)
Less: Preferred stock dividends
103
70
35
43
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(29,654)
$(170,381)
$(1,728)
$(6,068)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
48,809,740
28,624,230
48,961,447
43,575,010
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$(0.61)
$(5.95)
$(0.04)
$(0.14)
Note 21 – Subsequent events
Issuance of Series F Preferred Stock and Exchange of Series E Preferred Stock
During October, 2020, the Company consummated an insider-led equity financing, including the transactions contemplated by a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) between the Company and certain accredited and sophisticated investors (the “Purchasers”) and an exchange agreement (the “Series E Exchange Agreement”) between the Company and Cavalry Fund LP (“Cavalry”), the holder of all of the Company’s outstanding Series E preferred stock.
Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company, in a private placement (the “Series F Private Placement”), issued and sold units (the “Series F Units”) to the Purchasers for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit. Each Unit consists of: (i) one(in thousands, except share of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001and per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), which is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a value per share of common stock of $0.50; and (ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year periodamounts):
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
Common stockholders
2021
2020
Numerator:
 
 
Net and comprehensive loss
$(12,850)
$(9,454)
Less: Preferred stock dividends
34
Less: Adjustment due to warrant modifications
402
Adjusted Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(13,252)
$(9,488)
Denominator:
 
 
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
57,525,054
48,526,396
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$(0.23)
$(0.20)
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such number of shares of common stock (the “Warrant Shares”) into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible at an exercise price per Warrant Share of $0.75. Pursuant to the Series F Private Placement, the Company raised approximately $21.7 million in gross cash proceeds, approximately $11.5 million of which was invested by certain officers and directors of the Company.
Concurrently with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Purchasers entered into a registration rights agreement, (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and as amended by a certain first amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement"), dated October 29,2020, pursuant to which the Company agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC by December 1, 2020 to register the Warrant Shares and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock.
In connection with the consummation of the Series F Private Placement, on October 1, 2020, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware a Certificate of Designations which authorizes a total of 30,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and sets forth the designations, preferences, and rights of the Company's Series F Preferred Stock.
Pursuant to the Series E Exchange Agreement, the Company issued 3,500 Series F Units to Cavalry in exchange for all of its outstanding Series E Preferred Stock (the “Exchange Transaction”).
In addition, on October 2, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to its Facilities Agreement to permit the Company to use a portion of the net proceeds of the Series F Private Placement to make a partial repayment of the outstanding term loan thereunder.
Repricing of Stock Options
Effective October 1, 2020, outstanding stock option awards held by current employees as of October 1, 2020 were repriced concurrent with the closing of the Series F Private Placement. In total, 6,077,731 stock options were repriced. The exercise price was set at a 20% premium to the Series F Preferred Stock conversion price, or $0.60 per share.
F-28F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Better Choice Company Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Better Choice Company Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the yeartwo years in the period ended December 31, 2019,2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the year thentwo years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The Company’sCompany's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has a working capital deficiency, and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’sManagement's evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our auditaudits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Impairment analysis of goodwill
Description of the Matter
At December 31, 2020, the Company’s goodwill was $18.6 million related to its Halo reporting unit. As discussed in Note 1 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1st or whenever events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that impairment may have occurred. The Company estimates the fair value of a reporting unit using a combination of the market approach and the income approach, using discounted cash flows.
Auditing management’s annual goodwill impairment assessment for the reporting unit was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required to determine the fair value of the Halo reporting unit. In particular, the fair value estimate was sensitive to changes in significant assumptions, such as revenue growth rates, the terminal growth rate, EBITDA margin, the weighted average cost of capital, and market multiples which are affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
To test the estimated fair value of the Company’s Halo reporting unit, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, evaluating valuation methodologies and testing the significant assumptions discussed above used by the Company in its analysis. We involved our specialist to assist in the evaluation of the valuation methodologies and testing certain significant assumptions, including the discount rate and market multiples. We compared the significant assumptions used by management to current industry and economic trends, recent historical performance and other factors. We specifically evaluated the Company’s forecasted growth rates and EBITDA margins by comparing these assumptions to those of the Company’s peers and industry reports. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair value of the reporting unit that would result from changes in the assumptions. We also tested the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis for completeness and accuracy.
Issuance of convertible instruments and associated warrants
Description of the Matter
As described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, on June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”). In connection with this issuance, each noteholder also received common stock purchase warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase up to 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock; 1,000,000 common stock purchase warrants were issued in total. The total cash proceeds received from the issuance of the Notes were allocated to the Notes and Warrants at the time of issuance.
As described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, during October 2020 the Company consummated a private placement in which the Company issued and sold units (the “Series F Units”) to the investors for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit. Each Unit consisted of one share of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock (“Series F Preferred”) and a warrant (“Series F Warrants”) to purchase shares of common stock. The Company issued 18,202 Series F Units for a total of $18.2 million in gross cash proceeds. The total cash proceeds received were allocated to the Series F Unit components (preferred stock and warrant) at the time of issuance.
Auditing the valuation of the Notes, Warrants, and Series F Units was complex
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

due to the judgmental nature of the assumptions, which included stock price volatility (Warrants and Series F Warrants), debt discount rate (Notes), probability of exit events (Notes, Warrants, Series F Preferred, Series F Warrants), and expected life (Warrants and Series F Warrants). These assumptions had a significant effect on the fair value measurement of the Notes, Warrants, and Series F Units.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
To test the estimated fair value of the Notes, Warrants, and Series F Units, our audit procedures included, among others, evaluation of the significant assumptions discussed above and consideration of the appropriateness of related methodologies utilized for estimation. This included evaluating the volatility rate by assessing the guideline public companies (“GPC”) selected and the weighting applied between the GPCs and the Company’s historical volatility, evaluating the Company’s specific risk premium incorporated into the debt discount assumption, assessing the reasonableness of the probability of various exit events based on information available as of the observable transaction dates, and evaluating the expected time to exercise for all Warrants and Series F Warrants outstanding. We involved our specialist to assist with the evaluation of the assumptions as used by management.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Louisville, Kentucky

May 1, 2020March 30, 2021
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Unitholders of TruPet LLC.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of TruPet LLC. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, and the related statement of loss and comprehensive loss, changes in members’ deficit, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements).
In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has experienced ongoing losses, negative cash flows from operations, accumulated a significant deficit, has a working capital deficit and the line of credit is approaching maturity. The Company is dependent upon future sources of debt or equity financing in order to fund its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
Toronto, Ontario
April 26, 2019

F-30F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018
(Dollars in thousands)thousands, except share and per share amounts)
12/31/2019
12/31/2018
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Assets
 
 
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$2,361
$3,946
$3,926
$2,361
Restricted cash
173
63
173
Accounts receivable, net
5,824
116
4,631
5,824
Inventories, net
6,580
1,557
4,869
6,580
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
2,641
269
4,074
2,641
Total Current Assets
17,579
5,888
17,563
17,579
Property and equipment, net
417
71
252
417
Right-of-use asset, operating lease
951
345
951
Intangible assets, net
14,641
13,115
14,641
Goodwill
18,614
18,614
18,614
Other assets
1,330
28
1,364
1,330
Total Assets
$53,532
$5,987
$51,253
$53,532
Liabilities & Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Short term loan, net
$16,061
$
$7,826
$16,061
Line of credit, net
4,819
4,600
4,819
PPP loans
190
Other liabilities
500
1,914
47
500
Accounts payable
4,049
765
3,137
4,049
Due to related party
1,600
Accrued liabilities
4,721
85
3,003
4,721
Deferred revenue
311
65
350
311
Operating lease liability, current portion
345
173
345
Warrant liability
39,850
Warrant derivative liability
2,220
2,220
Total Current Liabilities
33,026
9,029
54,576
33,026
Noncurrent Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Notes payable, net
16,370
18,910
16,370
Line of credit, net
5,023
PPP loans
662
Operating lease liability
641
184
641
Total Noncurrent Liabilities
17,011
24,779
17,011
Total Liabilities
50,037
9,029
79,355
50,037
Redeemable Series E Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
Redeemable Series E preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,900,000 & 0 shares authorized, 1,387,378 & 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
10,566
Redeemable Series E preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,900,000 shares authorized, 0 & 1,387,378 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
10,566
Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 88,000,000 and 16,303,928 shares authorized, 47,977,390 & 11,661,485 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
48
12
Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 0 & 5,529,162 shares authorized, 0 & 2,391,403 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
2
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 and 88,000,000 shares authorized, 51,908,398 & 47,977,390 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
52
48
Redeemable Series F Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000 & 0 shares authorized, 21,754 & 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
194,150
13,642
232,487
194,150
Accumulated deficit
(201,269)
(16,698)
(260,641)
(201,269)
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
(7,071)
(3,042)
(28,102)
(7,071)
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
$53,532
$5,987
$51,253
$53,532
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-31F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Year ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
2019
Net sales
$15,577
$14,785
$42,590
$15,577
Cost of goods sold
9,717
7,489
26,491
9,717
Gross profit
5,860
7,296
16,099
5,860
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
General and administrative
19,782
6,055
25,966
19,782
Share-based compensation
10,280
431
8,940
10,280
Sales and marketing
10,138
4,981
7,892
10,138
Customer service and warehousing
1,097
987
623
1,097
Impairment of intangible asset
889
889
Total operating expenses
42,186
12,454
43,421
42,186
Loss from operations
(36,326)
(5,158)
(27,322)
(36,326)
Other expense:
 
 
Other expense (income):
 
 
Interest expense, net
(670)
(868)
9,247
670
Loss on extinguishment of debt
88
Loss on acquisitions
(147,376)
147,376
Change in fair value of warrant liability
24,898
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(90)
(2,220)
90
Total other expense
(148,136)
(868)
Total other expense, net
32,013
148,136
Net and comprehensive loss
(184,462)
(6,026)
(59,335)
(184,462)
Preferred dividends
109
103
109
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(184,571)
$(6,026)
$(59,438)
$(184,571)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
33,238,600
11,516,421
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted
49,084,432
33,238,600
Loss per share, basic and diluted
$(5.55)
$(0.52)
$(1.21)
$(5.55)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-32F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit
For the year ended December 31, 2019
(Dollars and share amounts in thousands)thousands, except shares)
 
Common Stock
Convertible Series A
Preferred Stock
 
 
Redeemable Series E
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
Number
Amount
Number
Amount
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Number
Amount
Balance at January 1, 2019
11,661
$12
2,391
$2
$13,642
$(16,698)
$(3,042)
Shares issued pursuant to a private placement – net proceeds
70
150
150
Shares and warrants issued pursuant to private issuance of public equity (PIPE) – net proceeds
5,745
6
15,670
15,676
Share-based compensation
1,119
1
10,280
10,281
Stock issued to third parties for services
1,009
1
3,476
3,477
Warrants issued to third parties for services
2,968
2,968
Conversion of Series A shares to common stock
2,461
2
(2,461)
(2)
Acquisition of treasury shares
(1,012)
(1)
(6,070)
(6,071)
Acquisition of Better Choice
3,915
4
23,560
23,564
2,634
$20,058
Acquisition of Bona Vida
18,103
18
108,602
108,620
Guarantor warrants
4,180
4,180
 
 
Warrants issued in connection with the Notes
313
313
Acquisition of Halo
2,134
2
3,883
3,885
Conversion of Series E Preferred Stock
1,582
2
9,490
9,492
(1,247)
(9,492)
Warrant exercise
1,260
1
4,006
4,007
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(184,571)
(184,571)
Balance at December 31, 2019
47,977
$48
$—
$194,150
$(201,269)
$(7,071)
1,387
$10,566
 
Common Stock
Redeemable
Series F
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Redeemable
Series E
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2019
47,977,390
$48
$—
$194,150
$(201,269)
$(7,071)
1,387,378
$10,566
Shares issued pursuant to private placement
308,642
500
500
Share-based compensation
455,956
1
8,939
8,940
Shares and warrants issued to third party for contract termination
72,720
198
198
Shares issued to third parties for services
1,160,000
1
100
1,371
1,372
Warrants issued to third party for services
10,132
10,132
Warrants issued in connection with June 2020 Notes
337
337
Beneficial conversion feature of June 2020 Notes
1,163
1,163
Modification of conversion feature for November 2019 Notes, Seller Notes, and ABG Notes
528
528
Modification of warrants
43
43
Shares issued pursuant to warrant exercise
1,837,690
2
1,046
1,048
Warrants issued in connection with ABL Facility
230
230
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(59,438)
(59,438)
Shares issued pursuant to Series F Private Placement and Exchange Transaction
21,702
8,501
5,415
13,916
(1,387,378)
(10,566)
Conversion of Series F shares to common stock
96,000
(48)
Beneficial conversion feature of Series F shares
5,349
(5,349)
Balance at December 31, 2020
51,908,398
$52
21,754
$—
$232,487
$(260,641)
$(28,102)
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-33F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit
For the year ended December 31, 2018
(Dollars and share amounts in thousands)
 
Common Stock
Convertible Series A
Preferred Stock
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
Units
Number
Amount
Number
Amount
Reported balance at January 1, 2018
10,397
$—
$—
$8,545
$(10,672)
$(2,127)
Recapitalization adjustment(1)
(10,397)
11,497
11
 
 
11
Recast balance at January 1, 2018
11,497
11
 
 
8,545
(10,672)
(2,116)
Share-based compensation
164
1
 
 
 
431
 
432
Shares issued pursuant to a private placement – net proceeds
 
 
 
2,391
2
4,666
4,668
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
 
(6,026)
(6,026)
Balance at December 31, 2018
 
11,661
$12
2,391
$2
$13,642
$(16,698)
$(3,042)
(1)
Certain prior year amounts were adjusted to retroactively reflect the legal capital of the Company from LLC units to common stock due to the May Acquisitions described in “Note 2—Acquisitions”.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
2019
2018
Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
 
 
Net and comprehensive loss
$(184,462)
$(6,026)
Adjustments to reconcile net and comprehensive loss to net cash used in operating activities :
 
 
Non-cash expenses
Stock and warrants issued to third parties for services
3,548
Impairment of intangible asset
889
Depreciation and amortization
171
14
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts
346
Share-based compensation
10,280
431
Lease expenses
41
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
90
Loss on acquisitions
146,980
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisition:
 
 
Accounts receivable, net
(99)
(196)
Inventories, net
232
(400)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(101)
(208)
Other assets
(140)
Accounts payable
(1,695)
55
Accrued liabilities
2,738
(645)
Deferred revenue
245
66
Deferred rent
(15)
6
Other
(17)
Cash Used in Operating Activities
$(20,969)
$(6,903)
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
 
 
Acquisition of property and equipment
$(110)
$(31)
Cash acquired in the May Acquisitions
416
Acquisition of Halo
(20,513)
Cash Used in Investing Activities
$(20,207)
$(31)
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
 
 
Cash advance, net
$(1,899)
$1,840
Proceeds from shares issued pursuant to private placement, net
15,826
4,668
Proceeds from investor prepayment
500
Proceeds from revolving line of credit
5,000
2,615
Proceeds from line of credit
6,200
Payment of line of credit
(6,200)
Payment of TruPet line of credit
(4,600)
Proceeds from related party note
1,600
Payments on related party note
(1,600)
Proceeds from short term loan
20,500
Proceeds from November 2019 Notes
2,750
Proceeds from warrant exercise
4,007
Debt issuance costs
(720)
Cash Provided by Financing Activities
$39,764
$10,723
 
 
 
Net Increase in Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash
$(1,412)
$3,789
Total Cash and cash equivalents, Beginning of Period
3,946
157
Total Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash, End of Period
$2,534
$3,946
thousands, except shares)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Supplemental cash flow information
The following represent noncash financing and investing activities and other supplemental disclosures related to the statement of cash flows:
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 842 which resulted in the acquisition of right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities as follows:
Right-of-use asset and operating lease liability acquired under operating leases
Right-of-use asset recorded upon adoption of ASC 842
$421
Operating lease liability recorded upon adoption of ASC 842
(429)
Noncash acquisition of right-of-use asset for leases entered into during period
607
Noncash acquisition of operating lease liability for leases entered into during the period
(594)
On May 6, 2019 we acquired two businesses using stock for a purchase price of $146.6 million, including non-cash transaction costs of $4.8 million. See “Note 2—Acquisitions.”
On August 28, 2019, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $3.4 million to iHeartMedia for future advertising to be incurred from August 2019 to August 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2019, $0.6 million of the $3.4 million of the prepaid advertising was incurred. See “Note 5—Prepaid expenses and other current assets.”
On December 19, 2019, we acquired Halo for a total purchase price of $38.2 million. The total purchase price included $17.7 million of non-cash component made up of (i) 2,134,390 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, (ii) convertible subordinated seller notes (“Seller Notes”) totaling $15,000,000, and (iii) 937,500 stock purchase warrants (the “Seller Warrants”) to purchase shares of our common stock.
The Company paid no income taxes during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Cash interest paid was $0.3 million and $0.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1 – Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies
Nature of the business
Better Choice Company Inc. is a rapidly growing animal health and wellness company committed to leading the industry shift toward pet products and services that help dogs and cats live heathier, happier and longer lives. We take an alternative, nutrition-based approach to animal health relative to conventional dog and cat food offerings, and position our portfolio of brands to benefit from the mainstream trends of growing pet humanization and consumer focus on health and wellness. We have a demonstrated, multi-decade track record of success selling trusted animal health and wellness products, and leverage our established digital footprint to provide pet parents with the knowledge to make informed decision about their pet’s health. We sell the majority of our dog food, cat food and treats under the Halo and TruDog brands, which are focused, respectively, on providing sustainably sourced kibble and canned food derived from real whole meat, and minimally processed raw-diet dog food and treats.
Basis of presentation and consolidation
On May 6, 2019, Better Choice Company Inc. completed the acquisition of TruPet LLC (“TruPet”) and Bona Vida Inc. (“Bona Vida”) in a pair of all stock transactions (together referred to as the “May Acquisitions”) through the issuance of 33,130,806 shares of common stock, par value $0.001, of the Company. Following the completion of the May Acquisitions, the business conducted by the Company became primarily the businesses conducted by TruPet and Bona Vida.
The Company is the legal acquirer of TruPet and Bona Vida. However, the May Acquisitions were treated as a reverse acquisition whereby TruPet acquired the Company and Bona Vida for accounting and financial reporting purposes. As a result, the financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2019 are comprised of (1) the results of TruPet for the period between January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019, (2) the results of the Company and Bona Vida, after giving effect to the May Acquisitions on May 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019 and (3) the results of the Company and Halo, after giving effect to the Halo Acquisition (see “Note 2—Acquisitions”) on December 19, 2019 through December 31, 2019. The financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 and all periods presented prior to the effective date of the May Acquisitions on May 6, 2019 are comprised solely of the operations and financial position of TruPet, and therefore, are not directly comparable. TruPet’s equity has been re-cast to reflect the equity structure of Better Choice Company and the shares of common stock received in the May Acquisitions.
On December 19, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of all the issued and outstanding capital stock of Halo, a Delaware corporation (the “Halo Acquisition”). Where the context allows, the May Acquisitions and Halo Acquisition are together referred to as the “Acquisitions.”
References to the “Company”, “we”, “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to TruPet and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to May 6, 2019, to Better Choice Company, TruPet and Bona Vida and their consolidated subsidiaries after May 6, 2019 and to Better Choice Company, TruPet, Bona Vida and Halo and their consolidated subsidiaries after December 19, 2019.
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for annual financial reports and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis subsequent to the Acquisitions and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and operating results have been included.
Historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The significant accounting policies applied by the Company are described below. We present our tables in U.S. dollars (thousands) and percentage as rounded up or down. In the notes, we represent US dollars (millions) and percentage as rounded up or down.
Going concern considerations
The Company is subject to risks common in the pet wellness consumer market including, but not limited to, dependence on key personnel, competitive forces, successful marketing and sale of its products, the successful protection of its proprietary technologies, ability to grow into new markets, and compliance with government
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Uncertainties regarding the economic impact of COVID-19, the disease caused by the novel coronavirus, are likely to result in sustained market turmoil, which could also negatively impact our business, financial condition, and cash flows. The Company has incurred losses over the last three years and has an accumulated deficit. The Company continues to rely on current investors and the public markets to finance these losses through debt and/or equity issuance. These operating losses and the outstanding debt create substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from the date these consolidated financial statements are issued. The Company is implementing plans to achieve cost savings and other strategic objectives to address these conditions. The Company expects cost savings from consolidation of third-party manufacturers, optimizing shipping and warehousing as well as overhead cost reductions. The business is focused on growing the most profitable channels while reducing investments in areas that are expected to have long-term benefits. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and payments of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount of and classification of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits held with banks and highly liquid investments with original maturities of ninety days or less at acquisition date. For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all cash accounts that are not subject to withdrawal restrictions or penalties to be cash and cash equivalents.
Restricted cash
At December 31, 2019, the Company had $0.2 million in restricted cash. The Company is required to maintain a restricted cash balance of less than $0.2 million associated with a business credit card and credit card clearance operations. The Company did not have any restricted cash at December 31, 2018.
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable primarily consist of unpaid buyer invoices from the Company’s Retail customers and credit card payments receivable from third-party credit card processing companies. Accounts receivable is stated at the amount billed to customers, net of point of sale and cash discounts. The Company assesses the collectability of all receivables on an ongoing basis by considering its historical credit loss experience, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Based on this analysis, an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded. The provision for doubtful accounts is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recorded less than $0.1 million allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company considered accounts receivable to be fully collectible and, accordingly, no allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded.
Inventories
Inventories, primarily consisting of products available for sale and supplies, are valued using the first-in first-out (“FIFO”) method and are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a standard cost basis and includes the purchase price, as well as inbound freight costs and packaging costs.
The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand. Excess or obsolete reserves are established when inventory is estimated to not be sellable before expiration dates based on forecasted usage, product demand and product life cycle. Additionally, inventory valuation reflects adjustments for anticipated physical inventory losses, such as shrink, that have occurred since the last physical inventory.
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Property and equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciable lives are as follows:
Furniture and Fixtures
5 to 7 years
Equipment
3 to 7 years
Computer equipment
2 to 3 years
Computer software
3 years
Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred. The cost of property or equipment retired or otherwise disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the property and equipment accounts in the year of disposal with the resulting gain or loss reflected in general and administrative expenses.
The Company assesses potential impairments of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment charge would be recognized when the carrying amount of property and equipment is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of property and equipment is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the property and equipment. No impairment charges have been incurred for property and equipment for any period presented.
Goodwill
Goodwill of $18.6 million was recognized as of December 31, 2019 in connection with the Halo Acquisition. In future years, the Company will complete an annual impairment test for goodwill that includes an assessment of qualitative factors including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, and entity specific factors such as strategies and financial performance. The Company will perform annual impairment tests as of October 31st beginning in 2020 or earlier if indicators of impairment exist. There were no indicators of goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2019.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. The Company reviews finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and any not expected to be recovered through undiscounted future net cash flows are written down to current fair value. The Company acquired an intangible asset related to the Houndog license with the acquisition of Bona Vida an May 6, 2019. The Company fully impaired the asset as of December 31, 2019 as we terminated the contract on January 13, 2020. The Company acquired intangible assets with the acquisition of Halo on December 19, 2019. We will review impairment of the assets acquired beginning in the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2020 given the proximity of the Halo Acquisition to year-end.
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (ASC 480)”, preferred stock issued with redemption provisions that are outside of the control of the Company or that contain certain redemption rights in a deemed liquidation event is required to be presented outside of stockholders’ deficit on the face of the consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s Redeemable Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E”) contains redemption provisions that require it to be presented outside of stockholders’ deficit. Changes in the redemption value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, if any, are recorded immediately in the period occurred as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet.
Income taxes
Income taxes are recorded in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes (ASC 740)”, which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for loss and credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided, if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that some or all the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position, as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company does not have any significant uncertain income tax positions. If incurred, the Company would classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.
The Company was incorporated on May 6, 2019. Prior to this date, the Company operated as a flow through entity for state and United States federal tax purposes. The Company files a U.S. federal and state income tax return, including for its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Revenue
The Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods in accordance with the provisions of ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.”
In order to recognize revenue, the Company applies the following five (5) steps:
Identify a customer along with a corresponding contract;
Identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract to transfer goods to a customer;
Determine the transaction price the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring promised goods to a customer;
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; and
Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s).
TruPet adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2017. Accordingly all periods presented reflect the recognition of revenue and related disclosures required by ASC 606.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the cost of product obtained from third-party contract manufacturing plants, packaging materials, CBD oils directly sourced by the Company, inventory freight for shipping product from third-party contract manufacturing plants to the Company’s warehouse and third party fulfillment and royalties.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses include management and office personnel compensation, share-based compensation, bonuses, information technology related costs, rent, travel, professional service fees, insurance, product development costs, outbound shipping and general corporate expenses.
Advertising
The Company charges advertising costs to expense as incurred and such charges are included in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Our advertising expenses consisting primarily of online advertising, search costs, email advertising, and radio advertising. In addition, with the acquisition of Halo, we reimburse our customers and third parties for in store activities and record these costs as sales and marketing expenses. Advertising costs were $6.7 million and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Customer service and warehousing
Customer service and warehousing include wages associated with customer service and fulfillment of DTC customer orders.
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fair value of financial instruments
The Company’s financial instruments recognized on the balance sheets consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, prepaid deposits, accounts payable, short term loan, line of credit, subordinated convertible notes, accrued liabilities, other liabilities, and a warrant derivative liability. The warrant derivative liability is remeasured at fair value each reporting period. The carrying values for other financial instruments are deemed to be equivalent to their respective fair values due to their relative short term nature.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company has applied the framework for measuring fair value which requires a fair value hierarchy to be applied to all fair value measurements.
The Company uses applicable guidance for defining fair value, the initial recording and periodic remeasurement of certain assets and liabilities measured at fair value, and related disclosures for instruments measured at fair value. Fair value accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. An instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The Company measures assets and liabilities using inputs from the following three levels of fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 – Observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability for which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability. The inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which may include the Company’s own financial data, such as internally developed pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the fair value determination requires significant management judgment.
The warrant derivative liability is remeasured at fair value each reporting period and represents a Level 3 financial instrument.
Fair value measurements of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities reflect Level 3 inputs and are primarily used to measure the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, for goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets impairment analyses and the valuation of acquired intangibles.
Basic and diluted loss per share
Basic and diluted loss per share has been determined by dividing the net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders for the applicable period by the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding, respectively. Common stock equivalents and incentive shares are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share when their effect is anti-dilutive.
Share-based compensation
The Company recognizes compensation expense for all share–based payments in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. The Company follows the fair value method of accounting for awards granted to employees, directors, officers and consultants. Share-based awards are measured at their estimated fair value on each respective grant date. The Company recognizes share-based payment expenses over the vesting period. The Company’s share-based compensation awards are subject only to service based vesting conditions. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.
The fair value of an option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black–Scholes option valuation model. The Black–Scholes option valuation model requires the development of assumptions that are inputs into the model. These assumptions are the expected stock volatility, the risk–free interest rate, the expected life of the option and the expected dividend yield which is based on the historical dividends issued by the Company. The Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Expected volatility is
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

calculated based on the analysis of other public companies within the pet wellness, internet commerce (e-commerce), and hemp derived CBD sectors. Risk–free interest rates are calculated based on risk–free rates for the appropriate term. The expected life is calculated as (i) the mid-point between the average vested date and the contractual expiration of the option for executives and directors and (ii) three years from the average vesting date for all others due to limited exercise history. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of equity–based payment awards requires the input of the subjective assumptions described above. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of equity–based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.
Use of estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods.
The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. The Company bases its estimates on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The Company’s results can also be affected by economic, political, legislative, regulatory and legal actions. Economic conditions, such as recessionary trends, inflation, interest and monetary exchange rates, and government fiscal policies, can have a significant effect on operations. While the Company maintains reserves for anticipated liabilities and carries various levels of insurance, the Company could be affected by civil, criminal, regulatory or administrative actions, claims or proceedings. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of financial instruments at each valuation date.
Segment information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. To date, the Company has viewed its operations and manages its business as one segment operating in the United States of America. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker reviews operating results on an aggregated basis. All the assets and operations of the Company are in the United States.
Commitments and contingencies
We may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, or government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business resulting in loss contingencies. We accrue for loss contingencies when losses become probable and are reasonably estimable. If the reasonable estimate of the loss is a range and no amount within the range is a better estimate, the minimum amount of the range is recorded as a liability. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to expense in the period incurred and are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
We do not accrue for contingent losses that are considered to be reasonably possible, but not probable; however, we disclose the range of such reasonably possible losses. Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed.
We have entered into leases, a royalty contract termination (see “Note 22—Subsequent events”) and debt instruments, including a line of credit, subordinated convertible notes and a short term loan for which we are committed to pay certain amounts over a period of time.
In connection with the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company identified an error as of December 31, 2018 related to an understatement of sales taxes due and payable of $0.7 million. The error was corrected during the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company believes that the correction of this error is not material to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018, respectively.
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reclassification of prior period presentation
Certain reclassifications have been made to conform the prior period data to the current presentation. These reclassifications had no material effect on the reported results.
Recently issued accounting pronouncements
The Company has reviewed the Accounting Standards Update (ASU), accounting pronouncements and interpretations thereof issued by the FASB that have effective dates during the reporting period and in future periods.
Recently adopted:
Adoption of FASB ASC Topic 842 “Leases”
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Topic 842, “Leases (842)”, which amends leasing guidance by requiring companies to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all operating and financing leases with lease terms greater than twelve months. The lease liability is equal to the present value of lease payments. The right-of-use lease asset is based on the lease liability, subject to adjustment for prepaid and deferred rent and tenant incentives. For income statement purposes, leases will continue to be classified as operating or financing with lease expense in both cases calculated substantially the same as under the prior leasing guidance.
The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in recognition of right-of-use assets of $0.4 million and operating lease liabilities of $0.4 million as of January 1, 2019. The Company adopted the optional transition method that gives companies the option to use the adoption date as the initial application on transition. Accordingly, results for reporting periods beginning prior to January 1, 2019 continue to be reported in accordance with our historical treatment. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows. See “Note 8—Operating leases.”
Adoption of FASB ASU 2018-07 “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU. 2018-07 “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” The amendments in this update expanded the scope of ASC 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The requirements of ASC 718 are applied to nonemployee awards except for specific guidance on inputs to an option pricing model and the attribution of cost. The amendments specify that ASC 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The amendments also clarify that ASC 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.”
The Company is treating the inclusion of share-based payments to nonemployees as a change in accounting principle prospectively beginning in the period ending January 1, 2019. The Company did not restate prior periods for share-based compensation.
Issued but not Yet Adopted:
ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326)”
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326),” a new standard to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2023, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2018-13 “Fair Value Measurement”
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Changes to the Disclosure Requirement for Fair Value Measurement” which amends ASC 820 to expand the disclosures required for items subject to Level 3, fair value remeasurement, including the underlying assumptions. ASU 2018-13 is effective for
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. As this standard only requires additional disclosures, there is no anticipated financial statement impact of its adoption.
ASU 2018-15 “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)”
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15 “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)” to amend ASU 2015-05 in an effort to provide additional guidance on the accounting for costs implementation activities performed in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract. The amendments in this update align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal use software license). The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by the amendments in this update. The amendments in this update also require the entity to present the expense related to the capitalized implementation costs in the same line item in the statement of income as the fees associated with the hosting element (service) of the arrangement and classify payments for capitalizing implementation costs in the statement of cash flows in the same manner as payments made for fees associated with the hosting element. The entity is also required to present the capitalized implementation costs in the statement of financial position in the same line item that a prepayment for the fees of the associated hosting arrangement would be presented. The new standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2020, and early adoption is permitted. The Company believes that current practices of capitalization versus expensing IT costs are in line with this guidance, however, the amendment will require the Company to change presentation within the statement of cash flows. The Company currently has no internal use software and expects this accounting standard will have no impact on its consolidated financial statements.
The Company has carefully considered other new pronouncements that alter previous generally accepted accounting principles and does not believe that any new or modified principles will have a material impact on the Company’s reported balance sheet or operations in 2019.
Note 2 – Acquisitions
 
Common Stock
Convertible
Series A
Preferred Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Redeemable
Series E
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2018
11,661,485
$12
2,391,403
$2
$13,642
$(16,698)
$(3,042)
$
Shares issued pursuant to a private placement – net proceeds
69,115
150
150
Shares and warrants issued pursuant to private issuance of public equity (PIPE)- net proceeds
5,744,991
6
15,670
15,676
Share-based compensation
1,118,786
1
10,280
10,281
Stock issued to third parties for services
1,008,500
1
3,476
3,477
Warrants issued to third parties for services
2,968
2,968
Conversion of Series A shares to common stock
2,460,518
2
(2,460,518)
(2)
Acquisition of treasury shares
(1,011,748)
(1)
(6,070)
(6,071)
Acquisition of Better Choice
3,915,856
4
23,560
23,564
2,633,678
20,058
Acquisition of Bona Vida
18,103,273
18
108,602
108,620
Guarantor warrants
4,180
4,180
 
 
Warrants issued in connection with the Notes
313
313
AcquisitionUse of Halo
On October 15, 2019, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Halo Agreement”) to acquire Halo, a Delaware corporation. Halo is an ultra-premium, natural pet food brand. The strategic objective of the acquisition was to accelerate the growth of the Company’s animal health platform by acquiring an all-encompassing, global, animal health and wellness consumer product goods company. Under the terms of the Halo Agreement, the Company completed the Halo Acquisition on December 19, 2019 (the “Halo Acquisition Date”), for $38.2 million. The consideration was subject to customary adjustments for Halo’s net working capital, cash, and indebtedness, and consisted of a combination of (i) cash consideration of $20.5 million, (ii) 2,134,390 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share ($3.9 million), (iii) Seller Notes totaling $15,000,000, and (iv) 937,500 Seller Warrants ($0.3 million). The Company incurred $0.9 million in transaction costs, which are included in general and administrative expenses.Estimates
The Halo Acquisition was accounted for underpreparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the purchase methodreported amounts of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities, based on their estimated fair valuesdisclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the Halo Acquisition Date. Halo’sdate of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates these assumptions, judgments and estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
In the opinion of $0.7 million and netmanagement, the condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations and comprehensive loss for the periods ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the financial position as of $0.2 million have been includedMarch 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and the cash flows for the periods ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.
Going Concern Considerations
The Company is subject to risks common in the consolidated resultspet wellness consumer market including, but not limited to, dependence on key personnel, competitive forces, successful marketing and sale of its products, the Company since the Halo Acquisition Date.successful protection of its proprietary technologies, ability to grow into new markets, and compliance with government
F-44F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations. As of March 31, 2021, the Company has not experienced a significant adverse impact to its business, financial condition or cash flows resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. However, uncertainties regarding the continued economic impact of COVID-19 are likely to result in sustained market turmoil which could also negatively impact the Company's business, financial condition, and cash flows in the future. The determinationCompany has continually incurred losses and has an accumulated deficit. The Company continues to rely on current investors and the public markets to finance these losses through debt and/or equity issuances. These operating losses, working capital deficit and the outstanding debt create substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from the preliminary purchase price allocationdate these condensed consolidated financial statements are issued.
The Company is implementing plans to specific assets acquiredachieve cost savings and liabilities assumedother strategic objectives to address these conditions. The Company expects cost savings from consolidation of third-party manufacturers, optimizing shipping and warehousing as well as overhead cost reductions. The business is incomplete for Halo.focused on successful completion of capital raises and growing the most profitable channels while reducing investments in areas that are not expected to have long-term benefits. The preliminary purchase price allocation may change in future periodsaccompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the fair value estimatesrealization of assets and payments of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, the condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount of and classification of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
For additional information, please refer to our most recently filed Annual Report regarding the Company's summary of significant accounting policies.
New Accounting Standards
Recently adopted
ASU 2020-03 “Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments”
In March 2020, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-03, Codification Improvement to Financial Instruments. This ASU improves and clarifies various financial instruments topics, including the current expected credit losses standard issued in 2016. The ASU includes seven different issues that describe the areas of improvement and the valuationrelated amendments to GAAP, intended to make the standards easier to understand and apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. The amendments have different effective dates, some of which were effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2021. The amendments adopted did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2019-12 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This new guidance was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2021 and did not have an impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.
Issued but not yet adopted
ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326)”
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326),” a new standard to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2023, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2020-04 “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the related tax assetsEffects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting”
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides optional expedient and liabilities are completed. The preliminary purchase price allocation is summarized as follows:
Dollars in thousands
Total purchase price
$38,244
Assets and liabilities acquired:
Assets
Property and equipment
260
Accounts receivable
5,540
Inventories
5,160
Intangible assets
14,690
Other assets
329
Total assets
25,979
Liabilities
Accounts payable
4,628
Accrued liabilities
1,553
Long term liability
168
Total liabilities
6,349
Net assets acquired
19,630
Goodwill
$18,614
The intangible assets acquired relateexceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to customercontracts, hedging relationships, and trade name. The intangible asset related to customer relationships reflects the estimated net present value of the future cash flows associated with the stable and recurring customer base acquired in the Halo Acquisition. The fair value was determined using an income approach, which recognizes that the fair value of an asset is premised upon the expected receipt of future economic benefits such as earnings and cash inflows based on current sales projections and estimated direct costs for each product line. Acquired customer relationships are finite-lived intangible assets and are amortized over their estimated life of 7 years using the straight-line method, which approximates the customer attrition rate, reflecting the pattern of economic benefits associated with these assets.
All of Halo’s products and services are sold under the “Halo” trade name, and each major product is identifiedother transactions affected by this trade name. The trade name of the Company was valued on an income approach using a 2% royalty rate which is supported by both market royalty rate data and profitability factors of Halo. The trade name is a finite-lived intangible asset and is being amortized over its estimated life of 15 years using the straight-line method, which reflects the pattern of economic benefits associated with this asset.
The excess of purchase price over the fair value amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed represents goodwill from the acquisition. The Company believes the factors that contributed to goodwill include the acquisition of a talented workforce and administrative cost synergies. The Company does not expect any portion of this goodwill to be deductible for tax purposes. See “Note 9—Intangible assets, royalties and goodwill.”
F-45F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)
reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. In response to the concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs) and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. The following pro forma results reflect only pro forma adjustments for additional interest expenseASU provides companies with optional guidance to fundease the Halo Acquisition, amortization of deferred financing costs related to short term loan and line of credit, reduction in interest expensepotential accounting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. The ASU can be adopted no later than December 1, 2022 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the repaymentimpact the standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
ASU 2020-06 “Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity
In August 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging - Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity's Own Equity. This ASU reduces the number of accounting models for convertible instruments, amends diluted EPS calculations for convertible instruments, and amends the Halo debt on the Halo Acquisition Date, amortization of identifiable intangible assets associated with the Halo Acquisition, share-based compensation expense relatedrequirements for a contract (or embedded derivative) that is potentially settled in an entity’s own shares to stock options granted and effects of adjustments made to carrying values of acquired assets and liabilities. However, pro forma results do not include any anticipated synergies from the acquisition of Halo and accordingly, are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred if the Halo Acquisition had occurred on the dates indicated or that may resultbe classified in the future.
 
Twelve Months ended
December 31,
Dollars in thousands
2019
2018
Net revenues
$48,152
$51,388
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders
$192,592
$25,958
Reverse Acquisitions of Better Choice and Bona Vida by TruPet
On May 6, 2019,equity. This standard is effective for the Company completedbeginning on January 1, 2024 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the May Acquisitions through the issuanceimpact of 33,130,806 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 of the Company. Following the completion of the May Acquisitions, the operations of the Company were primarily comprised of the operations of TruPet and Bona Vida. The strategic objective for combining the two complementary businesses was to create a leading innovative holistic pet wellness company operating in a rapidly evolving and growing industry.
TruPet was determined to be the accounting acquirer of the Company and Bona Vida. As such, the historicalthis standard on its consolidated financial statements are those of TruPet, and TruPet’s equity has been re-cast to reflect the equity structure of the Company and the shares of common stock received. Better Choice exchanged 15,027,533 shares for the outstanding membership interest in TruPet.related disclosures.
The May Acquisitions were accounted for as asset acquisitions. The purchase price for Better Choice Company was $37.9 million which includes stock, minority interest, and fully vested share-based compensation and transaction expenses. The transaction price of Better Choice Company includes 100% of all outstanding stock valued at net $32.7 million, non-cash transaction costs of $4.8 million, cash transaction costs of $0.4 million and fully vested share-based compensation with an estimated fair value of $0.1 million. The stock exchanged in the May Acquisitions of Better Choice Company is equal to the 3,915,856 shares of Better Choice Company outstanding prior to the issuance of additional shares in the May Acquisitions, at the market price of $6.00 per share. The total purchase price has been allocated based on an estimate of the fair value of Better Choice Company’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the remainder recorded as an expense. The loss on acquisition of Better Choice Company’s net liabilities is $39.6 million.
The purchase price for Bona Vida was $108.6 million for 100% of all outstanding stock. At the closing of the Bona Vida transaction, the Company issued 18,103,273 shares of common stock in exchange for 100% of the outstanding shares of Bona Vida. The fair value of Bona Vida’s net assets acquired is estimated to be $0.8 million. The estimated purchase price has been allocated based on an estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired has been recorded as an expense. The loss on acquisition of Bona Vida’s net assets is $107.8 million.
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On May 6, 2019, the fair value of the following assets and liabilities were acquired resulting in the total loss of approximately $147.4 million:
Dollars in thousands
Better Choice
Company
Bona Vida
Total
Total Purchase Price
$37,949
$108,620
$146,569
 
 
 
 
Net Assets (Liabilities) Acquired:
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
7
384
391
Restricted cash
25
25
Accounts receivable
69
69
Inventories
95
95
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
32
348
380
Intangible assets
986
986
Other assets
74
74
Total Assets
1,025
995
2,020
Liabilities
 
 
 
Warrant derivative liability
(2,130)
(2,130)
Accounts payable & accrued liabilities
(544)
(153)
(697)
Total Liabilities
(2,674)
(153)
(2,827)
Net Assets (Liabilities) Acquired
(1,649)
842
(807)
Loss on Acquisitions
$(39,598)
$(107,778)
$(147,376)
Note 3 –2 - Revenue
The Company recognizesrecords revenue to depict the transfernet of promised goods to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration todiscounts, which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for the goods. primarily consist of early pay discounts, general percentage allowances and contractual trade promotions.
The Company has two categories of revenue channels: retail-partnerexcludes sales taxes collected from revenues. Retail-partner based (“Retail”), which includes the sale of productcustomers are not subject to e-commerce retailers, pet specialty chains, grocery, mass and distributors, and direct to consumer, (“DTC”), which is focused on driving consumers to directly purchase product through our online web platform. A significant portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from the DTC channel which represents 89% of consolidated revenue; the Retail channel represents 11% of consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. The revenue channel percentage will change in 2020 with the acquisition of Halo, as the Halo business is predominantly driven by the Retail channel. The majority of these sales transactions are single performance obligations that are recorded when control is transferred to the customer. The Company offers a loyalty program to their DTC customer which creates a separate performance obligation upon customer participation.
The following is a description of principal activities from which the Company generates its revenue, by revenue channel.tax.
The Company’s DTC products are offered through the online stores where customers place orders directly for delivery across the United States. Revenue is recorded, net of point of sale discounts, at the time the order is shipped to the customer as this is when it has been determined that control has been transferred, and includes shipping paid by customers. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration, net of discounts, the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring the merchandise. The Company has elected to exclude from revenue all collected sales taxes paid by its customers.
Revenue is deferred for orders that have been placed, and paid for, but have not yet have been shipped. Based on the historical experience, the Company records an estimated liability for returns. Product returns were less than $0.4 million and $0.7 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively.
For the Company’s DTCdirect-to-consumer (“DTC”) loyalty program, a portion of revenue is deferred at the time of the sale as points are earned based on the relative stand-alone selling price, and not recognized until the redemption of the loyalty points. The program enables customers to accumulate points based on their spending. For every $1 spent, customers receive
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

twelveA portion of revenue is deferred at the time of sale when points are earned and for every five hundredrecognized when the loyalty points earned, customers will receive a $5 gift card which can be redeemed for goods purchased on-line. The points do not expire and the Company, based on historical redemption experience estimates a redemption rate of 37%.are redeemed. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019 and 2018,2020, customers earned, but not redeemed,held unredeemed loyalty program awards amounted to $0.2of $0.3 million and less than $0.1$0.4 million, respectively. The Company recognized less than $0.2 million as revenue from the loyalty program for the year ended December 31, 2019. There was no revenue recognized for the year ended December 31, 2018 related to the loyalty program.
The amount included in net sales related to recoveries of shipping costs by charging the customer a shipping fee for direct to consumer customers was $0.7 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.Shipping Costs
The Company’s Retail channel includes the sale of goods to Retail customers for resale. The Retail sale of goods is considered a single performance obligation. The Company records revenue net of point of sale discounts. Retail customers are not subject to sales tax.
Revenue for Retail sales are recognized when the product is shipped to the Retail customer as this is when it has been determined that control has been transferred, the majority of Retail customers pick up their orders. There is an exception with one key customer with specific FOB destination shipping terms as this is when it has been determined that control has transferred. Shipping costs associated with moving finished products to customers through third party carriers were $2.3$0.5 million and $2.5$0.4 million for the yearsthree months ended DecemberMarch 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, respectively. Such shipping costs are recorded as part of general and administrative expenses.
Note 4 – InventoriesRevenue Channels
Inventories are summarized as follows:
Dollars in thousands
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Food, treats and supplements
$6,425
$1,301
Inventory packaging and supplies
504
133
Other products and accessories
73
191
 
7,002
1,625
Inventory reserve
(422)
(68)
 
$6,580
$1,557
Note 5 – Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
Dollars in thousands
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Prepaid advertising & marketing
$1,776
$
Prepaid slotting fees
425
Prepaid insurance
164
15
Deposits
115
Prepaid state registration fees
81
Other
80
254
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets
$2,641
$269
On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into a radio advertising agreement with iHeartMedia + Entertainment, Inc. and issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $3.4 million for future advertising to be provided to the Company from August 2019 to August 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2019, $0.6 million of the $3.4 million of the prepaid advertising was incurred. In addition, the agreement required the Company to spend a minimum amount for talent fees or other direct iHeart costs. The company has committed to using $1.7 million of the media inventory by August 28, 2020, with the remainder of the inventory available through August 28, 2021. The Company expensed $0.6 milliongroups its revenue channels into four distinct categories: E-Commerce, which includes the sale of product to online retailers such as Amazon and Chewy; Brick & Mortar, which includes the media inventory forsale of product to pet specialty chains such as Petco, PetSmart, select grocery chains, and neighborhood pet stores; DTC which includes the year ended December 31, 2019, reducingsale of product through the prepaid advertising balanceCompany's online web platform to $2.8 million,more than 20,000 unique customers; and International, which includes the sale of which $1.7 millionproduct to foreign distribution partners (transacted in U.S. dollars) and to select international retailers. Information about the Company’s net sales by revenue channel is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and $1.1 million in other noncurrent assets.as follows (in thousands):
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2021
2020
E-commerce
$4,010
37%
$4,481
37%
Brick & Mortar
1,894
18%
2,897
23%
DTC
2,436
22%
2,804
23%
International
2,490
23%
2,044
17%
Net Sales
$10,830
100%
$12,226
100%
F-48F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 6 – Property3 - Inventories
Inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Food, treats and supplements
$4,439
$4,987
Inventory packaging and supplies
503
596
Total Inventories
4,942
5,583
Inventory reserve
(360)
(714)
Inventories, net
$4,582
$4,869
Note 4 - Prepaid expenses and equipmentother current assets
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Prepaid advertising contract with iHeart (1)
$2,500
$1,788
Other prepaid expenses and other current assets (2)
1,758
2,286
Total Prepaid expenses and other current assets
$4,258
$4,074
Property and equipment consist of the following:
Dollars in thousands
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Equipment
$222
$49
Furniture and fixtures
138
46
Computer software
115
Computer equipment
4
14
Total property and equipment
479
109
Accumulated depreciation
(62)
(38)
Net property and equipment
$417
$71
Depreciation expense was less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Depreciation expense is included as a component of general and administrative expenses.
(1)
On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into a radio advertising agreement with iHeart Media + Entertainment, Inc. and issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $3.4 million for future advertising services. The Company issued an additional 125,000 shares valued at $0.1 million on March 5, 2020 pursuant to the agreement. The current portion of the remaining value, reflected above, is the remaining value of services that are required to be utilized within the next twelve months, unless the term is extended. The long-term portion of the remaining value of $0.5 million and $1.2 million was recorded in other non-current assets as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
(2)
As of March 31, 2021, this amount includes various other prepaid contracts. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company entered into an agreement for access to an investment platform in exchange for 500,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.5 million and also entered into an agreement for marketing services in exchange for 500,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.5 million.
Note 7 –5 - Accrued liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:following (in thousands):
Dollars in thousands
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Accrued professional fees
$1,695
$—
$225
$704
Accrued sales tax
1,233
412
1,009
Accrued payroll and benefits
994
85
1,147
913
Accrued trade promotions
357
112
106
Accrued dividends
256
Accrued interest
109
24
86
Other
77
170
185
Total accrued liabilities
$4,721
$85
$2,090
$3,003
Note 6 - Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill
Intangible assets
The Company has historically collectedCompany’s intangible assets (in thousands) and remitted sales tax based on the locations of its significant physical operations. On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court rendered a 5-4 majority decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair Inc., 17-494. Among other things, the Court held that a state may require an out-of-state seller with no physical presence in the state to collect and remit sales taxes on goods the seller ships to consumers in the state, overturning existing court precedent. The Company discovered that TruPet had not collected and paid sales tax related to all sales in some states where it had a physical presence. The Company recognized $1.2useful lives (in years) are as follows:
 
Estimated
Useful Life
Gross
Carrying
Amount
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
 
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Customer relationships
7
$7,190
$(1,317)
$5,873
$(1,059)
$6,131
Trade name
15
7,500
(641)
6,859
(516)
6,984
Total intangible assets
 
$14,690
$(1,958)
$12,732
$(1,575)
$13,115
Amortization expense was $0.4 million and no sales tax liability as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. While additional assessments are not anticipated, additional states may assert that the Company has nexus and must pay sales tax for prior sales. The Company does not believe that additional assessments, if any, will have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
In connection with the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the yearthree months ended DecemberMarch 31, 2019, the Company identified an error as of December 31, 2018 related to an understatement of sales taxes due2021 and payable of $0.7 million. The error was corrected during the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company believes that the correction of this error is not material to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Note 8 – Operating leases
Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted the FASB guidance on leases (“Topic 842”), which requires leases with durations greater than twelve months to be recognized on the balance sheet. The Company adopted Topic 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach. Prior year financial statements were not recast under Topic 842, and therefore those amounts are not disclosed. The Company has elected certain practical expedients, including the package of practical expedients to not reassess prior conclusions related to contracts containing leases, lease classification and initial direct costs as well as an accounting policy to account for lease and non-lease components as a single component. The Company also elected the optional transition method that gives companies the option to2020, respectively.
F-49F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

use the effective date as the date of initial application on transition, and as a result, the Company did not adjust its comparative period financial information or make the new required lease disclosures for periods before the effective date. The Company has elected to make the accounting policy election for short-term leases. Consequently, short-term leases are recorded as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company did not elect the hindsight practical expedient.
The Company’s leases relate to our corporate offices and warehouse. For leases with terms greater than 12 months, the Company records the related asset and obligation at the present value of lease payments over the term. Lease renewal options are not included in the measurement of the right-of-use assets and right-of-use liabilities unless the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the optional renewal periods. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Additionally, the Company’s leases contain rent escalations over the lease term and the Company recognizes expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Some of the Company’s leases include rent escalations based on inflation indexes.
The Company identified an error as of January 1, 2019 related to the adoption of ASC 842, Leases, which resulted in an overstatement of less than $0.1 million for right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities, respectively. The Company also identified an overstatement of Accumulated Deficit of less than $0.1 million as of January 1, 2019. The errors related to the impact upon adoption of ASC 842 were corrected during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. The Company believes the correction of these errors is not material to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019.
For leases entered into or reassessed after the adoption of the new standard, the Company has elected the practical expedient allowed by the standard to account for all fixed consideration in a lease as a single lease component. Therefore, the lease payments used to measure the operating lease liability for these leases include fixed minimum rentals along with fixed operating costs such as common area maintenance and utilities.
The Company’s leases do not provide a readily available implicit rate. Therefore, the Company estimates the incremental borrowing discount rate based on information available at lease commencement. The discount rates used are indicative of a synthetic credit rating based on quantitative and qualitative analysis.
The table below presents the lease-related assets and liabilities recorded upon adoption:
Dollars in thousands
Classification on the balance sheet 2019
January 1,
2019
Assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets
421
Liabilities
Current - operating
Operating lease liability short term
87
Noncurrent - operating
Operating lease liability long term
342
Total lease liabilities
$429
The table below presents certain information related to the lease costs for operating leases for the years ended December, 31 2019 and 2018.
 
Year ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands
2019
2018
Operating lease costs
369
189
Variable lease costs
31
42
Total operating lease costs
$400
231
As of December 31, 2019, the weighted-average remaining operating lease term was 2.6 years and the incremental borrowing rate was 12.5% for operating leases recognized on our consolidated balance sheet. Short term lease costs, excluding expenses relating to leases with a lease term of one month or less, was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Undiscounted cash flows
The table below reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for each of the first four years and total of the remaining years to the operating lease liabilities recorded on the balance sheet.
Operating Leases
 
2020
444
2021
459
2022
240
2023
5
Total minimum lease payments
1,148
Less: amount of lease payments representing interest
162
Present value of future minimum lease payments
$986
Less: current obligations under leases
345
Long-term lease obligations
$641
Future minimum lease payments under contractually-obligated leases as of December 31, 2018 were as follows (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,
 
2019
257
2020
296
2021
296
2022
123
2023
 
$972
Note 9 – Intangible assets, royalties and goodwill
Intangible assets and royalties
The Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 consist of customer relationships and trade name acquired in the Halo Acquisition. The customer relationships and trade name are amortized over their estimated useful lives of 7 and 15 years respectively, using the straight-line method.
In April 2019, Better Choice Company entered into a licensing agreement with Authentic Brands and Elvis Presley Enterprises (“ABG”) whereby Better Choice was to sell newly developed hemp-derived CBD products that will be marketed under the Elvis Presley Houndog name. The license agreement required an upfront equity payment of $1.0 million worth of common stock. Upon the May Acquisitions on May 6, 2019, the Company acquired the license agreement and recorded it at its amortized cost which approximated fair value.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company paid $0.6 million of the 2019-2020 agreed royalty payments. As there were no sales related to Houndog products during the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company determined that the minimum royalties paid during the year through December 31, 2019 should be expensed. The Houndog license agreement was terminated on January 13, 2020, see “Note 22—Subsequent events.” The Company recognized amortization expense of $0.1 million and an impairment of the license intangible of $0.9 million as of and for the period ended December 31, 2019, respectively.
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2019
Dollars in thousands
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Useful Lives
(in years)
Gross Carrying
Amount
Additions
Adjustments
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
License
$—
$986
$(986)
$
$
$
Customer relationships
7
7,500
7,500
(35)
7,465
Trade name
15
7,190
7,190
(14)
7,176
Total intangible assets
 
$—
$15,676
$(986)
$14,690
$(49)
$14,641
The Company did not have intangible assets or amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2018.
The estimated future amortization of intangible assets over the remaining weighted average useful life of 1010.0 years is as follows:follows (in thousands):
Dollars in thousands
 
Years ended December 31,
 
2020
$1,551
2021
1,551
Remainder of 2021
$1,145
2022
1,551
1,527
2023
1,551
1,527
2024
1,551
1,527
2025
1,527
Thereafter
6,886
5,479
$14,641
$12,732
There were no indicators or impairment of the intangible assets as of March 31, 2021.
Goodwill
Goodwill was $18.6 million as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectfully. The Company performed a quantitative assessment for its annual impairment test as of October 1, 2020. Under the quantitative approach, the Company makes various estimates and assumptions to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and earnings multiples for guideline public companies. As of March 31, 2021, there was no accumulated impairment loss and no impairment expense related to goodwill.
Note 10 – Line of credit, short term loan and notes payable7 - Debt
The components of the Company’s debt consist of the following:following (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
 
Amount
Rate
Maturity
Date
Amount
Rate
Maturity
Date
Note payable (due to related parties)
$
 
 
$1,600
26.6%
May 6, 2019
Short term loan, net
16,061(2)
 
December 19, 2020
 
 
 
Lines of credit, net
4,819(2)
 
December 19, 2020
4,600(1)
 
May 6, 2019
November 2019 notes payable, net (November 2019 Notes)
2,769
10.0%
November 4, 2021
 
 
 
December 2019 senior notes payable, net (Seller Notes)
9,191
10.0%
June 30, 2023
 
 
December 2019 junior notes payable, net (Seller Notes)
4,410
10.0%
June 30, 2023
 
 
Total debt
37,250
 
 
6,200
 
 
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Dollars in thousands
Amount
Rate
Maturity Date
Amount
Rate
Maturity Date
Term loan, net
$5,847
(1)
1/6/2024
$7,826
(2)
1/15/2021
Line of credit, net
4,781
(1)
1/6/2024
5,023
(3)
7/5/2022
November 2019 notes payable, net
(November 2019 Notes)
2,927
10.00%
6/30/2023
2,830
10.00%
6/30/2023
December 2019 senior notes payable, net
(Senior Seller Notes)
10,679
10.00%
6/30/2023
10,332
10.00%
6/30/2023
December 2019 junior notes payable, net
(Junior Seller Notes)
5,153
10.00%
6/30/2023
4,973
10.00%
6/30/2023
ABG Notes
702
10.00%
6/30/2023
687
10.00%
6/30/2023
June 2020 notes payable, net
(June 2020 Notes)
148
10.00%
6/30/2023
88
10.00%
6/30/2023
Halo PPP Loan
431
1.00%
5/3/2022
431
1.00%
5/3/2022
TruPet PPP Loan
421
0.98%
4/6/2022
421
0.98%
4/6/2022
Total debt
31,089
 
 
32,611
 
 
Less current portion
943
 
 
8,016
 
 
Total long term debt
$30,146
 
 
$24,595
 
 
(1)
Interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 3%250 basis points with an interest rate floor of 2.50% per annum
(2)
Interest at Bank of Montreal Prime plus 8.05%
(3)
Interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum
TruPet line of credit, due to related partiesTerm loans and revolving line of credit
In May 2017, TruPet along with the majority owners serving as co-borrowers entered into a line of credit providing for up to $2.0 million of borrowings secured by the personal assets of the two majority owners. Through various amendments, the maximum borrowings under the credit facility increased to $4.6 million as of December 31, 2018, with a maturity of May 2019. Borrowings bore interest at LIBOR plus 3% and were repaid on May 6, 2019. At December 31, 2018, outstanding borrowings were $4.6 million.
F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The line of credit was secured by personal assets of the co-borrowers, as noted above. Covenants under the line of credit required TruPet to be within certain restrictions. As of December 31, 2018, TruPet was in compliance with its covenants.
At December 31, 2018, due to related party consisted of a $1.6 million unsecured note payable to a director of TruPet bearing 26.6% interest with principal and interest due within 30 days after change of control, as described below. On May 6, 2019, this loan was repaid. There was no accrued interest recorded at either December 31, 2018 or December 31, 2019.
On May 6, 2019, Better Choice Company refinanced the $4.6 million credit facility and the $1.6 million note payable to a director with a $6.2 million revolving line of credit with a financial institution. The $6.2 million revolving line of credit was secured by restricted cash held in a money market account. In connection with the consummation of the Halo Acquisition, the Company terminated the $6.2 million revolving line of credit. Early termination of the revolving line of credit did not trigger any premiums or penalties, other than customary breakage costs.
Short term loan and linelines of credit
On the Halo Acquisition Date,December 19, 2019, the Company entered into a Loan Facilities Agreement (the “Facilities Agreement”) by and among the Company, as the borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”) and a private debt lender, as agent (the “Agent”). The Facilities Agreement providesprovided for (i) a term loan facility of $20.5 million and (ii) a revolving demand loan facility not to exceed $7.5 million. The Company borrowed $20.5 million on the short term loan and $5.0 million on the line of credit on December 19, 2019. The principal remains outstanding as of December 31, 2019.
The short-term loan and line of credit were issued with customary affirmative and negative covenants relating to the incurrence of debt, liens, declaring or paying dividends, purchasing our redeeming our common stock, the making of restricted payments and asset sales and certain other fundamental changes and events of default such as maintaining timely payments, filing tax and regulatory documents in a timely manner, continuing the existing business with control over existing assets, default on senior debt, and voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings. The Facilities Agreement is secured by substantially all assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors (who include Halo, TruPet and Bona Vida).
As of December 31, 2019, the term loan outstanding was $20.5 million, net of debt issuance costs and discounts of $4.4 million, and the line of credit outstanding was $5.0 million, net of debt issuance costs of $0.2 million. The debt issuance costs and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method. The term loan and line of credit are scheduled to mature on December 19, 2020 or such earlier date on which a demand iswas made by the Agent or any Lender.
Lender, and was extended as discussed below. The Company usedremaining revolving credit facility balance of $5.1 million was repaid in full with a portion of the proceeds from the ABL Facility, discussed below, and resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of the short term loan to complete the Halo Acquisition and to pay transaction fees and expenses. The Company intends to use the proceeds of the line of credit for working capital and general corporate purposes.$0.1 million.
To induce the Agent to enter into the agreement, certain
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain directors and shareholders of the Company (“Shareholder Guarantors”) agreed to enter into a Continuing Guaranty (the “Shareholder Guaranties”) in the amount of $20.0 million and guarantee the Company’s obligations under the agreement.Facilities Agreement up to an aggregate amount of $20.0 million pursuant to a Continuing Guarantee between the Shareholder Guarantors and the lender under the Facilities Agreement (the “Shareholder Guaranties”). As consideration for the Shareholder Guaranties, the Company agreed to issueissued common stock purchase warrants to the Shareholder Guarantors in an amount equal to 0.325 warrants for each dollar of debt under the agreement guaranteed by such Shareholder Guarantors (the “Guarantor Warrants”).
On July 16, 2020, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit with Citizens Business Bank in the aggregate amount of $7.5 million (the “ABL Facility”). The Guarantor Warrants are exercisableproceeds of the ABL Facility were used (i) to repay all principal, interest and fees outstanding under the Company’s previous revolving credit facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. Debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million were incurred related to the Company entering into this revolving line of credit.
The ABL Facility was scheduled to mature on July 5, 2022 and bore interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum. Accrued interest on the ABL Facility was payable monthly commencing on August 5, 2020. The ABL Agreement provided for customary financial covenants, such as maintaining a specified adjusted EBITDA and a maximum senior debt leverage ratio, that commenced on December 31, 2020 and customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to failure to make payment, bankruptcy, breaches of representations and material adverse effects. The Company prepaid all of the outstanding principal under the ABL Facility in full and did not incur any timeprepayment charges.
The ABL Facility was secured by a general security interest on the assets of the Company and was personally guaranteed by a member of the Company’s board of directors.
On October 5, 2020, the Company paid down the term loan by $11.0 million using proceeds from the dateSeries F Private Placement. On October 29, 2020, the Company made an additional pay down on the term loan of issuance for up$1.0 million using additional proceeds from the Series F Private Placement.
On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into the fifth amendment to 24 months from the Facilities Agreement, extending the maturity date of the consummationterm loan to January 15, 2021.
On January 6, 2021, Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc. (“Halo”) entered into a credit facility with Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., an IPO (as defined therein)affiliate of Wintrust Bank, N.A. (“Wintrust”) consisting of a $6.0 million term loan and a $6.0 million revolving line of credit, each scheduled to mature on January 6, 2024 and each bear interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an exercise price $1.82interest rate floor of 2.50% per share. The Guarantor Warrants have a fair value of $4.2 millionannum (the “Wintrust Credit Facility”). Accrued interest on the dateWintrust Facility is payable monthly commencing on February 1, 2021. Principal payments are required to be made monthly on the term loan commencing February 2021 with a balloon payment upon maturity. The proceeds from the Wintrust Credit Facility were used (i) to repay the principal, interest and fees outstanding under the ABL Facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. We applied extinguishment accounting to the outstanding balances of issuance.the ABL Facility and term loan and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021. Debt issuance costs of $0.1 million were incurred related to the Wintrust Credit Facility.
The Wintrust Credit Facility subjects the Company to certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.25 to 1.00, tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The numerator in the fixed charge coverage ratio is the operating cash flow of Halo, defined as Halo EBITDA less cash paid for unfinanced Halo capital expenditures, income taxes and dividends. The denominator is fixed charges such as interest expense and principal payments paid or payable on other indebtedness attributable to Halo.
The Wintrust Credit Facility is secured by a general guaranty and security interest on the assets, including the intellectual property, of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company has also pledged all of the capital stock of Halo held by the Company as additional collateral. Furthermore, the Wintrust Credit Facility is supported by a collateral pledge by a member of the Company’s board of directors.
As of March 31, 2021, the term loan and line of credit outstanding under the Wintrust Credit Facility were $5.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019,2020, the previous term loan and line of credit outstanding were $7.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs and discounts of less than $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The debt issuance costs and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method.
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.
Notes Payablepayable
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued $2.8 million of subordinated convertible notes (the “November 2019 Notes”) which carry a 10% interest rate and mature on November 4, 2021. The interest is payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. InterestPayment in kind (“PIK”) interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the November 2019 Notes. The November 2019 Notes are exercisableconvertible any time from the date of issuance and carry acarried an initial conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price. The IPO Price is(defined as the price at
F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which the Company’s stock will be sold atin a future IPO. IPO).
The Company issued incremental warrants associated withNovember 2019 Notes were amended on January 6, 2020. The amendment incorporates only the preferable terms of the Seller Notes as noted below, and all other terms and provisions of the November 2019 Notes remain in full force and effect. As amended, for so long as any event of default (as defined in the November 2019 Notes) exists, interest shall accrue on the November 2019 Notes principal at the default interest rate of 12.0% per annum, and such accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable.
The November 2019 Notes were amended for the second time on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share and extends the maturity date from November 4, 2021 to June 30, 2023. Under the applicable accounting guidance, the Company accounted for the change in conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of less than $0.1 million. The November 2019 Note was amended on January 6, 2020, see “Note 22—Subsequent events.” the conversion option of $0.3 million as a reduction to the carrying amount of the debt instrument by increasing the associated debt discount with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019,2020, the November 2019 Notes outstanding waswere $2.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, net of discounts of $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million.$0.3 million, respectively. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the November 2019 Notes using the effective interest method.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued $10.0 million and $5.0 million in senior subordinated convertible notes (the “Senior Seller Notes”) and junior subordinated convertible notes (the “Junior Seller Notes” and together with the Senior Seller Notes, the “Seller Notes”), respectively, to the sellers of Halo. The Seller Notes are exercisableconvertible any time from the date of issuance and carry a 10% interest rate and mature on June 30, 2023. The interestInterest is payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. InterestPIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the Seller Notes. The Seller Notes carrycarried a conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price.
The Seller Notes were amended on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share. The Company accounted for the change in the conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of less than of $0.3 million as a reduction to the carrying amounts of the debt instruments by increasing the associated debt discounts with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of DecemberMarch 31, 2019,2021, the Senior Seller Notes outstanding was $9.2were $10.7 million, net of discounts of $0.9$0.7 million, and the Junior Seller Notes outstanding were $4.4$5.2 million, net of discounts of $0.5 million. As of December 31, 2020, the Senior Seller Notes outstanding were $10.3 million, net of discounts of $0.8 million, and the Junior Seller Notes outstanding were $5.0 million, net of discounts of $0.5 million. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the Seller Notes using the effective interest method.
The fair values ofOn January 13, 2020, the November 2019, Senior and Junior Seller Notes are based on observable inputs, including quoted market prices (Level 2). The fair values of the November 2019, Senior and Junior Seller Notes were approximately $2.8Company issued $0.6 million $9.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. The remaining borrowings outstanding have a carrying value that approximates fair value due to their short term nature.
The Company’sin senior subordinated convertible notes were allto Authentic Brands and Elvis Presley Enterprises (“ABG”) in connection with the termination of a previous licensing agreement (the “ABG Notes”). The terms of the ABG Notes match those of the Seller Notes, including conversion features convertible any time after the date of issuance, a 10% interest rate and maturity date of June 30, 2023. The interest is payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the ABG Notes. The ABG Notes carried an initial conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price.
In addition to issuing the ABG Notes, as part of the ABG termination on January 13, 2020, the Company paid ABG $0.1 million in cash, issued with customary affirmative and negative covenants relating to the incurrenceABG 72,720 shares of debt, prohibitions on liens and restricted payments and events of default such as failure to pay, default on senior debt, and voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings. It is also an event of default if the Company’s common stock, is suspendedagreed to pay ABG $0.1 million
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in cash in four equal installments each month from trading orJuly 31, 2020 through October 31, 2020 and issued ABG common stock purchase warrants (the “ABG Warrants”) equal to a fair value of $0.2 million.
The ABG Notes were amended on June 24, 2020 in connection with the failureissuance of the common stockJune 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to be listed on the OTC markets,conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share. The Company accounted for the pink sheets, NASDAQ, NYSE or other national securities exchangechange in the United States or Canada forconversion price as a periodmodification of five (5) consecutive days or for morethe debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of less than ten (10) days$0.1 million as a reduction to the carrying amount of the debt instrument by decreasing the associated debt premium with a corresponding increase in any 365-day period.additional paid-in capital.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019,2020, the ABG Notes outstanding were $0.7 million, including a debt premium of less than $0.1 million, respectively. The debt premium is being amortized over the life of the ABG Notes using the effective interest method.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “June 2020 Notes”) which carry a 10% interest rate and mature on June 30, 2023. The interest is payable quarterly in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the June 2020 Notes. The June 2020 Notes are convertible any time from the date of issuance and carry a conversion price $0.75 per share. The June 2020 Notes are also convertible automatically upon the Company’s consummation of an initial public offering or change in control (each as defined in the June 2020 Notes).
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the June 2020 Notes to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the note holders. The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) related to the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The BCF for the June 2020 Notes was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the beneficial conversion feature, based on relative fair value, and as a reduction to the carrying amount of the convertible instrument equal to the intrinsic value of the conversion feature limited to the proceeds amount allocated to the instrument. The discount recorded in connection with the BCF valuation is being accreted as interest expense over the term of the June 2020 Notes, using the effective interest rate method.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the June 2020 Notes outstanding were $0.1 million, net of discounts of $1.5 million, respectively. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the June 2020 Notes using the effective interest method.
The exercise, conversion or exchange of convertible securities, including for other securities, will dilute the percentage ownership of the Company’s stockholders. The dilutive effect of the exercise or conversion of these securities may adversely affect the Company’s ability to obtain additional capital.
The Company previously issued $0.1 million of Seller Notes to an executive in satisfaction of a transaction bonus pursuant to his employment agreement. These convertible notes remained outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Additionally, the Company previously issued $2.2 million of subordinated convertible notes to a member of the board of directors, which remain outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Interest expense related to the subordinated convertible notes was less than $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenant requirements and there were no events of default. All notes payable are subordinated to the short term loan and line of credit.
Interest expensePPP loans
On April 10, 2020, TruPet, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of approximately $0.7 million and $0.9 millionBetter Choice Company Inc., was recordedgranted a loan from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the consolidated statementsaggregate amount of operations and comprehensive loss related$0.4 million, pursuant to the linePaycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) under Division A, Title I of credit,the CARES Act (the “TruPet PPP Loan”). The loan matures on April 6, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 0.98% per annum, with interest and principal payable monthly, commencing on November 20196, 2020. As of March 31, 2021 and Seller Notes, and other indebtedness for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Note 11 – Warrant derivative liability
On December 12, 2018, the Company closed a private placement offering (the “December Offering”) of 1,425,641 units (the “Units”), each unit consisting of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase one half of a share of common stock. The Units were offered at a fixed price of $1.95 per Unit for gross proceeds of $2.8 million. Costs associated with the December Offering were $0.1 million, and net proceeds were $2.7 million. The December Offering generated $2.6 million of net proceeds that were received by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2018 for the sale of 1,400,000 Units, and $0.1 million of the net proceeds were received on January 8, 2019 for the sale of 25,641 Units. The warrants are exercisable anytime from the date of issuance over a two-year period at the initial exercise price of $3.90 per share.
The warrants include an option to settle in cash in the event of a change of control of the Company and a reset feature if the Company issues shares of common stock with a strike price below $3.90 per share, which requires the Company to record the warrants as a derivative liability. The Company calculates the fair value of the derivative liability through a Monte Carlo Model that values the warrants based upon a probability weighted discounted cash flow model.
During January 2020, the Company issued shares below the exercise price of warrants acquired on May 6, 2019. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the Company issued an additional 1,003,232 warrants on March 17, 2020 to its warrant holders at a $1.62 exercise price and revise the existing warrants to an exercise price of $1.62.
The warrants are valued based on future assumptions and, as the reset triggerTruPet PPP Loan outstanding was a known event on December 31, 2019, the Company included the trigger in the valuation performed during the period ended December 31, 2019.$0.4 million.
F-54F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AtOn May 6, 2019, the derivative liability was recorded at fair value as part of the purchase price7, 2020, Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company by TruPet.Inc., was granted a loan from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the PPP (the “Halo PPP Loan”). The following schedule showsloan matures on May 3, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum, with interest and principal payable monthly, commencing on November 1, 2020. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the changeHalo PPP Loan outstanding was $0.4 million.
Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the loans may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act. The Company has used all of the proceeds from the TruPet PPP Loan and the Halo PPP Loan for qualifying expenses and during April 2021, the Company applied for forgiveness for both of these loans.
The Company recorded interest expense related to its outstanding indebtedness of $0.8 million and $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively.
Fair Value
The fair value of the derivative liabilitiesNovember 2019, Senior Seller Notes and Junior Seller Notes, ABG Notes and June 2020 Notes were approximately $2.6 million, $9.5 million, $4.7 million, $0.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively, as at Decemberof March 31, 2019.2021. Fair value was determined by applying the income approach using a discounted cash flow model which primarily uses unobservable inputs (Level 3).
Dollars in thousands
Warrant
liability
Assumption of warrants in May Acquisitions
$2,130
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
90
Balance as of December 31, 2019
$2,220
 
May 6,
2019
December 31,
2019
Warrant liability
 
 
Stock price
$6.00
$2.70
Exercise price
$3.90
$1.62
Expected remaining term (in years)
1.60 – 1.68
0.95 – 1.02
Volatility
64%
69%
Risk-free interest rate
2.39%
1.60%
The valuationcarrying amounts of the warrants is subjectCompany's PPP loans approximate fair value due to uncertaintythe short term nature. The carrying amount for the Company’s term loan and line of credit approximate fair value as a result of the unobservable inputs. If the volatility rate or risk-freeinstruments have variable interest rate were to change, the value of the warrants would be impacted.
At December 31, 2019, the Company would be required to pay $1.1 million if all warrants were settled in cash or issue 712,823 shares if all warrants were settled in shares.rates that approximate market rates.
Note 12 – Other liabilities
Other liabilities consist of the following:
Dollars in thousands
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Cash advance
$
$1,899
Investor prepayment
500
Deferred rent
15
Total other liabilities
$500
$1,914
During fiscal year 2018, the Company received net cash advances totaling $1.9 million from a third-party lender, that were secured by customer payments on future sales and receivables. At December 31, 2019, the Company held $0.5 million as a prepayment for the issuance of common stock in 2020.
Note 13 –8 - Commitments and contingencies
InThe Company had no material purchase obligations as of March 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020. The Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, or government inquiries and investigations that arise in the normalordinary course of business resulting in loss contingencies. We accrue for loss contingencies when losses become probable and are reasonably estimable. If the Company mayreasonable estimate of the loss is a range and no amount within the range is a better estimate, the minimum amount of the range is recorded as a liability. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to expense in the period incurred and are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We do not accrue for contingent losses that are considered to be subject to various legal claims andreasonably possible, but not probable; however, we disclose the range of such reasonably possible losses. Loss contingencies that arise, including claims related to commercial transactions, product liability, health and safety, taxes, environmental matters, employee matters and other matters. considered remote are generally not disclosed.
Litigation is subject to numerous uncertainties and the outcome of individual claims and contingencies is not predictable. It is possible that some legal matters for which reserves have or have not been established could result in an unfavorable outcome for the Company and any such unfavorable outcome could be of a material nature or have a material adverse effect on ourthe Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Management is not aware of any claims or lawsuits that may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.
TheNote 9 - Convertible preferred stock
During October, 2020, the Company has noconsummated an insider-led equity financing, including the transactions contemplated by a securities purchase obligations asagreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) between the Company and certain accredited and sophisticated investors (the “Purchasers”) and an exchange agreement (the “Series E Exchange Agreement”) between the Company and Cavalry Fund LP (“Cavalry”), the holder of December 31, 2019.all of the Company’s previously outstanding Series E preferred stock.
Note 14 – Redeemable series EPursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company, in a private placement (the “Series F Private Placement”), issued and sold units (the “Series F Units”) to the Purchasers for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit. Each Unit consists of: (i) one share of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock,
On May 6, 2019, the Company acquired 2,633,678 outstanding par value $0.001 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), which is convertible into shares of Series E, which represented an element of the purchase price and were recorded at fair value (on an as converted intoCompany’s common stock, basis) based on the $6.00par value $0.001 per share, closing priceat a value per share of Better Choice Company’scommon stock of $0.50; and (ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year period such number of shares of common stock as they remained outstanding after(the “Series F Warrant Shares”) into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible at an exercise price per Warrant Share of $0.75. Pursuant to the Series F Private Placement, the Company raised approximately $18.2 million in gross cash proceeds, approximately $6.5 million of which was
F-55F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

invested by certain officers, directors, employees and associated related parties thereto of the reverse acquisitions discussed in “Note 2—Acquisitions” above.Company. The Series E hasF Shares were recorded at fair value on the date of issuance on an as converted basis.
Concurrently with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Purchasers entered into a stated valueregistration rights agreement, (as amended by a certain first amendment dated October 29,2020, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company filed a registration statement which was declared effective by the SEC on February 16, 2021 to register the Warrant Shares and the shares of $0.99 per share; is convertible to common stock at a price of $0.78 per share.
On May 10, 2019 and May 13, 2019, holdersissuable upon conversion of the Company’s Series E converted 689,394 and 236,364 preferred shares into 875,000 and 300,000 sharesF Preferred Stock.
In connection with the consummation of the Company’s common stock, respectively.
On November 21, 2019, holdersSeries F Private Placement, on October 1, 2020, the Company filed with the Secretary of the Company’s Series E converted 320,542 preferred shares into 406,841 sharesState of the Company’s common stock.
AsDelaware a Certificate of December 31, 2019, 1,387,378Designations which authorizes a total of 30,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and sets forth the designations, preferences, and rights of the Company's Series F Preferred Stock.
On October 1, 2020, the Company issued 14,264 Series F Units in conjunction with money received for the Series F Private Placement. In addition, pursuant to the Series E remain outstanding.Exchange Agreement, on October 1, 2020, the Company issued 3,500 Series F Units to Cavalry in exchange for all of its outstanding Series E Preferred Stock. The exchange of Series E Preferred Shares resulted in a $5.4 million gain and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
On October 12, 2020 and October 23, 2020, the Company issued 1,106 and 2,832 Series F Units, respectively, in conjunction with the Series F Private Placement. In addition, on October 23, 2020, the Company issued an additional 100 shares of Series F Preferred Stock in conjunction with a marketing agreement.
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the Series F Preferred Stock on the dates of issuance to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the holders. The Company recorded a BCF related to the issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock. The BCF was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the beneficial conversion feature, based on fair value and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets limited to the proceeds amount allocated to the instrument.
The rights, preferences and privileges of Series EF are as follows:
VotingRanking
The Series E has voting rights equalExcept to thosethe extent the holders of the underlying commonSeries F Preferred Stock consent to the creation of a class of equity securities ranking senior to, or pari passu with, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock shall rank senior to all shares of capital stock and ranks senior inof the Company with respect to the preferences as to dividends, distributions and payments upon the liquidation, dissolution andor winding up of the Company.
DividendsVoting
As to matters submitted to the holders of the Common Stock, each holder of the Series F Preferred Stock will be entitled to such number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common stock issuable upon conversion of such holder’s Series F Preferred Stock and shall vote, or provide consent, together with the Common Stock as if they were a single class. The holders of the Series E are entitledF Preferred Stock shall vote as a separate class on matter affecting the terms of the Series F Preferred Stock, such as the authorization of a class of equity securities ranking senior to, receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 10% per annum onor pari passu with, the stated value. Each HolderSeries F Preferred Stock.
Dividends
Holders of Series EF Preferred Stock will not be entitled to receive dividends except to the extent that dividends are declared on the Series F Preferred Stock by the Company in its sole discretion or distributions on each share of Series E on an as converted into common stock basis. Pursuantdeclared and made by the Company to waiver letters executed by each investor, the holders of the Company’sCommon Stock. In addition, if the Company grants, issues or sells any options, convertible securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to all or substantially all of the record holders of any class of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then each holder of Series E agreedF Preferred Stock will be entitled to waive their rightacquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the distributionaggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could have acquired if such holder had held the number of dividends until October 22, 2020. Dividends accrued are $0.3 million asshares of December 31, 2019 and remain unpaid. There were no dividends accrued as at December 31, 2018.Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of all the Series F Preferred Stock (without taking into account any limitations or restrictions on the convertibility of the Series F Preferred Stock) held by such holder.
Liquidation
InIf the event of a Liquidation Event,Company voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the holders of Series E willF Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in cash out of the assets of the Company, whether from capital or from earnings available
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for distribution to its stockholders, before any amount shall be paid to the holders of any of shares of commonCommon Stock or other capital stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series F Preferred Stock, an amount per share of Series EF Preferred Stock equal to the greater of (A) the sum of (1)$1,000 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations, reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or other similar events occurring after the Stated Value thereofinitial issuance date with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the “Stated Value”)) plus (2) the Additional Amount thereon and any accrued and unpaid Late Charges with respect to such Stated Valuedividends and Additional Amount as of such date of determination (thelate charges (such sum, the “Conversion Amount”) and (B) the amount per share such holder. The rights of holders of Series E wouldF Preferred Stock to receive if such holder converted such Series E into common stock immediately priortheir liquidation preference also will be subject to the dateproportionate rights of such payment. Liquidation Event means, whethercapital stock, if any, ranking senior to or in a single transaction or seriesparity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to liquidation.
Optional Conversion
Subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations contained in the Certificate of transactions, the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding upDesignations, holders of the Corporation or such Subsidiaries the assets of which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the business of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
Conversion
Each holder of Series E willF Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert any portioneach share of the outstanding Series EF Preferred Stock held by such holder into such number of validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock at the conversion rate. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of any share of Series E would be determined by dividing (x)Common Stock equal to the Conversion Amount of such share of Series EF Preferred Stock divided by (y)$0.50 (subject to adjustment, the “Conversion Price”).
Automatic Conversion
Each share of Series F Preferred Stock not previously converted into shares of Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the holders of such Series F Preferred Stock, be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Stated Value of such share of Series F Preferred Stock by the then applicable Conversion Price upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock which results in the Common Stock being traded on any of The New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or any successor market thereto. Any such conversion price. Theshall be subject to the beneficial ownership limitations set forth in the Certificate of Designations.
Anti-dilution
Holders of the Series E hasF Preferred Stock are entitled to a stated“full rachet” anti-dilution adjustment to the Conversion Price in the event the Company issues, sells or grants any shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock) for no consideration or for consideration or purchase price per share (or, in the case of securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, with a conversion, exercise or exchange price) less than the Conversion Price then in effect.
Note 10 - Stockholders’ deficit
On January 22, 2021, the Company consummated a private placement of common stock units (the “January 2021 Private Placement”) in which the Company raised approximately $4.1 million, including an investment by certain officers, directors, employees and associated related parties thereto of approximately $1.6 million. Each common stock unit was sold at a per unit price of $1.25 and consisted of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value of $0.99$0.001 per share; is convertibleand (ii) a warrant to common stock at a pricepurchase one share of $0.78 per share.
Redemption
Under certain default conditions, the Series E is subject to mandatory redemption in cash equal to 125% of the greater of $0.99 per share ($1.23 per share) or 75% of the market price of the common stock. The Series E hasproceeds were used to pay expenses related to the offering and for general corporate purposes. In connection with the January 2021 Private Placement, we entered into a stated valueregistration rights agreement (the “January 2021 Registration Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company filed a registration statement that was declared effective by the SEC on February 16, 2021 to register the shares of $0.99 per share; is convertible to common stock at a price of $0.78 per share. Redemptionissued, and issuable upon the exercise of the Series E also occurs upon Triggering Events, which are not all entirely within the control of the Company. Due to this redemption option, the Series E is recordedwarrants issued, in the mezzanine equity and subject to subsequent measurement under the guidance provided under FASB ASC 480-10-S99-3A, Accounting for Redeemable Equity Investments.January 2021 Private Placement.
Note 15 – Stockholders’ deficit
As noted above, the May Acquisitions were completed on May 6, 2019. At the closing of the transaction, Better ChoiceThe Company issued 14,229,041 shares of itshas reserved common stock in exchange for 93% of the outstanding ownershipfuture issuance as follows:
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Conversion of Series F Preferred Stock
34,611,100
43,507,130
Exercise of options to purchase common stock
13,150,872
7,815,442
Exercise of warrants to purchase common stock
60,874,177
59,501,978
Conversion of Notes payable
7,718,488
7,530,232
Total
116,354,637
118,354,782
F-56F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

units of TruPet. Additionally, on May 6, 2019, Better Choice Company issued 18,103,273Note 11 - Warrants
The following summarizes the Company's outstanding warrants to purchase shares of itsthe Company's common stock as of and for the periods ending March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
 
Warrants
Exercise Price
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2019
16,981,854
$3.23
Issued
49,928,469
$0.77
Exercised
(1,937,690)
$0.58
Terminated/Expired
(5,470,655)
$3.07
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2020
59,501,978
$1.22
Issued
3,288,400
$1.45
Exercised
(1,839,275)
$0.76
Terminated/Expired
(76,926)
$0.65
Warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2021
60,874,177
$1.18
The intrinsic value of outstanding warrants was $31.3 million and $23.8 million as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The following discussion provides details on the various types of outstanding warrants and the related relevant disclosures around each type.
Warrant Derivative Liability
During May 2019, the Company acquired 712,823 warrants with a weighted average exercise price of $3.90 (the “May Acquisitions Warrants”). These warrants included an option to settle in exchange for all outstanding sharescash in the event of Bona Vida. The operationsa change of Better Choice Company subsequent tocontrol of the May Acquisitions are those of TruPet and Bona Vida. For accounting purposes, the transaction is considered a reverse merger whereby TruPet is considered the accounting acquirer of Better Choice Company and Bona Vida.
As a result of the transactions, the historical TruPet members’ equity (units and incentive units) have been re-cast to reflect the equivalent Better Choice common stock for all periods presented after the transaction. Prior to the transaction, TruPet was a limited liability company and as such, the concept of authorized shares was not relevant.
Capital contributions and distributions of capital
During the year ended December 31, 2018, a Company manager contributed $0.4 million and received $0.4 million as distributions. There was no equity issued for the contribution. There was no capital contribution or distribution in 2019 by Company directors.
Series A preferred stock
In December 2018,reset feature if the Company completed a private placement and issued 2,391,403 Series A Preferred Stock to unrelated parties for $2.17 per share. The proceeds were approximately $4.7 million, net of $0.5 million of issuance costs. Additionally, on February 12, 2019, an additional private placement of 69,115 Series A Preferred Stock at $2.17 per share was completed. The proceeds were approximately $0.2 million, net of share issuance costs. On May 6, 2019, all Series A Preferred Shares were converted to 2,460,517 shares of common stock.
Common stock
On March 14, 2019, Better Choice Company Inc. filed a certificate of amendment of Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State to effect a one-for-26 reverse split of common stock effective March 15, 2019. All of the Common and Preferred Stock amounts and per share amounts in these financial statements and footnotes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of this reverse split. On April 22, 2019, the Better Choice Company Inc. filed a certificate of amendment of certificate of incorporation with the State of Delaware which resulted in authorizedissues shares of common stock with a strike price below the exercise price of 88,000,000.the warrants, which required the Company to record the warrants as a derivative liability. The Company has 47,977,390calculates the fair value of the derivative liability through a Monte Carlo Model that values the warrants based upon a probability weighted discounted cash flow model.
During January 2020, the Company issued shares below the exercise price of the May Acquisitions Warrants. As such, the Company issued an additional 1,003,232 warrants on March 17, 2020 to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $1.62 and 11,661,485modified the exercise price of the existing May Acquisitions Warrants to $1.62.
During June 2020, the Company issued common stock equivalents below the exercise price of the warrants issued on March 17, 2020. As such, the Company issued an additional 1,990,624 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.75 and modified the exercise price of the existing warrants to $0.75.
During September 2020, the Company amended all of these warrants to eliminate certain anti-dilution rights, fix the number of shares of common stock purchasable under each warrant, and set the exercise price thereof at $0.65 per share. As such, the Company issued an additional 570,258 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.65.
During the fourth quarter of 2020, holders exercised a total 1,687,690 warrants for which the Company issued shares of common stock. During December 2020, 2,512,321 of these warrants expired and an immaterial amount remained outstanding as of December 31, 20192020, all of which expired during January 2021.
The following schedule shows the fair value of the warrant derivative liability as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
On December 12, 2018, Better Choice Company Inc. closed a private placement offering (the “December Offering”) of 1,425,641 units (the “Units”), each unit consisting of (i) one share of2020, and the Company’s common stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase one half of a share of common stock. The Units were offered at a fixed price of $1.95 per Unit for gross proceeds of $2.8 million. Costs associated with the December Offering were $0.1 million, and net proceeds were $2.7 million. Net proceeds of $2.6 million were received by Better Choice Company Inc.change in fair value during the periodperiods ended March 31, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2018 for the sale of 1,400,000 Units, and $0.1 million of the net proceeds were received on January 8, 2019 for the sale of 25,641 Units. The Warrants are exercisable over a two-year period at the initial exercise price of $3.90 per share. See “Note 11—Warrant derivative liability,” A portion of the proceeds from this private placement was used to acquire the initial 7% of TruPet.2020 (in thousands):
Warrant Derivative Liability
Balance as of December 31, 2019
$2,220
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(2,220)
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability(1)
Balance as of March 31, 2021
$
In connection with the December Offering, Better Choice Company also entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with each investor in the December Offering. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (or other applicable form) within 60 days following the closing date to register the resale of the shares of common stock sold in the December Offering and shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.
On May 6, 2019, the Company acquired 1,011,748 shares of common stock valued at $6.1 million representing its initial 7% investment in TruPet. These shares are recorded as an acquisition of treasury shares.
On May 6, 2019, the Company issued 5,744,991 million units for gross proceeds of $3.00 per unit in a PIPE transaction. Each unit included one share of common stock of Better Choice Company stock and a warrant to purchase an additional share. The shares issued in the PIPE are subject to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rule 144 restrictions which require the purchasers of the PIPE units to hold the shares for at least 6 months from the date of issuance. The funds raised from the PIPE were used to fund the operations of the combined company. Net proceeds of $15.7 million were received in the private placement, allocable between shares of common stock and warrants.
(1)
All of the May Acquisition Warrants expired during January 2021.
F-57F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PursuantSeries F Warrant Liability
During October 2020, the Company issued 43,403,130 warrants to the employment agreement of an officer with Bona Vida dated October 29, 2018; the officer was entitled to a $500,000 change of control payment. The officer later agreed to receive 100,000 shares of Better Choice Company common stock. The 100,000 shares ofpurchase common stock were valued at $6.00 per share, which wasin connection with the market value asSeries F Private Placement (defined below) with an exercise price of $0.75. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of the May Acquisitions.
On December 19, 2019, the Company completed the Halo Acquisition for $38.2 million. At the closing of the transaction, in addition to cashissuance and other consideration, Better Choice Company issued 2,134,390 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share in exchange for 100% of the outstanding ownership units of Halo. The 2,134,390 shares of common stock were valued at $1.82 per share, which was the market value as ofexpire 72 months after the date of issuance. These warrants include a reset feature if the Halo Acquisition.Company issues common stock, options, or convertible securities with a strike price below the exercise price of the warrants. These warrants did not meet the definition of a derivative or the requirements to be considered equity; as such, the Company recorded these as a liability. See “Note 9 - Convertible preferred stock” for more information on Series F.
AsThe warrant liability is remeasured at fair value each reporting period and represents a Level 3 financial instrument. The Company calculates the fair value of the warrant liability through a Monte Carlo Model and a Black Scholes Option Model. The total value of the consideration received in connection with the Series F Private Placement was first allocated to the warrant liability at fair value, with the remainder allocated to the preferred stock, which led to a discount ascribed to the Series F Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the Company recorded a discount of $14.6 million on the Series F Preferred Stock by adjusting Series F Additional Paid-in Capital.
The following schedule shows the fair value of the warrant liability upon issuance, and the change in fair value during the periods ended March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019, the Company has reserved approximately 31.0 million shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:2020 (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2019Warrant liability
ConversionIssuance of Series EF warrants
1,760,903$14,952
ExerciseChange in fair value of options to purchase common stockwarrant liability
7,791,83324,898
Warrants to purchase common stockBalance as of December 31, 2020
16,981,854$39,850
Notes payableChange in fair value of warrant liability
4,437,5006,483
TotalBalance as of March 31, 2021
30,972,090$46,333
The Company did not reserve any shares for future issuances duringfollowing schedule shows the year ended December 31, 2018.
Share-based compensation
Duringinputs used to measure the period from November 1, 2018 through May 5, 2019, incentive units for the equivalent of 1.3 million shares were awarded to employees and consultants. The incentive units were measured at fair value onof the datewarrant liability:
Warrant Liability
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Stock Price
$1.44
$1.27
Exercise Price
$0.75
$0.75
Expected remaining term (in years)
5.50 - 5.56
5.75 - 5.81
Volatility
67.5%
67.5%
Risk-free interest rate
1.1%
0.5%
The valuation of each respective award with a weighted average value per equivalent share of $2.47. The awards werethe warrants is subject to vest over a period of two to three years. On May 6, 2019, all outstanding incentive unit awards issued prior to May 6, 2019 immediately vested. Asuncertainty as a result of the immediate vesting of these incentive units, share-based compensation expense equalunobservable inputs. If the volatility rate or risk-free interest rate were to $2.2 million was recorded inchange, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss on May 6, 2019.
Options in Better Choice Company Inc. which had been granted in December 2018 to purchase an aggregate of 38,462 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.76 per share were outstanding on May 6, 2019 (the “legacy options”). As a resultvalue of the May Acquisitions, those legacy options immediately vested. The accelerated vesting expense of $0.1 million was recognized as part of the purchase price of Better Choice Company.warrants would be impacted.
Equity-Classified Warrants
On May 6, 2019, the Company acquiredissued 5,744,991 warrants to purchase common stock with an exercise price of $4.25 (the “May 2019 PIPE Warrants”). Additionally, in connection with the Better ChoiceMay 2019 PIPE transaction, the Company Inc.issued 220,539 warrants to brokers with an exercise price of $3.00. The warrants were exercisable commencing on the issuance date and expire 24 months after the date of issuance. In March 2021, the Company offered to a limited number of holders the opportunity to exercise, in full or in part, these warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock at a reduced exercise price of $1.25 per share. The Company received exercise notices for a total of 1,047,609 warrants, resulting in the Company’s receipt of approximately $1.3 million. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the modified warrants on the date of exercise of $0.2 million as a deemed dividend through accumulated deficit with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital. The remainder of the outstanding and unexercised May 2019 PIPE Warrants expired during May 2021.
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued 11,000 warrants in connection with the November 2019 Notes. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On December 19, 2019 the Company issued 6,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.82 in conjunction with the term loan (the “Guarantor Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The Guarantor Warrants had a fair value of $4.2 million on the date of issuance.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued 937,500 warrants in connection with the Seller Notes. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
On January 13, 2020, the Company issued the ABG Warrants, which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO (as defined in the ABG Warrants) and carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock was sold in the IPO.
On June 24, 2020, the warrants related to the November 2019 Notes, the Seller Notes and the ABG Notes were amended in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes to lower the maximum exercise price applicable to these warrants from $5.00 to $4.25 per share. The decrease in the exercise price resulted in an increase to the fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million which the Company recognized in general and administrative expense.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants to a member of the board of directors with an exercise price of $1.25 per share in connection with the June 2020 Notes (the “June 2020 Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
On July 20, 2020, the Company issued 300,000 warrants to a member of the board of directors with an exercise price of $1.05 per share in consideration for a personal guarantee by a member of the Company's board of directors on the ABL Facility (the “July 2020 Guarantor Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
On January 22, 2021, the Company issued 3,288,400 warrants in connection with the January 2021 PIPE transaction. The warrants are exercisable at an exercise price per share of $1.45 commencing on the date of issuance and expire after a six year period, subject to beneficial ownership limitations (the “January 2021 Warrants”). Due to the discounted warrant exercise associated with the May 2019 PIPE warrants as discussed above, the down round provision on the January 2021 Warrants was triggered such that these warrants could be exercised at a price of $1.25 per share. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the modified warrants of $0.2 million as a deemed dividend through accumulated deficit with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
Warrants Issued as Compensation
On September 17, 2019, a Company advisor was issued 2,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $0.10 per share and 1,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $10.00 per share; 1,250,000 of the $0.10 exercise price warrants (the “Tranche 1 Warrants”) were exercisable on the earlier of twelve-months after issuance date or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service and 1,250,000 of the $0.10 exercise price warrants (the “Tranche 2 Warrants”) and the 1,500,000 warrants with the $10.00 exercise price (the “Tranche 3 Warrants”) were exercisable on the earlier of eighteen-months after issuance or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service.
On June 1, 2020, the Company entered into a termination agreement (the “Termination Agreement”) with the advisor. Pursuant to the terms of the Termination Agreement, the Tranche 1 Warrants were amended to reduce the number of shares of common stock purchasable thereunder to 1,041,666 shares, and the Tranche 2 Warrants and Tranche 3 Warrants were cancelled. The Tranche 1 Warrants (as amended pursuant to the Termination Agreement) were fully vested as of the date of the termination of the agreement and will remain exercisable until September 17, 2029. Furthermore, if the Company engages in any restricted business line as defined in the Termination Agreement, the Company will issue to the former advisor additional shares of common stock based on formulas intended to compensate the former advisor for the warrants that were reduced or terminated. In connection with the Termination Agreement, the Company recorded expense of $5.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 in general and administrative expense. During the first quarter of 2021, the former advisor exercised 791,666 of his remaining warrants outstanding in a cashless exercise resulting in 736,689 shares of common stock issued.
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.25 per share to two non-employee directors, which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030. On July 20, 2020, the Company issued 200,000 warrants two non-employee directors at a price of $1.05 per share (the “July 2020 Director Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030. The warrants issued to non-employee directors were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded $1.0 million of share-based compensation expense upon issuance.
On November 30, 2020, the Company issued 400,000 warrants to a third-party for services with an exercise price of $1.00 and an expiration date 72 months after issuance. These warrants were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded $0.1 million in general and administrative expense.
Note 12 - Share-based compensation
During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the Company recognized $2.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense.
On November 11, 2019, the Company received shareholder approval for the Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “2019“Amended 2019 Plan”) which became effective as of April 29, 2019.. The Amended 2019 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock or cash-based awards or a dividend equivalent award (each an “Award”). Nonemployee directors of the Company and employees and consultants of the Company or any of its subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2019 Plan.award. The Amended 2019 Plan authorizesauthorized the issuance of (i) 6,000,0006,500,000 shares of common stock plus (ii)which was increased to 9,000,000 after the Halo acquisition; the Amended 2019 Plan also provides for an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 20202021 and ending on and including January 1, 2029, equal to the lesser of (A) 10% of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of common stock as determined by the Board.
Options to purchase an aggregate of 5,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share were granted to management and nonemployee directors of Better Choice Company on May 2, 2019. Subject to Holder’s continued status as an Employee, Director or Consultant through each vesting date, the Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to 1/24th of the Shares subject thereto (rounded down to the next whole number of Shares) on the last day of each month, beginning with May 31, 2019, such that the Option shall be fully vested and exercisable on April 30, 2021.
On November 11, 2019, the Company received shareholder approval for the Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “Amended 2019 Plan”). Under the Amended 2019 Plan,January 1, 2021, the number of option awards availableshares authorized for issuance increased from 6,000,000 to 9,000,000 on December 19, 2019.
13,500,000, as approved by the Board.
F-58
Stock Options

During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the Company granted 5,579,000 and 100,000 stock options, respectively.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restricted Stock
Effective asIn March 2020, the Company issued 450,000 shares of December 19, 2019, the Board repriced all outstanding options under the Amended 2019 Plan As a result, the exercise price of all outstanding vested and unvested options was lowered to $1.82 per share, the closing price of the Company’srestricted common stock on December 19, 2019. No other termsto three non-employee directors in return for services provided in their capacity as directors and issued 5,956 restricted shares of the option agreements were changed. The change in exercise pricecommon stock to an officer of the outstanding options caused an increase in fair value of all vested options at date of repricing of $0.6 million which was expensed by the Company. The change in exercise price also caused an increase in fair value of all unvested options at date of repricing of $0.8 million.
As of December 31, 2019, 7,753,371 options were outstanding under the Amended 2019 Plan. As of December 31, 2018, incentive units for the equivalent of 164,356restricted shares were outstanding. These incentive units were awarded to a consultant.
After the May Acquisitions an additional 2,503,371 stock option awards were granted under the 2019 Planimmediately vested and Amended 2019 Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 912,917 stock option awards vested due to severance agreements.
The following table provides detail of the options granted and outstanding:
 
 
 
Vested options
Non-vested options
 
Total
number of
options
Weighted
average
exercise price
Number
Number
Weighted
average
grant date
fair value
Legacy options
38,462
$6.76
38,462
$8.06
Acquired on May 6, 2019
5,250,000
1.82
5,250,000
0.92
Granted
2,503,371
1.83
2,503,371
0.97
Vested during period
1.89
2,678,329
(2,678,329)
1.02
Options outstanding at December 31, 2019
7,791,833
$1.85
2,716,791
5,075,042
$0.97
Options expected to vest
 
 
 
5,075,042
 
Weighted average exercise price
 
 
$1.89
$1.82
 
Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)
 
 
9.3
9.6
 
Aggregate intrinsic value at December 31, 2019 (in thousands)
 
 
$2,357
$4,448
 
All vested options are exercisable and may be exercised through a five or ten-year anniversary of the grant date (oras such, earlier date described in the applicable award agreement).
At December 31, 2019 and 2018, 7,791,833 and 164,356 stock options or stock option equivalents remain outstanding with a remaining life of 9.5 and 1.8 years respectively.
Pursuant to ASC 718-10-35-8, the Company recognizes compensation cost for stock awards with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards. During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, $10.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, ofrecorded share-based compensation expense was recognized related to options or stock option equivalents issued. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded incremental share-based compensation of $0.6 million as a result of the option repricing. The options were valued using the Black-Scholes method assuming the following:
Term: For executives and directors, the estimated term is equal to the mid-point between the average vesting date and the contractual term. For all others, the estimated term is equal to the average vesting date plus three years.
Dividend yield: 0%
Exercise Price: $1.82 to $2.70
Risk-free rate: 1.41% to 2.39%
Volatility: 55.0% to 62.1
F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Warrants
On May 6, 2019, in connection with the May Acquisitions the Company acquired 712,823 warrants to purchase common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $3.90. The Company also issued 5,744,991 warrants with an exercise price of $4.25 on May 6, 2019 as part of the PIPE. Additionally, in connection with the PIPE transaction, the Company issued 220,539 warrants to brokers with an exercise price of $3.00. The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. On September 17, 2019, a Company advisor was issued 2,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $0.10 and 1,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $10.00. The warrants are exercisable as follows: 1,250,000 of the warrants with the $0.10 exercise price are exercisable on the earlier of the twelve-month anniversary of the issuance date or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service to the Company; the remaining 1,250,000 of the warrants with the $0.10 exercise price and the 1,500,000 warrants with the $10.00 exercise price are exercisable on the earlier of the eighteen-month anniversary of the issuance date or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service to the Company.
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued 11,000 warrants in connection with the November 2019 Notes. The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future initial public offering (“IPO”) at an exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued 937,500 Seller Warrants in connection with the Seller Notes. The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future initial public offering (“IPO”) at an exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
On December 19, 2019 the Company issued 6,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.82 in conjunction with the short term loan (Guarantor Warrants). The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO.
 
Warrants
Exercise
Price
Warrants acquired on May 6, 2019
712,823
$3.90
Issued
17,414,030
3.27
Exercised
(1,144,999)(1)
3.50
Warrants outstanding at December 31, 2019
16,981,854
$3.23
(1)
Exercised warrants were converted at 1.1 shares per warrant for a total of 1,259,498 shares.
The intrinsic value of outstanding warrants is $12.2 million as of December 31, 2019. No warrants were issued or outstanding at December 31, 2018.
Note 16 – Employee benefit plans
The Company maintains a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all of our employees. Under the plan, participants are entitled to make pre-tax and/or Roth post-tax contributions up to the annual maximums established by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matches 100% of up to 3% and 50% of up to 5% of participant contributions pursuant to the terms of the plan, which contributions are limited to a percentage of the participant’s eligible compensation. The Company made contributions related to the plan and recognized expense of $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 and zero for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Note 17 – Related party transactions
Management services
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the company paid less than $0.2 million and $0.5 million respectively, for management services provided by an entity owned by a member of the board of directors.
F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marketing services
A company controlled by a member of the board of directors provides online traffic acquisition marketing services for the Company. The Company incurred a total of $0.2 million and $0.1 million for their services during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The service contract has a 30-day termination clause. Outstanding balances were less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The outstanding balance is included in Accounts Payable.
Finder’s fee and other services
The Company paid a finders’ fee of $0.3 million and $0.4 million for other professional services during the year ended December 31, 2018 to an entity owned by one of its officers during the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company paid less than $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019.
Notes payable
The Company issued $1.4 million of subordinated convertible notes to a member of the board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2019. Interest related to the subordinated convertible notes was less than $0.1 million.
Halo Transaction Bonus
An executive received a transaction bonus as per his employment agreement upon the close of the Halo Acquisition. The executive received $0.1 million in subordinated convertible notes.
Guarantor warrants
The Company issued a total of 6,500,000 warrants to three members of the board of directors as consideration for the Shareholder Guaranties related to the short term loan during the year ended December 31, 2019. The 6,500,000 warrants have a fair market value of $4.2 million as of the date of issuance.
Note 18 –13- Income taxes
For the yearsthree months ended DecemberMarch 31, 20192021, and 2018,March 31, 2020, the Company recorded no current or deferred income tax expense.
For the yearthree months ended DecemberMarch 31, 2018, the Company was a Limited Liability Company, taxed as a partnership. Thus, all of2021 and March 31, 2020, the Company’s income and losses flowed through to the owners. Furthermore, no deferredeffective tax assets and liabilities were recorded. Beginning in 2019 the Company converted to a C-Corporation and is subject to tax at an entity level.
rate was 0%. The Company’s effective tax rate of 0% differs from the United States federal statutory rate of 21% primarily because the Company’s losses have been fully offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainty as to the realization of realizing the tax benefit of net operating losses (“NOLs”) for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and year ended December 31, 2019. The following table is a reconciliation of the components that caused our provision for income taxes to differ from amounts computed by applying the United States federal statutory rate of 21% for the year ended December 31, 2019:
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
Statutory U.S. Federal income tax
$(38,760)
21.0%
State income taxes, net
(818)
0.4%
LLC income not taxed
2,376
(1.3)%
Loss on acquisitions
29,051
(15.7)%
Change in valuation allowance
7,892
(4.3)%
Other
259
0.1%
Total provision
$
0%
2020.
F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of theThe Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
Deferred income tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
8,503
Stock options
2,493
Other assets
301
Gross deferred tax assets
11,297
Valuation allowance
(7,913)
Net deferred tax asset
3,384
Deferred income liabilities:
Inventory
(137)
Intangibles
(3,247)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a deferred tax asset (before valuation allowance) recorded on gross federal and stateattributed to net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $36.3 million and $32.7 million, respectively. These net operating losses will begin to expire in 2027.
The Internal Revenue Code, as amended (“IRC”), imposes restrictions on the utilizationultimate realization of NOLs and other tax attributes in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use pre-change NOLs may be limited as prescribed under IRC Section 382. Events which may cause limitation in the amount of the NOLs and credits that can be utilized annually include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period.
Under ASC 805, “Business Combinations”, an acquirer should recognize, and measure deferred taxes arising from assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination in accordance with ASC 740. The financial statement loss includes losses that will not result in future deferred tax assets and therefore these losses are excluded.
Management assessesis dependent upon the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficientgeneration of future taxable income will be generated to useduring the existing deferred tax assetsperiods in the future. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred through the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective positive evidence such as current year taxable income and future income projections.which those temporary differences become deductible. On the basis of this evaluation, as of the year ended December 31, 2019,management’s assessment, a valuation allowance of $7.9 millionequal to the net deferred tax assets was recorded since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
Valuation allowance, at beginning of year
$
Increase in valuation allowance
7,892
Halo Acquisition
21
Valuation allowance, at end of year
$7,913
As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, theThe Company hadhas no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions. We do not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019 and 2018,2020, the Company doesdid not have any significant uncertain tax positions. If incurred, the Company would classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as
The Company’s income tax expense.returns generally remain open for examination for three years from the date filed with each taxing jurisdiction.
F-62F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States federal and various state jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under audit by any taxing authorities. The Company remains open to examination by tax jurisdictions for tax years beginning with the 2016 tax year for Federal and 2015 for states. Federal and state net operating losses are subject to review by taxing authorities in the year utilized.Note 14 - Concentrations
Note 19 – Major suppliersSuppliers
The Company sourced approximately 74% and 70%71% of its inventory purchases from one vendorthree vendors for the yearsthree months ended March 31, 2021. The Company sourced approximately 48% of its inventory purchases from two vendors for the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Major Customers
Accounts receivable from two customers represented 63% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2021. Accounts receivable from two customers represented 72% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 20192020. Two customers represented 42% of gross sales for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Four customers represented 70% of gross sales for the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Credit Risk
At March 31, 2021 and 2018, respectively.
Note 20 – Concentration of credit risk and off-balance sheet risk
Cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, all2020, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited in accounts at several financial institutions.institutions and may maintain some balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with high-quality, accredited financial institutions and, accordingly, such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. The Company may maintain balances with financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses historically in these accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk in its cash and cash equivalents. The Company has no significant off-balance sheet concentrations of credit risk, such as foreign currency exchange contracts, option contracts, or other hedging arrangements. None of the Company’s customers had purchases that represented over 10% of total gross sales for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Accounts receivable from the largest customer represented 44% and 68% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Note 21 –15 - Net loss per share
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options and the amount of compensation cost for future service that has not yet been recognized are collectively assumed to be used to repurchase shares.
Basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing net and comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period. For the yearsthree months ended DecemberMarch 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, the Company’s basic and diluted net and comprehensive loss per share attributable to common stockholders are the same because the Company has generated a net loss to common stockholders and common stock equivalents are excluded from diluted net loss per share as they have an antidilutive impact.
The following table sets forth basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the yearsthree months ended DecemberMarch 31, 20192021 and 2018:2020 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
Years Ended
December 31,
Three Months Ended March 31,
Dollars in thousands except per share amounts
2019
2018
Common stockholders
 
 
2021
2020
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
Net and comprehensive loss
$(184,462)
$(6,026)
$(12,850)
$(9,454)
Less: Preferred stock dividends
109
34
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(184,571)
$(6,026)
 
 
Less: Adjustment due to warrant modifications
402
Adjusted Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(13,252)
$(9,488)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
33,238,600
11,516,421
57,525,054
48,526,396
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$(5.55)
$(0.52)
$(0.23)
$(0.20)
F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 22 – Subsequent events
Management has evaluated subsequent events through the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued.
Stock and Warrant Issuance
On January 3, 2020, the Company issued 308,642 shares of common stock to an investor for net proceeds of $0.5 million, net of issuance costs of less than $0.1 million.
During January 2020, the Company issued shares below the exercise price of warrants acquired on May 6, 2019. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the Company issued an additional 1,003,232 warrants on March 17, 2020 to its warrant holders at an exercise price of $1.62 and revised the existing warrants to an exercise price of $1.62.
Amended November 2019 Notes
The November 2019 Notes were amended on January 6, 2020. The amendment incorporates only the preferable terms of the Seller Notes and all other terms and provisions of the November 2019 Note remains in full force and effect. Pursuant to the amended November 2019 Notes, the interest shall be payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the November 2019 Notes. As amended, for so long as any event of default (as defined in the November 2019 Note) exists, interest shall accrue on the November 2019 Note principal at the default interest rate of 12.0% per annum, and such accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable.
ABG Termination
On January 13, 2020, the Company terminated the Houndog licensing agreement (“ABG Agreement”) with Associated Brands Group (ABG) and Elvis Presley Enterprises due to business judgment. As part of the termination, the Company agreed to the following: (1) paid ABG $0.1 million in cash upon the signing of this Agreement, (2) issue to ABG 72,720 shares of the Company’s common stock, (3) pay to ABG $0.1 million cash in four equal installments from July 31, 2020 through October 31, 2020, (4) issue to ABG $0.6 million in Subordinated Promissory Notes (the “ABG Notes”), (5) issue to ABG common stock purchase warrants (the “ABG Warrants”) equating to a value of $150,000. The terms of the ABG Notes, when issued, will match those of the Seller Notes. The Warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO (as defined in the ABG Warrants) at an exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock was sold in the IPO.
COVID-19
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. In January 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel coronavirus outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” This world-wide outbreak has resulted in the implementation of significant governmental measures, including lockdowns, closures, quarantines and travel bans intended to control the spread of the virus. Companies are also taking precautions, such as requiring employees to work remotely, imposing travel restrictions and temporarily closing businesses and facilities. These restrictions, and future prevention and mitigation measures, are likely to have an adverse impact on global economic conditions and consumer confidence and spending, which could materially adversely affect the supply of as well as the demand for our products. Uncertainties regarding the economic impact of COVID-19 is likely to result in sustained market turmoil, which could also negatively impact our business, financial condition and cash flows.
We source our products from suppliers and manufacturers located in the United States and New Zealand. The impact of COVID-19 on these suppliers, or any of our other suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors or transportation or logistics providers, may negatively affect the price and availability of our ingredients and/or packaging materials and impact our supply chain. If the disruptions caused by COVID-19 continue for an extended period of time, our ability to meet the demands of our customers may be materially impacted. To date, we have not experienced any reduction in the available supply of our products. As of March 2020, the United States Department of Homeland Security has classified businesses that manufacture, produce and supply pet food as “Essential Critical Infrastructure Workers.”
We depend on a logistics partner and our warehouse facilities located in Tampa, Florida. If we are forced to scale back hours of operation or close these facilities in response to the pandemic, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.
F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additionally, many of our employees, including members of our management team, have been reporting to work remotely due to the COVID-19 outbreak, which has resulted in the closure of our offices in Florida and New York. If our operations or productivity continue to be impacted throughout the duration of the COVID-19 outbreak and government-mandated closures, which may negatively impact our business, financial condition and cash flows. The extent to which COVID-19 pandemic will further impact our business will depend on future developments and, given the uncertainty around the extent and timing of the potential future spread or mitigation and around the imposition or relaxation of protective measures, we cannot reasonably estimate the impact to our business at this time.
The extent of COVID-19’s effect on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the outbreak, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the overall impact of COVID-19 on our business. However, if the pandemic continues to evolve into a severe worldwide health crisis, the disease could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and adversely impact the trading price of our common stock.
On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the CARES Act. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. We continue to examine the impacts this CARES Act may have on our business On April 10, 2020, TruPet, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc., was granted a loan from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act. The loan, which was in the form of a note dated April 6, 2020, issued by TruPet LLC, matures on April 6, 2022, and bears interest at a rate of 0.98% per annum, payable monthly commencing on November 6, 2020. The note may be prepaid by the TruPet LLC at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties. Funds from the loan may only be used for payroll costs, costs used to continue group health care benefits, mortgage payments, rent, utilities, and interest on other debt obligations incurred before February 15, 2020. The Company intends to use the entire loan amount for qualifying expenses. Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the loan may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act.
F-65F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors and Unitholders of TruPet LLC.Better Choice Company Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of TruPet LLC.Better Choice Company Inc. (the “Company”)Company) as of December 31, 20182020 and 2017, and2019, the related consolidated statements of lossoperations and comprehensive loss, unitholders’ equity,stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the two years thenin the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements)statements”).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as ofat December 31, 20182020 and 2017,2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years thenin the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principlesU.S. generally accepted in the United States of America.accounting principles.
Material Uncertainty RelatedThe Company's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has experienced ongoingsuffered recurring losses negative cash flows from operations, accumulated a significant deficit, has a working capital deficitdeficiency, and the line of credit is approaching maturity. The Company is dependent upon future sources of debt or equity financing in order to fund its operations. These conditions raisehas stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management's evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditsaudit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Impairment analysis of goodwill
Description of the Matter
At December 31, 2020, the Company’s goodwill was $18.6 million related to its Halo reporting unit. As discussed in Note 1 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1st or whenever events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that impairment may have occurred. The Company estimates the fair value of a reporting unit using a combination of the market approach and the income approach, using discounted cash flows.
Auditing management’s annual goodwill impairment assessment for the reporting unit was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required to determine the fair value of the Halo reporting unit. In particular, the fair value estimate was sensitive to changes in significant assumptions, such as revenue growth rates, the terminal growth rate, EBITDA margin, the weighted average cost of capital, and market multiples which are affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
To test the estimated fair value of the Company’s Halo reporting unit, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, evaluating valuation methodologies and testing the significant assumptions discussed above used by the Company in its analysis. We involved our specialist to assist in the evaluation of the valuation methodologies and testing certain significant assumptions, including the discount rate and market multiples. We compared the significant assumptions used by management to current industry and economic trends, recent historical performance and other factors. We specifically evaluated the Company’s forecasted growth rates and EBITDA margins by comparing these assumptions to those of the Company’s peers and industry reports. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair value of the reporting unit that would result from changes in the assumptions. We also tested the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis for completeness and accuracy.
Issuance of convertible instruments and associated warrants
Description of the Matter
As described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, on June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”). In connection with this issuance, each noteholder also received common stock purchase warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase up to 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock; 1,000,000 common stock purchase warrants were issued in total. The total cash proceeds received from the issuance of the Notes were allocated to the Notes and Warrants at the time of issuance.
As described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, during October 2020 the Company consummated a private placement in which the Company issued and sold units (the “Series F Units”) to the investors for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit. Each Unit consisted of one share of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock (“Series F Preferred”) and a warrant (“Series F Warrants”) to purchase shares of common stock. The Company issued 18,202 Series F Units for a total of $18.2 million in gross cash proceeds. The total cash proceeds received were allocated to the Series F Unit components (preferred stock and warrant) at the time of issuance.
Auditing the valuation of the Notes, Warrants, and Series F Units was complex
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

due to the judgmental nature of the assumptions, which included stock price volatility (Warrants and Series F Warrants), debt discount rate (Notes), probability of exit events (Notes, Warrants, Series F Preferred, Series F Warrants), and expected life (Warrants and Series F Warrants). These assumptions had a significant effect on the fair value measurement of the Notes, Warrants, and Series F Units.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
To test the estimated fair value of the Notes, Warrants, and Series F Units, our audit procedures included, among others, evaluation of the significant assumptions discussed above and consideration of the appropriateness of related methodologies utilized for estimation. This included evaluating the volatility rate by assessing the guideline public companies (“GPC”) selected and the weighting applied between the GPCs and the Company’s historical volatility, evaluating the Company’s specific risk premium incorporated into the debt discount assumption, assessing the reasonableness of the probability of various exit events based on information available as of the observable transaction dates, and evaluating the expected time to exercise for all Warrants and Series F Warrants outstanding. We involved our specialist to assist with the evaluation of the assumptions as used by management.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
Toronto, Ontario
April 26, 2019Louisville, Kentucky
March 30, 2021
F-66F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TRUPET LLCBetter Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2018(Dollars in thousands, except share and 2017per share amounts)
 
2018
2017
Assets
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$3,946,261
$157,138
Accounts receivable, net (Note 2)
275,560
79,270
Inventories, net (Note 3)
1,556,946
1,156,830
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
269,073
60,898
Total Current Assets
6,047,840
1,454,136
Property and equipment, net (Note 4)
71,295
54,481
Other assets
27,559
27,559
Total Assets
$6,146,694
$1,536,176
 
 
 
Liabilities and Members’ Deficit
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
Line of credit (Note 5)
$4,600,000
$1,985,000
Other liabilities (Note 7)
1,898,759
58,407
Long-term debt, current portion (Note 8)
1,600,000
Accounts payable
764,715
676,884
Due from related parties
32,706
Accrued liabilities
244,593
889,069
Deferred revenue (Note 6)
65,965
Total Current Liabilities
9,174,032
3,642,066
Deferred rent
15,016
9,258
Total Liabilities
9,189,048
3,651,324
 
 
 
Members’ Deficit (Note 9)
 
 
Common units, no par value, 13,651,461 and 10,396,808 units authorized 10,545,435 and 10,396,808 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
8,913,647
8,556,943
Series A Preferred Units, no par value, 5,000,000 units authorized, 2,162,536 units issued and outstanding December 31, 2018.
4,668,000
Units to be issued
74,107
Accumulated deficit
(16,698,108)
(10,672,091)
Total Members’ Deficit
(3,042,354)
(2,115,148)
Total Liabilities and Members’ Deficit
$6,146,694
$1,536,176
 
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Assets
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$3,926
$2,361
Restricted cash
63
173
Accounts receivable, net
4,631
5,824
Inventories, net
4,869
6,580
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
4,074
2,641
Total Current Assets
17,563
17,579
Property and equipment, net
252
417
Right-of-use asset, operating lease
345
951
Intangible assets, net
13,115
14,641
Goodwill
18,614
18,614
Other assets
1,364
1,330
Total Assets
$51,253
$53,532
Liabilities & Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
Short term loan, net
$7,826
$16,061
Line of credit, net
4,819
PPP loans
190
Other liabilities
47
500
Accounts payable
3,137
4,049
Accrued liabilities
3,003
4,721
Deferred revenue
350
311
Operating lease liability, current portion
173
345
Warrant liability
39,850
Warrant derivative liability
2,220
Total Current Liabilities
54,576
33,026
Noncurrent Liabilities
 
 
Notes payable, net
18,910
16,370
Line of credit, net
5,023
PPP loans
662
Operating lease liability
184
641
Total Noncurrent Liabilities
24,779
17,011
Total Liabilities
79,355
50,037
Redeemable Series E Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
Redeemable Series E preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,900,000 shares authorized, 0 & 1,387,378 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
10,566
Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 and 88,000,000 shares authorized, 51,908,398 & 47,977,390 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
52
48
Redeemable Series F Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000 & 0 shares authorized, 21,754 & 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
232,487
194,150
Accumulated deficit
(260,641)
(201,269)
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
(28,102)
(7,071)
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
$51,253
$53,532
SeeThe accompanying notes.notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-67F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TRUPET LLCBetter Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of LossOperations and Comprehensive Loss
For the Years Ended December 31, 2018(Dollars in thousands, except share and 2017per share amounts)
 
2018
2017
Net Sales
$14,784,831
$7,931,780
Cost of Goods Sold
7,488,641
4,309,602
Gross Profit
7,296,190
3,622,178
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses
12,454,023
8,964,329
Loss from Operations
(5,157,833)
(5,342,151)
Other Income (Expense)
 
 
Interest expense
(868,184)
(42,109)
Other income
12,421
Net Loss and Comprehensive Loss
$(6,026,017)
$(5,371,839)
Weighted average number of units outstanding
10,474,541
10,205,688
Loss per unit, basic and diluted
(0.58)
(0.53)
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2020
2019
Net sales
$42,590
$15,577
Cost of goods sold
26,491
9,717
Gross profit
16,099
5,860
Operating expenses:
 
 
General and administrative
25,966
19,782
Share-based compensation
8,940
10,280
Sales and marketing
7,892
10,138
Customer service and warehousing
623
1,097
Impairment of intangible asset
889
Total operating expenses
43,421
42,186
Loss from operations
(27,322)
(36,326)
Other expense (income):
 
 
Interest expense, net
9,247
670
Loss on extinguishment of debt
88
Loss on acquisitions
147,376
Change in fair value of warrant liability
24,898
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(2,220)
90
Total other expense, net
32,013
148,136
Net and comprehensive loss
(59,335)
(184,462)
Preferred dividends
103
109
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(59,438)
$(184,571)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted
49,084,432
33,238,600
Loss per share, basic and diluted
$(1.21)
$(5.55)
SeeThe accompanying notes.notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-68F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TRUPET LLCBetter Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’Stockholders’ Deficit
For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017(Dollars in thousands, except shares)
 
Common Units
Series A Preferred Units
Units to
be
Issued
Deficit
Total
 
Number
Amount
Number
Amount
Balance at January 1, 2017
5,208,354
$1,471,000
$
$
$(5,300,252)
$(3,829,252)
Units issued pursuant to private placement
4,796,457
6,169,650
6,169,650
Units issued pursuant to services provided
391,997
916,293
916,293
Net loss for the period
(5,371,839)
(5,371,839)
Balance at December 31, 2017
10,396,808
8,556,943
(10,672,091)
(2,115,148)
Units issued pursuant to private placement
2,162,536
4,668,000
4,668,000
Units issued pursuant to services provided
148,627
356,704
74,107
430,811
Net loss
(6,026,017)
(6,026,017)
Balance at December 31, 2018
10,545,435
$8,913,647
2,162,536
$4,668,000
$74,107
$(16,698,108)
$(3,042,354)
 
Common Stock
Redeemable
Series F
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Redeemable
Series E
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2019
47,977,390
$48
$—
$194,150
$(201,269)
$(7,071)
1,387,378
$10,566
Shares issued pursuant to private placement
308,642
500
500
Share-based compensation
455,956
1
8,939
8,940
Shares and warrants issued to third party for contract termination
72,720
198
198
Shares issued to third parties for services
1,160,000
1
100
1,371
1,372
Warrants issued to third party for services
10,132
10,132
Warrants issued in connection with June 2020 Notes
337
337
Beneficial conversion feature of June 2020 Notes
1,163
1,163
Modification of conversion feature for November 2019 Notes, Seller Notes, and ABG Notes
528
528
Modification of warrants
43
43
Shares issued pursuant to warrant exercise
1,837,690
2
1,046
1,048
Warrants issued in connection with ABL Facility
230
230
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(59,438)
(59,438)
Shares issued pursuant to Series F Private Placement and Exchange Transaction
21,702
8,501
5,415
13,916
(1,387,378)
(10,566)
Conversion of Series F shares to common stock
96,000
(48)
Beneficial conversion feature of Series F shares
5,349
(5,349)
Balance at December 31, 2020
51,908,398
$52
21,754
$—
$232,487
$(260,641)
$(28,102)
$
SeeThe accompanying notes.notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-69F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TRUPET LLCBetter Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsStockholders’ Deficit
For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017(Dollars in thousands, except shares)
 
2018
2017
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
 
 
Net loss
$(6,026,017)
$(5,371,839)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
14,123
11,883
Unit-based compensation expense
430,811
916,293
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
Accounts receivable
(196,290)
(50,447)
Inventories
(400,116)
(373,323)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
(208,175)
(31,418)
Accounts payable
55,125
479,946
Accrued liabilities
(644,476)
442,389
Deferred revenue
65,965
Deferred rent
5,758
9,258
Net cash used in operating activities
(6,903,292)
(3,967,258)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment
(30,937)
(8,686)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
 
 
Other liabilities
1,840,352
19,720
Net borrowings on line of credit
2,615,000
1,985,000
Borrowings on long-term debt
1,600,000
Proceeds from shares issued pursuant to private placement, net
4,668,000
1,836,450
Net cash provided by financing activities
10,723,352
3,841,170
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash
3,789,123
(134,774)
Cash, Beginning of Year
157,138
291,912
Cash, End of Year
$3,946,261
$157,138
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures:
 
 
Interest paid
$868,184
$42,109
Non-Cash Financing Activities:
 
 
Conversion of debt for equity
$0
$4,333,200
See accompanying notes.
F-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TRUPET LLC
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Going Concern:
TruPet LLC (the Company), is a Delaware company, originally formed as an Ohio limited liability company on August 2, 2013. On December 20, 2018, the Company was converted to a Delaware limited liability company. The Company manufactures and markets freeze dry raw diet meals, treats, and supplements for dogs and cats in fulfillment of and to help pet owners understand the benefits of feeding a species an appropriate diet. The Company’s products are distributed throughout the United States online as well as pet specialty retail stores.
As of December 31, 2018, the Company incurred a loss from continuing operations of $6,026,017 and its balance sheet reflected an excess of current liabilities over current assets of approximately $3,126,000, while its cash flows showed a deficit in cash flows from operating activities of approximately $6,903,000. Additionally, the Company’s outstanding balance on the line of credit amounted to approximately $4,600,000 as of December, 31, 2018, and is due in May 2019.
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. In making this assessment, management conducted a comprehensive review of the Company’s affairs including, but not limited to:
The Company’s financial position for the year ended December 31, 2018;
Significant events and transactions the Company has entered into, including and through the date the financial statements were available to be issued;
Sales and profitability forecasts for the Company for the next financial year; and
The continued support of the Company’s members and lenders.
The refinancing of the line of credit with the same bank under similar terms.
To address the future additional funding requirements members have undertaken the following initiatives:
To continue to monitor the Company’s ongoing working capital requirements and minimum expenditure commitments;
Continue their focus on maintaining an appropriate level of corporate overhead in line with the Company’s available cash resources; and
The Company currently has an offer to sell its interest to Sport Endurance, Inc. (“SENZ”) in return for stock in the combined entity.
The members are confident that they will be able to complete additional rounds of a capital raising that will provide the Company with sufficient funding to meet its minimum expenditure commitments and support its planned level of overhead expenditures. Therefore, it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis. In the event that the Company is not able to successfully complete any additional rounds of fundraising referred to above, complete the SENZ transaction, or control their overhead, there is substantial doubt as to whether the Company will continue as going concern, and therefore, whether they will realize their assets and extinguish their liabilities in the normal course of business, and at the amounts stated in the financial statements. As such, the financial statements do not include adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, nor to the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company not continue as a going concern.
Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
Basis of Presentation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) in effect on December 31, 2018. The significant accounting policies applied by the Company are described below.
Basis of Measurement
The financial statements of the Company are presented using and have been prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost convention except for certain financial instruments that are measured at fair value, as explained in
F-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the accounting policies below. Historical cost is measured as the fair value of the consideration provided in exchange for goods and services. The Company’s functional and presentation currency is United States dollars (“USD”).
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits held with banks and highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of ninety days or less at acquisition date. For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all cash accounts that are not subject to withdrawal restrictions or penalties to be cash and cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable represents amounts due from customers less the allowance for doubtful accounts. A provision is recorded for impairment when there is objective evidence (such as significant financial difficulties of the debtor) that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable. A provision is recorded as the difference between the carrying value of the receivable and the present value of future cash flows expected from the debtor, with an offsetting amount recorded as an allowance, reducing the carrying value of the receivable. The provision is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss. As at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company considers accounts receivable to be fully collectible, accordingly, no allowance for doubtful accounts have been recorded.
Inventories
Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The net realizable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories in the ordinary course of business, less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale.
Cost is determined on a standard cost basis and includes the purchase price and other costs, such as transportation costs. Inventory’s average cost is determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis and trade discounts are deducted from the purchase price.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost and includes expenditures for new additions and those, which substantially increase the useful lives of existing assets. Depreciation is computed at various rates by use of the straight-line method. Depreciable lives are generally as follows:
Furniture and Fixtures
5 to 7 years
Equipment
7 years
Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred. The cost of property or equipment retired or otherwise disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal with the resulting gain or loss reflected in earnings.
The Company assesses potential impairments of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment charge would be recognized when the carrying amount of property and equipment is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of property and equipment is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the property and equipment.
Income Taxes
No provision has been made for federal and state income taxes since the proportionate share of the Company’s income or loss is included in the personal tax returns of the members.
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require the Company to examine its tax positions for uncertain positions. Management is not aware of any tax positions that are more likely than not to change in the next twelve months or that would not sustain an examination by applicable taxing authorities.
The Company’s policy is to recognize penalties and interest as incurred in its statements of operations.
F-72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenue
The Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods.
In order to recognize revenue, the Company applies the following five (5) steps:
Identify a customer along with a corresponding contract;
Identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract to transfer goods to a customer;
Determine the transaction price the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring promised goods to a customer;
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract;
Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s).
Revenue is recognized upon the satisfaction of the performance obligation. The Company satisfies its performance obligation and transfers control upon shipment to the customer.
Advertising
The Company charges advertising costs to expense as incurred and such charges are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising costs, consisting primarily of media ads, amounted to approximately $3,900,000 and $3,700,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Shipping and Handling / Freight Out
The Company recognizes shipping and handling costs as a fulfillment cost, included in selling, general and administrative expenses as they are incurred prior to the customer obtaining control of the products. Shipping and handling costs primarily consist of costs associated with moving finished products to customers through third-party carriers. Shipping and handling costs amounted to $2,464,873 and $561,682 for the years ended December 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Additionally, the Company may recover such costs by passing them onto the customer. In these instances, the Company includes the freight charges billed to customers in total revenue. The amount included in revenue related to such recoveries was $883,398 and $430,457 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments recognized in the balance sheet and included in working capital consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, line of credit, due to related party, accrued and other liabilities and long-term debt. Cash and cash equivalents are measured at fair value each reporting period. The fair values of the remaining financial instruments approximate their carrying values.
The Company’s financial instruments exposed to credit risk include cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable (Note 13).
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company has applied the framework for measuring fair value which requires a fair value hierarchy to be applied to all fair value measurements.
All financial instruments recognized at fair value in the balance sheet are classified into one of three levels in the fair value hierarchy as follows:
Level 1 – valuation based on quoted prices (unadjusted) observed in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Cash is measured based on Level 1 inputs.
Level 2 – valuation techniques based on inputs that are quoted prices of similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices used in a valuation model that are observable for that instrument; and inputs that are derived from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3 – valuation techniques with significant unobservable market inputs.
F-73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Basic and Diluted Loss Per Unit
Basic and diluted loss per unit has been determined by dividing the net loss available to members for the applicable period by the basic and diluted weighted average number of units outstanding, respectively. Common unit equivalents and incentive units are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per unit when their effect is anti-dilutive.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company follows the fair value method of accounting for stock awards granted to employees, directors, officers and consultants. Stock-based awards to employees are measured at the fair value of the related stock-based awards. Stock-based payments to others are valued based on the related services rendered or goods received or if this cannot be reliably measured, on the fair value of the instruments issued. Issuances of such awards are valued using the fair value of the awards at the time of grant. The Company recognizes stock-based payment expenses over the vesting period based on expectations of the number of awards expected to vest over that period on a straight-line basis.
 
Common Stock
Convertible
Series A
Preferred Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Redeemable
Series E
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2018
11,661,485
$12
2,391,403
$2
$13,642
$(16,698)
$(3,042)
$
Shares issued pursuant to a private placement – net proceeds
69,115
150
150
Shares and warrants issued pursuant to private issuance of public equity (PIPE)- net proceeds
5,744,991
6
15,670
15,676
Share-based compensation
1,118,786
1
10,280
10,281
Stock issued to third parties for services
1,008,500
1
3,476
3,477
Warrants issued to third parties for services
2,968
2,968
Conversion of Series A shares to common stock
2,460,518
2
(2,460,518)
(2)
Acquisition of treasury shares
(1,011,748)
(1)
(6,070)
(6,071)
Acquisition of Better Choice
3,915,856
4
23,560
23,564
2,633,678
20,058
Acquisition of Bona Vida
18,103,273
18
108,602
108,620
Guarantor warrants
4,180
4,180
 
 
Warrants issued in connection with the Notes
313
313
Use of Estimates
The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods.
The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. The Company bases its estimates on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Critical accounting estimates are reviewed and discussed with the Board of Directors. The Company considers an accounting estimate to be critical if it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made, if changes in the estimate or if different estimates that could have been selected would have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
Significant estimates and assumptions that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements relate to, but are not limited to going concern and liquidity assumptions, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, valuation of stock-based compensation, loyalty points rewards and return and refund provisions.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
The Company has reviewed the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) accounting pronouncement and interpretations thereof that have effective dates during the reporting period and in future periods.
New standards and interpretations:
Early adoption of ASC606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”
As permitted, the Company elected to early-adopt ASC606 for the periods reported. In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition,” and most industry-specific guidance. ASU No. 2014-09 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract.
The amendments in the ASU must be applied using one of two retrospective methods and are effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. On July 9, 2015, the FASB modified ASU 2014-09 to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. As modified, the FASB permits the adoption of the new revenue standard early, but not before the
F-74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. There have also been various additional accounting standards updates issues by the FASB in 2016 that further amend this new revenue standard. The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2017 and there has been no impact on the financial statements as a result of the adoption of ASC 606.
Early adoption of ASU 2017-11 “Earnings Per Share”
As permitted, the Company elected to early-adopt ASU 2017-11. The FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260) Distinguishing Liabilities From Equity (Topic 480) Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments With Down Round Features; II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Non-public Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests With a Scope Exception, allows a financial instrument with a down-round feature to no longer automatically be classified as a liability solely based on the existence of the down-round provision. The update also means the instrument would not have to be accounted for as a derivative and be subject to an updated fair value measurement each reporting period.
On consideration of the above factors, the Company elected to early adopt ASU 2017-11 on January 1, 2018, the ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. For all other organizations, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020.
The early adoption allows the Company to reduce the cost and complexity of accounting for financial instruments that, due to down round provisions, would otherwise require fair value measurement each reporting period and eliminate the corresponding impact and unnecessary volatility in reported earnings created by the revaluation when the Company’s share value changes.
The Company has applied the change in accounting policy retrospectively to all prior periods, as described in ASU No. 250-10-45-5, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections; however, there was no impact on the comparative period.
New standards and interpretations:
Early adoption of ASU 2017-01 “Business Combinations”
The FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01 which clarifies the definition of business. If substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not considered a business. The Company elected to early adopt ASU 2017-01 on January 1, 2018, the ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. For all other organizations, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019.
The Company has applied the change in accounting policy retrospectively to all prior periods, as described in ASU No. 250-10-45-5, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections; however, there was no impact on the comparative period.
New and revised standards not yet adopted:
On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This update will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheets the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The new guidance will also require additional disclosures about the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The provisions of this update are effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the standard on its lease commitments disclosed in Note 10. Recognizing the present value of the remaining lease payments as a right of use asset and lease liability is expected to have a material impact, which is currently still under assessment.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07- Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The amendments in this Update expand the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The requirements of Topic 718 should be applied to nonemployee awards except for specific guidance on inputs to an option pricing model and the attribution of cost. The amendments specific that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The amendments also clarify that Topic 718 does
F-75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. These amendments are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018.
In June 2016 the FASB issued Topic ASU No. 2016-13 “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326)” (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 changes the impairment model for most financial assets. The new model uses a forward-looking expected loss method, which will generally result in earlier recognition of allowances for losses. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018.
The Company has carefully considered other new pronouncements that alter previous generally accepted accounting principles and does not believe that any new or modified principles will have a material impact on the Company’s reported balance sheet or operations in 2019.
Note 3 – Inventories:
Inventories reflected on the accompanying balance sheets are summarized as follows:
 
2018
2017
Food, treats and supplements
$1,301,274
$709,561
Other products and accessories
191,292
283,132
Inventory packaging and supplies
132,681
164,137
 
1,625,247
1,156,830
Inventory reserve
(68,301)
 
$1,556,946
$1,156,830
Note 4 – Property and Equipment:
Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
2018
2017
Warehouse equipment
49,431
49,431
Computer equipment
13,913
13,913
Furniture and fixtures
45,944
14,556
 
109,288
77,900
Accumulated depreciation
(37,993)
(23,419)
 
$71,295
$54,481
Depreciation amounted to $14,123 and $11,883 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and is included as a component of selling, general, and administrative expenses.
Note 5 – Line of Credit:
The Company, along with the majority owners serving as co-borrowers, had a $2,000,000 line of credit executed in May 2017. Through various amendments, the maximum borrowings under the line increased to $4,600,000 with a maturity of May 2019. Borrowings bear interest at the Libor rate plus 3% (5.3% and 4.3% at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively). At December 31, 2018 and 2017, outstanding borrowings amounted to $4,600,000 and $1,985,000, respectively.
The line of credit is secured by certain investment holdings of one of the co-borrowers. Covenants under the line of credit require the Company to be within a certain quarterly and annual loss limitation threshold, and certain other restrictions. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with their covenants. As of December 31, 2017, the Company was not in compliance with certain covenants; however, the bank granted a waiver of default remedies with respect to noncompliance as of that date and the credit agreement was modified to remove the annual loss limitation threshold.
F-76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded approximately $169,000 and $38,000, respectively, of interest expense in its statements of loss and comprehensive loss related to the line of credit.
Note 6 – Loyalty Program Provision:
The TruDog Love Club is a loyalty program designed to increase customer visits and spending. The Club allows members instant access to select perks not offered to the general public, like auto-shipments and free shipping over $47. The program also enables customers to accumulate points based on their spending. For every $1 spent, customers receive twelve points, and for every five hundred points earned, customers will receive a $5 gift card which can be redeemed for goods purchased on-line. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, earned, but not redeemed, loyalty program awards amounted to $65,965 and $0, respectively, as reflected in the balance sheets.
Note 7 – Other Liabilities:
Other liabilities include outstanding amounts on bank issued revolving credit cards. Interest rates on the issued credit cards was 19.24% for purchases and 24.24% for cash advances for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Under the terms of a Business Cash Advance Agreement, the Company has sold $2,005,794 of future receivables for proceeds of $1,879,794. Future receivables are defined as all future payments made by cash, check, ACH, direct or pre-authorized debit, wire transfer, credit card, debit card, charge card or other form of payment related to the business of the Company. The creditor has the right to decline to purchase any future receivables and/or adjust the amount of the advance. In the event of a sale, disposition, assignment, transfer or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business assets, the creditor’s consent is required or repayment in full of the amount of future receivables remaining. The transactions under the Business Cash Advance Agreement are as follows:
 
Advance #1
Advance #2
Advance #3
Total
Opening balance - January 1, 2018
 
 
 
 
Initial cash advance
$
$
$
$
Advance of outstanding amounts
398,909
965,308
1,050,000
2,414,217
Total initial advances
824,486
824,486
Payments
(429,432)
(1,080,180)
(101,727)
(1,611,339)
Advance fixed fee
30,523
114,872
126,000
271,395
Closing balance - December 31, 2018
$
$
$1,898,759
$1,898,759
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded approximately $271,000 and $0, respectively, of interest expense in its statements of loss and comprehensive loss related to the credit cards.
Note 8 – Long-term Debt:
Long-term debt consists of a note payable to a director of the Company bearing 26.6% interest, unsecured, with principal and interest due within 30 days to the Company being sold. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, outstanding borrowings amounted to $1,600,000 and $0, respectively. As a result of the likelihood of a transaction resulting in a sale of the Company (Note 15), this has been classified as a current liability on the accompanying balance sheets.
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded approximately $426,000 and $0, respectively, of interest expense in its statements of loss and comprehensive loss related to its related party term debt.
Note 9 – Members’ Equity:
Common Units
The Company had the following transactions in its common units during the year ended December 31, 2018:
The Company issued 148,627 shares of the Company’s common units to employees and consultants of the Company as compensation under the Equity Incentive Plan. The value of the units amounted to $430,811 and has been recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017.
The Company had the following transactions in its common units during the year ended December 31, 2017:
The Company issued an aggregate of 4,796,457 shares of the Company’s common units at a purchase price of $1.29 per share. The proceeds were approximately $6,170,000.
F-77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company issued 391,997 shares of the Company’s common units to an employee and a service provider of the Company as compensation. The value of the units amounted to $916,293 and has been recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Series A Preferred Units
In December 2018, the Company completed a private placement and issued Series A Preferred Units to unrelated parties for $2.40 per unit.
Until a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Company Operating Agreement, “Agreement”), any holder of Series A Preferred Units may, at any time prior to or simultaneously with a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Agreement), without the payment of additional consideration by the Series A Preferred Member, convert all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Units (including any fraction of a Unit) held by such Member into a number of Common Units based on a Series A Preferred Unit conversion price as defined in the Agreement.
The initial “Conversion Price” shall be the Original Purchase Price per Series A Preferred Unit. In order to prevent dilution of the conversion rights granted under this Agreement, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted for any unit splits, unit combinations, unit “dividends”, recapitalizations or similar transactions with respect to such Series A Preferred Units after the issuance of such Series A Preferred Units and also shall be subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to the Agreement.
All of the outstanding Series A Preferred Units shall be automatically converted into a number of Common Units equal to (i) the total number of outstanding Series A Preferred Units multiplied by the Adjusted Original Purchase Price, divided by (ii) the Conversion Price then in effect without any further action on the part of the Company or any holder of Series A Preferred Units, upon (i) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering or (ii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by the vote or written consent of the Unanimous Consent of the Series A Managers.
As detailed above, the Company early adopted ASU 2017-11 and accounted for Series A Preferred Units as an equity instrument.
The following summarizes the Company’s shares of common units as of December 31, 2018:
The Company issued an aggregate of 2,162,536 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Units at a purchase price of $2.29 per unit. The proceeds were approximately $4,668,000, net of $532,000 of share issuance costs.
No transactions were consummated during the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the Series A Preferred Units.
Equity Incentive Plan
In December 2018, the Company executed a limited liability company agreement by and among its members. As part of the agreement, an equity incentive plan was created whereby common units are or may be granted to an employee, consultant, officer, director, manager or other service provider of the Company. The aggregate number of common units issued pursuant to the plan, together with the aggregate number of profits interest units issued pursuant to any profits interest plan shall not exceed eight percent 8% of the total units outstanding. Therefore, the Company has 1,097,552 available units to issue under the plan as of December 31, 2018. The value of these units are estimated at the common unit fair market value of $2.40 per unit.
In November 2018, the Company awarded an affiliate of the managing member 274,388 available units under the Equity Incentive Plan in connection with its performance of services to the Company. Fifty percent of these incentive units shall vest immediately, and then subject to continuous service being rendered, the remaining incentive units shall vest in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on the effective date of the Plan which is December 2018.
Note 10 – Operating Lease Commitments:
The Company leases its office and warehouse facilities under an agreement, which originally expired in November 2018. This agreement was modified in January 2016 for additional space leased. With this modification, the rent term was also revised and extended for an additional 72 months beginning June 2016, at a base price of $12.15 per square foot, with a 3.5% annual escalation clause and a one-time option to renew the lease for an additional 5 year term. In addition to base monthly rent, the agreement requires the Company to pay its proportionate share of real estate taxes, insurance, and common area maintenance expenses.
F-78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rent expense under this arrangement amounted to $219,262 and $128,457 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Future minimum commitments under this agreement is as follows at December 31, 2018:
Year Ending December 31,
 
2019
$257,296
2020
295,740
2021
295,740
2022
123,075
2023
 
$971,850
Note 11 – Material Service Agreements:
Material service agreements consummated with related parties:
Financial and Accounting Personnel
The Company entered into an agreement in December 2018 for assistance and support regarding its financial operation and capital raise efforts, and can be terminated at any time by either party with a 60 day notice with an affiliate of the managing member. The agreement requires payments amounting to $21,160 every 4 weeks through December 2020. Payments related to this agreement amounted to $48,312 for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Management Services
The Company pays an entity owned by one of its members for management services that can be terminated at any time by either party. Payments related to this arrangement amounted to approximately $477,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Finder’s Fee and Other Services
The Company paid a finders’ fee of $300,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018 to an entity owned by one of its members. Additionally, the Company paid approximately $437,000 to this entity for other professional services rendered. No such fees were paid to this entity in 2017.
Material service agreements consummated with third parties:
Financial and Accounting Personnel
The Company entered into an agreement in December 2018 for accounting management services for a fee of $5,770 to be paid every 2 weeks. Prior to this, the same company was performing similar services in 2018 for $3,600 every 2 weeks. Payments related to this agreement amounted to $37,710 for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Supply Chain and Inventory Control Management
The Company entered into an agreement with an independent contractor for supply chain and inventory control services in March 2017 for $1,100 per month. Payments related to this agreement amounted to $57,200 and $29,950 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Marketing Services
The Company entered into an agreement with an independent contractor for dedicated marketing measurement management in March 2018 for $2,995 per week. The contract can be terminated by either party with a 30 day written notice. Payments related to this agreement amounted to $26,955 for the year ended December 31, 2018.
The Company entered into an agreement with an independent contractor for e-mail marketing services and related maintenance in November 2017 for $4,000 per month. The contract can be terminated by either party with a 30 day written notice. Payments related to this agreement amounted to $48,000 and $8,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
F-79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company entered into an agreement with an independent contractor for marketing services in March 2018 for $3,500 per month. The contract can be terminated by either party with a 30 day written notice. Payments related to this agreement amounted to $35,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Material service agreements consummated with third parties:
Placement and Selling Agent
In December 2018, the Company executed an agreement with a third party to assist them in identifying and negotiating with potential investors, assisting in due diligence, and other capital market functions for a term of 6 months. The agreement calls for a $0 base fee, but a 5% commission on cash proceeds obtained in exchange for shares or equity interest in the Company. The commissions can be paid in cash or equity in the Company. This agreement has an initial six month term, and subsequent to that, with a sixty day notice prior to the end of the initial term, the Company at its option may elect to extend this agreement for one successive twelve month term. Payments related to this agreement amounted to $110,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018, and is capitalized to related private placement as costs of issuance.
Consulting and Business Advisory Services
In September 2018, the Company executed an agreement with two third parties to assist them in brand alignment, introductions to potential investors as well as introductions to others who could provide assistance to the Company. The agreement calls for a referral fee paid of the following:
6% of any deal completed with a person or entity that was referred by the third parties up to $10,000,000.
3% of $10,000,001 – $20,000,000.
1.5% above $20,000,001
This agreement has an initial term of one year with automatic renewal for successive one year terms. Either party can terminate the agreement with a thirty day written notice. Payments related to this agreement amounted to $132,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018, and is capitalized to related private placement as costs of issuance.
Note 12 – Royalties:
The Company entered into an agreement for the payment of royalties related to sales of the Orapup brand dental system in November 2015. The agreement calls for a 10% royalty to be paid on the first $2.5 million of related sales for a term of 3 years. Subsequent to this, commencing on the earlier of the 3 year term, or the sales ceiling of $2.5 million has been reached, a 2% royalty will be paid thereafter on the sales of the Orapup brand. In November 2018, the parties reached a settlement whereby the Company paid $100,000 to fulfill all of their present and future obligations related to this agreement. As such, in addition to this payment, royalty expense amounted to $3,091 and $15,011 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, all of which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Note 13 – Concentration of Credit Risk:
The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivables. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with primarily one financial institution. At times, such amounts may be in excess of the FDIC insured limit. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances.
The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and, as a consequence, believes that its accounts receivable credit risk exposure is limited.
Note 14 – Major Suppliers:
The Company purchased approximately 70% and 54% of its inventories from one vendor for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Additionally, the Company primarily utilized one vendor for outsourced manufacturing of their meals for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.
F-80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 15 – Subsequent Events:
Management has evaluated subsequent events through the date on which the financial statements were issued.
Award of Incentive Units
In January 2019, the Company awarded the following individuals or entities available units of the Equity Incentive Plan:
Anthony Santarsiero – 397,862 units
Michelle Ruble, supply chain and inventory control management (see Note 10) – 137,194 units
Will Mullis – 137,194 units
Provisions under these award agreements call for continuous service to the Company and will vest over a 3 year period unless a deemed liquidation or business combination event occurs, whereby the units will become 100% vested prior to consummation of such event.
Plan and Exchange Agreement
In February 2019, the Company entered into a securities and exchange agreement with Better Choice Company Inc. (“BCC”) (formerly Sports Endurance, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, TruPet LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“TruPet”), and the holders of the Membership Interests of TruPet. The TruPet Members will sell, convey, transfer and assign to BCC, free and clear of all Encumbrances or known claims of any kind, nature or description, all of the issued and outstanding Membership Interests of TruPet on a fully diluted basis (the “TruPet Exchange Consideration”). The agreement is subject to certain conditions to close disclosed in article 6 of the agreement. Immediately after the consummation of the transaction the TruPet Members, in the aggregate, shall own 38.2% of the voting power and 38.2% of the economic interests in BCC.
F-81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Bona Vida, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Bona Vida Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, and the related statements of loss and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from the date of incorporation, March 29, 2018 to December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements).
In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company is dependent upon future sources of equity financing in order to fund its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
Toronto, Ontario
April 9, 2019
F-82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BONA VIDA, INC.
Balance Sheet
As at December 31, 2018
 
Note
 
Assets
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$1,123,968
Prepaid expenses and deposits
3
540,686
Total current assets
 
1,664,654
Intangible assets
 
9,270
Total assets
 
$1,673,924
Liabilities
 
 
Accrued liabilities
6
$115,946
Warrants
4
1,125,861
Total liabilities
 
1,241,807
Shareholders’ equity
 
 
Capital Stock
4
2,889
Preferred shares, 10,000,000 authorized, nil issued and outstanding;
 
 
Common stock, 75,000,000 authorized, par value $0.0001, 46,687,200 issued and outstanding
 
 
Additional paid in capital
4
3,594,915
Shares to be issued
5
9,546
Contributed surplus
5
94,172
Deficit
 
(3,269,405)
Total shareholders’ equity
 
432,117
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
$1,673,924
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
F-83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BONA VIDA, INC.
Statement of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
From the date of incorporation, March 29, 2018 to December 31, 2018
 
Note
2018
For the period ended December 31,
 
 
Expenses
 
 
Finance placement fees
4
$12,526
Salary and benefits
 
153,241
Selling, general and administrative
 
277,028
Loss on advanced royalties
7
500,000
Stock based compensation
5
1,390,718
Fair value adjustment on warrants
4
935,892
 
 
3,269,405
Net loss and comprehensive loss
 
$3,269,405
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
 
32,597,423
Loss per share basic and diluted
 
$0.10
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
F-84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BONA VIDA, INC.
Statement of Changes in Equity
From the date of incorporation, March 29, 2018 to December 31, 2018
 
Note
Equity Interest
Shares to be
issued
Contributed
Surplus
Deficit
Total
Equity
 
Number
Amount
APIC
Balance as at March 29, 2018
 
$
$
$
Shares issued to founders
4
17,800,000
Shares issued pursuant to private placement
4
10,600,000
1,060
316,940
318,000
Shares issued pursuant to units offering
4
12,287,200
1,229
1,991,575
1,992,804
Shares issued pursuant to services provided
5
6,000,000
600
1,286,400
9,546
1,296,546
Share-Based payments
 
94,172
94,172
Net loss for the period
 
(3,269,405)
(3,269,405)
Balance as at December 31, 2018
 
46,687,200
2,889
3,594,915
9,546
94,172
(3,269,405)
432,117
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
F-85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BONA VIDA, INC.
Statement of Cash Flows
From the date of incorporation, March 29, 2018 to December 31, 2018
 
Note
 
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities
 
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss
 
$(3,269,405)
Adjustments for non-cash items and others
 
 
Stock based compensation
5
1,390,718
Change in FV of Warrants
4
935,892
 
 
(942,795)
Adjustments for net changes in non-cash operating assets and liabilities
 
 
Prepaid expenses and deposits
3
(540,686)
Accrued liabilities
 
115,946
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(1,367,535)
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
Purchase of intangible assets
 
(9,270)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(9,270)
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
Shares/warrants issued pursuant to units offering, net of transaction costs
 
2,182,773
Shares issued pursuant to private placement
 
318,000
Net cash from financing activities
 
��
2,500,773
Net change in cash during the period
 
1,123,968
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
Cash, end of period
 
$1,123,968
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
F-86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BONA VIDA, INC.
Notes to the Financial Statements
From the date of incorporation, March 29, 2018 to December 31, 2018
Note 1 – Nature Of Operations And Going Concern
Bona Vida, Inc. (“Bona Vida,” or the “Company”) was originally formed as a Limited Liability Company (LLC) under the laws of the State of California on March 29, 2018. On October 4, 2018, Bona Vida was converted to a Corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware. Bona Vida is developing a portfolio of brand and product verticals within the animal and adult CBD supplement space. The Company is currently working on launching several hemp-derived CBD products within the canine supplements space.
The Company entered into a Trademark License Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated December 21, 2018, with a Company’s shareholder (the “shareholder”) who is the owner of the trademark application for “Bonavida”. Under the Agreement, the shareholder agrees for the nominal consideration to establish the Company’s right to use the trademark for the Business Purpose. Furthermore, the shareholder shall assign the trademark application to the Company once a lawful statement of use or declaration of use is filed at the United States Patent and Trademark Office such that the Company becomes the Assignee and owner of the mark. The Company is the owner and assignee of a US trademark application for “Bona Vida” in international class 005 for animal feed additives for use as nutritional supplements and international class 031 for foodstuffs for animals and pet treats.
Going Concern
There is no certainty that the Company will be successful in generating sufficient cash flow from operations or achieving and maintaining profitable operations in the future to enable it to meet its obligations as they come due and consequently continue as a going concern. The Company will require additional financing to fund its operations and it is currently working on securing this funding through corporate collaborations, public or private equity offerings, as described in Note 8. Sales of additional equity securities by the Company would result in the dilution of the interests of existing shareholders. There can be no assurance that financing will be available when required.
The Company expects the forgoing, or a combination thereof, to meet the Company’s anticipated cash requirements for the next 12 months; however, these conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
These financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as a going concern, which presumes that it will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business as they come due. These financial statements do not reflect the adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported expenses and statement of balance sheet classifications that would be necessary if the Company was unable to realize its assets and settle its liabilities as a going concern in the normal course of operations. Such adjustments could be material.
Note 2 – Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies
Statement of compliance
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) in effect on December 31, 2018. The significant accounting policies applied by the Company are described below.
Basis of measurement
The financial statements of the Company are presented using and have been prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost convention except for certain financial instruments that are measured at fair value, as explained in the accounting policies below. Historical cost is measured as the fair value of the consideration provided in exchange for goods and services. The Company’s functional and presentation currency is United States dollars (“USD”).
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits held with banks and highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of ninety days or less at acquisition date. For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all cash accounts that are not subject to withdrawal restrictions or penalties to be cash and cash equivalents.
F-87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intangible Assets
Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts of the asset group may not be recoverable. The estimated useful lives and amortization methods are reviewed at the end of each reporting year, with the effect of any changes in the estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. In the reporting period, the Company purchased a website domain which is still under development and not available for use as of December 31, 2018 and thus has not been amortized.
Derivative Warrant Liability
The Company’s derivative warrant instruments are measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes Model which takes into account, as of the valuation date, factors including the current exercise price, the expected life of the warrant, the current price of the underlying stock and its expected volatility, expected dividends on the stock and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the warrant. The liability is revalued at each reporting period and changes in fair value are recognized in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss.
Basic and diluted loss per share
Basic and diluted loss per share has been determined by dividing the net loss available to shareholders for the applicable period by the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding, respectively. The diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding is calculated as if all dilutive options had been exercised or vested at the later of the beginning of the reporting period or date of grant, using the treasury stock method. Common share equivalents, options and warrants are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share when their effect is anti-dilutive.
Income Taxes
Deferred taxation is recognized using the asset and liability method, on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. However, the deferred taxation is not recognized if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred taxation is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred taxation asset is realized, or the deferred taxation liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.
A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.
Share-Based Payment Expense
The Company follows the fair value method of accounting for stock awards granted to employees, directors, officers and consultants. Share-based awards to employees are measured at the fair value of the related share-based awards. Share-based payments to others are valued based on the related services rendered or goods received or if this cannot be reliably measured, on the fair value of the instruments issued. Issuances of shares are valued using the fair value of the shares at the time of grant; issuances of options are valued using the Black-Scholes model with assumptions based on historical experience and future expectations. The Company recognizes share-based payment expenses over the vesting period based on expectations of the number of awards expected to vest over that period on a straight-line basis.
Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments recognized in the balance sheet and included in working capital consist of cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and deposits, accrued liabilities and warrants. Cash and cash equivalents, and warrants are measured at fair value each reporting period. The fair values of the remaining financial instruments approximate their carrying values due to their short-term maturities.
F-88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company’s financial instruments exposed to credit risk include cash and cash equivalents. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with institutions of high creditworthiness.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company has applied the framework for measuring fair value which requires a fair value hierarchy to be applied to all fair value measurements.
All financial instruments recognized at fair value in the balance sheet are classified into one of three levels in the fair value hierarchy as follows:
Level 1 – valuation based on quoted prices (unadjusted) observed in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – valuation techniques based on inputs that are quoted prices of similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices used in a valuation model that are observable for that instrument; and inputs that are derived from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3 – valuation techniques with significant unobservable market inputs.
All of the Company’s financial instruments, except warrants, were determined to be Level 1 fair value measurement. The warrants were determined to be Level 3 fair value.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of AmericaU.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the datesdate of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods.
The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believedthe Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances,circumstances. On an ongoing basis, the results of which form the basis for makingCompany evaluates these assumptions, judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.estimates.
Critical accounting estimates are reviewed and discussed withIn the Boardopinion of Directors. The Company considers an accounting estimate to be critical if it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain atmanagement, the timecondensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the estimate was made, if changes in the estimate or if different estimates that could have been selected would have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations orand comprehensive loss for the periods ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the financial condition.position as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and the cash flows for the periods ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.
Significant estimates and assumptions that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognizedGoing Concern Considerations
The Company is subject to risks common in the financial statements relate to,pet wellness consumer market including, but are not limited to, dependence on key personnel, competitive forces, successful marketing and sale of its products, the following:
Share-based payments
Valuationsuccessful protection of stock-based compensation requires managementits proprietary technologies, ability to make estimates regarding the inputs for option pricing models, such as the share price, expected life of the option, the volatility of the Company’s stock price, the vesting period of the optiongrow into new markets, and the risk-free interest rate are used. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The estimates are considered for each new grant of stock options.
Fair value of financial instruments
The individual fair values attributed to the different components of a financing transaction, and/or derivative financial instruments, are determined using valuation techniques. The Company uses judgment to select the methods used to make certain assumptions and in performing the fair value calculations. These valuation estimates could be significantly different because of the use of judgment and the inherent uncertainty in estimating the fair value of these instruments that are not quoted in an active market.
Effects of Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The Company has reviewed the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) accounting pronouncement and interpretations thereof that have effective dates during the reporting period and in future periods. The Company hascompliance with government
F-89F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

carefully consideredregulations. As of March 31, 2021, the new pronouncementsCompany has not experienced a significant adverse impact to its business, financial condition or cash flows resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. However, uncertainties regarding the continued economic impact of COVID-19 are likely to result in sustained market turmoil which could also negatively impact the Company's business, financial condition, and cash flows in the future. The Company has continually incurred losses and has an accumulated deficit. The Company continues to rely on current investors and the public markets to finance these losses through debt and/or equity issuances. These operating losses, working capital deficit and the outstanding debt create substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from the date these condensed consolidated financial statements are issued.
The Company is implementing plans to achieve cost savings and other strategic objectives to address these conditions. The Company expects cost savings from consolidation of third-party manufacturers, optimizing shipping and warehousing as well as overhead cost reductions. The business is focused on successful completion of capital raises and growing the most profitable channels while reducing investments in areas that alter previous generally acceptedare not expected to have long-term benefits. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and payments of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, the condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount of and classification of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
For additional information, please refer to our most recently filed Annual Report regarding the Company's summary of significant accounting principlespolicies.
New Accounting Standards
Recently adopted
ASU 2020-03 “Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments”
In March 2020, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-03, Codification Improvement to Financial Instruments. This ASU improves and doesclarifies various financial instruments topics, including the current expected credit losses standard issued in 2016. The ASU includes seven different issues that describe the areas of improvement and the related amendments to GAAP, intended to make the standards easier to understand and apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. The amendments have different effective dates, some of which were effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2021. The amendments adopted did not believe that any new or modified principles will have a material impact on the Company’s reported balance sheet or operations in 2019.condensed consolidated financial statements.
On February 25, 2016,ASU 2019-12 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, LeasesNo. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 842).740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This update will require organizations that lease assets to recognizenew guidance was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2021 and did not have an impact on the balance sheets the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The new guidance will also require additional disclosures about the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The provisions of this update are effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018.Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.
Issued but not yet adopted
ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326)”
In June 2016, the FASB issued Topic ASU No. 2016-13 “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses: Measurement ofInstruments - Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326),(“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 changesa new standard to replace the incurred loss impairment model for most financial assets.methodology under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The new model uses a forward-looking expected loss method, which will generally result in earlier recognition of allowances for losses. ASU 2016-13standard is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019the Company on January 1, 2023, and early adoption is permitted for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018.permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2020-04 “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting”
In January 2017,March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides optional expedient and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Testexceptions for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). The standard provides for the elimination of Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. If impairment charges are recognized, the amount recorded will be the amountapplying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value with certain limitations. The ASU is effective for public companies for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2020, and early adoption is permitted.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The amendments in this Update expand the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The requirements of Topic 718 should be applied to nonemployee awards except for specific guidance on inputs to an option pricing model and the attribution of cost. The amendments specific that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The amendments also clarify that Topic 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. These amendments are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018.
Note 3 – Prepaid Expenses And Deposits
Prepaid expenses and deposits comprised the following as at December 31:
2018
Other deposits
$34,436
Inventory deposit
506,250
$540,686
The inventory deposit constitutes deposit with one supplier for pet related food products.
Note 4 – Common Stock And Common Share Purchase Warrants
Common Stock
In October 2018, upon Company’s conversion from LLC to Corporation as detailed in Note 1, 73,500 LLC units were converted to 29,400,000 common shares. 2,500 LLC units (1,000,000 common shares) were issued in April 2018 to a third-party consultant for services provided, as detailed in Note 5.
The Company is authorized to issue 75,000,000 common stock and 10,000,000 preferred stock, each with a par value of $0.0001.
There were no issued and outstanding preferred shares as of December 31, 2018.
F-90F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Commonreference rate reform if certain criteria are met. In response to the concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs) and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. The ASU provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential accounting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. The ASU can be adopted no later than December 1, 2022 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
ASU 2020-06 “Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity
In August 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging - Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity's Own Equity. This ASU reduces the number of accounting models for convertible instruments, amends diluted EPS calculations for convertible instruments, and amends the requirements for a contract (or embedded derivative) that is potentially settled in an entity’s own shares as at December 31, 2018 are detailedto be classified in the table below:
 
Number of
Common
Shares
Amount,
$
APIC,
$
Opening balance - March 29, 2018
Shares issued during the period
28,400,000
1,060
316,940
Shares issued pursuant to services
6,000,000
600
1,286,400
Units private placement on October 5, 2018
12,287,200
1,229
1,991,575
Balance- December 31, 2018
46,687,200
2,889
3,594,915
Units private placement
On October 5, 2018,equity. This standard is effective for the Company completed a private placement offeringbeginning on January 1, 2024 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of units for aggregate gross proceeds of $3,071,800 Canadian Dollars (CAD) ($2,326,820). A total of 12,287,200 units were issued. Each unit was sold at a price of CAD $0.25 ($0.19) per unit. Each unit was comprised of one common sharethis standard on its consolidated financial statements and one half of one common share purchase warrant, each whole warrant being exercisable to purchase one common share at an exercise price of CAD $0.75 ($0.57) for a period of 18 months following the date of issuance.related disclosures.
Since the warrants’ exercise price is denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, the warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock and thus meet the definition of a financial liability.Note 2 - Revenue
The Company estimated a fair valuerecords revenue net of the warrants as $189,969 on issuance date, October 5, 2018,discounts, which primarily consist of early pay discounts, general percentage allowances and $1,125,861 as remeasured at December 31, 2018. The fair value adjustment of $935,892 was recorded in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss.
The fair value of the warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model based on the following assumptions:
Share price
$0.178 - $0.45
Stock price volatility
107% - 108%
Expected life of the warrants
1.25 - 1.5 years
Risk free rate
1.86% - 2.32%
Inter-relationship between key unobservable inputs and fair value measurement at December 31, 2018:
If the share price was lower (higher) by 10%, the fair value would decrease (increase) by $163,954 ($205,025).
If the volatility was lower (higher) by 10%, the fair value would decrease (increase) by $90,069 ($135,103).
Total units’ issuance cost was $156,572, $12,525 of which was assigned to warrants which are accounted for as a derivative liability and is recorded in the reporting period in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss.contractual trade promotions.
The Company hadexcludes sales taxes collected from revenues. Retail-partner based customers are not subject to sales tax.
The Company’s direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) loyalty program enables customers to accumulate points based on their spending. A portion of revenue is deferred at the following warrants outstanding attime of sale when points are earned and recognized when the loyalty points are redeemed. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2018
Grant date
Warrants
Exercise
Price
($)
Expiry
October 5, 2018
6,143,600
0.57
April 4, 2020
Note 5 – Share-Based Payments2020, customers held unredeemed loyalty program awards of $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
DuringShipping Costs
Shipping costs associated with moving finished products to customers were $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the periodthree months ended DecemberMarch 31, 2018,2021 and 2020, respectively. Such shipping costs are recorded as part of general and administrative expenses.
Revenue Channels
The Company groups its revenue channels into four distinct categories: E-Commerce, which includes the Company issued 3,300,000 stock purchase optionssale of product to online retailers such as Amazon and 6,000,000 common sharesChewy; Brick & Mortar, which includes the sale of product to directors, officerspet specialty chains such as Petco, PetSmart, select grocery chains, and service providersneighborhood pet stores; DTC which includes the sale of product through the Company's online web platform to more than 20,000 unique customers; and International, which includes the sale of product to foreign distribution partners (transacted in U.S. dollars) and to select international retailers. Information about the Company’s net sales by revenue channel is as share based compensation. The value of the shares given was based on recent financing transactions, the fair value of options was estimated using Black-Scholes valuation model based on the assumptions as detailed below.follows (in thousands):
Common shares:
In April 2018 the Company issued 1,000,000 common shares, which were estimated at $0.125 per share, to a third-party consultant for legal services provided.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2021
2020
E-commerce
$4,010
37%
$4,481
37%
Brick & Mortar
1,894
18%
2,897
23%
DTC
2,436
22%
2,804
23%
International
2,490
23%
2,044
17%
Net Sales
$10,830
100%
$12,226
100%
F-91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In October 2018 the Company issued 1,000,000 common shares, which were estimated at $0.178 per share, to original founders for services provided.
On October 5, 2018, the Board of Directors for the Company authorized the employment agreement for a Chief Executive Officer and awarded 3,000,000 shares of common stock, which were estimated at $0.178 per share, as compensation.
On December 21, 2018, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized and issued 1,000,000 common shares, which were estimated at $0.45 per share, to the Bona Vida management team in consideration of the management team joining the Company.
On October 5, 2018, the Company allocated 300,000 shares of common stock to management which will be issued in equal portions over two years (50% end of year 1 and 50% end of year 2). The shares were estimated at $0.178 per share and the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense $9,546 in its statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the reporting period.
Stock purchase options:
On October 5, 2018, the Company issued 1,700,000 stock purchase options at an exercise price of $1.00 to its management. 1,000,000 stock purchase options vests after a one-year period and 700,000 stock purchase options vests after a two-year period; all 1,700,000 stock purchase options are exercisable for ten years from the grant date.
On October 29, 2018, the Company issued 600,000 stock purchase option at an exercise price of $0.45 to its directors. These options vest after a one-year period and are exercisable for ten years from the grant date.
On November 21, 2018, the Company issued 600,000 stock purchase option at an exercise price of $1.00 to third party consultants. These options vest after a one-year period and are exercisable for ten years from the grant date.
On December 21, 2018, the Company issued 400,000 stock purchase option at an exercise price of $0.45 to its directors. These options vest after a one-year period and are exercisable for ten years from the grant date.
The components of stock purchase options are detailed in the table below.
 
Date of
grant
Vesting
period
(years)
Number
Exercise
price
($)
Share-
based
payment
expense
($)
Share
price
($)
Risk-
free
rate
Volatility
Dividend
yield
Expiry
(years)
Option grant
10/05/18
1
1,000,000
1.00
35,141
0.178
2.32
108%
Nil
10
Option grant
10/05/18
2
700,000
1.00
12,299
0.178
2.32
108%
Nil
10
Option grant
10/29/18
1
600,000
0.45
16,197
0.178
2.32
108%
Nil
10
Option grant
11/21/18
1
600,000
1.00
26,008
0.45
1.86
107%
Nil
10
Option grant
12/21/18
1
400,000
0.45
4,527
0.45
1.86
107%
Nil
10
Total options grant
 
 
3,300,000
 
94,172
 
 
 
 
 
As at December 31, 2018, all stock options granted remained outstanding and not exercisable.
Note 6 – Related Party Transactions And Balances
As at December 31, 2018, the Company had an amount owing to the officers of the Company of $57,177 for salary and bonus which is recorded in accrued liabilities.
A total of $1,049,410 was recognized during the period ended December 31, 2018, for share-based payments expense to directors and officers of the Company.
Note 7 – Loss On Advanced Royalties
In May 2018, the Company advanced $500,000 as well as the rights to purchase common stock to a celebrity endorser in order to obtain the rights to use the name, likeness and endorsement services of said celebrity. In December 2018 the deal was terminated, after the advances were already paid out. Bona Vida waived the right to claim the $500,000 advance, and the celebrity waived the rights to Bona Vida’s shares.
F-92F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 8 – Income Taxes3 - Inventories
Inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Food, treats and supplements
$4,439
$4,987
Inventory packaging and supplies
503
596
Total Inventories
4,942
5,583
Inventory reserve
(360)
(714)
Inventories, net
$4,582
$4,869
Note 4 - Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Prepaid advertising contract with iHeart (1)
$2,500
$1,788
Other prepaid expenses and other current assets (2)
1,758
2,286
Total Prepaid expenses and other current assets
$4,258
$4,074
(1)
On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into a radio advertising agreement with iHeart Media + Entertainment, Inc. and issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $3.4 million for future advertising services. The Company issued an additional 125,000 shares valued at $0.1 million on March 5, 2020 pursuant to the agreement. The current portion of the remaining value, reflected above, is the remaining value of services that are required to be utilized within the next twelve months, unless the term is extended. The long-term portion of the remaining value of $0.5 million and $1.2 million was recorded in other non-current assets as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
(2)
As of March 31, 2021, this amount includes various other prepaid contracts. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company entered into an agreement for access to an investment platform in exchange for 500,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.5 million and also entered into an agreement for marketing services in exchange for 500,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.5 million.
Note 5 - Accrued liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Accrued professional fees
$225
$704
Accrued sales tax
412
1,009
Accrued payroll and benefits
1,147
913
Accrued trade promotions
112
106
Accrued interest
24
86
Other
170
185
Total accrued liabilities
$2,090
$3,003
Note 6 - Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill
Intangible assets
The reconciliationCompany’s intangible assets (in thousands) and related useful lives (in years) are as follows:
 
Estimated
Useful Life
Gross
Carrying
Amount
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
 
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Customer relationships
7
$7,190
$(1,317)
$5,873
$(1,059)
$6,131
Trade name
15
7,500
(641)
6,859
(516)
6,984
Total intangible assets
 
$14,690
$(1,958)
$12,732
$(1,575)
$13,115
Amortization expense was $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The estimated future amortization of intangible assets over the remaining weighted average useful life of 10.0 years is as follows (in thousands):
Remainder of 2021
$1,145
2022
1,527
2023
1,527
2024
1,527
2025
1,527
Thereafter
5,479
 
$12,732
There were no indicators or impairment of the combined U.S. federalintangible assets as of March 31, 2021.
Goodwill
Goodwill was $18.6 million as of March 31, 2021 and state statutory income taxDecember 31, 2020, respectfully. The Company performed a quantitative assessment for its annual impairment test as of October 1, 2020. Under the quantitative approach, the Company makes various estimates and assumptions to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and earnings multiples for guideline public companies. As of March 31, 2021, there was no accumulated impairment loss and no impairment expense related to goodwill.
Note 7 - Debt
The components of the Company’s debt consist of the following (in thousands):
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Dollars in thousands
Amount
Rate
Maturity Date
Amount
Rate
Maturity Date
Term loan, net
$5,847
(1)
1/6/2024
$7,826
(2)
1/15/2021
Line of credit, net
4,781
(1)
1/6/2024
5,023
(3)
7/5/2022
November 2019 notes payable, net
(November 2019 Notes)
2,927
10.00%
6/30/2023
2,830
10.00%
6/30/2023
December 2019 senior notes payable, net
(Senior Seller Notes)
10,679
10.00%
6/30/2023
10,332
10.00%
6/30/2023
December 2019 junior notes payable, net
(Junior Seller Notes)
5,153
10.00%
6/30/2023
4,973
10.00%
6/30/2023
ABG Notes
702
10.00%
6/30/2023
687
10.00%
6/30/2023
June 2020 notes payable, net
(June 2020 Notes)
148
10.00%
6/30/2023
88
10.00%
6/30/2023
Halo PPP Loan
431
1.00%
5/3/2022
431
1.00%
5/3/2022
TruPet PPP Loan
421
0.98%
4/6/2022
421
0.98%
4/6/2022
Total debt
31,089
 
 
32,611
 
 
Less current portion
943
 
 
8,016
 
 
Total long term debt
$30,146
 
 
$24,595
 
 
(1)
Interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points with an interest rate floor of 2.50% per annum
(2)
Interest at Bank of Montreal Prime plus 8.05%
(3)
Interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum
Term loans and lines of credit
On December 19, 2019, the Company entered into a Loan Facilities Agreement (the “Facilities Agreement”) by and among the Company, as the borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”) and a private debt lender, as agent (the “Agent”). The Facilities Agreement provided for (i) a term loan facility of $20.5 million and (ii) a revolving loan facility not to exceed $7.5 million. The term loan was scheduled to mature on December 19, 2020 or such earlier date on which a demand was made by the Agent or any Lender, and was extended as discussed below. The remaining revolving credit facility balance of $5.1 million was repaid in full with a portion of the proceeds from the ABL Facility, discussed below, and resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.1 million.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain directors and shareholders of the Company (“Shareholder Guarantors”) agreed to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Facilities Agreement up to an aggregate amount of $20.0 million pursuant to a Continuing Guarantee between the Shareholder Guarantors and the lender under the Facilities Agreement (the “Shareholder Guaranties”). As consideration for the Shareholder Guaranties, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants to the Shareholder Guarantors in an amount equal to 0.325 warrants for each dollar of debt guaranteed by such Shareholder Guarantors (the “Guarantor Warrants”).
On July 16, 2020, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit with Citizens Business Bank in the aggregate amount of $7.5 million (the “ABL Facility”). The proceeds of the ABL Facility were used (i) to repay all principal, interest and fees outstanding under the Company’s previous revolving credit facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. Debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million were incurred related to the Company entering into this revolving line of credit.
The ABL Facility was scheduled to mature on July 5, 2022 and bore interest at a variable rate of 27.98%LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum. Accrued interest on the ABL Facility was payable monthly commencing on August 5, 2020. The ABL Agreement provided for customary financial covenants, such as maintaining a specified adjusted EBITDA and a maximum senior debt leverage ratio, that commenced on December 31, 2020 and customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to failure to make payment, bankruptcy, breaches of representations and material adverse effects. The Company prepaid all of the outstanding principal under the ABL Facility in full and did not incur any prepayment charges.
The ABL Facility was secured by a general security interest on the assets of the Company and was personally guaranteed by a member of the Company’s board of directors.
On October 5, 2020, the Company paid down the term loan by $11.0 million using proceeds from the Series F Private Placement. On October 29, 2020, the Company made an additional pay down on the term loan of $1.0 million using additional proceeds from the Series F Private Placement.
On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into the fifth amendment to the Facilities Agreement, extending the maturity date of the term loan to January 15, 2021.
On January 6, 2021, Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc. (“Halo”) entered into a credit facility with Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wintrust Bank, N.A. (“Wintrust”) consisting of a $6.0 million term loan and a $6.0 million revolving line of credit, each scheduled to mature on January 6, 2024 and each bear interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 2.50% per annum (the “Wintrust Credit Facility”). Accrued interest on the Wintrust Facility is payable monthly commencing on February 1, 2021. Principal payments are required to be made monthly on the term loan commencing February 2021 with a balloon payment upon maturity. The proceeds from the Wintrust Credit Facility were used (i) to repay the principal, interest and fees outstanding under the ABL Facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. We applied extinguishment accounting to the outstanding balances of the ABL Facility and term loan and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021. Debt issuance costs of $0.1 million were incurred related to the Wintrust Credit Facility.
The Wintrust Credit Facility subjects the Company to certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.25 to 1.00, tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The numerator in the fixed charge coverage ratio is the operating cash flow of Halo, defined as Halo EBITDA less cash paid for unfinanced Halo capital expenditures, income taxes and dividends. The denominator is fixed charges such as interest expense and principal payments paid or payable on other indebtedness attributable to Halo.
The Wintrust Credit Facility is secured by a general guaranty and security interest on the assets, including the intellectual property, of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company has also pledged all of the capital stock of Halo held by the Company as additional collateral. Furthermore, the Wintrust Credit Facility is supported by a collateral pledge by a member of the Company’s board of directors.
As of March 31, 2021, the term loan and line of credit outstanding under the Wintrust Credit Facility were $5.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the previous term loan and line of credit outstanding were $7.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs and discounts of less than $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The debt issuance costs and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method.
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.
Notes payable
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued $2.8 million of subordinated convertible notes (the “November 2019 Notes”) which carry a 10% interest rate and mature on November 4, 2021. The interest is payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. Payment in kind (“PIK”) interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the November 2019 Notes. The November 2019 Notes are convertible any time from the date of issuance and carried an initial conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price (defined as the price at which the Company’s stock will be sold in a future IPO).
The November 2019 Notes were amended on January 6, 2020. The amendment incorporates only the preferable terms of the Seller Notes as noted below, and all other terms and provisions of the November 2019 Notes remain in full force and effect. As amended, for so long as any event of default (as defined in the November 2019 Notes) exists, interest shall accrue on the November 2019 Notes principal at the default interest rate of 12.0% per annum, and such accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable.
The November 2019 Notes were amended for the second time on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share and extends the maturity date from November 4, 2021 to June 30, 2023. Under the applicable accounting guidance, the Company accounted for the change in conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of $0.3 million as a reduction to the carrying amount of the debt instrument by increasing the associated debt discount with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the November 2019 Notes outstanding were $2.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, net of discounts of $0.2 million and less than $0.3 million, respectively. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the November 2019 Notes using the effective interest method.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued $10.0 million and $5.0 million in senior subordinated convertible notes (the “Senior Seller Notes”) and junior subordinated convertible notes (the “Junior Seller Notes” and together with the Senior Seller Notes, the “Seller Notes”), respectively, to the sellers of Halo. The Seller Notes are convertible any time from the date of issuance and carry a 10% interest rate and mature on June 30, 2023. Interest is payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the Seller Notes. The Seller Notes carried a conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price.
The Seller Notes were amended on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share. The Company accounted for the change in the conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of less than of $0.3 million as a reduction to the carrying amounts of the debt instruments by increasing the associated debt discounts with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of March 31, 2021, the Senior Seller Notes outstanding were $10.7 million, net of discounts of $0.7 million, and the Junior Seller Notes outstanding were $5.2 million, net of discounts of $0.5 million. As of December 31, 2020, the Senior Seller Notes outstanding were $10.3 million, net of discounts of $0.8 million, and the Junior Seller Notes outstanding were $5.0 million, net of discounts of $0.5 million. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the Seller Notes using the effective interest method.
On January 13, 2020, the Company issued $0.6 million in senior subordinated convertible notes to Authentic Brands and Elvis Presley Enterprises (“ABG”) in connection with the termination of a previous licensing agreement (the “ABG Notes”). The terms of the ABG Notes match those of the Seller Notes, including conversion features convertible any time after the date of issuance, a 10% interest rate and maturity date of June 30, 2023. The interest is payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the ABG Notes. The ABG Notes carried an initial conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price.
In addition to issuing the ABG Notes, as part of the ABG termination on January 13, 2020, the Company paid ABG $0.1 million in cash, issued ABG 72,720 shares of the Company’s common stock, agreed to pay ABG $0.1 million
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in cash in four equal installments each month from July 31, 2020 through October 31, 2020 and issued ABG common stock purchase warrants (the “ABG Warrants”) equal to a fair value of $0.2 million.
The ABG Notes were amended on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share. The Company accounted for the change in the conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of less than $0.1 million as a reduction to the carrying amount of the debt instrument by decreasing the associated debt premium with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the ABG Notes outstanding were $0.7 million, including a debt premium of less than $0.1 million, respectively. The debt premium is being amortized over the life of the ABG Notes using the effective interest method.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “June 2020 Notes”) which carry a 10% interest rate and mature on June 30, 2023. The interest is payable quarterly in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the June 2020 Notes. The June 2020 Notes are convertible any time from the date of issuance and carry a conversion price $0.75 per share. The June 2020 Notes are also convertible automatically upon the Company’s consummation of an initial public offering or change in control (each as defined in the June 2020 Notes).
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the June 2020 Notes to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the note holders. The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) related to the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The BCF for the June 2020 Notes was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the beneficial conversion feature, based on relative fair value, and as a reduction to the carrying amount of the convertible instrument equal to the intrinsic value of the conversion feature limited to the proceeds amount allocated to the instrument. The discount recorded in connection with the BCF valuation is being accreted as interest expense over the term of the June 2020 Notes, using the effective interest rate method.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the June 2020 Notes outstanding were $0.1 million, net of discounts of $1.5 million, respectively. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the June 2020 Notes using the effective interest method.
The exercise, conversion or exchange of convertible securities, including for other securities, will dilute the percentage ownership of the Company’s stockholders. The dilutive effect of the exercise or conversion of these securities may adversely affect the Company’s ability to obtain additional capital.
The Company previously issued $0.1 million of Seller Notes to an executive in satisfaction of a transaction bonus pursuant to his employment agreement. These convertible notes remained outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Additionally, the Company previously issued $2.2 million of subordinated convertible notes to a member of the board of directors, which remain outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Interest expense related to the subordinated convertible notes was less than $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenant requirements and there were no events of default. All notes payable are subordinated to the term loan and line of credit.
PPP loans
On April 10, 2020, TruPet, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc., was granted a loan from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act (the “TruPet PPP Loan”). The loan matures on April 6, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 0.98% per annum, with interest and principal payable monthly, commencing on November 6, 2020. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the TruPet PPP Loan outstanding was $0.4 million.
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On May 7, 2020, Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc., was granted a loan from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the PPP (the “Halo PPP Loan”). The loan matures on May 3, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum, with interest and principal payable monthly, commencing on November 1, 2020. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Halo PPP Loan outstanding was $0.4 million.
Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the loans may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act. The Company has used all of the proceeds from the TruPet PPP Loan and the Halo PPP Loan for qualifying expenses and during April 2021, the Company applied for forgiveness for both of these loans.
The Company recorded interest expense related to its outstanding indebtedness of $0.8 million and $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively.
Fair Value
The fair value of the November 2019, Senior Seller Notes and Junior Seller Notes, ABG Notes and June 2020 Notes were approximately $2.6 million, $9.5 million, $4.7 million, $0.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2021. Fair value was determined by applying the income approach using a discounted cash flow model which primarily uses unobservable inputs (Level 3).
The carrying amounts of the Company's PPP loans approximate fair value due to the short term nature. The carrying amount for the Company’s term loan and line of credit approximate fair value as the instruments have variable interest rates that approximate market rates.
Note 8 - Commitments and contingencies
The Company had no material purchase obligations as of March 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020. The Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, rateor government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business resulting in loss contingencies. We accrue for loss contingencies when losses become probable and are reasonably estimable. If the reasonable estimate of the loss is a range and no amount within the range is a better estimate, the minimum amount of the range is recorded as a liability. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to expense in the period incurred and are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We do not accrue for contingent losses that are considered to be reasonably possible, but not probable; however, we disclose the range of such reasonably possible losses. Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed.
Litigation is subject to numerous uncertainties and the outcome of individual claims and contingencies is not predictable. It is possible that some legal matters for which reserves have or have not been established could result in an unfavorable outcome for the Company and any such unfavorable outcome could be of a material nature or have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Management is not aware of any claims or lawsuits that may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.
Note 9 - Convertible preferred stock
During October, 2020, the Company consummated an insider-led equity financing, including the transactions contemplated by a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) between the Company and certain accredited and sophisticated investors (the “Purchasers”) and an exchange agreement (the “Series E Exchange Agreement”) between the Company and Cavalry Fund LP (“Cavalry”), the holder of all of the Company’s previously outstanding Series E preferred stock.
Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company, in a private placement (the “Series F Private Placement”), issued and sold units (the “Series F Units”) to the Purchasers for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit. Each Unit consists of: (i) one share of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), which is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a value per share of common stock of $0.50; and (ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year period such number of shares of common stock (the “Series F Warrant Shares”) into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible at an exercise price per Warrant Share of $0.75. Pursuant to the Series F Private Placement, the Company raised approximately $18.2 million in gross cash proceeds, approximately $6.5 million of which was
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

invested by certain officers, directors, employees and associated related parties thereto of the Company. The Series F Shares were recorded at fair value on the date of issuance on an as converted basis.
Concurrently with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Purchasers entered into a registration rights agreement, (as amended by a certain first amendment dated October 29,2020, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company filed a registration statement which was declared effective by the SEC on February 16, 2021 to register the Warrant Shares and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock.
In connection with the consummation of the Series F Private Placement, on October 1, 2020, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware a Certificate of Designations which authorizes a total of 30,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and sets forth the designations, preferences, and rights of the Company's Series F Preferred Stock.
On October 1, 2020, the Company issued 14,264 Series F Units in conjunction with money received for the Series F Private Placement. In addition, pursuant to the Series E Exchange Agreement, on October 1, 2020, the Company issued 3,500 Series F Units to Cavalry in exchange for all of its outstanding Series E Preferred Stock. The exchange of Series E Preferred Shares resulted in a $5.4 million gain and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
On October 12, 2020 and October 23, 2020, the Company issued 1,106 and 2,832 Series F Units, respectively, in conjunction with the Series F Private Placement. In addition, on October 23, 2020, the Company issued an additional 100 shares of Series F Preferred Stock in conjunction with a marketing agreement.
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the Series F Preferred Stock on the dates of issuance to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the holders. The Company recorded a BCF related to the issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock. The BCF was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the beneficial conversion feature, based on fair value and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets limited to the proceeds amount allocated to the instrument.
The rights, preferences and privileges of Series F are as follows:
Ranking
Except to the extent the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock consent to the creation of a class of equity securities ranking senior to, or pari passu with, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock shall rank senior to all shares of capital stock of the Company with respect to preferences as to dividends, distributions and payments upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
Voting
As to matters submitted to the holders of the Common Stock, each holder of the Series F Preferred Stock will be entitled to such number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common stock issuable upon conversion of such holder’s Series F Preferred Stock and shall vote, or provide consent, together with the Common Stock as if they were a single class. The holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall vote as a separate class on matter affecting the terms of the Series F Preferred Stock, such as the authorization of a class of equity securities ranking senior to, or pari passu with, the Series F Preferred Stock.
Dividends
Holders of Series F Preferred Stock will not be entitled to receive dividends except to the extent that dividends are declared on the Series F Preferred Stock by the Company in its sole discretion or declared and made by the Company to holders of the Common Stock. In addition, if the Company grants, issues or sells any options, convertible securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to all or substantially all of the record holders of any class of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then each holder of Series F Preferred Stock will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could have acquired if such holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of all the Series F Preferred Stock (without taking into account any limitations or restrictions on the convertibility of the Series F Preferred Stock) held by such holder.
Liquidation
If the Company voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in cash out of the assets of the Company, whether from capital or from earnings available
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for distribution to its stockholders, before any amount shall be paid to the holders of any of shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series F Preferred Stock, an amount per share of Series F Preferred Stock equal to the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations, reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or other similar events occurring after the initial issuance date with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the “Stated Value”)) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends and late charges (such sum, the “Conversion Amount”). The rights of holders of Series F Preferred Stock to receive their liquidation preference also will be subject to the proportionate rights of capital stock, if any, ranking senior to or in parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to liquidation.
Optional Conversion
Subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations contained in the Certificate of Designations, holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert each share of outstanding Series F Preferred Stock held by such holder into such number of validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Amount of such share of Series F Preferred Stock divided by $0.50 (subject to adjustment, the “Conversion Price”).
Automatic Conversion
Each share of Series F Preferred Stock not previously converted into shares of Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the holders of such Series F Preferred Stock, be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Stated Value of such share of Series F Preferred Stock by the then applicable Conversion Price upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock which results in the Common Stock being traded on any of The New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or any successor market thereto. Any such conversion shall be subject to the beneficial ownership limitations set forth in the Certificate of Designations.
Anti-dilution
Holders of the Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to a “full rachet” anti-dilution adjustment to the Conversion Price in the event the Company issues, sells or grants any shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock) for no consideration or for consideration or purchase price per share (or, in the case of securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, with a conversion, exercise or exchange price) less than the Conversion Price then in effect.
Note 10 - Stockholders’ deficit
On January 22, 2021, the Company consummated a private placement of common stock units (the “January 2021 Private Placement”) in which the Company raised approximately $4.1 million, including an investment by certain officers, directors, employees and associated related parties thereto of approximately $1.6 million. Each common stock unit was sold at a per unit price of $1.25 and consisted of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share; and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of common stock. The proceeds were used to pay expenses related to the offering and for general corporate purposes. In connection with the January 2021 Private Placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement (the “January 2021 Registration Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company filed a registration statement that was declared effective by the SEC on February 16, 2021 to register the shares of common stock issued, and issuable upon the exercise of the warrants issued, in the January 2021 Private Placement.
The Company has reserved common stock for future issuance as follows:
 
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Conversion of Series F Preferred Stock
34,611,100
43,507,130
Exercise of options to purchase common stock
13,150,872
7,815,442
Exercise of warrants to purchase common stock
60,874,177
59,501,978
Conversion of Notes payable
7,718,488
7,530,232
Total
116,354,637
118,354,782
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 11 - Warrants
The following summarizes the Company's outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock as of and for the periods ending March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
 
Warrants
Exercise Price
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2019
16,981,854
$3.23
Issued
49,928,469
$0.77
Exercised
(1,937,690)
$0.58
Terminated/Expired
(5,470,655)
$3.07
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2020
59,501,978
$1.22
Issued
3,288,400
$1.45
Exercised
(1,839,275)
$0.76
Terminated/Expired
(76,926)
$0.65
Warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2021
60,874,177
$1.18
The intrinsic value of outstanding warrants was $31.3 million and $23.8 million as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The following discussion provides details on the various types of outstanding warrants and the related relevant disclosures around each type.
Warrant Derivative Liability
During May 2019, the Company acquired 712,823 warrants with a weighted average exercise price of $3.90 (the “May Acquisitions Warrants”). These warrants included an option to settle in cash in the event of a change of control of the Company and a reset feature if the Company issues shares of common stock with a strike price below the exercise price of the warrants, which required the Company to record the warrants as a derivative liability. The Company calculates the fair value of the derivative liability through a Monte Carlo Model that values the warrants based upon a probability weighted discounted cash flow model.
During January 2020, the Company issued shares below the exercise price of the May Acquisitions Warrants. As such, the Company issued an additional 1,003,232 warrants on March 17, 2020 to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $1.62 and modified the exercise price of the existing May Acquisitions Warrants to $1.62.
During June 2020, the Company issued common stock equivalents below the exercise price of the warrants issued on March 17, 2020. As such, the Company issued an additional 1,990,624 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.75 and modified the exercise price of the existing warrants to $0.75.
During September 2020, the Company amended all of these warrants to eliminate certain anti-dilution rights, fix the number of shares of common stock purchasable under each warrant, and set the exercise price thereof at $0.65 per share. As such, the Company issued an additional 570,258 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.65.
During the fourth quarter of 2020, holders exercised a total 1,687,690 warrants for which the Company issued shares of common stock. During December 2020, 2,512,321 of these warrants expired and an immaterial amount remained outstanding as of December 31, 2020, all of which expired during January 2021.
The following schedule shows the fair value of the warrant derivative liability as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and the change in fair value during the periods ended March 31, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 (in thousands):
Net Loss before recovery of income taxes
$(3,269,405)Warrant Derivative Liability
Expected income tax (recovery)Balance as of December 31, 2019
$(914,897)2,220
Other non-deductible expensesChange in fair value of warrant derivative liability
4,716(2,220)
Fair value adjustment on warrants
261,896
Change in tax benefits not recognized
648,285
Income tax (recovery) expenseBalance as of December 31, 2020
$
The Company’s income tax (recovery) is allocated as follows:
Current tax (recovery) expense
$
Deferred tax (recovery) expenseChange in fair value of warrant derivative liability(1)
Balance as of March 31, 2021
$
Unrecognized deferred tax assets
(1)
All of the May Acquisition Warrants expired during January 2021.
Deferred taxes
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Series F Warrant Liability
During October 2020, the Company issued 43,403,130 warrants to purchase common stock in connection with the Series F Private Placement (defined below) with an exercise price of $0.75. The warrants are providedexercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 72 months after the date of issuance. These warrants include a reset feature if the Company issues common stock, options, or convertible securities with a strike price below the exercise price of the warrants. These warrants did not meet the definition of a derivative or the requirements to be considered equity; as such, the Company recorded these as a resultliability. See “Note 9 - Convertible preferred stock” for more information on Series F.
The warrant liability is remeasured at fair value each reporting period and represents a Level 3 financial instrument. The Company calculates the fair value of temporary differences that arise duethe warrant liability through a Monte Carlo Model and a Black Scholes Option Model. The total value of the consideration received in connection with the Series F Private Placement was first allocated to the differences betweenwarrant liability at fair value, with the income tax valuesremainder allocated to the preferred stock, which led to a discount ascribed to the Series F Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the Company recorded a discount of $14.6 million on the Series F Preferred Stock by adjusting Series F Additional Paid-in Capital.
The following schedule shows the fair value of the warrant liability upon issuance, and the carrying amount of assetschange in fair value during the periods ended March 31, 2021 and liabilities. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following deductible temporary differences:December 31, 2020 (in thousands):
Stock Based Compensation
Warrant liability
Issuance of Series F warrants
$1,390,71814,952
Capitalized start-up costChange in fair value of warrant liability
925,94324,898
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$39,850
Change in fair value of warrant liability
6,483
Balance as of March 31, 2021
$46,333
Note 9 – Subsequent EventsThe following schedule shows the inputs used to measure the fair value of the warrant liability:
Warrant Liability
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Stock Price
$1.44
$1.27
Exercise Price
$0.75
$0.75
Expected remaining term (in years)
5.50 - 5.56
5.75 - 5.81
Volatility
67.5%
67.5%
Risk-free interest rate
1.1%
0.5%
The valuation of the warrants is subject to uncertainty as a result of the unobservable inputs. If the volatility rate or risk-free interest rate were to change, the value of the warrants would be impacted.
Equity-Classified Warrants
On May 6, 2019, the Company issued 5,744,991 warrants to purchase common stock with an exercise price of $4.25 (the “May 2019 PIPE Warrants”). Additionally, in connection with the May 2019 PIPE transaction, the Company issued 220,539 warrants to brokers with an exercise price of $3.00. The warrants were exercisable commencing on the issuance date and expire 24 months after the date of issuance. In March 2021, the Company offered to a limited number of holders the opportunity to exercise, in full or in part, these warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock at a reduced exercise price of $1.25 per share. The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring afterreceived exercise notices for a total of 1,047,609 warrants, resulting in the balance sheet date throughCompany’s receipt of approximately $1.3 million. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the modified warrants on the date of exercise of $0.2 million as a deemed dividend through accumulated deficit with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital. The remainder of the consolidated financial statements were issued.outstanding and unexercised May 2019 PIPE Warrants expired during May 2021.
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued 11,000 warrants in connection with the November 2019 Notes. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On December 19, 2019 the Company issued 6,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.82 in conjunction with the term loan (the “Guarantor Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The Guarantor Warrants had a fair value of $4.2 million on the date of issuance.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued 937,500 warrants in connection with the Seller Notes. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
On January 9,13, 2020, the Company issued the ABG Warrants, which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO (as defined in the ABG Warrants) and carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock was sold in the IPO.
On June 24, 2020, the warrants related to the November 2019 Notes, the Seller Notes and the ABG Notes were amended in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes to lower the maximum exercise price applicable to these warrants from $5.00 to $4.25 per share. The decrease in the exercise price resulted in an increase to the fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million which the Company recognized in general and administrative expense.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants to a member of the board of directors with an exercise price of $1.25 per share in connection with the June 2020 Notes (the “June 2020 Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
On July 20, 2020, the Company issued 300,000 warrants to a member of the board of directors with an exercise price of $1.05 per share in consideration for a personal guarantee by a member of the Company's board of directors on the ABL Facility (the “July 2020 Guarantor Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
On January 22, 2021, the Company issued 3,288,400 warrants in connection with the January 2021 PIPE transaction. The warrants are exercisable at an exercise price per share of $1.45 commencing on the date of issuance and expire after a six year period, subject to beneficial ownership limitations (the “January 2021 Warrants”). Due to the discounted warrant exercise associated with the May 2019 PIPE warrants as discussed above, the down round provision on the January 2021 Warrants was triggered such that these warrants could be exercised at a price of $1.25 per share. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the modified warrants of $0.2 million as a deemed dividend through accumulated deficit with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
Warrants Issued as Compensation
On September 17, 2019, a Company advisor was issued 2,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $0.10 per share and 1,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $10.00 per share; 1,250,000 of the $0.10 exercise price warrants (the “Tranche 1 Warrants”) were exercisable on the earlier of twelve-months after issuance date or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service and 1,250,000 of the $0.10 exercise price warrants (the “Tranche 2 Warrants”) and the 1,500,000 warrants with the $10.00 exercise price (the “Tranche 3 Warrants”) were exercisable on the earlier of eighteen-months after issuance or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service.
On June 1, 2020, the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreementtermination agreement (the “Agreement”“Termination Agreement”) to acquire GBX Labs Ltd. (“GBX”), a BVI business company incorporated underwith the laws of the British Virgin Islands.advisor. Pursuant to the terms of the Termination Agreement, the Tranche 1 Warrants were amended to reduce the number of shares of common stock purchasable thereunder to 1,041,666 shares, and the Tranche 2 Warrants and Tranche 3 Warrants were cancelled. The Tranche 1 Warrants (as amended pursuant to the Termination Agreement) were fully vested as of the date of the termination of the agreement and will remain exercisable until September 17, 2029. Furthermore, if the Company engages in any restricted business line as defined in the Termination Agreement, the Company will issue to the former advisor additional shares of common stock based on formulas intended to compensate the former advisor for the warrants that were reduced or terminated. In connection with the Termination Agreement, the Company recorded expense of $5.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 in general and administrative expense. During the first quarter of 2021, the former advisor exercised 791,666 of his remaining warrants outstanding in a cashless exercise resulting in 736,689 shares of common stock issued.
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On June 24, 2020, the Company issued a total1,000,000 warrants with an exercise price of 10,000,000 common shares in consideration for a 100% ownership interest in GBX. On a pro-forma basis (unaudited), since GBX had no revenue$1.25 per share to two non-employee directors, which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expenses in 2018, had this acquisition been completedexpire on March 29, 2018 (datethe earlier of incorporation),(i) 84 months from the net lossdate of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030. On July 20, 2020, the Company would not have changed.issued 200,000 warrants two non-employee directors at a price of $1.05 per share (the “July 2020 Director Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030. The warrants issued to non-employee directors were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded $1.0 million of share-based compensation expense upon issuance.
On January 29,November 30, 2020, the Company issued 400,000 warrants to a third-party for services with an exercise price of $1.00 and an expiration date 72 months after issuance. These warrants were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded $0.1 million in general and administrative expense.
Note 12 - Share-based compensation
During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the Company recognized $2.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense.
On November 11, 2019, the Company finalizedreceived shareholder approval for the Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “Amended 2019 Plan”). The Amended 2019 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock or cash-based awards or a share buy-back (“Buy-Back”) whereby it acquired 13,407,200dividend equivalent award. The Amended 2019 Plan authorized the issuance 6,500,000 shares of common stock which was increased to 9,000,000 after the Halo acquisition; the Amended 2019 Plan also provides for an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2021 and ending on and including January 1, 2029, equal to the lesser of (A) 10% of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and 303,600 warrants(B) such smaller number of shares of common stock as determined by the Board. On January 1, 2021, the number of shares authorized for issuance increased to 13,500,000, as approved by the Board.
Stock Options
During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the Company granted 5,579,000 and 100,000 stock options, respectively.
Restricted Stock
In March 2020, the Company issued 450,000 shares of restricted common stock to three non-employee directors in return for services provided in their capacity as directors and issued 5,956 restricted shares of common stock to an officer of the Company. The restricted shares were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.5 million upon issuance.
Note 13- Income taxes
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, and March 31, 2020, the Company recorded no income tax expense. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the Company’s effective tax rate was 0%. The Company’s effective tax rate of 0% differs from existing shareholders for a total considerationthe United States federal statutory rate of $625,000. All common shares and warrants under21% primarily because the Buy-BackCompany’s losses have been cancelledfully offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainty of realizing the tax benefit of net operating losses (“NOLs”) for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and year ended December 31, 2020.
The Company’s deferred tax assets attributed to net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2027. The ultimate realization of deferred taxes is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. On the basis of management’s assessment, a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax assets was recorded since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company has no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions. We do not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any significant uncertain tax positions.
The Company’s income tax returns generally remain open for examination for three years from the date filed with each taxing jurisdiction.
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 14 - Concentrations
Major Suppliers
The Company sourced approximately 71% of its inventory purchases from three vendors for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The Company sourced approximately 48% of its inventory purchases from two vendors for the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Major Customers
Accounts receivable from two customers represented 63% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2021. Accounts receivable from two customers represented 72% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020. Two customers represented 42% of gross sales for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Four customers represented 70% of gross sales for the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Credit Risk
At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited in accounts at several financial institutions and may maintain some balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with high-quality, accredited financial institutions and, accordingly, such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. The Company has not experienced any losses historically in these accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk in its cash and cash equivalents.
Note 15 - Net loss per share
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options and the amount of compensation cost for future service that has not yet been recognized are collectively assumed to be used to repurchase shares.
Basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing net and comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders by the Company.
On February 6, 2019,weighted-average shares outstanding during the period. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s basic and diluted net and comprehensive loss per share attributable to common stockholders are the same because the Company signedhas generated a non-binding letter of intent with Sports Endurance, Inc. (“SENZ”),net loss to be renamed Better Choice Company, Inc., to acquire 100% of Bona Vida. SENZ is prepared to complete the acquisition by purchasing the 100% of Bona Vida issuedcommon stockholders and outstanding common stock for $55,000,000 (the “Purchase Price”) equalequivalents are excluded from diluted net loss per share as they have an antidilutive impact.
The following table sets forth basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to approximately USD $0.97 per Share. The Purchase Price is based on the assumption that 56,942,222 Shares (on fully diluted basis) are issued and outstanding on the closing date of the Transaction. The Purchase Price would be satisfied in SENZ common stock (the “SENZ Shares”) issued at an exchange ratio of 26 SENZ Shares for each Share held. Immediately following the closing (the “Closing”) of the Transaction, Bona Vida shareholders will own 468,085,106 (or 46%) of the issued and outstanding SENZ Shares (on a fully diluted basis) based on the assumption that 1,018,668,131 SENZ Shares will be issued and outstanding at Closing.
Subsequent to December 31, 2018, the Company completed several subscription agreementsstockholders for the issuance of common shares for gross proceeds of $1,999,970 through the issuance of 4,444,440 common shares.three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
Common stockholders
2021
2020
Numerator:
 
 
Net and comprehensive loss
$(12,850)
$(9,454)
Less: Preferred stock dividends
34
Less: Adjustment due to warrant modifications
402
Adjusted Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(13,252)
$(9,488)
Denominator:
 
 
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
57,525,054
48,526,396
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$(0.23)
$(0.20)
F-93F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bona Vida,Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Better Choice Company Inc.
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
Opinion on the Financial Statements
AsWe have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Better Choice Company Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at MarchDecember 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018
 
Note
Unaudited As of
March 31,
2019
Audited As of
December 31,
2018
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$1,488,794
$1,123,968
Inventories
3
351,402
Prepaid expenses and deposits
4
471,709
540,686
Total current assets
 
2,311,905
1,664,654
Intangible assets
 
8,575
9,270
Total assets
 
$2,320,480
$1,673,924
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts Payable
 
$105,287
$
Accrued liabilities
 
33,707
115,946
Other Liabilities
 
19,298
Warrants
5
927,926
1,125,861
Total liabilities
 
1,086,218
1,241,807
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Capital Stock
5
4,172
2,889
Preferred shares, 10,000,000 authorized, nil issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018;
 
 
 
Common stock, 75,000,000 authorized, par value $0.0001, 47,724,440 and 46,687,200 issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2019 and December 31,2018 accordingly
 
 
 
Additional paid in capital
5
9,784,220
3,594,915
Shares to be issued
6
19,531
9,546
Contributed surplus
 
267,552
94,172
Accumulated Deficit
 
(8,841,213)
(3,269,405)
Total shareholders’ equity
 
1,234,262
432,117
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
$2,320,480
$1,673,924
2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The Company's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The accompanying notesconsolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has a working capital deficiency, and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management's evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an integralopinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of these unaudited interim condensedour audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements,
taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
F-94F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Impairment analysis of goodwill
Description of the Matter
At December 31, 2020, the Company’s goodwill was $18.6 million related to its Halo reporting unit. As discussed in Note 1 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1st or whenever events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that impairment may have occurred. The Company estimates the fair value of a reporting unit using a combination of the market approach and the income approach, using discounted cash flows.
Auditing management’s annual goodwill impairment assessment for the reporting unit was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required to determine the fair value of the Halo reporting unit. In particular, the fair value estimate was sensitive to changes in significant assumptions, such as revenue growth rates, the terminal growth rate, EBITDA margin, the weighted average cost of capital, and market multiples which are affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
To test the estimated fair value of the Company’s Halo reporting unit, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, evaluating valuation methodologies and testing the significant assumptions discussed above used by the Company in its analysis. We involved our specialist to assist in the evaluation of the valuation methodologies and testing certain significant assumptions, including the discount rate and market multiples. We compared the significant assumptions used by management to current industry and economic trends, recent historical performance and other factors. We specifically evaluated the Company’s forecasted growth rates and EBITDA margins by comparing these assumptions to those of the Company’s peers and industry reports. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair value of the reporting unit that would result from changes in the assumptions. We also tested the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis for completeness and accuracy.
Issuance of convertible instruments and associated warrants
Description of the Matter
As described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, on June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”). In connection with this issuance, each noteholder also received common stock purchase warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase up to 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock; 1,000,000 common stock purchase warrants were issued in total. The total cash proceeds received from the issuance of the Notes were allocated to the Notes and Warrants at the time of issuance.
As described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, during October 2020 the Company consummated a private placement in which the Company issued and sold units (the “Series F Units”) to the investors for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit. Each Unit consisted of one share of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock (“Series F Preferred”) and a warrant (“Series F Warrants”) to purchase shares of common stock. The Company issued 18,202 Series F Units for a total of $18.2 million in gross cash proceeds. The total cash proceeds received were allocated to the Series F Unit components (preferred stock and warrant) at the time of issuance.
Auditing the valuation of the Notes, Warrants, and Series F Units was complex
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

due to the judgmental nature of the assumptions, which included stock price volatility (Warrants and Series F Warrants), debt discount rate (Notes), probability of exit events (Notes, Warrants, Series F Preferred, Series F Warrants), and expected life (Warrants and Series F Warrants). These assumptions had a significant effect on the fair value measurement of the Notes, Warrants, and Series F Units.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
To test the estimated fair value of the Notes, Warrants, and Series F Units, our audit procedures included, among others, evaluation of the significant assumptions discussed above and consideration of the appropriateness of related methodologies utilized for estimation. This included evaluating the volatility rate by assessing the guideline public companies (“GPC”) selected and the weighting applied between the GPCs and the Company’s historical volatility, evaluating the Company’s specific risk premium incorporated into the debt discount assumption, assessing the reasonableness of the probability of various exit events based on information available as of the observable transaction dates, and evaluating the expected time to exercise for all Warrants and Series F Warrants outstanding. We involved our specialist to assist with the evaluation of the assumptions as used by management.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Louisville, Kentucky
March 30, 2021
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bona Vida,Better Choice Company Inc.
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statement of Loss and Comprehensive LossBalance Sheets
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
Note
 
Net Sales
 
$17,547
Cost of Goods Sold
 
17,763
Gross Loss
 
(216)
Selling, general and administrative
 
5,159,654
Other Income (Expense)
 
 
Fair Value Adjustments
5
(144,782)
Share Based Compensation
6
183,365
Net Loss and Comprehensive Loss
 
$(5,198,453)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
 
48,215,560
Loss per share basic and diluted
 
(0.11)
 
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Assets
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$3,926
$2,361
Restricted cash
63
173
Accounts receivable, net
4,631
5,824
Inventories, net
4,869
6,580
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
4,074
2,641
Total Current Assets
17,563
17,579
Property and equipment, net
252
417
Right-of-use asset, operating lease
345
951
Intangible assets, net
13,115
14,641
Goodwill
18,614
18,614
Other assets
1,364
1,330
Total Assets
$51,253
$53,532
Liabilities & Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
Short term loan, net
$7,826
$16,061
Line of credit, net
4,819
PPP loans
190
Other liabilities
47
500
Accounts payable
3,137
4,049
Accrued liabilities
3,003
4,721
Deferred revenue
350
311
Operating lease liability, current portion
173
345
Warrant liability
39,850
Warrant derivative liability
2,220
Total Current Liabilities
54,576
33,026
Noncurrent Liabilities
 
 
Notes payable, net
18,910
16,370
Line of credit, net
5,023
PPP loans
662
Operating lease liability
184
641
Total Noncurrent Liabilities
24,779
17,011
Total Liabilities
79,355
50,037
Redeemable Series E Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
Redeemable Series E preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,900,000 shares authorized, 0 & 1,387,378 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
10,566
Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 and 88,000,000 shares authorized, 51,908,398 & 47,977,390 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
52
48
Redeemable Series F Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000 & 0 shares authorized, 21,754 & 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
232,487
194,150
Accumulated deficit
(260,641)
(201,269)
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
(28,102)
(7,071)
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
$51,253
$53,532
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statementsstatements.
F-95F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bona Vida,Better Choice Company Inc.
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated StatementStatements of Changes in EquityOperations and Comprehensive Loss
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019(Dollars in thousands, except share and
per share amounts)
From the Date of Incorporation March 29, 2018 to December 31, 2018
 
Note
Equity Interest
Shares to
be issued
Contributed
Surplus
Deficit
Total
Equity
 
Number
Amount
APIC
Balance as at March 29, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares issued to founders
 
17,800,000
$
$
$
$
$
Shares issued pursuant to private placement
 
10,600,000
1,060
316,940
 
 
 
318,000
Shares issued pursuant to units offering
 
12,287,200
1,229
1,991,575
 
 
 
1,992,804
Shares issued pursuant to services provided
 
6,000,000
600
1,286,400
9,546
 
 
1,296,546
Share-Based payments
 
94,172
94,172
Net loss for the period
 
(3,269,405)
(3,269,405)
Balance as at December 31, 2018 (Audited)
 
46,687,200
2,889
3,594,915
9,546
94,172
(3,269,405)
432,117
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares issued pursuant to investment
5
10,000,000
1,000
4,499,000
4,500,000
Share Buy-Back
5
(13,407,200)
(141)
(198,351)
(373,355)
(571,847)
Shares issued pursuant to private placement, net of transaction cost
5
4,444,440
424
1,888,656
1,889,080
Shares issued pursuant to services provided
6
 
9,985
9,985
Share-Based payments
6
173,380
173,380
Net loss for the period
 
(5,198,453)
(5,198,453)
Balance as at March 31, 2019
 
47,724,440
$4,172
$9,784,220
19,531
$267,552
$(8,841,213)
$1,234,262
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2020
2019
Net sales
$42,590
$15,577
Cost of goods sold
26,491
9,717
Gross profit
16,099
5,860
Operating expenses:
 
 
General and administrative
25,966
19,782
Share-based compensation
8,940
10,280
Sales and marketing
7,892
10,138
Customer service and warehousing
623
1,097
Impairment of intangible asset
889
Total operating expenses
43,421
42,186
Loss from operations
(27,322)
(36,326)
Other expense (income):
 
 
Interest expense, net
9,247
670
Loss on extinguishment of debt
88
Loss on acquisitions
147,376
Change in fair value of warrant liability
24,898
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(2,220)
90
Total other expense, net
32,013
148,136
Net and comprehensive loss
(59,335)
(184,462)
Preferred dividends
103
109
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(59,438)
$(184,571)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted
49,084,432
33,238,600
Loss per share, basic and diluted
$(1.21)
$(5.55)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statementsstatements.
F-96F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bona Vida,Better Choice Company Inc.
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated StatementStatements of Cash FlowStockholders’ Deficit
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019(Dollars in thousands, except shares)
 
Note
 
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities
 
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss
 
$(5,198,453)
Adjustments for non-cash items and others
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
696
Stock based compensation
6
183,365
Change in FV of Warrants
5
(144,782)
Adjustments for net changes in non-cash operating assets and liabilities
 
 
Inventory
3
(351,402)
Prepaid expenses and deposits
4
68,977
Other Liabilities
 
19,298
Accrued liabilities
 
(82,239)
Accounts Payable
 
105,286
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(5,399,254)
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
Shares issued pursuant to investments
5
4,500,000
Shares issued pursuant to private placement, net of transaction cost
5
1,889,080
Share buyback
5
(625,000)
Net cash from financing activities
 
5,764,080
Net change in cash during the period
 
364,826
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
1,123,968
Cash, end of period
 
$1,488,794
 
Common Stock
Redeemable
Series F
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Redeemable
Series E
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2019
47,977,390
$48
$—
$194,150
$(201,269)
$(7,071)
1,387,378
$10,566
Shares issued pursuant to private placement
308,642
500
500
Share-based compensation
455,956
1
8,939
8,940
Shares and warrants issued to third party for contract termination
72,720
198
198
Shares issued to third parties for services
1,160,000
1
100
1,371
1,372
Warrants issued to third party for services
10,132
10,132
Warrants issued in connection with June 2020 Notes
337
337
Beneficial conversion feature of June 2020 Notes
1,163
1,163
Modification of conversion feature for November 2019 Notes, Seller Notes, and ABG Notes
528
528
Modification of warrants
43
43
Shares issued pursuant to warrant exercise
1,837,690
2
1,046
1,048
Warrants issued in connection with ABL Facility
230
230
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(59,438)
(59,438)
Shares issued pursuant to Series F Private Placement and Exchange Transaction
21,702
8,501
5,415
13,916
(1,387,378)
(10,566)
Conversion of Series F shares to common stock
96,000
(48)
Beneficial conversion feature of Series F shares
5,349
(5,349)
Balance at December 31, 2020
51,908,398
$52
21,754
$—
$232,487
$(260,641)
$(28,102)
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statementsstatements.
F-97F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit
(Dollars in thousands, except shares)
 
Common Stock
Convertible
Series A
Preferred Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Redeemable
Series E
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2018
11,661,485
$12
2,391,403
$2
$13,642
$(16,698)
$(3,042)
$
Shares issued pursuant to a private placement – net proceeds
69,115
150
150
Shares and warrants issued pursuant to private issuance of public equity (PIPE)- net proceeds
5,744,991
6
15,670
15,676
Share-based compensation
1,118,786
1
10,280
10,281
Stock issued to third parties for services
1,008,500
1
3,476
3,477
Warrants issued to third parties for services
2,968
2,968
Conversion of Series A shares to common stock
2,460,518
2
(2,460,518)
(2)
Acquisition of treasury shares
(1,011,748)
(1)
(6,070)
(6,071)
Acquisition of Better Choice
3,915,856
4
23,560
23,564
2,633,678
20,058
Acquisition of Bona Vida
18,103,273
18
108,602
108,620
Guarantor warrants
4,180
4,180
 
 
Warrants issued in connection with the Notes
313
313
Acquisition of Halo
2,134,390
2
3,883
3,885
Conversion of Series E Preferred Stock
1,581,841
2
9,490
9,492
(1,246,300)
(9,492)
Warrant exercise
1,259,498
1
4,006
4,007
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
(184,571)
(184,571)
Balance at December 31, 2019
47,977,390
$48
$—
$194,150
$(201,269)
$(7,071)
1,387,378
$10,566
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2020
2019
Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
 
 
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(59,438)
$(184,571)
Adjustments to reconcile net and comprehensive loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
Shares and warrants issued to third parties
10,330
3,548
Contract termination costs
649
Impairment of intangible asset
889
Depreciation and amortization
1,748
171
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts
4,875
346
Share-based compensation
8,940
10,280
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(2,220)
90
Change in fair value of warrant liability
24,898
Payment In Kind (PIK) interest expense on notes payable
1,998
Loss on acquisitions
146,980
Other
540
41
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisition:
 
 
Accounts receivable, net
1,193
(99)
Inventories, net
1,454
232
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(186)
(241)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
(2,445)
1,152
Other
159
213
Cash Used in Operating Activities
$(7,505)
$(20,969)
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Investing Activities:
 
 
Acquisition of property and equipment
$(151)
$(110)
Cash acquired in the May Acquisitions
416
Acquisition of Halo
(20,513)
Cash Used in Investing Activities
$(151)
$(20,207)
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Financing Activities:
 
 
Cash advance, net
$
$(1,899)
Proceeds from shares issued pursuant to private placement, net
18,053
15,826
Proceeds from warrant exercises
1,048
4,007
Proceeds from investor prepayment
500
Proceeds from revolving lines of credit
6,624
11,200
Payment on revolving lines of credit
(6,360)
(10,800)
Proceeds from PPP loans
852
Proceeds from notes payable
1,500
2,750
Payments on related party note
(1,600)
Proceeds from short term loan
20,500
Payments on short term loan
(12,521)
Debt issuance costs
(85)
(720)
 
 
 
Cash Provided by Financing Activities
$9,111
$39,764
Net Increase (decrease) in Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash
$1,455
$(1,412)
Total Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash, Beginning of Period
2,534
3,946
Total Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash, End of Period
$3,989
$2,534
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2020
2019
Supplemental cash flow information
 
 
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
Income taxes
$
$
Interest, net
$2,309
$265
Non-cash financing and investing transactions:
 
 
ABL guarantor warrants
$230
$
Stock issued for services
$1,372
$
Noncash acquisition of right-of-use asset for leases entered into during period
$
$607
Noncash acquisition of operating lease liability for leases entered into during the period
$
$(594)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Unauditedthe Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1 – Nature of Operationsbusiness and Going Concernsummary of significant accounting policies
Nature of the Business
Better Choice Company Inc. is a growing animal health and wellness company committed to leading the industry shift toward pet products and services that help dogs and cats live healthier, happier and longer lives. The Company sells the majority of its dog food, cat food and treats under the Halo and TruDog brands, which are focused, respectively, on providing sustainably sourced kibble and canned food derived from real whole meat, and minimally processed raw-diet dog food and treats.
On May 6, 2019, the Company completed the reverse acquisition of TruPet LLC (“TruPet”) and Bona Vida Inc. (“Bona Vida,” orVida”) in a pair of all stock transactions (together referred to as the “Company”“May Acquisitions”) was originally formed as a Limited Liability Company (LLC) underthrough the lawsissuance of shares of common stock. Following the completion of the StateMay Acquisitions, the business conducted by the Company became primarily the businesses conducted by TruPet and Bona Vida. As a result, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 are comprised of Californiathe results of TruPet for the period between January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019 and the results of Bona Vida beginning May 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019. The Company completed the acquisition of Halo on March 29, 2018. There wereDecember 19, 2019 (see “Note 2 - Acquisitions”). Accordingly, Halo's operations are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements beginning on December 19, 2019.
Basis of Presentation
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for annual financial reports and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Certain reclassifications have been made to conform the prior period data to the current presentation. These reclassifications had no operations frommaterial effect on the reported results.
Consolidation
The financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis subsequent to acquisitions and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of incorporation, March 29, 2018the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes to March 31, 2018. Therefore,be reasonable under the Statementscircumstances. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates these assumptions, judgments and estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates. In the opinion of Lossmanagement, the consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations and Comprehensive Loss, Changes in Equity and Cash Flowscomprehensive loss for the period fromyears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the datefinancial position as of incorporation, March 29, 2018 to MarchDecember 31, 2018, are not presented in these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. On October 4, 2018, Bona Vida was converted to a Corporation under2020 and 2019 and the laws ofcash flows for the State of Delaware. Bona Vida is developing a portfolio of brandyears ended December 31, 2020 and product verticals within the animal and adult CBD supplement space. 2019.
Going Concern Considerations
The Company is currently workingsubject to risks common in the pet wellness consumer market including, but not limited to, dependence on launching several hemp-derived CBDkey personnel, competitive forces, successful marketing and sale of its products, within the canine supplements space.
successful protection of its proprietary technologies, ability to grow into new markets, and compliance with government regulations. As of March 2021, the Company has not experienced a significant adverse impact to its business, financial condition or cash flows resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. However, uncertainties regarding the continued economic impact of COVID-19 are likely to result in sustained market turmoil which could also negatively impact the Company's business, financial condition, and cash flows in the future. The Company entered into a Trademark License Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated December 21, 2018, with a Company’s shareholder (the “shareholder”) who is the owner of the trademark application for “Bonavida”. Under the Agreement, the shareholder agrees for the nominal consideration to establish the Company’s right to use the trademark for the Business Purpose. Furthermore, the shareholder shall assign the trademark application to the Company once a lawful statement of use or declaration of use is filed at the United States Patenthas continually incurred losses and Trademark Office such that the Company becomes the Assignee and owner of the mark.has an accumulated deficit. The Company iscontinues to rely on current investors and the ownerpublic markets to finance these losses through debt and/or equity issuances. These operating losses, working capital deficit and assignee of a US trademark application for “Bona Vida” in international class 005 for animal feed additives for use as nutritional supplements and international class 031 for foodstuffs for animals and pet treats.
Going Concern
There is no certainty that the Company will be successful in generating sufficient cash flow from operations or achieving and maintaining profitable operations in the future to enable it to meet its obligations as they come due and consequently continue as a going concern. The Company will require additional financing to fund its operations. Sales of additional equity securities by the Company would result in the dilution of the interests of existing shareholders. There can be no assurance that financing will be available when required.
The Company expects the forgoing, or a combination thereof, to meet the Company’s anticipated cash requirements for the next 12 months; however, these conditions raiseoutstanding debt create substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.concern for a period of twelve months from the date these consolidated financial statements are issued. The Company is
These unaudited interim condensed
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

implementing plans to achieve cost savings and other strategic objectives to address these conditions. The Company expects cost savings from consolidation of third-party manufacturers, optimizing shipping and warehousing as well as overhead cost reductions. The business is focused on successful completion of capital raises and growing the most profitable channels while reducing investments in areas that are not expected to have long-term benefits. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis thatassuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which presumes that it will be able to realize itscontemplates the realization of assets and discharge itspayments of liabilities in the normalordinary course of business as they come due. These unaudited interim condensedbusiness. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements do not reflect theinclude any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying valuesamounts or the amount of and classification of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits held with banks and highly liquid investments with original maturities of ninety days or less at acquisition date. For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all cash accounts that are not subject to withdrawal restrictions or penalties to be cash and cash equivalents.
Restricted cash
The Company was required to maintain a restricted cash balance of less than $0.1 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, associated with a business credit card and credit card clearance operations.
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable consist of unpaid buyer invoices from the Company’s Retail customers and credit card payments receivable from third-party credit card processing companies. Accounts receivable is stated at the amount billed to customers, net of point of sale and cash discounts. The Company assesses the collectability of all receivables on an ongoing basis by considering its historical credit loss experience, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Based on this analysis, an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded. The provision for doubtful accounts is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recorded a $0.1 million allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Inventories
Inventories, primarily consisting of products available for sale and supplies, are valued using the first-in first-out (“FIFO”) method and are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a standard cost basis and includes the purchase price, as well as inbound freight costs and packaging costs.
The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand. Excess or obsolete reserves are established when inventory is estimated to not be sellable before expiration dates based on forecasted usage, product demand and product life cycle. Additionally, inventory valuation reflects adjustments for anticipated physical inventory losses, such as shrink, that have occurred since the last physical inventory.
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred. The cost of property or equipment retired or otherwise disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the property and equipment accounts in the year of disposal with the resulting gain or loss reflected in general and administrative expenses. Depreciation expense is included as a component of general and administrative expenses.
The Company assesses potential impairments of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment charge would be recognized when the carrying amount of property and equipment is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of property and equipment is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the property and equipment.
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Goodwill
Goodwill is evaluated for impairment either through a qualitative or quantitative approach annually, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the carrying value of a reporting unit may not be recoverable. If a quantitative assessment is performed that indicates the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair market value, an impairment loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to its fair market value. The fair market value is determined based on a weighting of the present value of projected future cash flows (the “income approach”) and the use of comparative market approaches (“market approach”). Factors requiring significant judgment include, among others, the assumptions related to discount rates, forecasted operating results, long-term growth rates, the determination of comparable companies and market multiples. Changes in economic and operating conditions or changes in the Company's business strategies that occur after the annual impairment analysis may impact these assumptions and result in a future goodwill impairment charge, which could be material to our consolidated financial statements. Fair value measurements used in the impairment review of goodwill are Level 3 measurements. See further information about our policy for fair value measurements within this section below. See “Note 9 − Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill” for additional information regarding the impairment test.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. The Company reviews finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and any not expected to be recovered through undiscounted future net cash flows are written down to current fair value. Amortization expense is included as a component of general and administrative expenses.
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (ASC 480)”, preferred stock issued with redemption provisions that are outside of the control of the Company or that contain certain redemption rights in a deemed liquidation event is required to be presented outside of stockholders’ deficit on the face of the consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s Redeemable Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E”) contained redemption provisions that required it to be presented outside of stockholders’ deficit. The Company's Redeemable Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F”) contains redemption provisions that require it to be presented within stockholder's deficit.
Common Stock Warrants
Common stock warrants are recorded in accordance ASC 480 as either liabilities or as equity instruments, depending on the specific terms of the warrant agreement. Warrants classified as liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date subsequent to the initial issuance and changes in the fair value are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations as change in fair value of warrant liability. Upon exercise, the warrant is marked to fair value at the conversion date and the related fair value is reclassified to equity.
Income taxes
Income taxes are recorded in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes (ASC 740)”, which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for loss and credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect for the reported expenses and balance sheet classificationsyear in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided, if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that wouldsome or all the deferred tax assets will not be necessary if the Company was unable to realize its assets and settle its liabilities as a going concern in the normal course of operations. Such adjustments could be material.
Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policiesrealized.
The consolidated financial statements have been preparedCompany accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Statesprovisions of America (“US GAAP”) as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) in effect on March 31, 2019. The significant accounting policies applied byASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company are described below.
recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that some or all the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The consolidated financial statementsdetermination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the Company are presented using and have been prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost convention except for certain financial instruments that are measured at fair value,tax position, as explained in the accounting policies below. Historical cost is measuredwell as the fair valueconsideration of the consideration provided in exchange for goodsavailable facts and services. The Company’s functionalcircumstances. As of December 31, 2020 and presentation currency is United States dollars (“USD”).
The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto are unaudited. These consolidated statements include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) that2019, the Company considered necessary to present a fair consolidated statement ofdoes not have any significant uncertain income tax positions. If incurred, the Company’s results of operations, balance sheetCompany would classify interest and cash flows. The results reported in these consolidated financial statements should not be regardedpenalties on uncertain tax positions as necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year. It is suggested that these consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto for the period from the date of incorporation, March 29, 2018 to December 31, 2018.income tax expense.
F-98F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 2Company was incorporated on May 6, 2019. Prior to this date, the aforementioned audited financial statements.Company operated as a flow through entity for state and United States federal tax purposes. The Company includes herein certain updates to those policies.files a U.S. federal and state income tax return, including for its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The net realizable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories in the ordinary course of business, less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. Cost is determined on a standard cost basis and includes the purchase price and other costs, such as transportation costs. Inventory’s average cost is determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis and trade discounts are deducted from the purchase price.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The amendments in this Update expand the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The requirements of Topic 718 should be applied to nonemployee awards except for specific guidance on inputs to an option pricing model and the attribution of cost. The amendments specific that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The amendments also clarify that Topic 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. These amendments are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted ASU 2018-07 on January 1, 2019 and there has been no impact on the Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as a result of adoption.
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contract with Customers” (Topic 606) (“ASU2014-09”), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition,” and most industry-specific guidance. ASU No. 2014-09 is based on the principal that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgements and changes in judgements, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 on January 1, 2019. In the period ended December 31, 2018, no revenue was recognized in the Company’s statement of loss and comprehensive loss.
The Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods.goods in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606).”
In order to recognize revenue, the Company applies the following five (5) steps:
Identify a customer along with a corresponding contract;
Identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract to transfer goods to a customer;
Determine the transaction price the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring promised goods to a customer;
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; and
Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s).
RevenueGenerally, revenue is recognized uponwhen the satisfactionproduct is shipped as this is when it has been determined that control has been transferred. Amounts billed and due from our customers are classified as receivables and require payment on a short-term basis.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the performance obligation. The Company satisfies its performance obligationcost of product obtained from third-party contract manufacturing plants, packaging materials and transfers control upon shipment to the customer.inventory freight for shipping product.
Note 3 – InventoryAdvertising
Inventories, consisting entirely of finished goods, reflected on the accompanying balance sheets are summarized as follows:
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Treats & Supplements
$351,402
$—
The Company estimatedcharges advertising costs to expense as incurred and such charges are included in sales and marketing expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Our advertising expenses consisting primarily of online advertising, search costs, email advertising, and radio advertising. In addition, with the acquisition of Halo, we reimburse our customers and third parties for in store activities and record these costs as sales and marketing expenses. Advertising costs were $5.8 million and $6.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Customer service and warehousing
Customer service and warehousing include wages associated with customer service and fulfillment of DTC customer orders.
Operating leases
We determine if a contract or arrangement meets the definition of a lease at inception. The Company’s operating leases relate to real estate. For leases with terms greater than 12 months, the Company records the related asset and obligation at the present value of lease payments over the term. Lease renewal options are not included in the measurement of the right-of-use assets and right-of-use liabilities unless the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the optional renewal periods. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Additionally, the Company’s leases contain rent escalations over the lease term and the Company recognizes expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Some of the Company’s leases include rent escalations based on inflation indexes. The Company has elected to make the accounting policy election for short-term leases. Consequently, short-term leases are recorded as an inventory reserveexpense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
In addition to be nil as at March 31, 2019.base rent, certain of our operating leases require variable payments of property taxes, insurance and common area maintenance. These variable lease costs, other than those dependent upon an index or rate, are expensed when the obligation for those payments is incurred.
F-99F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 4 – Prepaid ExpensesThe Company’s leases do not provide a readily available implicit rate. Therefore, the Company estimates the incremental borrowing discount rate based on information available at lease commencement. The discount rates used are indicative of a synthetic credit rating based on quantitative and Depositsqualitative analysis.
Prepaid expensesFair value of financial instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy uses a framework which requires categorizing assets and deposits comprisedliabilities into one of three levels based on the followinginputs used in valuing the asset or liability.
Level 1 inputs are unadjusted, quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as at March 31:quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets.
 
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Other deposits
$101,755
$34,436
Inventory deposit
369,954
506,250
 
$471,709
$540,686
Level 3 inputs include unobservable inputs that are supported by little, infrequent or no market activity and reflect management’s own assumptions about inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.
Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, while Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The inventory deposit constitutesCompany’s financial instruments recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, prepaid deposits, accounts payable, short term loan, line of credit, subordinated convertible notes, accrued liabilities, other liabilities, and warrant liabilities. The warrant liability is remeasured at fair value each reporting period and represents a deposit with one supplierLevel 3 financial instrument. The fair values for pet related supplement products. Other deposits include credit cardshort term loan and merchant deposit and prepaid insurance.
Note 5 – Common Stock and Common Share Purchase Warrants
Common Stock
In October 2018, uponPPP loans are deemed to be equivalent to their respective carrying values due to their relative short term nature. The fair value for the Company’s conversionline of credit approximates carrying value as the instrument has a variable interest rate that approximates market rates. The fair values for the Notes Payable are determined by applying the income approach using a discounted cash flow model which primarily using unobservable inputs (Level 3).
Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities reflect Level 3 inputs and are primarily used to measure the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, for goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets impairment analyses and the valuation of acquired intangibles.
Basic and diluted loss per share
Basic and diluted loss per share has been determined by dividing the net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders for the applicable period by the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding, respectively. Common stock equivalents and incentive shares are excluded from an LLC to a Corporation as detailed in Note 1, 73,500 LLC units were converted to 29,400,000 common shares. 2,500 LLC units (1,000,000 common shares) were issued in April 2018 to a third party consultant for services provided, as detailed in Note 6.the computation of diluted loss per share when their effect is anti-dilutive.
Share-based compensation
The Company is authorized to issue 75,000,000 common stock and 10,000,000 preferred stock, eachrecognizes compensation expense for all share–based payments in accordance with a par value of $0.0001.
There were no issued and outstanding preferred shares as of March 31, 2019.
GBX Acquisition
On January 9, 2019, theFASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation (ASC 718)”. The Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) to acquire GBX Labs Ltd. (“GBX”), a BVI business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company issued a total of 10,000,000 common shares at estimated value of $0.45 per share in consideration for a 100% ownership interest in GBX. Refer to note 7.
Share Buyback
In January 2019, the Company finalized a share buy-back (“Buy-Back”) whereby it acquired 13,407,200 common shares and 303,600 common share purchase warrants which were part of the October 5, 2018 private placement, as detailed below, from existing shareholders for a total consideration of $626,500. The acquired common shares and warrants have been cancelled by the Company. The Buy-Back constitutes the repurchase of common shares and warrants, the total consideration was allocated first onfollows the fair value method of warrantsaccounting for awards granted to employees, directors, officers and consultants. Share-based awards are measured at their estimated fair value on each respective grant date. The Company recognizes share-based payment expenses over the Buy-Back date and subsequentlyvesting period. The Company’s share-based compensation awards are subject only to service based vesting conditions. Pursuant to ASC 718-10-35-8, the par value and APIC associatedCompany recognizes compensation cost for stock awards with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the cancelled shares. The accessservice period for each separately vesting portion of the considerationaward as if the award was, charged to a deficit.in-substance, multiple awards. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.
As a resultSegment information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company has viewed its operations and manages its business as one segment. The Company’s CODM reviews operating results on an aggregated basis. All the assets and operations of the Buy-Back, the Company reduced the fair value of the warrants by $53,153, equity interest by $198,492, increased deficit by $373,355 and incurred legal fees of $1,500.
In January 2019, the Company completed a private placement offering of shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $1,909,998. A total of 4,444,440 shares were issued, at a price of $0.45 per share. The total shares included 200,000 shares issued to a third party consultant for the services associated with the private placement. In addition, the Company incurred $20,918 legal fees associated with private placement.
Common shares as at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are detailed in the table below:United States.
 
Number of
Common Shares
Amount,
$
APIC,
$
Opening balance- March 29, 2018
Shares issued during the period
28,400,000
1,060
316,940
Shares issued pursuant to services
6,000,000
600
1,286,400
Units private placement on October 5, 2018
12,287,200
1,229
1,991,575
Balance- December 31, 2018
46,687,200
2,889
3,594,915
GBX Acquisition
10,000,000
1,000
4,499,000
Share Buy-Back
(13,407,200)
(141)
(198,351)
Shares issued during the period
4,444,440
424
1,888,656
Balance – March 31, 2019
47,724,440
4,172
9,784,220
F-100F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Units private placement
On October 5, 2018, the Company completed a private placement offering of units for aggregate gross proceeds of $3,071,800 Canadian Dollars (CAD) ($2,326,820). A total of 12,287,200 units were issued. Each unit was sold at a price of CAD $0.25 ($0.19) per unit. Each unit was comprised of one common share and one half of one common share purchase warrant, each whole warrant being exercisable to purchase one common share at an exercise price of CAD $0.75 ($0.57) for a period of 18 months following the date of issuance.
Since the warrants’ exercise price is denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, the warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock and thus meet the definition of a financial liability.Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
The Company estimated a fair value ofhas reviewed the warrants as $1,125,861 on December 31,Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”), accounting pronouncements and interpretations thereof issued by the FASB that have effective dates during the reporting period and in future periods.
Recently adopted
In August 2018, and $927,926 as remeasured at March 31, 2019. The fair value of $53,153 of repurchased warrants was deducted from the warrants onFASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Buy-Back date, as detailed above, andDisclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This new guidance removes certain disclosure requirements related to the fair value adjustmenthierarchy, modifies existing disclosure requirements related to measurement uncertainty and adds new disclosure requirements. The new disclosure requirements include disclosing the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of $144,782the reporting period and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. This new guidance was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2020 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15 “Intangibles − Goodwill and Other − Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)” to amend ASU 2015-5 in an effort to provide additional guidance on the accounting for costs implementation activities performed in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract. The amendments in this update align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal use software license). The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by the amendments in this update. The amendments in this update also require the entity to present the expense related to the remaining warrants was recordedcapitalized implementation costs in the Consolidated Statement of Loss and Comprehensive Loss.
The fair value of the warrants as at March 31, 2019 and the warrants repurchased in a Buy-Back was estimated using the Black- Scholes valuation model based on the following assumptions:
Share price
$0.45
Stock price volatility
107%
Remaining life of the warrants
1.01- 1.19 years
Risk free rate
2.41%
Inter-relationship between key unobservable inputs and fair value measurement at March 31, 2019:
If the share price was lower (higher) by 10%, the fair value would decrease (increase) by $163,251 ($172,384).
If the volatility was lower (higher) by 10%, the fair value would decrease (increase) by $107,491 ($104,760).
The Company had the following warrants outstanding at March 31, 2019.
Grant date
Warrants
Exercise Price
($)
Expiry
October 5, 2018
5,840,000
0.60
April 4, 2020
Note 6 – Share-Based Payments
During the period ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 3,300,000 stock purchase options and 6,000,000 common shares to directors, officers and service providers as share based compensation. The value of the shares given was based on recent financing transactions, the fair value of options was estimated using Black-Scholes valuation model based on the assumptions as detailed below.
Common shares:
In April 2018 the Company issued 1,000,000 common shares, which were estimated at $0.125 per share and vested immediately, to a third-party consultant for legal services provided.
In October 2018 the Company issued 1,000,000 common shares, which were estimated at $0.178 per share and vested immediately, to original founders for services provided.
On October 5, 2018, the Board of Directors for the Company authorized the employment agreement for a Chief Executive Officer and awarded 3,000,000 shares of common stock, which were estimated at $0.178 per share and vested immediately, as compensation.
On December 21, 2018, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized and issued 1,000,000 common shares, which were estimated at $0.45 per share and vested immediately, to the Bona Vida management team in consideration of the management team joining the Company.
On October 5, 2018, the Company allocated 300,000 shares of common stock to management which will be issued in equal portions over two years (50% end of year 1 and 50% end of year 2). The shares were estimated at $0.178 per share and the Company recorded stock-based compensation fair value adjustment expense of $9,985 in its consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the reporting period (Dec 31, 2018 - $9,546) and as shares to be issuedsame line item in the statement of changesincome as the fees associated with the hosting element (service) of the arrangement and classify payments for capitalizing implementation costs in equity.
F-101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stock purchase options:
On October 5, 2018,the statement of cash flows in the same manner as payments made for fees associated with the hosting element. The entity is also required to present the capitalized implementation costs in the statement of financial position in the same line item that a prepayment for the fees of the associated hosting arrangement would be presented. The new standard was effective for the Company issued 1,700,000 stock purchase options at an exercise price of $1.00 to its management. 1,000,000 stock purchase options vests after a one-year period and 700,000 stock purchase options vests after a two-year period; all 1,700,000 stock purchase options are exercisable for ten years from the grant date.
On October 29, 2018, the Company issued 600,000 stock purchase option at an exercise price of $0.45 to its directors. These options vest after a one-year period and are exercisable for ten years from the grant date.
On November 21, 2018, the Company issued 600,000 stock purchase option at an exercise price of $1.00 to third party consultants. These options vest after a one-year period and are exercisable for ten years from the grant date.
On December 21, 2018, the Company issued 400,000 stock purchase option at an exercise price of $0.45 to its directors. These options vest after a one-year period and are exercisable for ten years from the grant date.
The components of stock purchase options are detailed in the table below.
 
Date of
grant
Vesting
period
(years)
Number
Exercise
price
($)
Share-
based
payment
expense
($)
Share
price
($)
Risk-
free
rate
Volatility
Dividend
yield
Expiry
(years)
Option grant
10/05/18
1
1,000,000
1.00
35,141
0.178
2.32
108%
Nil
10
Option grant
10/05/18
2
700,000
1.00
12,299
0.178
2.32
108%
Nil
10
Option grant
10/29/18
1
600,000
0.45
16,197
0.178
2.32
108%
Nil
10
Option grant
11/21/18
1
600,000
1.00
26,008
0.45
1.86
107%
Nil
10
Option grant
12/21/18
1
400,000
0.45
4,527
0.45
1.86
107%
Nil
10
The Company recorded stock-based compensation of stock purchase options expense of $173,380 in its consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the reporting period (Dec 31, 2018 – 94,172). As at March 31, 2019, all stock options granted remained outstanding and not exercisable.
Note 7 – GBX Acquisition
Onon January 9, 2019, the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) to acquire GBX, a BVI business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company issued a total of 10,000,000 common shares at estimated value of $0.45 per share in consideration for a 100% ownership interest in GBX.
The Company concluded GBX did not constitute a business and did not fulfill the definition of an asset and recorded an expense of $4,500,000 in its consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the reporting period.
Note 8 – Subsequent Events
1, 2020. The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring after the balance sheet date through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.no internal use software.
On May 6, 2019, BCC Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware Corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of BCC, merged with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation (the “Bona Vida Merger”). The merger between BCC Merger Sub, Inc. and the Company was constituted as a reorganization under Code Section 368(a)(2)(E). Pursuant to the Bona Vida Merger, the Company Common Stock held by each Bona Vida Shareholder that are issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the effective date converted into 468,085,106 shares, or 18,003,273 shares after adjusting for BCC’s 26 for 1 reverse stock split, of BCC Common Stock equal to 46% of the issued and outstanding shares of BCC’s voting stock and any other class of stock, on a fully diluted basis, subject to adjustment to reflect the effect of any BCC stock split, reverse stock split or stock dividend.
On May 14, 2019, the Company purchased Wamor Corporation S.A. in the Republic of Uruguay which it will utilize in the expansion of its operations into Latin America. On a pro-forma basis, since Wamor Corporation S.A. had no revenue and expenses in 2019, had this acquisition been completed on January 1, 2019, the net loss of the Company would not have changed.
F-102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
To the Board of Directors Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc.
Report on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.
Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditors’ Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances,Issued but not for the purpose of an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinionyet adopted
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Tampa, Florida
August 21, 2019
F-103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018
 
2019
2018
ASSETS
 
 
CURRENT ASSETS
 
 
Cash
$2,364,436
$1,226,489
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of approximately $100,000 and $141,000 as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively
4,152,779
4,440,387
Inventories
3,194,880
7,065,994
Prepaids and other current assets
349,491
487,791
Total current assets
10,061,586
13,220,661
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET OF ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
372,962
650,660
OTHER ASSETS
 
 
Goodwill
4,730,655
4,730,655
Other
14,650
13,200
Total other assets
4,745,305
4,743,855
 
$15,179,853
$18,615,176
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
Accounts payable
$2,529,480
$3,757,667
Accrued expenses
417,199
618,611
Accrued payroll liabilities
520,125
196,025
Total current liabilities
3,466,804
4,572,303
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
 
 
Due to related party
60,391
146,898
Loan payable, net of issuance costs
3,829,521
5,247,316
Total long-term liabilities
3,889,912
5,394,214
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
Preferred Stock; no par value; 110 shares authorized:
 
 
Series A-1; 36.67 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2019
Series A; 73.33 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2019 and 2018
Common Stock; no par value; 10,000 shares authorized;
890 and 100 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Additional paid-in capital - Series A-1 Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs
2,403,125
Additional paid-in capital - Series A Preferred Stock
5,000,000
5,000,000
Additional paid-in capital - Common Stock
57,141,157
57,141,157
Accumulated deficit
(56,721,145)
(53,492,498)
Total stockholders' equity
7,823,137
8,648,659
 
$15,179,853
$18,615,176
See notes to the financial statements.
F-104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018
 
2019
2018
SALES
$31,106,144
$38,359,679
COST OF SALES
20,532,995
24,322,252
GROSS PROFIT
10,573,149
14,037,427
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
13,378,974
20,297,838
LOSS ON DISPOSAL OF EQUIPMENT
73,975
25,929
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS
(2,879,800)
(6,286,341)
OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME
 
 
Interest expense, related party
(2,106,059)
Interest expense, other
(348,997)
(278,406)
Interest income
150
1,167
Total other expense
(348,847)
(2,383,298)
NET LOSS
$(3,228,647)
$(8,669,639)
See notes to the financial statements.
F-105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional Paid-In Capital
 
 
Common
Stock
Series A-1
Preferred
Stock
Series A
Preferred
Stock
Series A-1
Series A
 
 
 
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Preferred
Stock
Preferred
Stock
Common
Stock
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2017
100
$
$
$
$
$
$13,511,905
$(44,822,859)
$(31,310,954)
Issuance of preferred stock
 
 
 
 
73.33
 
 
5,000,000
 
 
5,000,000
Conversion of debt to common stock
790
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
43,629,252
 
43,629,252
Net loss
  
 
   
  
   
  
(8,669,639)
(8,669,639)
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2018
890
  —
73.33
5,000,000
57,141,157
(53,492,498)
8,648,659
Issuance of preferred stock, net of stock issuance costs
 
 
36.67
 
 
 
2,403,125
 
 
 
2,403,125
Net loss
  
 
   
  
   
  
(3,228,647)
(3,228,647)
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2019
890
$  —
36.67
$  —
73.33
$  —
$2,403,125
$5,000,000
$57,141,157
$(56,721,145)
$7,823,137
See notes to the financial statements.
F-106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
2019
2018
Net loss
$(3,228,647)
$(8,669,639)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
391,557
250,351
Loss on disposal of equipment
73,975
25,929
(Increase) decrease in:
 
 
Accounts receivable
287,608
(2,278,355)
Inventories
3,871,114
(4,995,647)
Prepaids and other assets
136,848
(60,070)
Increase (decrease) in:
 
 
Accounts payable
(1,228,365)
1,044,126
Accrued expenses
122,688
1,319,214
Total adjustments
3,655,425
(4,694,452)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
426,778
(13,364,091)
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment
(147,654)
(421,886)
Net cash used in investing activities
(147,654)
(421,886)
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
Due to related party
(86,507)
Proceeds from loan
9,178,065
7,863,165
Loan payments
(10,635,860)
(3,503,349)
Stock issuance costs
(96,875)
(112,500)
Proceeds from issuance of Series A-1 Preferred Stock
2,500,000
5,000,000
Net cash provided by financing activities
858,823
9,247,316
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
1,137,947
(4,538,661)
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
1,226,489
5,765,150
CASH AT END OF YEAR
$2,364,436
$1,226,489
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON CASH
INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
The Company paid $348,997 and $278,406 in interest on the revolving line of credit during the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
During the year ended June 30, 2018, the Company reclassified accrued interest of $6,174,385 to principal on the note payable to a related party. Additionally, the note payable and accrued interest to the related party in the amount of $43,629,252 were converted to 790 shares of no par common stock in December 2017.
See notes to the financial statements.
F-107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware during June 2006. The Company is engaged in the production and distribution of holistic pet food, treats, and supplements derived from natural ingredients to distributors, retailers, and consumers throughout the United States of America, parts of Asia and Canada. The corporate headquarters is located in Tampa, Florida.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Accounting
The financial statements of the Company are prepared under the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP).
Use of Management Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash
Cash is maintained at major financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances. The Company’s deposits in excess of federally insured limits at June 30, 2019 and 2018 approximated $2,592,000 and $1,347,000, respectively.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consist of receivables from the sale of products. The Company records a provision for doubtful accounts to allow for any amounts that may not be recoverable, which is based on an analysis of the Company’s prior collection experience, customer creditworthiness, and current economic trends. The Company also records an allowance against accounts receivable for potential sales returns. Consistent with industry practice, the Company maintains a return policy that allows certain customers to return products for either a credit against future receivables or a refund. The Company’s estimate of the provision for returns is based on current trends of actual customer returns. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns of approximately $100,000 and $141,000 is considered adequate at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company determines receivables to be past due based on the payment terms of original invoices. Interest is not typically charged on past due receivables.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined by the weighted average cost method (which approximates the first-in, first-out method), or net realizable value. The Company provides an allowance for loss as needed for inventories determined to be excessive or obsolete.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging generally from 2 to 5 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations when incurred. Betterments and renewals are capitalized. When property and equipment are sold or otherwise disposed of, the asset account and related accumulated depreciation account are relieved, and any gain or loss is included in the statements of operations. For income tax purposes, the Company uses accelerated methods of depreciation for certain assets.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets that are subject to depreciation are reviewed for potential impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. During the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company determined that its long-lived assets were not impaired.
F-108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price and related costs over the value assigned to net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of an acquired business. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for possible impairments at least annually or more frequently upon the occurrence of an event or when circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. Goodwill impairment is identified by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the implied fair value of the goodwill within the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. During the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company determined that its goodwill was not impaired.
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that included the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Income Taxes
The Company follows Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”). This standard prescribes a recognition and measurement of tax positions to be taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Based on management’s evaluation, there are no uncertain tax positions at June 30, 2019 or 2018.
Other Taxes
Amounts collected on behalf of and remitted to governmental authorities for sales taxes and other similar taxes are reported on a net basis.
Revenue
Revenue is recognized when product is shipped and title transfers to the customers, net of sales discounts. In 2019 and 2018, sales to 4 customers approximated 89% and 87% of total sales, respectively. Accounts receivable from these customers amounted to approximately $2,864,000 and $4,450,000 of total accounts receivable as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Costs
The Company records amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling costs as sales revenue. Costs incurred by the Company for shipping and handling are included in cost of sales.
Purchase Concentrations
Purchases of inventory for 2019 and 2018 from 2 major suppliers approximated 79% and 74% of total inventory purchases, respectively. Accounts payable to these suppliers totaled approximately $1,220,000 and $998,000 at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Advertising Expenses
Advertising expenses are charged to operations as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 amounted to approximately $5,088,000 and $10,526,000, respectively. These amounts represent primarily customer trade support (retailer advertising and merchandising).
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue
F-109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The revenue guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted as of the original effective date. The ASU may be applied retrospectively to historical periods presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this ASU on its financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases2016-13 “Financial Instruments − Credit Losses (Topic 842). Under ASU No. 2016-02, an entity will be required326),” a new standard to recognize right-of-use assetsreplace the incurred loss impairment methodology under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and lease liabilities on its balance sheetrequires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and disclose keysupportable information about leasing arrangements. ASU No. 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU No. 2016-02inform credit loss estimates. The standard is effective for annual reporting periodsthe Company on January 1, 2023, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and does not expect the impact to be material.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption,January 1, 2021 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this ASUstandard on its financial statements.
Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements through August 21, 2019, the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued.
3. INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of:
 
2019
2018
Finished goods
$3,501,829
$6,689,275
Raw materials
285,574
825,220
 
3,787,403
7,514,495
Less inventory reserve
(592,523)
(448,501)
 
$3,194,880
$7,065,994
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consist of:
 
2019
2018
Furniture and fixtures
$94,771
$94,771
Computer equipment
80,666
78,898
Computer software
430,563
430,563
Equipment
380,650
483,980
Assets not in service:
 
 
Computer software
80,123
Equipment
1,768
 
986,650
1,170,102
Less accumulated depreciation
(613,688)
(519,443)
 
$372,962
$650,660
Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $352,000 and $250,000 for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
5. LOAN PAYABLE
On May 5, 2017, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement. The loan and security agreement provided for a revolving line of credit, not to exceed an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 limited to qualifying receivables and inventories, as defined, and granted a security interest in and lien upon all of the assets of the
F-110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Company. On October 31, 2017, the Company amended the loan and security agreement to increase the maximum revolving facility amount to $12,000,000. The outstanding principal under the loan and security agreement accrues interest at prime rate plus 2% (7.50%) as of June 30, 2019. The loan and security agreement contains a financial covenant, which requires the Company to maintain minimum liquidity of $500,000. The Company was compliant with its financial covenant as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The loan and security agreement is secured by substantially all assets of the Company, is guaranteed by the stockholder, and expires on May 5, 2021. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, there was approximately $3,903,000 (less issuance costs of approximately $73,000) and $5,361,000 (less issuance costs of approximately $113,000) outstanding on the revolving line of credit, respectively.
6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has advances due to a related party totaling approximately $60,000 and $147,000 at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These advances are unsecured and non-interest bearing, with no specific repayment terms. The Company has reflected these advances as long-term in the accompanying balance sheets as repayment is not expected until one year after the respective balance sheet dates.
The Company had a related party note payable with a principal member of the Company’s parent with a balance of approximately $37,455,000 at June 30, 2017. Effective July 6, 2017, this note was amended to increase the principal balance to approximately $41,592,000, which represented the principal balance plus accrued interest as of that date and extended the maturity date to July 6, 2018. Interest expense related to this note amounted to $0 and approximately $2,106,000 for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
In December, 2017, the Company converted all of its $41,592,000 convertible subordinated note and accrued interest of $2,106,000 into approximately 790 shares of no-par common stock.
The terms and amounts of the note were not necessarily indicative of those that would have been incurred or agreed to had comparable transactions been entered into with independent parties.
7. RETIREMENT PLAN
The Company participates in a 401(k) plan (the “Plan”), which is available to all eligible employees. Employer contributions to the Plan are fixed and equal 3% of each qualified employee’s eligible compensation. Total employer contributions to the Plan were approximately $72,000 and $69,000 for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company rents office space under a non-cancelable operating lease. The lease agreement calls for initial monthly payments averaging approximately $4,657, excluding taxes and common area maintenance charges, and expires in 2023.
The following is a schedule by year of the future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have an initial or remaining non-cancelable lease term in excess of one year:
Year Ending June 30,
 
2020
$62,916
2021
$55,882
2022
$55,882
2023
$32,958
Rent expense was approximately $80,000 and $68,000 for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Certain key employees are eligible to participate in bonus payments in the event of a sale of the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets, (the “Transaction”) under Transaction Bonus Plans (the “Plans”). The Plans automatically terminate on the earlier of (i) the satisfaction by all parties of any obligations relating to a consummated Transaction, regardless of whether the Transaction results in the payment of any bonus to an eligible key employee, or October 31, 2019.
From time to time, the Company may be involved in various claims or litigation proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from any such claims or litigation proceedings would not be material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
F-111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9. INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes consists of:
 
2019
2018
Deferred
$(799,800)
$3,656,900
Change in valuation allowance
799,800
(3,656,900)
Total provision for income taxes
$
$
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
2019
2018
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
 
 
Net operating loss carryforward
$14,513,986
$13,673,348
Goodwill
(1,003,396)
(925,749)
Property and equipment
(73,366)
(100,655)
Charitable contributions
64,793
114,854
Other
245,419
185,879
 
13,747,437
12,947,677
Less valuation allowance
(13,747,437)
(12,947,677)
Total provision for income taxes
$
$
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. As of June 30, 2019, and 2018, based upon the levels of historical taxable income and projections of future taxable income over which the deferred tax assets are deductible,
9. INCOME TAXES− CONTINUED
the Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will not be able to realize the benefits of a majority of these deductible differences. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $13,747,437 and $12,947,677 has been provided in the accompanying financial statements as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The 2019 and 2018 net change in the valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets was an increase and a decrease of approximately $799,800 and $3,656,900, respectively, which was primarily related to the changes in the operating loss carryforwards for those years.
At June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company has federal tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $58,928,000 and $55,515,000, respectively. Federal tax loss carryforwards of approximately $46,160,000 will expire beginning in the year 2026 unless utilized earlier.
On December 22, 2017 H.R. 1, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was enacted, which, except for certain provisions is effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1st, 2018. The TCJA’s primary change affecting the Company in a material way was a reduction in the maximum federal statutory corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and elimination of the corporate alternative minimum tax. As a result, the 21% rate was used in calculating the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2019 and 2018. The effect on the company’s income tax expense due to the rate reduction from 35% to 21% was $6,850,190 all of which was recognized in the third quarter of the year ending June 30, 2018. An adjustment to the company's valuation allowance was recorded in the third quarter of 2018 wholly offsetting the tax expense related to the effects of the rate change.
10. CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
The Company issued 36.67 shares of Series A-1 and 73.33 shares of Series A redeemable preferred stock with no par value for approximately $2,400,000 (net of issuance costs) and $5,000,000 in November 2018 and December 2017,
F-112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

respectively. The cumulative annual dividend rate of $15% per share (based on an original issue price per share equal to $68,184.92) shall be compounded annually and accrued for upon declaration of such dividends. At June 30, 2019 and 2018 no dividends were declared and the Company is under no obligation to pay such dividends.
The Corporation shall not declare, pay, or set aside any dividends on any other shares of capital stock unless the holders of the Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding first receive payment in full in an amount equal to the stated value plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption. The maximum amount the Company could be required to pay to redeem the shares is $1,373,716 as of June 30, 2019. Under the terms of the Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock the Company is not required to set aside funds for meeting preferred stock dividend requirements.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets available for distribution to its stockholders, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of this Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock.
Consistent with those of Common Stock, the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Preferred Stock held at all meetings of stockholders.
F-113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
As of September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and June 30, 2019
 
As of
September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
As of
June 30,
2019
CURRENT ASSETS
 
 
Cash
$1,611,147
$2,364,436
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of approximately $100,000 and $100,000 as of September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively
4,640,257
4,152,779
Inventories
3,433,099
3,194,880
Prepaids and other current assets
461,008
349,491
Total current assets
10,145,511
10,061,586
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
314,071
372,962
Goodwill
4,730,655
4,730,655
Other
14,650
14,650
Total assets
$15,204,887
$15,179,853
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
Accounts payable
$1,900,140
$2,529,480
Accrued expenses
691,710
417,199
Accrued payroll liabilities
197,247
520,125
Total current liabilities
2,789,097
3,466,804
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
 
 
Due to related party
60,391
60,391
Loan payable, net of issuance costs
4,043,255
3,829,521
Total liabilities
6,892,743
7,356,716
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
Preferred Stock; no par value; 110 shares authorized:
 
 
Series A-1; 36.67 shares issued and outstanding
Series A; 73.33 shares issued and outstanding Common stock; no par value; 10,000 shares authorized; 890 issued and outstanding
Additional paid-in capital - Series A-1 Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs
2,403,125
2,403,125
Additional paid-in capital - Series A Preferred Stock
5,000,000
5,000,000
Additional paid-in capital - Common Stock
57,141,157
57,141,157
Accumulated deficit
(56,232,138)
(56,721,145)
Total stockholders' equity
8,312,144
7,823,137
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$15,204,887
$15,179,853
See notes to the financial statements
F-114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2018
(Unaudited)
 
For the three months ended
September 30,
 
2019
2018
SALES
$8,442,822
$7,607,605
COST OF SALES
5,128,392
4,686,922
GROSS PROFIT
3,314,430
2,920,683
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
2,751,162
3,594,401
LOSS ON DISPOSAL OF EQUIPMENT
10,290
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
563,268
(684,008)
OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME
 
 
Interest expense, other
(74,299)
(101,554)
Interest income
38
38
Total other expense
(74,261)
(101,516)
NET INCOME (LOSS)
$489,007
$(785,524)
See notes to the financial statements
F-115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2018
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional Paid-In Capital
 
 
 
Common
Stock
Series A-1
Preferred
Stock
Series A
Preferred
Stock
Series A-1
Preferred
Stock
Series A
Preferred
Stock
Common
Stock
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance, June 30, 2017
100
$—
$—
$—
$
$
$13,511,905
$(44,822,859)
$(31,310,954)
Issuance of preferred stock
73.33
5,000,000
5,000,000
Conversion of debt to common stock
790
43,629,252
43,629,252
Net Loss
(8,669,639)
(8,669,639)
Balance, June 30, 2018
890
73.33
$5,000,000
$57,141,157
$(53,492,498)
$8,648,659
Net Loss (Unaudited)
$(785,524)
$(785,524)
Balance, September 30, 2018 (Unaudited)
890
73.33
$5,000,000
$57,141,157
$(54,278,022)
7,863,135
Issuance of preferred stock,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
net of stock issuance costs
36.67
2,403,125
2,403,125
Net Loss
(2,443,123)
(2,443,123)
Balance, June 30, 2019
890
36.67
73.33
$2,403,125
$5,000,000
$57,141,157
$(56,721,145)
$7,823,137
Net Income (Unaudited)
489,007
489,007
Balance, September 30, 2019 (Unaudited)
890
36.67
73.33
$2,403,125
$5,000,000
$57,141,157
$(56,232,138)
$8,312,144
See notes to the financial statements
F-116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2018
Unaudited
 
September 30,
2019
September 30,
2018
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
Net Income (loss)
$489,007
$(785,524)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used) provided by operating activities:
 
 
Depreciation & Amortization
61,386
84,266
Loss on disposal of equipment
10,290
(Increase) decrease in:
 
 
Accounts receivable
(487,478)
(107,096)
Inventories
(238,220)
771,641
Prepaids and other assets
(101,517)
(31,364)
Increase (decrease) in:
 
 
Accounts payable
(629,342)
(679,703)
Accrued expenses
(48,366)
(146,588)
Total adjustments
(1,443,537)
(98,554)
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
(954,530)
(884,078)
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment
(2,495)
(37,947)
Net cash used by investing activities
(2,495)
(37,947)
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
Proceeds from loan
384,958
Loan payments
203,736
Net cash provided by financing activities
203,736
384,958
 
 
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
(753,289)
(537,067)
CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
2,364,436
1,226,489
CASH AT END OF PERIOD
$1,611,147
$689,422
See notes to the financial statements
F-117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HALO, PURELY FOR PETS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware during June 2006. The Company is engaged in the production and distribution of holistic pet food, treats, and supplements derived from natural ingredients to distributors, retailers, and consumers throughout the United States of America, parts of Asia and Canada. The corporate headquarters is located in Tampa, Florida.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Accounting
The financial statements of the Company are prepared under the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP).
Use of Management Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of theconsolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In March 2020, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash
Cash is maintained at major financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances. The Company’s deposits in excess of federally insured limits at September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019 approximated $1,518,000 and $2,592,000, respectively.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consist of receivables from the sale of products. The Company records a provision for doubtful accounts to allow for any amounts that may not be recoverable, which is based on an analysisFASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Company’s prior collection experience, customer creditworthiness,Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides optional expedient and current economic trends. The Company also records an allowance against accounts receivableexceptions for potential sales returns. Consistent with industry practice,applying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. In response to the Company maintains a return policy that allows certain customers to return products for either a credit against future receivables or a refund. The Company’s estimateconcerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs) and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the provision for returns is based on current trends of actual customer returns. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns of approximately $100,000 is considered adequate at both September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019. The Company determines receivablesLondon Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to be past due based on the payment terms of original invoices. Interest is not typically charged on past due receivables.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined by the weighted average cost method (which approximates the first-in, first-out method), or net realizable value. The Company provides an allowance for loss as needed for inventories determined to be excessive or obsolete.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging generally from 2 to 5 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations when incurred. Betterments and renewals are capitalized. When property and equipment are sold or otherwise disposed of, the asset account and related accumulated depreciation account are relieved, and any gain or loss is included in the statements of operations. For income tax purposes, the Company uses accelerated methods of depreciation for certain assets.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assetsidentify alternative reference rates that are subjectmore observable or transaction based and less susceptible to depreciation are reviewed formanipulation. Topic 848 provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential impairment whenever events or circumstances indicateaccounting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. During the quarter ended September 30, 2019 and year ended June 30, 2019, the Company determined that its long-lived assets were not impaired.
F-118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price and related costs over the value assigned to net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of an acquired business. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for possible impairments at least annually or more frequently upon the occurrence of an event or when circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. Goodwill impairment is identified by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the implied fair value of the goodwill within the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. During the year ended June 30, 2019, the Company determined that its goodwill was not impaired.
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that included the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Income Taxes
The Company follows Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”). This standard prescribes a recognition and measurement of tax positions to be taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Based on management’s evaluation, there are no uncertain tax positions at September 30, 2019 or June 30, 2019.
Other Taxes
Amounts collected on behalf of and remitted to governmental authorities for sales taxes and other similar taxes are reported on a net basis.
Revenue
Revenue is recognized when product is shipped and title transfers to the customers, net of sales discounts. For the three months ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, sales to four customers approximated 89% and 82% of total sales, respectively. Accounts receivable from these customers amounted to approximately $3,332,000 and $2,864,000 of total accounts receivable as of September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Costs
The Company records amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling costs as sales revenue. Costs incurred by the Company for shipping and handling are included in cost of sales.
Purchase Concentrations
Purchases of inventory for the quarter ended September 30, 2019 and year ended June 30, 2019 from two major suppliers approximated 74% and 79% of total inventory purchases, respectively. Accounts payable to these suppliers totaled approximately $1,182,000 and $1,220,000 at September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively.
Advertising Expenses
Advertising expenses are charged to operations as incurred. Advertising expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018 amounted to approximately $1,216,000 and $1,051,000, respectively. These amounts represent primarily customer trade support (retailer advertising and merchandising).
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers.discontinued. The ASU will replace most existing revenue
F-119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The revenue guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning aftercan be adopted no later than December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted as of the original effective date. The ASU may be applied retrospectively to historical periods presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this ASU on its financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Under ASU No. 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU No. 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU No. 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption,1, 2022 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this ASUthe standard will have on its financial statements.
Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure in theconsolidated financial statements through February 18, 2020,and related disclosures, as well as the datepotential impact of reference rate reform on which the financial statements were available to be issued. Refer to Note 10 – Subsequent Events for additional information.
3. INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of:
 
(Unaudited)
 
September 30,
2019
June 30,
2019
Finished goods
$3,555,653
$3,501,829
Raw materials
434,304
285,574
 
3,989,957
3,787,403
Less inventory reserve
(556,858)
(592,523)
 
$3,433,099
$3,194,880
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consist of:
 
(Unaudited)
 
September 30,
2019
June 30,
2019
Furniture and fixtures
$78,195
$94,771
Computer equipment
80,666
80,666
Computer software
430,563
430,563
Equipment
397,226
380,650
Assets not in service:
 
 
Equipment
2,495
 
989,145
986,650
Less accumulated depreciation
(675,074)
(613,688)
 
$314,071
$372,962
Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $84,000 and $61,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
5. LOAN PAYABLE
On May 5, 2017, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement. The loan and security agreement provided for a revolving line of credit, not to exceed an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 limited to qualifyingour debt instruments.
F-120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

receivables and inventories (as defined therein). On October 31, 2017, the Company amended the loan and security agreement to increase the maximum revolving facility amount to $12,000,000. The outstanding principal under the loan and security agreement accrues interest at prime rate plus 2% (7.00%) as of September 30, 2019. The loan and security agreement contains a financial covenant, which requires the Company to maintain minimum liquidity of $500,000. The Company was compliant with its financial covenant as of September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019. The loan and security agreement is secured by substantially all assets of the Company, is guaranteed by the stockholder, and expires on May 5, 2021. As of September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019, there was approximately $4,107,000 (less issuance costs of approximately $63,000), and approximately $3,903,000 (less issuance costs of approximately $73,000) of indebtedness outstanding, respectively.
6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has advances due to a related party totaling approximately $60,000 at September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively. These advances are unsecured and non-interest bearing, with no specific repayment terms. The Company has reflected these advances as long-term in the accompanying balance sheets as repayment is not expected until one year after the respective balance sheet dates.
7. RETIREMENT PLAN
The Company participates in a 401(k) plan (the “Plan”), which is available to all eligible employees. Employer contributions to the Plan are fixed and equal 3% of each qualified employee’s eligible compensation. Total employer contributions to the Plan were $14,000 and approximately $72,000 for the three month period ended September 30, 2019 and year ended June 30, 2019, respectively.
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company rents office space under a non-cancelable operating lease. The lease agreement calls for initial monthly payments averaging approximately $4,657, excluding taxes and common area maintenance charges, and expires in 2023.
Rent expense was approximately $23,000 and $17,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Certain key employees are eligible to participate in bonus payments in the event of a sale of the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets, (the “Transaction”) under Transaction Bonus Plans (the “Plans”). The Plans automatically terminate on the earlier of (i) the satisfaction by all parties of any obligations relating to a consummated Transaction, regardless of whether the Transaction results in the payment of any bonus to an eligible key employee, or October 31, 2019.
From time to time, the Company may be involved in various claims or litigation proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from any such claims or litigation proceedings would not be material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
9. CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
The Company issued 36.67 shares of Series A-1 redeemable preferred stock and 73.33 shares of Series A redeemable preferred stock with no par value for approximately $2,400,000 (net of issuance costs) and $5,000,000 in November 2018 and December 2017, respectively. The cumulative annual dividend rate of 15% (based on an original issue price per share equal to $68,184.92) is compounded annually and accrued for upon declaration of such dividends. At September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019 no dividends were declared and the Company is under no obligation to pay such dividends.
The Company shall not declare, pay, or set aside any dividends on any other shares of capital stock unless the holders of the Series A-1 redeemable preferred stock and Series A redeemable preferred stock then outstanding first receive payment in full in an amount equal to the stated value plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption. The maximum amount the Company could be required to pay to redeem the shares is $2,217,466 and $1,373,716 as of September 30, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively. Under the terms of the Series A redeemable preferred stock and Series A-1 redeemable preferred stock the Company is not required to set aside funds for meeting preferred stock dividend requirements.
F-121F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In March 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-03, Codification Improvement to Financial Instruments. This ASU improves and clarifies various financial instruments topics, including the eventcurrent expected credit losses (CECL) standard issued in 2016. The ASU includes seven different issues that describe the areas of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding upimprovement and the related amendments to GAAP, intended to make the standards easier to understand and apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. The amendments have different effective dates. The Company is evaluating the impact the accounting guidance will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In August 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging − Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity's Own Equity. This ASU reduces the number of accounting models for convertible instruments, amends diluted EPS calculations for convertible instruments, and amends the requirements for a contract (or embedded derivative) that is potentially settled in an entity’s own shares to be classified in equity. This standard is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2024 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the holdersimpact of sharesthis standard on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Note 2 − Acquisitions
Acquisition of Series A-1 redeemable preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets available for distribution to its stockholders, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A redeemable preferred stock or common stock.
Consistent with those of the common stock, the holders of Series A-1 redeemable preferred stock and Series A redeemable preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of preferred stock held at all meetings of stockholders.
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTSHalo
On October 15, 2019, the Company (Thriving Paws, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Thriving Paws”), HH-Halo LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“HH-Halo” and, together with Thriving Paws, the “Sellers”) with HH-Halo, in the capacity of the representative of the Sellers) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (“the Agreement”) with Better Choice Company Inc. (BTTR), a Delaware corporation (the “Buyer”). Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Agreement, the Company agreed to sell one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Halo to the Buyer.
On December 18, 2019,acquire Halo and the Sellers entered into an Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which, among other things, a portion of the consideration for the Acquisitionacquisition (the “Halo Acquisition”) was paid to Werner von Pein, the chief executive officer of Halo.
Under the terms of the Amended Agreement, the Company completed the Acquisition on December 19, 2019 (the “Halo Acquisition Date”), for approximately $39.4 million pending final valuation of non-cash components issued to the Sellers.$38.2 million. The consideration was subject to customary adjustments for Halo’s net working capital, cash, and indebtedness, and consisted of a combination of (i) cash consideration (ii) a total of 2,134,390($20.5 million), shares of the Company’s common stock ($3.9 million), Seller Notes ($15 million), and Seller Warrants ($0.3 million). The Company incurred $0.9 million in transaction costs, which are included in general and administrative expenses.
The Halo Acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values at the Halo Acquisition Date. The purchase price allocation is summarized as follows (in thousands):
Halo
Total purchase price
$38,244
Assets and Liabilities Acquired:
Assets
Property and equipment
260
Accounts receivable
5,540
Inventories
5,160
Intangible assets
14,690
Other assets
329
Total assets
25,979
Liabilities
Accounts payable
4,628
Accrued liabilities
1,553
Long term liability
168
Total liabilities
6,349
Net assets acquired
19,630
Goodwill
$18,614
The excess of purchase price over the fair value amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed represents goodwill from the acquisition. The Company believes the factors that contributed to goodwill include the acquisition of a talented workforce and administrative cost synergies. The Company does not expect any portion of this goodwill to be deductible for tax purposes. See “Note 9 − Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill” for more information.
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reverse Acquisitions of Better Choice and Bona Vida by TruPet
On May 6, 2019, Better Choice Company completed the reverse acquisitions of TruPet and Bona Vida whereby TruPet is considered the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes. The acquisitions were accounted for as asset acquisitions.
The purchase price for Better Choice Company was $37.9 million and has been allocated based on an estimate of the fair value of Better Choice Company’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the remainder recorded as an expense. The loss on acquisition of Better Choice Company’s net liabilities is $39.6 million.
The purchase price for Bona Vida was $108.6 million and the estimated purchase price has been allocated based on an estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired has been recorded as an expense. The loss on acquisition of Bona Vida’s net assets is $107.8 million.
On May 6, 2019, the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired were (in thousands):
 
Better Choice
Company
Bona Vida
Total
Total Purchase Price
$37,949
$108,620
$146,569
Net Assets (Liabilities) Acquired:
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
7
384
391
Restricted cash
25
25
Accounts receivable
69
69
Inventories
95
95
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
32
348
380
Intangible assets
986
986
Other assets
74
74
Total Assets
1,025
995
2,020
Liabilities
 
 
 
Warrant derivative liability
2,130
2,130
Accounts payable & accrued liabilities
544
153
697
Total Liabilities
2,674
153
2,827
Net Assets (Liabilities) Acquired
(1,649)
842
(807)
Loss on Acquisitions
$(39,598)
$(107,778)
$(147,376)
Note 3 – Revenue
The Company records revenue net of discounts. Discounts primarily consist of early pay discounts, general percentage allowances and contractual trade promotions such as auto-ship subscriptions.
The Company excludes sales taxes collected from revenues. Retail-partner based customers are not subject to sales tax.
Revenue is deferred for orders that have been paid for, but not shipped. Based on historical experience, the Company records an estimated liability for returns. Product returns were $0.3 million and less than $0.4 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The TLC loyalty program enables customers to accumulate points based on their spending. A portion of revenue is deferred at the time of sale when points are earned and recognized when the loyalty points are redeemed. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, customers held unredeemed loyalty program awards of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company recognized revenue of $0.5 million and less than $0.2 million from the loyalty program for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Shipping costs associated with moving finished products to customers were $1.5 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Such shipping costs are recorded as part of general and administrative expenses.
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We group our revenue channels into four distinct categories: E-Commerce, which includes the sale of product to online retailers such as Amazon and Chewy; Brick & Mortar, which includes the sale of product to pet specialty chains such as Petco, select grocery chains, and neighborhood pet stores; DTC which includes the sale of product through our online web platform; and International, which includes the sale of product to foreign distribution partners and to select international retailers. We believe our omni-channel approach is a significant competitive advantage, as it allows us to design and sell products purpose-built for success in specific channels while maintaining our ability to leverage marketing and sales resources cross-channel.
Information about the Company’s revenue channels is as follows (in thousands):
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
2020
2019
E-commerce
$14,218
34%
$1,952
13%
Brick & Mortar
8,982
21%
194
1%
DTC
10,778
25%
13,392
86%
International
8,612
20%
39
%
Net Sales
$42,590
100%
$15,577
100%
Note 4 − Inventories
Inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Food, treats and supplements
$4,987
$6,425
Inventory packaging and supplies
596
504
Other products and accessories
73
Total inventories
5,583
7,002
Inventory reserve
(714)
(422)
Inventories, net
$4,869
$6,580
Note 5 – Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Prepaid advertising contract with iHeart(1)
$1,788
$1,776
Other prepaid expenses and other current assets(2)
2,286
865
Total Prepaid expenses and other current assets
4,074
2,641
(1)
On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into a radio advertising agreement with iHeart Media + Entertainment, Inc. and issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $3.4 million for future advertising to be provided to the Company from August 2019 to August 2021. The Company issued an additional 125,000 shares valued at $0.1 million on March 5, 2020 pursuant to the agreement. The agreement requires the Company to spend a minimum amount for talent fees or other direct iHeart costs. The company committed to using $1.7 million of the media inventory by August 28, 2020, with the remainder of the inventory available through August 28, 2021. On August 28, 2020 the contract was amended to extend the commitment dates by one year, whereas $1.7 million of the advertising media inventory will now be used by August 28, 2021, with the remainder available through August 28, 2022. The long-term portion of the contract balance of $1.2 million and $1.1 million was recorded in other non-current assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(2)
As of December 31, 2020, this amount includes various other prepaid contracts. The Company entered into an agreement for access to an investment platform in exchange for 500,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.6 million for a period of one year. Additionally, the Company entered into an agreement for marketing services in exchange for 500,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.5 million from January 2021 to January 2022.
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 6 − Property and equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
 
Estimated
Useful Life
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Equipment
3 - 7 years
$234
$222
Furniture and fixtures
5 - 7 years
150
138
Computer software
3 years
111
115
Computer equipment
2 - 3 years
4
4
Total property and equipment
 
499
479
Accumulated depreciation
 
(247)
(62)
Net property and equipment
 
$252
$417
Depreciation expense was $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Note 7 – Accrued liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Accrued professional fees(1)
$704
$1,695
Accrued sales tax
1,009
1,233
Accrued payroll and benefits
913
994
Accrued trade promotions
106
357
Accrued dividends(2)
256
Accrued interest
86
109
Other
185
77
Total accrued liabilities
$3,003
$4,721
(1)
The Company recognized a reduction in accrued legal fees related to a finalized settlement of amounts that were accrued for in 2019.
(2)
Accrued dividends related to the Series E were less than $0.3 million as of December 31, 2019. In connection with the issuance of Series F Preferred Stock in October 2020, all accrued dividends were settled through the terms of the exchange agreement related to the Series E Preferred Stock. See “Note 13 − Redeemable convertible preferred stock” for additional information.
Note 8 – Operating leases
The table below presents certain information related to the lease costs for operating leases (in thousands):
 
Year ended December 31
 
2020
2019
Operating lease costs
$307
$369
Short-term lease costs
130
115
Variable lease costs
27
31
Total operating lease costs
$464
$515
The following table presents weighted-average terms for our operating leases:
 
Year ended December 31
 
2020
2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term
1.9
2.6
Weighted-average discount rate
12.5%
12.5%
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the maturities of operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):
2021
204
2022
186
2023
7
Total maturities of operating lease liabilities
397
Less: imputed interest
40
Present value of future minimum lease payments
$357
Note 9 – Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill
Intangible assets and royalties
In May 2019, the Company acquired a licensing agreement with Authentic Brands and Elvis Presley Enterprises (“ABG”). The licensing agreement required an upfront equity payment of $1.0 million worth of common stock and the license was recorded at its amortized cost which approximated fair value. The Company did not plan to use the license in the future and therefore terminated the agreement on January 13, 2020. The Company recognized an impairment charge for the net book value of the licensing agreement as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019.
As part of the termination, the Company: (1) paid ABG $0.1 million in cash upon the signing of the termination agreement on January 13, 2020, (2) issued ABG 72,720 shares of the Company’s common stock on January 13, 2020, (3) agreed to pay ABG $0.1 million in cash in four equal installments each month from July 31, 2020 through October 31, 2020, (4) issued ABG $0.6 million aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Promissory Notes (the “ABG Notes”) effective January 20, 2020, and (5) issued ABG a common stock purchase warrant (the “ABG Warrants”) equal to a fair value of $150,000 on January 20, 2020. The terms of the ABG Notes match those of the Seller Notes, including convertible features exercisable any time after the date of issuance, a 10% interest rate and maturity date of June 30, 2023. The ABG Warrants are exercisable for 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO (as defined in the ABG Warrants) and carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock was sold in the IPO. The fair values of the ABG Notes and ABG Warrants on their issuance dates were $0.6 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively. On June 24, 2020, the exercise price of the ABG Warrants was amended in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes (defined below) to lower the maximum exercise price from $5.00 to $4.25 per share. See “Note 10 − Debt” and “Note 11 − Warrants” for additional information. The total cost of the contract termination noted above is measured at its fair value of $1.1 million and is included in general and administrative expense.
The Company’s intangible assets (in thousands) and related useful lives (in years) are as follows:
 
 
 
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
 
Estimated
Useful Life
Gross
Carrying
Amount(1)
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount(1)
Customer relationships
7
$7,190
$(1,059)
$6,131
$(35)
$7,155
Trade name
15
7,500
(516)
6,984
(14)
7,486
Total intangible assets
 
$14,690
$(1,575)
$13,115
$(49)
$14,641
(1)
The gross intangible asset values and the net carrying amount as of December 31, 2019 have been updated to correct an immaterial disclosure reporting error in our 2019 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Amortization expense was $1.5 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The estimated future amortization of intangible assets over the remaining weighted average useful life of 10.2 years is as follows (in thousands):
2021
$1,526
2022
1,526
2023
1,526
2024
1,526
2025
1,526
Thereafter
5,485
 
$13,115
There were no indicators or impairment of the intangible assets as of December 31, 2020.
Goodwill
Goodwill of $18.6 million was recognized in connection with the Halo Acquisition. The Company performed a quantitative assessment for its annual impairment test as of October 1, 2020. Under the quantitative approach, the Company makes various estimates and assumptions in determining the estimated fair value of the reporting unit using a combination of discount cash flow models and valuations based on earnings multiples for guideline public companies when externally quoted market prices are not readily available. As of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was no accumulated impairment loss and no impairment expense related to goodwill.
Note 10 – Debt
The components of the Company’s debt consist of the following (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
 
Amount
Rate
Maturity
Date
Amount
Rate
Maturity
Date
Short term loan, net
$7,826
(1)
1/15/2021
$16,061
(1)
12/19/2020
Line of credit, net
5,023
(2)
7/5/2022
4,819
(1)
12/19/2020
November 2019 notes payable, net (November 2019 Notes)
2,830
10%
6/30/2023
2,769
10%
11/4/2021
December 2019 notes payable, net (Senior Seller Notes)
10,332
10%
6/30/2023
9,191
10%
6/30/2023
December 2019 notes payable, net (Junior Seller Notes)
4,973
10%
6/30/2023
4,410
10%
6/30/2023
ABG notes payable, net (ABG Notes)
687
10%
6/30/2023
June 2020 notes payable, net (June 2020 Notes)
88
10%
6/30/2023
Halo PPP Loan
431
1%
5/3/2022
 
TruPet PPP Loan
421
.98%
4/6/2022
Total debt
32,611
 
 
37,250
 
 
Less current portion
8,016
 
 
20,880
 
 
Total long term debt
$24,595
 
 
$16,370
 
 
(1)
Interest at Bank of Montreal Prime plus 8.05%
(2)
Interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points with and interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum
Short term loan and line of credit
On the Halo Acquisition date, December 19, 2019, the Company entered into a Loan Facilities Agreement (the “Facilities Agreement”) by and among the Company, as the borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”) and a private debt lender, as agent (the “Agent”). The Facilities Agreement provided for (i) a term loan facility of $20.5 million and (ii) a revolving demand loan facility not to exceed
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$7.5 million. The term loan was scheduled to mature on December 19, 2020 or such earlier date on which a demand is made by the Agent or any Lender and was extended as discussed below. The remaining revolving credit facility balance of $5.1 million was repaid in full with a portion of the proceeds from the ABL Facility, discussed below, and resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.1 million.
Certain directors and shareholders of the Company (“Shareholder Guarantors”) agreed to enter into a Continuing Guaranty (the “Shareholder Guaranties”) in the amount of $20.0 million and guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Facilities Agreement. As consideration for the Shareholder Guaranties, the Company issued common stock purchase warrants to the Shareholder Guarantors in an amount equal to 0.325 warrants for each dollar of debt under the agreement guaranteed by such Shareholder Guarantors (the “Guarantor Warrants”).
On July 16, 2020, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit with Citizens Business Bank in the aggregate amount of $7.5 million (the “ABL Facility”). The proceeds of the ABL Facility were used (i) to repay all principal, interest and fees outstanding under the Company’s existing revolving credit facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. Debt issuance costs of $0.1 million were incurred related to the Company entering into this revolving line of credit.
The ABL Facility matures on July 5, 2022 and bears interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum. Accrued interest on the ABL Facility is payable monthly commencing on August 5, 2020. The ABL Agreement provides for customary financial covenants, such as maintaining a specified adjusted EBITDA and a maximum senior debt leverage ratio, that commence on December 31, 2020 and customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to failure to make payment, bankruptcy, breaches of representations and material adverse effects. The Company prepaid the principal of the ABL Facility in full and did not incur any prepayment charges. See “Note 21 - Subsequent events” for additional information related to the revolver.
The ABL Facility is secured by a general security interest on the assets of the Company and is personally guaranteed by a member of the Company’s board of directors.
On October 5, 2020, the Company paid down the term loan by $11.0 million using proceeds from the Series F Private Placement. On October 29, 2020, the Company made an additional pay down on the term loan by $1.0 million using additional proceeds from the Series F Private Placement.
On November 25, 2020, Better Choice Company Inc. (the “Company”) entered into the fifth amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the Facilities Agreement, extending the maturity date of the term loan to January 15, 2021. The Company paid down the short term loan in full during January 2021. See “Note 21 − Subsequent events” for additional information related to the term loan.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the term loan outstanding was $7.8 million and $16.1 million, net of debt issuance costs and discounts of less than $0.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively, and the line of credit outstanding was $5.0 million and $4.8 million, net of debt issuance costs of $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The debt issuance costs and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.
Notes payable
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued $2.8 million of subordinated convertible notes (the “November 2019 Notes”) which carry a 10% interest rate and mature on November 4, 2021. The interest is payable in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. Payment in kind (“PIK”) interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the November 2019 Notes. The November 2019 Notes are exercisable any time from the date of issuance and carried an initial conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price(defined as the price at which the Company’s stock will be sold in a future IPO).
The November 2019 Notes were amended on January 6, 2020. The amendment incorporates only the preferable terms of the Seller Notes as noted below, and all other terms and provisions of the November 2019 Notes remain in full force and effect. As amended, for so long as any event of default (as defined in the November 2019 Note) exists, interest shall accrue on the November 2019 Note principal at the default interest rate of 12.0% per annum, and such accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable.
The November 2019 Notes were amended for the second time on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share and extends the maturity date from November 4, 2021 to June 30, 2023. Under the applicable accounting guidance, the Company accounted for the change in conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of $0.3 million as a reduction to the carrying amount of the debt instrument by increasing the associated debt discount with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the aggregate amount of November 2019 Notes outstanding was $2.8 million and $2.8 million, respectively, net of discounts of less than $0.3 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the November 2019 Notes using the effective interest method.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued $10.0 million and $5.0 million in senior subordinated convertible notes (the “Senior Seller Notes”) and junior subordinated convertible notes (the “Junior Seller Notes” and together with the Senior Seller Notes, the “Seller Notes”), respectively, to the sellers of Halo. The Seller Notes are exercisable any time from the date of issuance and carry a 10% interest rate and mature on June 30, 2023. Interest is payable in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the Seller Notes. The Seller Notes carried a conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price.
The Seller Notes were amended on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share. The Company accounted for the change in the conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of less than of $0.3 million as a reduction to the carrying amounts of the debt instruments by increasing the associated debt discounts with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of December 31, 2020, the Senior Seller Notes outstanding were $10.3 million, net of discounts of $0.8 million, and the Junior Seller Notes outstanding were $5.0 million, net of discounts of $0.5 million. As of December 31, 2019, the Senior Seller Notes outstanding were $9.2 million, net of discounts of $0.9 million, and the Junior Seller Notes outstanding were $4.4 million, net of discounts of $0.5 million. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the Seller Notes using the effective interest method.
On January 13, 2020, the Company issued $0.6 million in senior subordinated convertible notes to ABG. The ABG Notes are exercisable any time from the date of issuance and carry a 10% interest rate and mature on June 30, 2023. The interest is payable in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the ABG Notes. The ABG Notes carried an initial conversion price of the lower of (a) $4.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price.
The ABG Notes were amended on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The amendment lowers the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $4.00 per share to $3.75 per share. The Company accounted for the change in the conversion price as a modification of the debt instrument. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option of less than $0.1 million as a reduction to the carrying amount of the debt instrument by decreasing the associated debt premium with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
As of December 31, 2020, the ABG Notes outstanding was $0.7 million, including a debt premium of less than $0.1 million. The debt premium is being amortized over the life of the ABG Notes using the effective interest method.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “June 2020 Notes”) which carry a 10% interest rate and mature on June 30, 2023. The interest is payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. PIK interest is payable by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the June 2020 Notes. The June 2020 Notes are convertible any time from the date of issuance and carry a conversion price $0.75 per share. The June 2020 Notes are also convertible automatically upon the Company’s consummation of an initial public offering or change in control (each as defined in the June 2020 Notes).
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the June 2020 Notes to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the note holders. The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) related to the issuance of the June 2020 Notes. The BCF for the June 2020 Notes was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the beneficial conversion feature, based on relative fair value, and as a reduction to the
F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

carrying amount of the convertible instrument equal to the intrinsic value of the conversion feature limited to the proceeds amount allocated to the instrument. The Company will accrete the discount recorded in connection with the BCF valuation as interest expense over the term of the June 2020 Notes, using the effective interest rate method.
As of December 31, 2020, the amount outstanding on the June 2020 Notes was less than $0.1 million, net of discounts of less than $1.5 million. The discounts are being amortized over the life of the June 2020 Notes using the effective interest method.
The exercise, conversion or exchange of convertible securities, including for other securities, will dilute the percentage ownership of the Company’s stockholders. The dilutive effect of the exercise or conversion of these securities may adversely affect the Company’s ability to obtain additional capital.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company was in compliance with all covenant requirements and there were no events of default. All notes payable are subordinated to the short term loan and line of credit.
PPP loans
On April 10, 2020, TruPet, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc., was granted a loan from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the PPP under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act (the “TruPet PPP Loan”). The loan matures on April 6, 2022, and bears interest at a rate of 0.98% per annum, payable monthly commencing on November 6, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the TruPet PPP loan outstanding was $0.4 million.
On May 7, 2020, Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc., was granted a loan from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the PPP (the “Halo PPP Loan”). The loan matures on May 3, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum, with interest and principal payable monthly, commencing on November 1, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Halo PPP Loan outstanding was $0.4 million.
Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the loans may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act. The Company has used the entire loan amounts for qualifying expenses.
The Company recorded interest expense related to its outstanding indebtedness of $9.2 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Fair Value
The fair value of the November 2019, Senior Seller Notes and Junior Seller Notes, ABG Notes and June 2020 Notes were approximately $2.5 million, $9.0 million, $4.5 million, $0.5 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020. Fair value was determined by applying the income approach using a discounted cash flow model which primarily uses unobservable inputs (Level 3).
The carrying amounts of the Company’s short term loan and PPP loans approximates fair value due to its short term nature. The carrying amount for the Company’s line of credit approximates fair value as the instrument has a variable interest rate that approximates market rates.
Note 11 – Warrants
The following illustrates the Company's outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock as of and for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019:
 
Warrants
Exercise
Price
Warrants acquired on May 6, 2019
712,823
$3.90
Issued
17,414,030
$3.27
Exercised
(1,144,999)
$3.50
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2019
16,981,854
$3.23
Issued
49,928,469
$0.77
Exercised
(1,937,690)
$0.58
Terminated/Expired
(5,470,655)
$3.07
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2020
59,501,978
$1.22
F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The intrinsic value of outstanding warrants was $23.8 million and $12.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The following discussion provides details on the various types of outstanding warrants and the related relevant disclosures around each type.
Warrant Derivative Liability
In connection with the May Acquisitions, the Company acquired 712,823 warrants with a weighted average exercise price of $3.90 (the “May Acquisitions Warrants”). These warrants included an option to settle in cash in the event of a change of control of the Company and a reset feature if the Company issues shares of common stock with a strike price below the exercise price of the warrants, which required the Company to record the warrants as a derivative liability. The Company calculates the fair value of the derivative liability through a Monte Carlo Model that values the warrants based upon a probability weighted discounted cash flow model.
During January 2020, the Company issued shares below the exercise price of the May Acquisitions Warrants. As such, the Company issued an additional 1,003,232 warrants on March 17, 2020 to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $1.62 and modified the exercise price of the existing May Acquisitions Warrants to $1.62.
During June 2020, the Company issued common stock equivalents below the exercise price of the warrants issued on March 17, 2020. As such, the Company issued an additional 1,990,624 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.75 and modified the exercise price of the existing warrants to $0.75.
During September 2020, the Company amended all of these warrants to eliminate certain anti-dilution rights, fix the number of shares of common stock purchasable under each warrant, and set the exercise price thereof at $0.65 per share. As such, the Company issued an additional 570,258 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $0.65.
During the fourth quarter of 2020, holders exercised a total 1,687,690 warrants for which the Company issued shares of common stock. During December 2020, 2,512,321 of these warrants expired and an immaterial amount remained outstanding as of December 31, 2020, all of which expired during January 2021.
The warrants are valued based on future assumptions and, as the reset triggers were known events on December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company included the triggers in the valuations performed during the periods ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The following schedules show the fair value of the warrant derivative liability as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the change in fair value during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
Warrant Derivative
Liability
Assumption of warrants in May Acquisitions
$2,130
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
90
Balance as of December 31, 2019
$2,220
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability
(2,220)
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$
Series F Warrant Liability
During October 2020, the Company issued 43,403,130 warrants in connection with the Series F insider-led equity financing with an exercise price of $0.75. The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 72 months after the date of issuance. These warrants include a reset feature if the Company issues common stock, options, or convertible securities with a strike price below the exercise price of the warrants. These warrants did not meet the definition of a derivative or the requirements to be considered equity; as such, the Company recorded these as a liability. See “Note 13 − Redeemable convertible preferred stock” for more information on Series F.
The Company calculated the fair value of the warrant liability through a Monte Carlo Model and a Black Scholes Option Model. The total value of the consideration received in connection with the Series F Private Placement was first allocated to the warrant liability, with the remainder allocated to the preferred stock, which led to a discount ascribed to the Series F Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the Company recorded a discount of $14.6 million on the Series F Preferred Stock by adjusting Series F Additional Paid-in Capital.
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following schedule shows the fair value of the warrant liability upon issuance and the change in fair value during the year ended December 31, 2020 (in thousands):
Warrant
Liability
Issuance of Series F warrants
$14,952
Change in fair value of warrant liability
24,898
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$39,850
The following schedule shows the inputs used to measure the fair value of the warrant liability as of December 31, 2020:
Warrant liability
December 31,
2020
Stock price
$1.27
Exercise price
$0.75
Expected remaining term (in years)
5.75 – 5.81
Volatility
67.5%
Risk-free interest rate
0.5%
The valuation of the warrants is subject to uncertainty as a result of the unobservable inputs. If the volatility rate or risk-free interest rate were to change, the value of the warrants would be impacted.
Equity-Classified Warrants
On May 6, 2019 as part of the PIPE, the Company issued 5,744,991 warrants with an exercise price of $4.25. Additionally, in connection with the PIPE transaction, the Company issued 220,539 warrants to brokers with an exercise price of $3.00. The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO.
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued 11,000 warrants in connection with the November 2019 Notes. The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued 937,500 warrants in connection with the Seller Notes. The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $5.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock of the Company was sold in the IPO.
On June 24, 2020, the warrants related to the November 2019 Notes and Seller Notes were amended in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes to lower the maximum exercise price applicable to these warrants from $5.00 to $4.25 per share. The decrease in the exercise price resulted in an increase to the fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million which the Company recognized in general and administrative expense.
On December 19, 2019 the Company issued 6,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.82 in conjunction with the short term loan (the “Guarantor Warrants”). The warrants are exercisable on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of a future IPO. The Guarantor Warrants had a fair value of $4.2 million on the date of issuance.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.25 per share in connection with the June 2020 Notes (the “June 2020 Warrants”), which were exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
On July 20, 2020, the Company issued 300,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.05 per share in consideration for a personal guarantee by a member of the Company's board of directors on the ABL Facility (the “July 2020 Guarantor Warrants”), which were exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030.
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Warrants Issued as Compensation
On September 17, 2019, a Company advisor was issued 2,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $0.10 and 1,500,000 warrants with an exercise price of $10.00. The warrants were exercisable as follows: 1,250,000 of the warrants with the $0.10 exercise price (the “Tranche 1 Warrants”) were exercisable on the earlier of the twelve-month anniversary of the issuance date or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service to the Company; the remaining 1,250,000 of the warrants with the $0.10 exercise price (the “Tranche 2 Warrants”) and the 1,500,000 warrants with the $10.00 exercise price (the “Tranche 3 Warrants”) were exercisable on the earlier of the eighteen-month anniversary of the issuance date or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service to the Company.
On June 1, 2020, the Company entered into a termination agreement (the “Termination Agreement”) with the advisor. Pursuant to the terms of the Termination Agreement, the Tranche 1 Warrants were amended to reduce the number of shares of common stock purchasable thereunder to 1,041,666 shares, and the Tranche 2 Warrants and Tranche 3 Warrants were cancelled. The Tranche 1 Warrants (as amended pursuant to the Termination Agreement) were fully vested as of the date of the termination of the agreement and will remain exercisable until September 17, 2029. Furthermore, if the Company engages in any restricted business line as defined in the Termination Agreement, the Company will issue to the former advisor additional shares of common stock based on formulas intended to compensate the former advisor for the warrants that were reduced or terminated. In connection with the Termination Agreement, the Company recorded expense of $5.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 in general and administrative expense.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 1,000,000 warrants with an exercise price of $1.25 per share to two non-employee directors, which were exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030. On July 20, 2020, the Company issued 200,000 warrants two non-employee directors at a price of $1.05 per share (the “July 2020 Director Warrants”), which were exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on the earlier of (i) 84 months from the date of the consummation of an underwritten public offering or other up-list transaction or (ii) June 30, 2030. The warrants issued to non-employee directors were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded $1.0 million of share-based compensation expense upon issuance.
On November 30, 2020, the Company issued 400,000 warrants to a third-party for services with an exercise price of $1.00 and an expiration date 72 months after issuance. These warrants were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded $0.1 million in general and administrative expense.
Note 12 – Commitments and contingencies
Commitments
We have entered into leases (see “Note 8 – Operating leases”), a royalty contract termination (see “Note 9 − Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill”) and debt instruments (see “Note 10 – Debt”), including a line of credit, subordinated convertible notes and a short term loan for which we are committed to pay certain amounts over a period of time.
The Company had no material purchase obligations as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
Contingencies
The Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, or government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business resulting in loss contingencies. We accrue for loss contingencies when losses become probable and are reasonably estimable. If the reasonable estimate of the loss is a range and no amount within the range is a better estimate, the minimum amount of the range is recorded as a liability. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to expense in the period incurred and are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We do not accrue for contingent losses that are considered to be reasonably possible, but not probable; however, we disclose the range of such reasonably possible losses. Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed.
Litigation is subject to numerous uncertainties and the outcome of individual claims and contingencies is not predictable. It is possible that some legal matters for which reserves have or have not been established could result
F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in an unfavorable outcome for the Company and any such unfavorable outcome could be of a material nature or have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Management is not aware of any claims or lawsuits that may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.
Note 13 – Redeemable convertible preferred stock
On May 6, 2019, the Company acquired 2,633,678 outstanding shares of Series E, which represented an element of the purchase price and were recorded at fair value (on an as converted into common stock basis) based on the $6.00 per share closing price of Better Choice Company’s shares of common stock as they remained outstanding after the reverse acquisitions discussed in “Note 2 − Acquisitions” above. The Series E had a stated value of $0.99 per share and was convertible to common stock at a price of $0.78 per share.
On May 10, 2019 and May 13, 2019, holders of the Company’s Series E converted 689,394 and 236,364 preferred shares into 875,000 and 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively.
On November 21, 2019, holders of the Company’s Series E converted 320,542 preferred shares into 406,841 shares of the Company’s common stock.
During October, 2020, the Company consummated an insider-led equity financing, including the transactions contemplated by a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) between the Company and certain accredited and sophisticated investors (the “Purchasers”) and an exchange agreement (the “Series E Exchange Agreement”) between the Company and Cavalry Fund LP (“Cavalry”), the holder of all of the Company’s outstanding Series E preferred stock.
Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company, in a private placement (the “Series F Private Placement”), issued and sold units (the “Series F Units”) to the Purchasers for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit. Each Unit consists of: (i) one share of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), which is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a value per share of common stock of $0.50; and (iii)(ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year period such number of shares of common stock (the “Series F Warrant Shares”) into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible at an exercise price per Warrant Share of $0.75. Pursuant to the valueSeries F Private Placement, the Company raised approximately $18.2 million in gross cash proceeds, approximately $6.5 million of which was invested by certain officers and directors of the Seller Warrants. BTTR also (i)Company. The series F Shares were recorded at fair value on the date of issuance on an as converted basis.
Concurrently with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Purchasers entered into a Subscription Agreementregistration rights agreement, (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and as amended by a certain first amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement”), dated October 29,2020, pursuant to which the Company filed a registration statement with the Sellers relatingSEC on December 9, 2020 along with and amendment on February 16, 2021 to register the Warrant Shares and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock.
In connection with the consummation of the Series F Private Placement, on October 1, 2020, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware a Certificate of Designations which authorizes a total of 30,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and sets forth the designations, preferences, and rights of the Company's Series F Preferred Stock.
On October 1, 2020, the Company issued 14,264 Series F Units in conjunction with money received for the Series F Private Placement. In addition, pursuant to the Series E Exchange Agreement, on October 1, 2020, the Company issued 3,500 Series F Units to Cavalry in exchange for all of its outstanding Series E Preferred Stock. The exchange of Series E Preferred Shares resulted in a $5.4 million gain and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
On October 2, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to its Facilities Agreement to permit the Company to use a portion of the net proceeds of the Series F Private Placement to make a partial repayment of the outstanding term loan thereunder. See “Note 10 − Debt” for additional information.
On October 12, 2020 and October 23, 2020, the Company issued 1,106 and 2,832 Series F Units, respectively, in conjunction with the Series F Private Placement. In addition, on October 23, 2020, the Company issued an additional 100 shares of Series F Preferred Stock in conjunction with a marketing agreement.
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the Series F Preferred Stock on the dates of issuance to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the holders. The Company recorded a BCF related to the
F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock. The BCF was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the beneficial conversion feature, based on fair value and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets limited to the proceeds amount allocated to the instrument.
The rights, preferences and privileges of Series F are as follows:
Ranking
Except to the extent the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock consent to the creation of a class of equity securities ranking senior to, or pari passu with, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock shall rank senior to all shares of capital stock of the Company with respect to preferences as to dividends, distributions and payments upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
Voting
As to matters submitted to the holders of the Common Stock, each holder of the Series F Preferred Stock will be entitled to such number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common stock issuable upon conversion of such holder’s Series F Preferred Stock and shall vote, or provide consent, together with the Common Stock as if they were a single class. The holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall vote as a separate class on matter affecting the terms of the Series F Preferred Stock, such as the authorization of a class of equity securities ranking senior to, or pari passu with, the Series F Preferred Stock.
Dividends
Holders of Series F Preferred Stock will not be entitled to receive dividends except to the extent that dividends are declared on the Series F Preferred Stock by the Company in its sole discretion or declared and made by the Company to holders of the Common Stock. In addition, if the Company grants, issues or sells any options, convertible securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to all or substantially all of the record holders of any class of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then each holder of Series F Preferred Stock will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could have acquired if such holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of all the Series F Preferred Stock (without taking into account any limitations or restrictions on the convertibility of the Series F Preferred Stock) held by such holder.
Liquidation
If the Company voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in cash out of the assets of the Company, whether from capital or from earnings available for distribution to its stockholders, before any amount shall be paid to the holders of any of shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series F Preferred Stock, an amount per share of Series F Preferred Stock equal to the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations, reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or other similar events occurring after the initial issuance date with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the “Stated Value”)) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends and late charges (such sum, the “Conversion Amount”). The rights of holders of Series F Preferred Stock to receive their liquidation preference also will be subject to the proportionate rights of capital stock, if any, ranking senior to or in parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to liquidation.
Conversion
Subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations contained in the Certificate of Designations, holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert each share of outstanding Series F Preferred Stock held by such holder into such number of validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Amount of such share of Series F Preferred Stock divided by $0.50 (subject to adjustment, the “Conversion Price”).
Redemption
Each share of Series F Preferred Stock not previously converted into shares of Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the holders of such Series F Preferred Stock, be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Stated Value of such share of Series F
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Stock by the then applicable Conversion Price upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock which results in the Common Stock being traded on any of The New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or any successor market thereto. Any such conversion shall be subject to the beneficial ownership limitations set forth in the Certificate of Designations.
Anti-dilution
Holders of the Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to a “full rachet” anti-dilution adjustment to the Conversion Price in the event the Company issues, sells or grants any shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock) for no consideration or for consideration or purchase price per share (or, in the case of securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, with a conversion, exercise or exchange price) less than the Conversion Price then in effect.
Note 14 – Stockholders’ deficit
As a result of the reverse acquisition of Better Choice Company and Bona Vida by TruPet in May 2019, the historical TruPet members' equity (units and incentive units) have been re-cast to reflect the equivalent Better Choice common stock for all periods presented after the transaction. Prior to the transaction in May 2019, TruPet was a limited liability company, and as such, the concept of authorized shares was not relevant.
A summary of equity transactions for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented below:
In December 2018, the Company completed a private placement and issued 2,391,403 Series A Preferred Stock to unrelated parties for $2.17 per share. The proceeds were approximately $4.7 million, net of $0.5 million of issuance costs. Additionally, on February 12, 2019, the Company issued 69,115 Series A Preferred Units in a private placement at $2.17 per unit. The proceeds were approximately $0.2 million, net of share issuance costs. On May 6, 2019, all Series A Preferred Shares were converted to 2,460,518 shares of common stock.
On May 6, 2019, the Company acquired 1,011,748 shares of common stock valued at $6.1 million representing its initial 7% investment in TruPet. These shares were recorded as an acquisition of treasury shares. Also on May 6, 2019, Better Choice Company issued 18,103,273 shares of its common stock in exchange for all outstanding shares of Bona Vida.
On May 6, 2019, the Company issued 5,744,991 million units for gross proceeds of $3.00 per unit in a PIPE transaction. Each unit included one share of common stock and a warrant to purchase an additional share. The funds raised from the PIPE were used to fund the operations of the combined company. Net proceeds of $15.7 million were received in the private placement, allocable between shares of common stock and warrants.
Pursuant to the employment agreement of an officer with Bona Vida dated October 29, 2018, the officer was entitled to a $500,000 change of control payment. The officer later agreed to receive 100,000 shares of Better Choice Company common stock. The 100,000 shares of common stock were valued at $6.00 per share, which was the market value as of the date of the May Acquisitions.
On August 28, 2019, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock valued at $3.4 million to iHeartMedia for future advertising to be incurred from August 2019 to August 2021. Refer to “Note 5 − Prepaid expenses and other current assets” for more information.
At the closing of the Halo acquisition in December 2019, Better Choice Company issued 2,134,390 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $1.82 per share, which was the market value as of the date of the Halo Acquisition.
On January 2, 2020, the Company issued 308,642 shares of common stock to an investor for net proceeds of $0.5 million, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million.
On January 13, 2020, the Company issued 72,720 shares of common stock to ABG in connection with the termination of a licensing agreement discussed in “Note 9 − Intangible assets, royalties, and goodwill”.
On March 5, 2020, December 1, 2020, December 8 and December 22, 2020, the Company issued 125,000 shares, 35,000 shares, 500,000 shares 500,000 shares of common stock, respectively, for advertising services and marketing services.
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On December 2, 2020, the Company issued 96,000 shares of common stock in connection with conversion of Series F Preferred Stock.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued 1,837,690 shares of Common Stock in connection with warrant exercises.
The Company has reserved common stock for future issuance as follows:
 
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Conversion of Series E
1,760,903
Conversion of Series F
43,507,130
Exercise of options to purchase common stock
7,815,442
7,791,833
Warrants to purchase common stock
59,501,978
16,981,854
Notes payable
7,530,232
4,437,500
Total
118,354,782
30,972,090
Note 15 – Share-based compensation
During the period from November 1, 2018 through May 5, 2019, incentive units for the equivalent of 1.3 million shares were awarded to employees and consultants. The incentive units were measured at fair value on the date of each respective award with a weighted average value per equivalent share of $2.47. The awards were to vest over a period of two to three years. On May 6, 2019, all outstanding incentive unit awards issued prior to May 6, 2019 immediately vested. As a result of the immediate vesting of these incentive units, share-based compensation expense equal to $2.2 million was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss on May 6, 2019.
On May 6, 2019, the Company acquired the Better Choice Company Inc. 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “2019 Plan”) which became effective as of April 29, 2019. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock or cash-based awards or a dividend equivalent award (each an “Award”). Non-employee directors of the Company and employees and consultants of the Company or any of its subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2019 Plan. The 2019 Plan authorizes the issuance of the(i) 6,000,000 shares of common stock Consideration,plus (ii) issued convertible subordinated seller notes (“Seller Notes”),an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2020 and (iii) issued Seller Warrantsending on and including January 1, 2029, equal to the lesser of (A) 10% of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of common stock as determined by the Board.
On November 11, 2019, the Company received shareholder approval for the Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “Amended 2019 Plan”). Under the Amended 2019 Plan, the number of option awards available for issuance increased from 6,000,000 to 9,000,000 on December 19, 2019.
Stock options
Effective as of December 19, 2019, the Board repriced all outstanding options under the Amended 2019 Plan As a result, the exercise price of all outstanding vested and unvested options was lowered to $1.82 per share, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 19, 2019. No other terms of the option agreements were changed. The change in exercise price of the outstanding options caused an increase in fair value of all vested options at date of repricing of $0.6 million which was expensed by the Company. The change in exercise price also caused an increase in fair value of all unvested options at date of repricing of $0.8 million.
Effective October 1, 2020, outstanding stock option awards held by current employees as of October 1, 2020 were repriced concurrent with the closing of the Series F Private Placement. In total, 6,077,731 stock options were repriced. The exercise price was set at a 20% premium to the Series F Preferred Stock conversion price, or $0.60 per share. The change in exercise price of the outstanding options caused an increase in fair value of all vested options at date of repricing of $0.2 million which was expensed by the Company. The change in exercise price also caused an increase in fair value of all unvested options at date of repricing of $0.2 million.
F-122F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table provides detail of the options granted and outstanding (dollars in thousands):
 
Options
Weighted
average
exercise price
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2019
7,791,833
$1.85
9.5
$
Granted
1,050,000
$0.86
 
 
Forfeited/Expired
(1,026,391)
$(1.62)
 
 
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2020
7,815,442
$0.80
8.6
$4,246
 
 
 
 
 
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2020
5,684,467
$0.83
8.3
$3,094
Options granted under the Amended 2019 Plan vest over a period of two to three years. All vested options are exercisable and may be exercised through a ten-year anniversary of the grant date (or such earlier date described in the applicable award agreement).
During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, $7.5 million and $10.3 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense was recognized related to options issued. As of December 31, 2020, unrecognized share-based compensation related to options was $2.7 million.
The fair value of an option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black–Scholes option valuation model, using the following assumptions primarily based on historical data:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2020
2019
Risk-free interest rate
0.33 − 0.89%
1.49 − 2.39%
Expected volatility(1)
67.50%
63.00%
Expected dividend yield
—%
—%
Expected life (years)(2)
3.0 - 6.5
3.0 - 6.5
(1)
Expected volatility was determined using a combination of historical volatility and implied volatility.
(2)
For certain options, the simplified method is utilized to determine the expected life due to the lack of historical data.
Restricted stock
In March 2020, the Company issued 450,000 shares of restricted common stock to three non-employee directors in return for services provided in their capacity as directors and issued 5,956 restricted shares of common stock to an officer of the Company. The restricted shares were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.5 million upon issuance.
Note 16 – Employee benefit plans
The Company maintained two qualified defined contribution 401(k) plans, which covered substantially all of our employees. Under the plans, participants are entitled to make pre-tax and/or Roth post-tax contributions up to the annual maximums established by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matches participant contributions pursuant to the terms of the plans, which contributions are limited to a percentage of the participant’s eligible compensation. The Company made contributions related to the plans and recognized expense of less than $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Note 17 – Related party transactions
Management services
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the company paid $0.2 million for management services provided by an entity owned by a member of the board of directors.
Marketing services
A company controlled by a member of the board of directors provides online traffic acquisition marketing services for the Company. The Company incurred immaterial amounts for their services during the year ended December 31,
F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2020. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred $0.2 million for their services. The service contract has a 30-day termination clause. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no outstanding balance and as of December 31, 2019 the outstanding balance was $0.1 million, included in Accounts Payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Notes payable
The Company issued $1.4 million of subordinated convertible notes to a member of the board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2019, and $0.8 million of subordinated convertible notes to the same director during June 2020. The notes remain outstanding as of December 31, 2020. Interest related to the subordinated convertible notes was $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Halo transaction bonus and notes payable
The Company issued $0.1 million of subordinated convertible notes to an executive in satisfaction of a transaction bonus as per his employment agreement upon the close of the Halo Acquisition in December 2019. These convertible notes are outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
Guarantor warrants
The Company issued a total of 6,500,000 warrants to three members of the board of directors as consideration for the Shareholder Guaranties related to the short term loan during the year ended December 31, 2019. The 6,500,000 warrants had a fair market value of $4.2 million as of the date of issuance.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued a total of 2,000,000 warrants to three members of the board of directors in connection with the June 2020 Notes. On July 20, 2020, the Company issued a total of 500,000 warrants to three members of the board of directors in connection with the ABC Facility. See “Note 11 − Warrants” for additional information.
Note 18 – Income taxes
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded no current or deferred income tax expense. The Company’s effective tax rate of 0% differs from the United States federal statutory rate of 21% primarily because the Company’s losses have been fully offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainty as to the realization of the tax benefit of net operating losses (“NOLs”) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
The following table is a reconciliation of the components that caused our provision for income taxes to differ from amounts computed by applying the United States federal statutory rate of 21% (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2020
2019
Statutory U.S. Federal income tax
$(12,482)
21.0%
$(38,760)
21.0%
State income taxes, net
(1,720)
2.9%
(818)
0.4%
LLC income not taxed
—%
2,376
(1.3%)
Loss on acquisitions
—%
29,051
(15.7%)
Change in valuation allowance
8,811
(14.8%)
7,892
(4.3%)
Warrant valuation
4,763
(8.0)%
19
—%
Tax effect of non-deductible warrant expense
2,000
(3.4)%
—%
Return to provision adjustment
(1,571)
2.6%
—%
Other
199
(0.3)%
240
0.1%
Total provision
$
0%
$
0%
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
2020
2019
Deferred income tax assets:
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
$11,185
$8,503
ROU assets
81
Share-based compensation
5,728
2,493
Inventory
212
Other assets
2,595
301
Gross deferred tax assets
19,801
11,297
Valuation allowance
(16,724)
(7,913)
Net deferred tax assets
$3,077
$3,384
Deferred income tax liabilities:
 
 
Inventory
(137)
Operating lease liabilities
(79)
Intangibles
(2,998)
(3,247)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
$
$
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a deferred tax asset (before valuation allowance) recorded on gross federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $44.0 million and $42.5 million, respectively. The net operating losses will begin to expire in 2027.
The Internal Revenue Code, as amended (“IRC”), imposes restrictions on the utilization of NOLs and other tax attributes in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use pre-change NOLs may be limited as prescribed under IRC Section 382. Events which may cause limitation in the amount of the NOLs and credits that can be utilized annually include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period.
Under ASC 805, “Business Combinations”, an acquirer should recognize, and measure deferred taxes arising from assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination in accordance with ASC 740. The 2019 financial statement loss includes losses that will not result in future deferred tax assets and therefore these losses are excluded.
Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets in the future. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred through the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective positive evidence such as current year taxable income and future income projections. On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2020, a valuation allowance of $16.7 million was recorded since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Changes in valuation allowance are as follows (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2020
2019
Valuation allowance, at beginning of year
$7,913
$
Increase in valuation allowance
8,811
7,892
Halo Acquisition
21
Valuation allowance, at end of year
$16,724
$7,913
The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The Company does not expect the impact to be material.
F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company does not have any significant uncertain tax positions. If incurred, the Company would classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.
The Company is subject to taxation in the United States federal and various state jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under audit by any taxing authorities. The Company remains open to examination by tax jurisdictions for tax years beginning with the 2017 tax year for Federal and 2016 for states. Federal and state net operating losses are subject to review by taxing authorities in the year utilized.
For the period ended May 6, 2019, the Company was a limited liability company, taxed as a partnership. Thus, all of the Company’s income and losses flowed through to the owners. The company converted to a C-corporation, subject to income tax on May 6, 2019, the date of the May Acquisitions.
Note 19 – Concentrations
Major Suppliers
The Company sourced approximately 76% of its inventory receipts from three vendors for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company sourced approximately 74% of its inventory receipts from one vendor for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Major Customers
Accounts receivable from two customers represented 72% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020. Accounts receivable from one customer represented 44% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2019. Two customers represented 38% of gross sales for the year ended December 31, 2020. None of the Company’s customers represented greater than 10% of gross sales for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Credit Risk
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited in accounts at several financial institutions and may maintain some balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with high-quality, accredited financial institutions and, accordingly, such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. The Company has not experienced any losses historically in these accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk in its cash and cash equivalents.
Note 20 – Net loss per share
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options and the amount of compensation cost for future service that has not yet been recognized are collectively assumed to be used to repurchase shares.
Basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing net and comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s basic and diluted net and comprehensive loss per share attributable to common stockholders are the same, because the Company has generated a net loss to common stockholders and common stock equivalents are excluded from diluted net loss per share as they have an antidilutive impact.
F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
 
Years Ended December 31,
Common stockholders
2020
2019
Numerator:
 
 
Net and comprehensive loss
$(59,335)
$(184,462)
Less: Preferred stock dividends
103
109
Add: Adjustment due to gain on Series E Exchange
(5,415)
Less: Adjustment due to BCF of Series F Shares
5,349
Net and comprehensive loss available to common stockholders
$(59,372)
$(184,571)
Denominator:
 
 
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
49,084,432
33,238,600
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$(1.21)
$(5.55)
Note 21 – Subsequent events
Old Plank Term Loan and Revolving Line of Credit
On January 6, 2021, the Company entered into a credit facility with Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wintrust Bank, N.A. (“Wintrust”) consisting of a $6.0 million term loan and a $6.0 million revolving line of credit, each scheduled to mature on January 6, 2024. The proceeds of this credit facility were used (i) to repay a portion of principal, interest and fees outstanding under the Company’s existing term loan and the ABL Facility with Citizens Business Bank and (ii) for general corporate purposes. The remaining principal, interest, and fees outstanding after the pay down using funds from this credit facility was paid using cash from the balance sheet. The Wintrust agreement subjects the Company to certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.25 to 1.00, tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The numerator in the fixed charge coverage ratio is operating cash flow, defined as EBITDA less cash paid for unfinanced capital expenditures, income taxes and dividends. The denominator is fixed charges such as interest expense and principal payments paid or payable on other indebtedness.
Issuance of Common Stock and Warrants
The Company consummated a private placement of common stock units on January 22, 2021 (the “January 2021 Private Placement”) in which we raised approximately $4.1 million, including an investment by certain of our officers and directors of approximately $1.6 million. Each common stock unit was sold at a per unit price of $1.25 and consisted of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share; and (ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year period one share of common stock at an exercise price per share of $1.45, subject to beneficial ownership imitations (the “January 2021 Warrants”). Pursuant to the January 2021 Private Placement, the Company raised approximately $3.1 million in gross cash proceeds, and $1.0 million in gross cash proceeds received by the Company upon the declaration of effectiveness of the February 2021 registration statement. The proceeds will be used to pay expenses related to the offering and for general corporate purposes. In connection with the January 2021 Private Placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement (the “January 2021 Registration Rights Agreement”).
March 2021 Warrant Raise
In March 2021, the Company offered to certain of its warrant holders the opportunity to exercise, in full or in part, their warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock at a reduced exercise price and receive shares of Common Stock (the “Warrant Exercise Offer”). The Warrant Exercise Offer was made to a limited number of holders of warrants issued with an exercise price of $4.25 per share, and participating holders were entitled to exercise their warrants for $1.25 per share. The Company received exercise notices for a total of 1,047,609 warrants, resulting in the Company’s receipt of approximately $1.3 million.
Stock Options
During the first quarter of 2021, the Company granted 5,479,000 stock option awards under the Amended 2019 Plan.
F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Up to 87,462,6734,500,000 Shares

Common Stock
PROSPECTUS

D.A. Davidson & Co.
Roth Capital Partners
    , 2020
Better Choice Company Inc.
Through and including     , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the listing, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13.
OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, all of which will be paid by us. All of the amounts are estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee and the exchange listing fee.
Item
Amount
SEC registration fee
$9,255.91[]
Exchange listing fee
$N/A[]
Legal fees and expenses
$75,000[]
Accounting fees and expenses
$75,000[]
Printing expenses
$30,000[]
Transfer agent and registrar fees
$10,000
Blue sky fees and expenses
$N/A[]
FINRA filing fees
$N/A[]
Miscellaneous
$[25,000]
Total
$224,255.91[]
ITEM 14.
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Article 10 of the registrant’s certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) limits the liability of the registrant’s directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except to the extent such exemption or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) and applicable law. Delaware law provides that such a provision may not limit the liability of directors:
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided under Section 174 of the DGCL; or
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
The limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal or state securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief or rescission.
Article 11 of the Certificate of Incorporation states that the registrant shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person who is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding authorized by the registrant’s board of directors by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or executive officer of the registrant or is or was serving at the request of the registrant. Article 11 of the Certificate of Incorporation also requires the registrant to pay any expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in defending against any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such matter to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to the receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise.
Article 11 of the Certificate of Incorporation permits the registrant to purchase and maintain director or officer liability insurance.
The registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. Subject to certain limited exceptions, under these agreements, the registrant will be obligated, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, to indemnify such directors and officers against all expenses, judgments, fines and penalties incurred in connection
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with the defense or settlement of any actions brought against them by reason of the fact that they were directors or officers of the registrant. The registrant also maintains liability insurance for its directors and officers in order to limit its exposure to liability for indemnification of such persons.
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 15.
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Since January 1, 2016,2018, the registrant made the following issuances of its unregistered securities as described below. All share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the reverse stock split of 26-for-1 of the registrant’s common stock effected on March 15, 2019. The information provided below does not give effect to the proposed reverse stock split of 1-for-6 described in the accompanying prospectus.
(1)
On May 11, 2016, the registrant issued 200,000 shares of common stock, valued at $360,000 as commitment shares to convertible note holders of the registrant. These shares were issued at fair value based on the market price at issuance of $1.80 per share.
(2)
On May 11, 2016, the registrant issued senior secured convertible promissory notes to an investor in the principal amount of $440,000 with an original issue discount of 3.5% (the “3.5% OID Convertible Notes”).
(3)
On December 28, 2016, the registrant issued an investor of the registrant 35,000 shares of common stock as partial consideration for entering into a forbearance agreement with respect to debt held by such investor.
(4)
In January 2017 and February 2017, the registrant entered into restructuring agreements with holders of its 3.5% OID Convertible Notes. Pursuant to these agreements, the registrant agreed to issue new notes (the “January and February 2017 Convertible Notes”) for the amounts due under the 3.5% OID Convertible Notes; penalties, fees, and accrued interest in the aggregate amount of $212,702 would be added to the principal amount due under the January and February 2017 Convertible Notes; 35,000 shares of common stock were issued as a commitment fee.
(5)
On May 2, 2017, the registrant issued 208,333 shares of common stock, for the conversion of $15,000 of principal and $10,000 of accrued interest of convertible notes payable.
(6)
On June 2, 2017, the registrant issued 208,333 shares of common stock as consideration for the conversion of $25,000 of principal of convertible notes.
(7)
On November 17, 2017, the registrant issued a senior secured convertible note to an investor in the principal amount of $250,000 with an original issue discount of 3.5% and received gross proceeds of $241,250.
(8)
On January 29, 2018, the registrant issued 998,540 shares of common stock in exchange for the conversion of $28,148 of principal and $1,808 of accrued interest of convertible notes payable.
(9)
On February 15, 2018, the registrant issued (i) senior secured convertible promissory notes to an investor in the amount of $250,000 with an original issue discount of 3.5% and (ii) 500,000 five-year warrants to purchase the registrant’s common stock, exercisable at $0.01 per share, and received gross proceeds of $241,250.
(10)
On March 14, 2018, a subsidiary of the registrant issued (i) a 10% original issue discount senior secured convertible note in the principal amount of $5,500,000 and (ii) 25,000,000 five-year warrants to purchase the registrant’s common stock, exercisable at $0.01 per share, and received $5,000,000 of bitcoin valued as of such date.
(11)
On March 19, 2018, the registrant issued (i) a senior secured convertible note to an investor in the principal amount of $777,202 with an original issue discount of 3.5% and (ii) 1,554,405 five-year warrants to purchase the registrant’s common stock, exercisable at $0.01 per share, and received gross proceeds of $750,000.
(12)
On October 22, 2018, the registrant issued 2,846,356 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock to existing holders of the registrant’s securities in exchange for the cancellation of all outstanding secured promissory notes, 803,969.73 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and 12,054,405 of the registrant’s outstanding warrants. The shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock were issued and sold in reliance upon the exemption from registration contained in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(13)(2)
On December 12, 2018, the registrant issued 1,425,641 units to new investors, with each unit consisting of (i) one share of our common stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase one half of a share of common stock. The units were offered at a fixed price of $1.95 per unit for gross proceeds of approximately $2.7$2.8 million.
(14)(3)
On December 21, 2018, the registrant issued certain directors and employees stock options to purchase 38,462 shares of the registrant’s common stock. The stock options have an exercise price of $6.76 per share.
(15)(4)
In connection with the acquisition of Bona Vida, Inc., on May 6, 2019, the registrant issued an aggregate of 18,003,27318,103,273 shares of common stock to new investors and certain of our directors and executive officers in exchange for all outstanding shares of common stock of Bona Vida, Inc.
(16)(5)
In connection with the acquisition of TruPet LLC, on May 6, 2019, the registrant issued an aggregate of 15,027,533 shares of common stock to new investors and certain of our directors and executive officers in exchange for all remaining outstanding membership interests of TruPet LLC.
(17)(6)
On May 6, 2019, the registrant issued an aggregate of 5,744,991 shares of common stock and 5,744,991 warrants at an offering price of $3.00 per share to new investors and certain of our directors. The warrants have an exercise price of $4.25 per share.
(18)(7)
On May 6, 2019, the registrant issued certain directors and employees stock options to purchase 5,520,0005,250,000 shares of the registrant’s common stock. The stock options have an exercise price of $5.00 per share.
(19)(8)
On August 28, 2019, the registrant issued an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock at a price per share of $5.00 to an affiliate of iHeartMedia + Entertainment, Inc. (“iHeart”) as consideration for iHeart’s provision of advertising inventory with an aggregate value of $5.0 million.
(20)(9)
On September 17, 2019, the registrant issued Bruce Linton (i) 2,500,000 share purchase warrants, with each warrant entitling Mr. Linton to acquire one share of common stock at a price of $0.10 per share and (ii) an additional 1,500,000 share purchase warrants entitling Mr. Linton to acquire one share of common stock at a price of $10.00 per share as consideration for Mr. Linton’s services as a special advisor to our Chief Executive Officer, other senior executives and our board of directors.
(21)(10)
On November 11, 2019, the registrant issued subordinated convertible notes and warrants to one of our directors and an investor in an aggregate principal amount of $2,750,000.
(22)(11)
On December 19, 2019, the registrant issued a total of 2,134,390 shares of common stock, 937,500 warrants and an aggregate amount of $15,000,000 of convertible subordinated notes as consideration to the former stockholders of Halo as part of the Halo Acquisition.
(23)(12)
On December 19, 2019, the registrant issued a total of 6,500,000 warrants to certain of our directors as consideration for the shareholder guaranty in connection with the Halo Acquisition.
(25)(13)
On January 2, 2020, the registrant issued 308,642 shares of common stock to an investor for net proceeds of $0.5 million, net of issuance costs of less than $0.1 million.
(26)(14)
On January 13, 2020 and January 20, 2020, respectively, the registrant issued 72,720 shares of common stock and 61,224 common stock warrants to a third party in connection with a contract termination.
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(27)(15)
On March 3, 2020, the registrant issued 450,000 shares of restricted common stock to three nonemployee directors in return for services provided in their capacity as directors.
(28)(16)
On March 5, 2020, the registrant issued 125,000 shares of common stock to an affiliate of iHeartMedia Entertainment, Inc. (“iHeart”) for future advertising to be incurred through August 2021 .
(29)(17)
On March 17, 2020, the registrant issued an additional 1,003,232 warrants to holders of warrants acquired on May 6, 2019 due to dilutive impact of subsequent issuances.
(30)(18)
On March 30, 2020, the registrant issued 5,956 restricted shares of common stock to an officer of the Company.
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(31)(19)
On June 24, 2020, the registrant issued an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 million subordinated convertible promissory notes and 1,000,000 warrants to one of our directors and one of our shareholders. The subordinated convertible promissory notes are convertible at a conversion price of $0.75 per share and the warrants have an exercise price of $1.25 per share.
(32)(20)
On June 24, 2020, the registrant issued 1,000,000 warrants to two of our directors. The warrants have an exercise price of $1.25 per share.
(33)(21)
On June 24, 2020, the registrant issued an additional 1,990,624 warrants to holders of warrants acquired on May 6, 2019 due to dilutive impact of subsequent issuances.
(22)
On July 20, 2020, the registrant issued a total of 300,000 common stock purchase warrants to certain of our directors as consideration for the shareholder guaranty in connection with the Citizens ABL Agreement. The warrants are exercisable at a price equal to $1.05 per share.
(34)(23)
On July 20, 2020, the registrant issued a total of 200,000 common stock purchase warrants to certain of our directors. The warrants are exercisable at a price equal to $1.05 per share.
(35)
On September 18, 2020, the registrant issued an additional 570,258 warrants to holders of warrants acquired on May 6, 2019 due to dilutive impact of subsequent issuances.
(24)
On October 1, 2020, October 12, 2020 and October 23, 2020, the registrant issued (i) 17,763.550 shares, 1,106.015 shares and 2,832 shares, respectively, of Series F Preferred Stock and (ii) 35,527,100 warrants, 2,212,030 warrants, 5,664,000 warrants, respectively, to acquire shares of registrant’s common stock. The Series F Preferred Stock and related warrants were issued as units, with each (i) share of Series F Preferred Stock having a Stated Value of $1,000 and is convertible into shares of registrant’s common stock at a price of $.50 per share and (ii) related warrant being exercisable to acquire such number of shares of common stock as the related share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible into with an exercise price of $.75 per share of common stock.
(36)(25)
On October 23, 2020, the registrant issued (i) a total of 100 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and (ii) 200,000 warrants to acquire shares of registrant’s common stock, each in connection with a marketing agreement. The Series F Preferred Stock and related warrants were issued as units, with each (i) share of Series F Preferred Stock havinghas a Stated Value of $1,000 and is convertible into shares of registrant’s common stock at a price of $.50 per share.
(26)
On November 30, 2020, the registrant issued (i) 400,000 warrants to acquire shares of the registrant’s common stock to a third-party as consideration for services.
(27)
On December 8, 2020 the registrant issued 500,000 restricted shares of the registrant’s common stock to a third-party as consideration for services.
(28)
On December 22, 2020, the registrant issued 500,000 restricted shares of the registrant’s common stock to a third-party as consideration for services.
(29)
On January 22, 2021, the registrant issued (i) a total of 2,488,400 shares of common stock and (ii) 2,488,400 shares of common stock purchase warrants to acquire shares of registrant’s common stock. The common stock and related warrants were issued as units, with each (i) share of common stock having a par value of $.001 and (ii) related warrant being exercisable to acquire suchthe same number of shares common stock issued, at an exercise price of $1.45 per share of common stock. The Company received a $1.0 million commitment for the purchase of 800,000 common shares and 800,000 common stock purchase warrants that were executed upon the declaration of effectiveness of the related registration statement.
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(30)
On February 1, 2021, the registrant issued (i) 97,222 shares of common stock asin connection with a separation agreement between Mr. Santarsiero and the related share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible into with an exercise price of $.75 per shareCompany.
(31)
On February 2, 2021, the registrant issued (i) 30,000 shares of common stock.stock to a third-party as consideration for services.
Unless otherwise stated above, the issuances of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.thereunder. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 16.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed /
Furnished
Herewith
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2019, by and among the Company, BBC Merger Sub, Inc. and Bona Vida, Inc.
8-K
333-161943
2.1
05/10/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2019, by and among the Company, BBC Merger Sub, Inc., and Bona Vida, Inc., dated May 3, 2019
8-K
333-161943
2.2
05/10/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Exchange Agreement, dated February 2, 2019, by and among the Company, TruPet LLC and the members of TruPet LLC
8-K
333-161943
2.3
05/10/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Amendment to Securities Exchange Agreement, dated February 2, 2019, by and among the Company, TruPet LLC and the members of TruPet LLC, dated May 6, 2019
8-K
333-161943
2.4
05/10/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2019, by and among the Company, Halo, Purely For Pets, Inc., Thriving Paws, LLC and HH-Halo LP
8-K
333-161943
2.1
12/26/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificate of Incorporation, dated January 1, 2019
10-Q
333-161943
3.1
04/15/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated February 1, 2019
10-Q
333-161943
3.2
04/15/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated March 13, 2019
8-K
333-161943
3.1
03/20/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 18, 2019
10-KT
333-161943
3.5
07/25/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing date
Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
 
 
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2019, by and among the Company, BBC Merger Sub, Inc. and Bona Vida, Inc.
8-K
333-161943
2.1
05/10/2019
First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2019, by and among the Company, BBC Merger Sub, Inc., and Bona Vida, Inc., dated May 3, 2019
8-K
333-161943
2.2
05/10/2019
Securities Exchange Agreement, dated February 2, 2019, by and among the Company, TruPet LLC and the members of TruPet LLC
8-K
333-161943
2.3
05/10/2019
First Amendment to Securities Exchange Agreement, dated February 2, 2019, by and among the Company, TruPet LLC and the members of TruPet LLC, dated May 6, 2019
8-K
333-161943
2.4
05/10/2019
Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2019, by and among the Company, Halo, Purely For Pets, Inc., Thriving Paws, LLC and HH-Halo LP
8-K
333-161943
2.1
12/26/2019
Certificate of Incorporation, filed January 4, 2019
10-Q
333-161943
3.1
04/15/2019
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, filed February 5, 2019
10-Q
333-161943
3.2
04/15/2019
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, filed March 14, 2019
8-K
333-161943
3.1
03/20/2019
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, filed April 22, 2019
10-KT
333-161943
3.5
07/25/2019
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, filed July 31, 2020
8-K
333-161943
99.1
07/30/2020
Certificate of Merger of Sport Endurance, Inc. with and into the Company
10-Q
333-161943
3.4
04/15/2019
Bylaws
10-Q
333-161943
3.5
04/15/2019
Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation for Series E Convertible Preferred Stock
8-K
333-161943
3.1
05/23/2019
Certificate of Cancellation of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation Preference and Rights of the for Series E Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
Certificate of Designation for Series F Convertible Preferred Stock
8-K
333-161943
3.1
10/02/2020
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant in connection with the May 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.1
04/30/2019
Form of Tranche 1 Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated September 17, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Bruce Linton
8-K
333-161943
4.1
09/23/2019
Form of Tranche 2 Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated September 17, 2019, by and between the Company and Bruce Linton
8-K
333-161943
4.2
09/23/2019
II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed /
Furnished
Herewith
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated July 30, 2020
8-K
333-161943
99.1
07/30/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificate of Merger of Sport Endurance, Inc. with and into the Company
10-Q
333-161943
3.4
04/15/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bylaws
10-Q
333-161943
3.5
04/15/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation for Series E Convertible Preferred Stock
8-K
333-161943
3.1
05/23/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificate of Designation for Series F Convertible Preferred Stock
8-K
333-161943
3.1
10/02/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant in connection with the May 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.1
04/30/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Tranche 1 Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated September 17, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Bruce Linton
8-K
333-161943
4.1
09/23/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Tranche 2 Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated September 17, 2019, by and between the Company and Bruce Linton
8-K
333-161943
4.2
09/23/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Additional Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated September 17, 2019, by and between the Company and Bruce Linton
8-K
333-161943
4.3
09/23/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note in connection with the November 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.1
11/15/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant in connection with the November 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.2
11/15/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing date
Form of Additional Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated September 17, 2019, by and between the Company and Bruce Linton
8-K
333-161943
4.3
09/23/2019
Form of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note in connection with the November 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.1
11/15/2019
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant in connection with the November 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.2
11/15/2019
Form of Subscription Agreement, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Halo Sellers
10-Q
333-161943
10.6
01/31/2020
Form of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Halo Sellers listed on the signature pages thereto
10-Q
333-161943
4.7
01/31/2020
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Halo Sellers
10-Q
333-161943
4.8
01/31/2020
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Shareholder Personal Guarantors
10-Q
333-161943
4.10
01/31/2020
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant Agreement in connection with the December 2018 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.1
12/13/2018
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 6, 2019, by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the May 2019 private placement
S-1
333-234349
10.2
10/28/2019
First Amendment, dated June 10, 2019, to Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 6, 2019, by and among the Company and the stockholders party thereto
S-1
333-234349
10.3
10/28/2019
Form of Subscription Agreement dated April 25, 2019 in connection with the May 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
10.1
04/30/2019
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and among Better Choice Company Inc. and the former stockholders of Bona Vida listed on the signature pages thereto
8-K
333-161943
4.1
05/10/2019
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and among Better Choice Company Inc. and the former member of TruPet listed on the signature pages thereto
8-K
333-161943
4.2
05/10/2019
Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the November 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.3
11/15/2019
Form of Subscription Agreement in connection with the November 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
10.1
11/15/2019
Better Choice Company Inc. Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan
10-K
333-161943
10.19
05/04/2020
II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed /
Furnished
Herewith
Form of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Halo Sellers listed on the signature pages thereto
10-Q
333-161943
4.7
01/31/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Halo Sellers
10-Q
333-161943
4.8
01/31/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Shareholder Personal Guarantors
10-Q
333-161943
4.10
01/31/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant Agreement in connection with the December 2018 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.1
12/13/2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant in connection with the June 2020 private placement.
10-Q
333-161943
4.11
06/25/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note in connection with the June 2020 private placement.
10-Q
333-161943
4.12
06/25/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Subscription Agreement in connection with the June 2020 private placement.
10-Q
333-161943
4.13
06/25/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the June 2020 private placement.
10-Q
333-161943
4.14
06/25/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Amendment to November 2019 Notes, Seller Notes and ABG Notes
10-Q
333-161943
4.15
08/14/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of July 2020 Common Stock Purchase Warrants
8-K
333-161943
10.5
07/21/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing date
Form of 2019 Incentive Award Plan Stock Option Agreement
S-1
333-234349
10.7
10/28/2019
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant in connection with the June 2020 private placement.
10-Q
333-161943
4.11
06/25/2020
Form of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note in connection with the June 2020 private placement.
10-Q
333-161943
4.12
06/25/2020
Form of Subscription Agreement in connection with the June 2020 private placement.
10-Q
333-161943
4.13
06/25/2020
Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the June 2020 private placement.
10-Q
333-161943
4.14
06/25/2020
Form of Amendment to November 2019 Notes, Seller Notes and ABG Notes
10-Q
333-161943
4.15
08/14/2020
Form of July 2020 Common Stock Purchase Warrants
8-K
333-161943
10.5
07/21/2020
Form of Warrant in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement
8-K
333-161943
4.1
10/02/2020
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement
8-K
333-161943
10.1
10/02/2020
Form of Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement
8-K
333-161943
10.2
10/02/2020
Exchange Agreement by and between the Company and Cavalry Fund LP dated September 30, 2020
8-K
333-161943
10.3
10/02/2020
Form of First Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement
10-Q
333-161943
10.40
11/16/2020
Form of warrant in connection with the January 2021 Private Placement
S-1/A
333-251241
4.22
02/16/2021
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement in connection with the January 2021 Private Placement
S-1/A
333-251241
4.23
02/16/2021
Form of Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the January 2021 Private Placement
S-1/A
333-251241
4.24
02/16/2021
Opinion of Meister Seelig & Fein LLP
 
 
 
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among the Company and its officers and directors
S-1
333-234349
10.8
10/28/2019
Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 2019, for David Lelong
8-K
333-161943
10.1
02/07/2019
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and between the Company and Damian Dalla-Longa
10-Q
333-161943
10.6
10/09/2019
Resignation Letter from Damian Dalla-Longa, dated February 5, 2020
8-K
333-161943
10.3
02/11/2020
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 10, 2020, by and between Damian Dalla-Longa and the Company
8-K
333-161943
10.4
02/11/2020
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and between the Company and Lori Taylor
10-Q
333-161943
10.7
10/09/2019
Separation Agreement, dated as of September 13, 2019, by and between the Company and Lori Taylor
10-K
333-161943
10.28
05/04/2020
II-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed /
Furnished
Herewith
Form of Warrant in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement
8-K
333-161943
4.1
10/02/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opinion of Meister Seelig & Fein, LLP
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Agreement dated May 6, 2019, between the Company and Franklin Synergy Bank
8-K
333-161943
10.1
05/10/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Security Agreement dated May 6, 2019, between the Company and Franklin Synergy Bank
8-K
333-161943
10.2
05/10/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guaranty Agreement, dated April 8, 2019, by TruPet LLC in favor of Franklin Synergy Bank
S-1
333-234349
10.17
10/28/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Revolving Line of Credit Promissory Note dated 2019
8-K
333-161943
10.3
05/10/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guaranty Agreement, dated April 8, 2019, by Bona Vida, Inc. in favor of Franklin Synergy Bank
S-1
333-234349
10.16
10/28/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Facilities Credit Letter Agreement, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Better Choice Company Inc., Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., Bona Vida Inc., TruPet LLC and Bridging Finance Inc., as agent.
10-Q
333-161943
10.1
01/31/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pledge and Security Agreement, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company, Halo, Purely or Pets, Inc., Bona Vida, Inc., TruPet LLC and Bridging Finance Inc., as Administrative Agent
10-Q
333-161943
10.2
01/31/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing Guaranty of Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., Bona Vida Inc., TruPet LLC, dated December 19, 2019
10-Q
333-161943
10.3
01/31/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Subscription Agreement, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Halo Sellers
10-Q
333-161943
10.6
01/31/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing date
Employment Agreement, dated May 6, 2019, by and among the Company and Anthony Santarsiero
S-1
333-234349
10.11
10/28/2019
Employment Agreement, dated June 29, 2019, by and among the Company and Andreas Schulmeyer
S-1
333-234349
10.12
10/28/2019
Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2019, by and between the Company, Werner von Pein, and Halo
8-K
333-161943
10.1
02/11/2020
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 10, 2020, by and between Werner von Pein and the Company
8-K
333-161943
10.2
02/11/2020
Employment Agreement, dated October 8, 2020, by and between Sharla Cook and the Company
10-K
333-161943
10.12
03/30/2021
Employment Agreement, dated September 27, 2020, by and between Robert Sauermann and the Company
10-K
333-161943
10.13
03/30/2021
Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2021, by and between Donald Young and the Company
10-K
333-161943
10.14
03/30/2021
Separation and Retirement Agreement, Dated December 28, 2020 by and between Werner von Pein and the Company
8-K/A
333-161943
10.1
01/05/2021
Employment Agreement, Dated December 28, 2020 by and between Scott Lerner and the Company
8-K/A
333-161943
10.2
01/05/2021
Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2021, by and between Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A. (“Lender”) and Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Halo”)
8-K
333-161943
10.1
01/11/2021
Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of January 6, 2021, issued by Halo in favor of Lender
8-K
333-161943
10.2
01/11/2021
Term Note A, dated as of January 6, 2021, issued by Halo in favor of Lender
8-K
333-161943
10.3
01/11/2021
Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2021, made by Better Choice Company Inc. (the “Company”), TruPet LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“TruPet”) and Bona Vida, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Bona Vida”), in favor of Lender
8-K
333-161943
10.4
01/11/2021
Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2021, executed and delivered by the Company, TruPet and Bona Vida in favor of Lender
8-K
333-161943
10.5
01/11/2021
Stock Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2021, executed and delivered by the Company in favor of Lender
8-K
333-161943
10.6
01/11/2021
Collateral Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2021, executed and delivered by John M. Word, III in favor of Lender
8-K
333-161943
10.7
01/11/2021
Agreement effective as of February 23, 2021 by and between Emerging Media Consulting, a Florida limited liability company, and Better Choice Company, Inc.
8-K
333-161943
10.1
02/18/2021
II-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed /
Furnished
Herewith
Continuing Personal Guaranty of John Word, Lori Taylor and Michael Young, dated December 19, 2019
10-Q
333-161943
10.4
01/31/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 6, 2019, by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the May 2019 private placement
S-1
333-234349
10.2
10/28/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Amendment, dated June 10, 2019, to Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 6, 2019, by and among the Company and the stockholders party thereto
S-1
333-234349
10.3
10/28/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Subscription Agreement dated April 25, 2019 in connection with the May 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
10.1
04/30/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and among Better Choice Company Inc. and the former stockholders of Bona Vida listed on the signature pages thereto
8-K
333-161943
4.1
05/10/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and among Better Choice Company Inc. and the former member of TruPet listed on the signature pages thereto
8-K
333-161943
4.2
05/10/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto in connection with the November 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
4.3
11/15/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Subscription Agreement in connection with the November 2019 private placement
8-K
333-161943
10.1
11/15/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
II-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed /
Furnished
Herewith
Business Loan Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2020, by and among the Company, Halo, TruPet, Bona Vida (the “Credit Parties”), and Citizens Bank
8-K
333-161943
10.1
07/21/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Promissory Note, dated as of July 16, 2020, issued by the Credit Parties in favor of Citizens Bank
8-K
333-161943
10.2
07/21/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial Security Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2020, by and among the Credit Parties and Citizens Bank
8-K
333-161943
10.3
07/21/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial Guaranty, dated as of July 16, 2020, by and between Citizens Bank and John M. Word, III
8-K
333-161943
10.4
07/21/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Better Choice Company Inc. Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan
10-K
333-161943
10.19
05/04/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of 2019 Incentive Aware Plan Stock Option Agreement
S-1
333-234349
10.7
10/28/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among the Company and its officers and directors
S-1
333-234349
10.8
10/28/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Contractor Agreement, dated September 17, 2019, by and between the Company and Bruce Linton
8-K
333-161943
10.1
09/23/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 2019, for David Lelong
8-K
333-161943
10.1
02/07/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and between the Company and Damian Dalla-Longa
10-Q
333-161943
10.6
10/09/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Resignation Letter from Damian Dalla-Longa, dated February 5, 2020
8-K
333-161943
10.3
02/11/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
II-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed /
Furnished
Herewith
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 10, 2020, by and between Damian Dalla-Longa and the Company
8-K
333-161943
10.4
02/11/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, by and between the Company and Lori Taylor
10-Q
333-161943
10.7
10/09/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Separation Agreement, dated as of September 13, 2019, by and between the Company and Lori Taylor
10-K
333-161943
10.28
05/04/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreement, dated May 6, 2019, by and among the Company and Anthony Santarsiero
S-1
333-234349
10.11
10/28/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreement, dated June 29, 2019, by and among the Company and Andreas Schulmeyer
S-1
333-234349
10.12
10/28/2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2019, by and between the Company, Werner von Pein, and Halo
8-K
333-161943
10.1
02/11/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 10, 2020, by and between Werner von Pein and the Company
8-K
333-161943
10.2
02/11/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement
8-K
333-161943
10.1
10/02/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement
8-K
333-161943
10.2
10/02/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange Agreement by and between the Company and Cavalry Fund LP dated September 30, 2020
8-K
333-161943
10.3
10/02/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
II-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed /
Furnished
Herewith
Limited Consent and Second Amendment to Loan Facilities Letter Agreement by and among the Company, Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a Delaware corporation, TruPet LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Bona Vida, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the lenders party thereto
8-K
333-161943
10.4
10/02/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of First Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement
10-Q
333-161943
10.40
11/16/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiaries of the Company
10-K
333-161943
21.1
5/4/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, relating to the Financial Statements of the Company
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of MNP LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, relating to the Financial Statements of Bona Vida, Inc. and TruPet LLC
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Warren Averett, LLC, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, relating to the Financial Statements of Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc.
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Meister Seelig & Fein LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Power of Attorney
S-1
333-234349
(included on the signature page)
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.INS
iXBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.SCH
iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.CAL
iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Document
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
II-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed /
Furnished
Herewith
101.DEF
iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
*
101.LAB
iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
*
101.PRE
iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Link Document
*
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (the cover page XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document)
*
Exhibit
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing date
Terms and Conditions for Winning Media LLC effective as of February 17, 2021 by and between Winning Media LLC and Better Choice Company, Inc.
8-K
333-161943
10.2
02/18/2021
Subsidiaries of the Company
S-1
333-256405
21.1
5/21/2021
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 
 
 
 
Power of Attorney (set forth on the signature page to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 21, 2021)
S-1
333-256405
21.1
5/21/2021
101
The following materials from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 formatted in Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language (“iXBRL”): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Equity and (vi) related notes, tagged as blocks of text and including detailed tags.
 
 
 
 

Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
#
Certain schedules and similar attachments to this agreement have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish copies of any schedules or similar attachments to the SEC upon request.
***
Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.Filed or furnished herewith.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
ITEM 17.
UNDERTAKINGS
(a)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1)
To file, during any periodundertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in which offers or issuances are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i)
To include any prospectusthe underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(ii)
To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii)
To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(2)
That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3)
To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; and
(4)
That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after
II-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(b)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of Better Choice Company Inc. pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Better Choice Company Inc. has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Better Choice Company Inc. of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of Better Choice Company Inc. in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Better Choice Company Inc. will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c)
The undersigned hereby further undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by Better Choice Company Inc. pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of Better Choice Company Inc.’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-14II-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementAmendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Oldsmar,the City of Tampa, State of Florida, on December 9, 2020.June 16, 2021.
 
BETTER CHOICE COMPANY INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Werner von PeinScott Lerner
 
 
Werner von PeinScott Lerner
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Sharla A. Cook his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him/her and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including pre- and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and pre- or post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his/her substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statementAmendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Werner von PeinScott Lerner
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
December 9, 2020June 16, 2021
Werner von PeinScott Lerner
 
 
 
/s/ Sharla A. Cook
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
December 9, 2020June 16, 2021
Sharla A. Cook
 
 
 
/s/ Michael Close*
Director
December 9, 2020
Michael Close
/s/ Damian Dalla-Longa
Director
December 9, 2020
Damian Dalla-Longa
/s/ Jeff D. Davis
Director
December 9, 2020June 16, 2021
Jeff D. Davis
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Clinton Gee*
Director
December 9, 2020June 16, 2021
Clinton GeeGil Fronzaglia
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lori Taylor*
Director
December 9, 2020June 16, 2021
Lori Taylor
 
 
 
 
���
 
/s/ John M. Word III*
Director
December 9, 2020June 16, 2021
John M. Word III
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael Young*
Director
December 9, 2020June 16, 2021
Michael Young
 
 
*By Sharla A. Cook as attorney-in-fact
/s/ Sharla A. Cook
Sharla A. Cook
II-15II-10